Atp 3-11.33 Decon

CUI
ATP 3-11.33
MCRP 10-10E.12
NTTP 3-11.26
AFTTP 3-2.60
(U) Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and

Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
and Nuclear Contamination Mitigation
JANUARY 2024
Controlled by: USACBRNS

CUI Category(ies):CTI, OPSEC
Distribution: FEDCON
POC: usarmy.leonardwood.mscoe.mbx.cbrndoc@army.mil
DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Distribution authorized to United States government agencies and their contractors
only based on controlled technical information and vulnerability information, 27 March 2023. Other requests for this
document must be referred to Commandant, United States Army Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear
School, ATTN: ATSN-CZ, 14030 MSCoE Loop, Fort Leonard Wood, MO 65473-8929.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by means approved for destroying classified information or by any other means
making it unreadable, indecipherable, and unrecoverable in accordance with Section 2002.14 of Title 32, CFR.
(U) This publication and ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46, dated 24 January 2024
supersedes ATP 3-11.32/MCWP 10-10E.8/NTTP 3-11.37/AFTTP 3-2.46, 13 May 2016, including Change 1 dated
16 May 2018 and Change 2 dated 9 September 2021.
Headquarters, Department of the Army

Headquarters, United States Marine Corps
Headquarters, Department of the Navy
Headquarters, Department of the Air Force
CUI
CUI
(U) Foreword
This publication has been prepared under our direction for use by our respective commands and other commands
as appropriate.
SEAN CROCKETT SCOTTIE S. REDDEN

Brigadier General, USA Colonel, United States Marine Corps
Commandant Commander/Marine Corps Detachment
United States Army Chemical, Biological Fort Leonard Wood
Radiological, and Nuclear School
MICHAEL R. DURKIN DAVID H. DENTINO

Senior Executive Service SES, United States Air Force
Director Deputy Director of Civil Engineers
Navy Warfare Development Center DSC/Logistics, Engineering and Force Protection
(U) This publication is available through the following websites: Army

Publishing Directorate https://armypubs.army.mil;
Central Army Registry
https://atiam.train.army.mil/catalog/dashboard;
Navy Warfare Library NIPRNET and SIPRNET
https://doctrine.navy.mil/pubs and
https://doctrine.navy.smil.mil/default.aspx;
United States Marine Corps Doctrine
https://usmc.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/MCEN_Support_MCDoctrine;
and United States Air Force E-Publishing System
http://www.e-publishing.af.mil.
CUI
CUI
*ATP 3-11.33
MCRP 10-10E.12
NTTP 3-11.26
AFTTP 3-2.60
Army Techniques Publication Headquarters

No. 3-11.33 Department of the Army
Washington, DC
Marine Corps Reference Publication Marine Corps Detachment
No. 10-10E.12 Fort Leonard Wood, MO
Navy Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures Navy Warfare Development Center
No. 3-11.26 Norfolk, VA
Air Force Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures Air Force Civil Engineer Center
No. 3-2.60 Tyndall Air Force Base, FL
24 January 2024
(U) Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and

Procedures Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
and Nuclear Contamination Mitigation
(U) Contents
Page
(U) PREFACE ............................................................................................................ vii
(U) INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... ix
Chapter 1 (U) CONTAMINATION MITIGATION CONCEPTS................................................... 1-1
Controlled by: USACBRNS

CUI Category(ies): CTI, OPSEC
Distribution: FEDCON
POC: usarmy.leonardwood.mscoe.mbx.cbrndoc@mail.mil
DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Distribution authorized to United States government agencies and their
contractors only based on controlled technical information and vulnerability information, 27 March 2023. Other
requests for this document must be referred to Commandant, United States Army Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear School, ATTN: ATSN-CZ, 14030 MSCOE Loop, Fort Leonard Wood, MO 65473-8929.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by means approved for destroying classified information or by any other means
making it unreadable, indecipherable, and unrecoverable in accordance with Section 2002.14 of Title 32, CFR.
(U) This publication and ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46, dated 24 January 2024
supersedes ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10e.8/NTTP 3-11.37/AFTTP 3-2.46, 13 May 2016, including Change 1 dated
16 May 2018 and Change 2 dated 9 September 2021.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 i
CUI
CUI
Contents
(U) Overview ............................................................................................................. 1-1

(U) Operations Process ............................................................................................ 1-1
(U) Contamination Mitigation .................................................................................... 1-3
(U) Contamination Mitigation Planning ..................................................................... 1-4
(U) Planning Considerations ..................................................................................... 1-6
(U) CBRN Defense Annex ........................................................................................ 1-6
Chapter 2 (U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL PLANNING ....................................................... 2-1
(U) Overview ............................................................................................................. 2-1
(U) Contamination Control Planning ......................................................................... 2-3
(U) Section I—Contamination Avoidance ............................................................. 2-3
(U) Principles of Avoidance ....................................................................................... 2-4
(U) Avoidance Measures .......................................................................................... 2-6
(U) Section II—Exposure Control .......................................................................... 2-7
(U) Exposure Guidance ............................................................................................ 2-7
(U) Exposure Control Measures ............................................................................. 2-10
(U) Contamination Control for Airlift Operations ..................................................... 2-11
(U) Section III—Contamination Containment ..................................................... 2-14
(U) Contamination Containment Measures ............................................................ 2-15
(U) Restricting Movement, Isolation, Quarantine .................................................... 2-16
(U) Contaminated Waste Collection and Disposal .................................................. 2-17
Chapter 3 (U) DECONTAMINATION PLANNING..................................................................... 3-1
(U) Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-1
(U) Decontamination Fundamentals ......................................................................... 3-1
(U) Decontamination Planning .................................................................................. 3-5
(U) Decontamination Considerations for Fourth Generation Agents ...................... 3-12
(U) Section I—Immediate Decontamination ....................................................... 3-14
(U) Personnel Decontamination .............................................................................. 3-14
(U) Object Decontamination .................................................................................... 3-15
(U) Section II—Operational Decontamination .................................................... 3-15
(U) Section III—Thorough Decontamination ...................................................... 3-17
(U) Section IV—Clearance Decontamination ..................................................... 3-18
(U) Section V—Medical Support Decontamination ............................................ 3-19
(U) Casualty Evacuation ......................................................................................... 3-19
(U) Patient Decontamination ................................................................................... 3-19
(U) Shipboard Ground Force Personnel Patient Decontamination ......................... 3-19
(U) Section VI—Special Decontamination .......................................................... 3-19
(U) Emergency Decontamination ............................................................................ 3-20
(U) Technical Decontamination ............................................................................... 3-20
(U) Mass Casualty Decontamination ...................................................................... 3-20
(U) Contaminated Human Remains ........................................................................ 3-20
(U) Shipboard/Maritime Recovery Decontamination .............................................. 3-20
(U) Civil Reserve Air Fleet and Contract Airlift Operations ..................................... 3-20
(U) Subsistence and Water Decontamination ......................................................... 3-21
ii ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Contents
(U) Vulnerable/Sensitive Equipment ....................................................................... 3-21

(U) Cargo Movement Decontamination ................................................................... 3-21
(U) CBRN Munitions Decontamination .................................................................... 3-21
(U) Area Decontamination ....................................................................................... 3-21
Appendix A (U) IMMEDIATE DECONTAMINATION ................................................................... A-1
Appendix B (U) OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION ............................................................. B-1
Appendix C (U) THOROUGH DECONTAMINATION .................................................................. C-1
Appendix D (U) CLEARANCE DECONTAMINATION ................................................................ D-1
Appendix E (U) MEDICAL SUPPORT DECONTAMINATION .....................................................E-1
Appendix F (U) SPECIAL DECONTAMINATION ........................................................................ F-1
Appendix G (U) DECONTAMINANTS ......................................................................................... G-1
Appendix H (U) DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT ................................................................. H-1
Appendix I (U) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC SURFACES AND
MATERIALS ............................................................................................................... I-1
Appendix J (U) WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS ................................................................... J-1
(U) GLOSSARY..................................................................................................................... Glossary-1
(U) REFERENCES ............................................................................................................ References-1
(U) INDEX .................................................................................................................................... Index-1
(U) Figures
Figure 1-1. (U) The operations process ......................................................................................... 1-2
Figure 1-2. (U) Contamination mitigation ....................................................................................... 1-5
Figure 2-1. (U) Contamination control ............................................................................................ 2-2
Figure 2-2. (U) Sector or zone identification ................................................................................ 2-13
Figure 2-3. (U) Base sectoring with split-MOPP levels and transition points ............................... 2-14
Figure 3-1. (U) Decontamination .................................................................................................... 3-2
Figure B-1. (U) Dispersed operational-decontamination setup ......................................................B-6
Figure B-2. (U) MOPP gear exchange site diagram ......................................................................B-9
Figure B-3. (U) MOPP drop site diagram .....................................................................................B-20
Figure B-4. (CUI) Notional operational tactical decontamination vignette ...................................B-28
Figure B-5. (U) Unsupported vehicle wash-down with M333 .......................................................B-32
Figure B-6. (U) Supported vehicle wash-down ............................................................................B-33
Figure B-7. (U) Vehicle contamination control station ..................................................................B-36
Figure B-8. (U) Aircraft operational decontamination site layout .................................................B-40
Figure B-9. (U) Helicopter operational decontamination site layout.............................................B-40
Figure C-1. (U) Thorough decontamination site ............................................................................ C-4
Figure C-2. (U) DTD layout ......................................................................................................... C-13
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 iii
CUI
CUI
Contents
Figure C-3. (U) Station 4 layout ................................................................................................... C-20

Figure C-4. (U) Contamination control area layout ...................................................................... C-31
Figure C-5. (U) Contamination control station diagram ............................................................... C-41
Figure C-6. (U) DED layout single lane ....................................................................................... C-47
Figure C-7. (CUI) Modified DED layout ....................................................................................... C-56
Figure C-8. (U) Layout for a DAD station..................................................................................... C-62
Figure C-9. (CUI) Sensitive areas for the UH-60/E60, CH-47, and AH-64 .................................. C-67
Figure C-10. (CUI) Sensitive areas for the OH-58 and UH-1 ...................................................... C-68
Figure D-1. (U) Example of converting radiological clearances levels to OEG screening levels .. D-8
Figure E-1. (U) Patient decontamination site layout ...................................................................... E-5
Figure F-1. (U) Contamination reduction area lane layout ............................................................ F-2
Figure F-2. (U) Emergency decontamination layout for domestic response ................................. F-4
Figure F-3. (U) Emergency decontamination layout for technical forces ...................................... F-5
Figure F-4. (U) Emergency decontamination operations ............................................................... F-6
Figure F-5. (U) Technical decontamination site layout for domestic response ............................. F-8
Figure F-6. (U) Technical decontamination layout for tactical operations ................................... F-10
Figure F-7. (U) Technical decontamination for chemical wet or dry ............................................ F-12
Figure F-8. (U) Technical decontamination for biological contamination .................................... F-13
Figure F-9. (U) Technical decontamination for radiological contamination ................................. F-14
Figure F-10. (U) Mass casualty decontamination operation ........................................................ F-17
Figure F-11. (U) Decontamination by exploding super tropical bleach drums ............................ F-39
Figure G-1. (U) Automated decontaminant calculator screen shot .............................................G-11
(U) Tables
Introductory table-1. (U) New terms ................................................................................................... x
Table 3-1. (U) Decontamination methods ...................................................................................... 3-3
Table 3-2. (U) Decontamination levels and tasks .......................................................................... 3-4
Table 3-3. (U) Decontamination planning factors .......................................................................... 3-9
Table A-1. (U) Appendix directory ................................................................................................. A-1
Table A-2. (U) Spot decontamination procedures ......................................................................... A-7
Table A-3. (U) Aircraft spot decontamination................................................................................. A-8
Table B-1. (U) Appendix B directory .............................................................................................. B-1
Table B-2. (U) Advantages and disadvantages of control and support formats ............................ B-3
Table B-3. (U) Operational decontamination preparation phase ................................................... B-4
Table B-4. (U) Operational decontamination execution ................................................................. B-7
Table B-5. (U) Steps for the buddy-team method of MOPP gear exchange for IPE with or without
integral hood ............................................................................................................. B-10
iv ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Contents
Table B-6. (U) Estimated personnel required to support MOPP drop..........................................B-19

Table B-7. (U) Equipment required for tactical decontamination .................................................B-24
Table B-8. (U) Steps for tactical decontamination........................................................................B-24
Table B-9. (U) USMC tactical decontamination kit .......................................................................B-27
Table B-10. (U) Vehicle wash-down procedures ..........................................................................B-29
Table B-11. (U) Estimated operational decontamination water consumption ..............................B-31
Table B-12. (U) Estimated supply consumption for vehicle wash-down with M333 ....................B-32
Table B-13. (U) Contamination control station vehicle monitoring procedures ............................B-37
Table B-14. (U) Recommended decontamination pad sizes for fixed wing aircraft .....................B-41
Table C-1. (U) Appendix C directory ............................................................................................. C-1
Table C-2. (U) Thorough decontamination preparation phase ..................................................... C-6
Table C-3. (U) Thorough decontamination execution ................................................................... C-7
Table C-4. (U) Thorough decontamination site closure ................................................................ C-7
Table C-5. (U) Thorough decontamination water planning guide ................................................. C-9
Table C-6. (U) DTD Station 1 personnel and equipping requirements ....................................... C-14
Table C-7. (U) Example Station 1–individual gear decontamination checklist ........................... C-15
Table C-8. (U) DTD Station 2 personnel and equipping requirements ....................................... C-16
Table C-9. (U) Example Station 2–overboot and hood decontamination checklist ..................... C-16
Table C-10. (U) DTD Station 3 personnel and equipping requirements ..................................... C-17
Table C-11. (U) Example Station 3–Overgarment removal checklist ......................................... C-18
Table C-13. (U) Example Station 4–overboot and glove removal checklist ................................ C-21
Table C-14. (U) DTD Station 5 Monitoring .................................................................................. C-22
Table C-15. (U) Example Station 5–monitor checklist ................................................................ C-22
Table C-16. (U) DTD station 6 personnel and equipping requirements ...................................... C-23
Table C-17. (U) Example Station 6–mask removal checklist ...................................................... C-24
Table C-18. (U) DTD station 7 personnel and equipping requirements ...................................... C-24
Table C-19. (U) Example Station 7–mask decontamination point checklist ............................... C-25
Table C-21. (U) Example Station 8–reissue point checklist ........................................................ C-26
Table C-22. (U) Contamination control area supervisor’s actions .............................................. C-30
Table C-23. (U) Contamination control area attendant actions ................................................... C-30
Table C-24. (U) CCA processing steps to enter an open air TFA............................................... C-32
Table C-25. (U) Mask and equipment refurbishment procedures ............................................... C-35
Table C-26. (U) Specialized equipment refurbishment procedures ............................................ C-37
Table C-27. (U) Contamination control station materials list ....................................................... C-39
Table C-28. (U) Contamination control station processing checklist .......................................... C-43
Table C-29. (U) General personnel and equipment requirements for DED ................................ C-48
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 v
CUI
CUI
Contents
Table C-30. (U) Detailed equipment decontamination procedures ............................................. C-50

Table C-31. (U) Effectiveness of types of wash .......................................................................... C-52
Table C-32. (U) Common interferents for the chemical detector ................................................. C-54
Table C-33. (U) Personnel requirements for DAD ....................................................................... C-63
Table D-1. (U) Appendix D directory .............................................................................................. D-1
Table D-2. (U) Chemical decontamination clearance levels for selected chemical warfare agent
vapor hazards ............................................................................................................. D-5
Table D-3. (U) Recommended operational exposure guide levels ................................................ D-7
Table D-4. (U) Multiplication factors to convert clearance decontamination screening levels to
recommend thorough decontamination screening levels ........................................... D-7
Table D-5. (U) Radiological clearance screening levels for platforms and materiel ...................... D-8
Table E-1. (U) Appendix E directory .............................................................................................. E-1
Table F-1. (U) Appendix F directory .............................................................................................. F-1
Table F-2. (U) Stations for example technical decontamination for domestic response ............... F-9
Table F-3. (U) Stations for example technical decontamination lane in tactical situation ........... F-11
Table F-4. (U) Cargo movement mission criticality level ............................................................. F-32
Table F-5. (U) Cargo movement hazard category ....................................................................... F-32
Table F-6. (U) Cargo decontamination actions (negligible) ......................................................... F-33
Table G-1. (U) Natural decontaminants ......................................................................................... G-3
Table G-2. (U) Standard decontaminants ...................................................................................... G-5
Table G-3. (U) Super tropical bleach ............................................................................................. G-9
Table G-4. (U) Preparation of decontamination solution using HTH (6-ounce bottles) ...............G-11
Table G-5. (U) Preparation of a 5 percent available chlorine solution .........................................G-12
Table G-6. (U) Preparation of 0.5 percent available chlorine solutions .......................................G-13
Table G-7. (U) Nonstandard decontaminants .............................................................................. G-15
Table H-1. (CUI) Decontamination equipment and materials ........................................................ H-1
Table I-1. (U) Decontamination procedures for specific surfaces and materials ............................ I-1
Table J-1. (U) Measurements and weights of decontaminant containers ......................................J-1
Table J-2. (U) Conversion factors ................................................................................................... J-2
Table J-3. (U) Commonly used prefixes ......................................................................................... J-3
Table J-4. (U) Units of radiation and radioactivity measurement....................................................J-3
vi ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Preface
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 updates doctrine presently contained
within ATP 3-11.32/MCWP 10-10E.8/NTTP 3-11.37/AFTTP 3-2.46, dated 13 May 2016, including Change
1, dated 16 May 2018, and Change 2 dated 9 September 2021, entitled Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques,
and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Passive Defense. That document is being
replaced by two publications that separately address chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN)
protection and CBRN contamination mitigation.
(U) The principal audience for ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 is Service
personnel, as well as employees of civilian agencies, executing or supporting the execution of CBRN
operations. Users include CBRN staff officers, CBRN noncommissioned officers, damage control assistants
(DCAs), tactical action officers, battle watch captains, staff weather officers, medical personnel, and others
involved in planning, preparing for, executing, and assessing military operations linked to CBRN incidents.
(U) Commanders, staffs, and subordinates ensure that their decisions and actions comply with applicable
United States (U.S.), international, and host-nation laws and regulations. Commanders at all levels ensure
that their subordinates operate in accordance with the law of armed conflict and the rules of engagement.
(See FM 6-27/MCTP 11-10C)
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 implements STANAG 2521.
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 uses joint terms where applicable.
Selected joint and Service terms and definitions appear in both the glossary and the text. Definitions for
which this publication is the proponent are boldfaced in the text. For other definitions shown in the text, the
term is italicized, and the number of the proponent publication follows the definition.
(U) Where the term “mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available, time available, civil
considerations and informational considerations (METT-TC[I])” is used, joint and the United States Marine
Corps doctrine use the term “mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available
(METT-T)”. Civil considerations are inherently measured within the context of this acronym.
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 applies to the Active Army, Army
National Guard/Army National Guard of the United States and United States Army Reserve, United States
Marine Corps, United States Marine Corps Reserve, United States Navy, United States Navy Reserve, United
States Air Force, United States Air Force Reserve, and United States Air National Guard unless otherwise
stated.
(U) Ensure that all Air Force records generated as a result of processes prescribed in this publication adhere
to AFI 33-322, and are disposed of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule, which is
located in the Air Force Records Information Management System.
(U) The proponent of ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 is the United States
Army Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear School. The preparing agency is the Joint Staff J-8,
Joint Requirements for CBRN Defense, with participation of the approving Service commands. Send Army
comments and recommendations on DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms) to Commander, MSCoE, ATTN: ATZT-FFD, 14000 MSCoE Loop, Suite 270, Fort Leonard Wood,
MO 65473-8929; e-mail the DA Form 2028 to usarmy.leonardwood.mscoe.mbx.cbrndoc@army.mil.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 vii
CUI
CUI
(U) Preface
(U) Send other military branch comments and recommendations directly to—
 Air Force
Headquarters Air Force
ATTN: A4CX
1260 Air Force Pentagon (4C1057)
Washington, DC 20330-1260
Website: http://www.e-publishing.af.mil
 Marine Corps
Commanding Officer, Marine Corps Detachment
ATTN: Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear Instruction Company
Doctrine Training and Education Integration Branch
5974 Alabama Avenue, Building 708
Fort Leonard Wood, MO 65473
DSN 581-0708; COMM: (573) 596-0708
Website: https://usmc.sharepoint.mil.us/sites/MCEN_Support_MCDoctrine
 Navy
Director
Navy Warfare Development Center
ATTN: N5
1528 Piersey Street, Building 0-27
Norfolk, VA 23511-2699
DSN 341-4199; COMM (757) 341-4199
Website: https://doctrine.navy.mil
viii ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Introduction
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 presents tactical-level tactics, techniques,
and procedures (TTP) and summarizes existing principles, responsibilities, and policies related to CBRN
contamination mitigation. This publication serves as a consolidated CBRN contamination mitigation
technical reference for military personnel. The tactical and technical data provided will support sound
military decision making while operating in CBRN environments.
(U) CBRN hazards have the potential to deny U.S. forces from achieving strategic objectives, by disrupting
operating tempo, and enabling our adversaries to seize the initiative. Operating in areas with CBRN hazards
necessitates U.S. forces possess capabilities to mitigate their effects while continuing operations.
Contamination mitigation measures enable units to rapidly restore combat power after they encounter CBRN
hazards. However, current technological limitations inhibit the fielding of materiel solutions that are
operationally effective in neutralizing or removing CBRN contamination to levels that allow units to reduce
protective measures. These limitations require forces to employ interdependent contamination mitigation
TTP with fielded equipment before, during, and after a CBRN incident.
(U) This multi-Service TTP publication draws various contamination mitigation procedures from multiple
doctrinal publications and regulations and houses them within a single publication. Where necessary, users
are directed to source documents for additional information or detail.
(U) The U.S. acts unilaterally in its national interests. However, the U.S. military prefers to pursue national
security interests through international efforts, such as multinational force operations. Multinational
operations occur within the structure of an alliance or a coalition. Typically, the U.S. Army fights with
multinational partners at echelons above brigade/air wing/strike group/regiment level. Each partner brings
their own capabilities and specialties for protecting their forces and sensing contamination. Understanding
multinational capabilities, considerations, and acceptance of the capabilities of the multinational force
partners leads to more critical thinking to adapt and use contamination mitigation to benefit the force. This
will lend to multinational forces working as partners and not just with partners.
(U) Contamination mitigation can only be effective if contamination control measures and decontamination
TTP are comingled and performed prior to, during, and after operations. While this publication predominantly
discusses decontamination processes and procedures, planners also need to incorporate contamination control
procedures with decontamination processes as part of their larger contamination mitigation plans.
(U) ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 contains three chapters and ten supporting
appendixes:
 Chapter 1. This chapter introduces contamination mitigation concepts.
 Chapter 2. This chapter describes contamination control planning considerations.
 Chapter 3. This chapter describes decontamination planning considerations.
 Appendix A. This appendix describes immediate decontamination TTP.
 Appendix B. This appendix describes operational decontamination TTP.
 Appendix C. This appendix describes thorough decontamination TTP.
 Appendix D. This appendix describes clearance decontamination policies.
 Appendix E. This appendix describes medical support to decontamination TTP.
 Appendix F. This appendix describes special decontamination considerations and TTP.
 Appendix G. This appendix describes the decontaminants used to support decontamination
activities.
 Appendix H. This appendix describes decontamination kits, apparatuses, and equipment
commonly used to support decontamination activities.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 ix
CUI
CUI
(U) Introduction
 Appendix I. This appendix details decontamination procedures for specific surfaces and
materials.
 Appendix J. This appendix details various weights and measurements relevant to contamination
mitigation.
Note. (U) Throughout this document, “chlorine solution” is defined as the product from mixing a
chlorine-based decontaminant and the appropriate amount of water to make the desired available
chlorine solution needed.
(U) This multi-Service publication provides definitions for the terms included in the introductory table-1. See the
glossary for full definition.
Introductory table-1. (U) New terms
UNCLASSIFIED
Term Remarks
contamination containment Adds definition.
exposure control Adds definition.
UNCLASSIFIED
x ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Chapter 1
(U) Contamination Mitigation Concepts
(U) This chapter provides an overview of contamination mitigation concepts and

planning considerations. It describes the planning basics for contamination mitigation
and its inclusion in the CBRN defense annex.
(U) OVERVIEW
1-1. (CUI) The proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) and other CBRN hazards will
challenge joint forces operating in the joint operational environment (OE). Despite worldwide countering
WMD treaties, policies, and initiatives, adversarial nation states stockpile chemical warfare agents (CWA),
biological warfare agents (BWAs) and nuclear weapons. Near-peer adversaries have employed novel CWA
during domestic incidents and against political rivals without regard to international treaties or fear of
international reprisal. Forward deployed forces operating in industrialized nations are at risk of being exposed
to toxic industrial materials (TIMs). CBRN threats include the intent and capability to employ weapons or
improvised devices to produce CBRN hazards.
1-2. (U) CBRN hazards include CBRN material created from accidental or deliberate releases of TIMs.
TIMs may include toxic industrial biologicals, toxic industrial chemicals, or toxic industrial radiological
materials. CBRN hazards resulting from the employment of WMD include chemical and biological (CB)
agents, nuclear and radiological materials.
Note. (CUI) For definitions of CBRN threats and hazards, see TM 3-11.91/
MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55.
1-3. (CUI) The OE containing these hazardous substances creates a complex military problem and requires
specific capabilities to protect U.S. forces, its physical assets, unified action partners, and host nations (HN).
1-4. (U) Protection is the preservation of the effectiveness and survivability of mission-related military and
nonmilitary personnel, equipment, facilities, information, and infrastructure deployed or located within or
outside the boundaries of a given operational area (JP 3-0). Contamination mitigation enables protection to
minimize casualties and sustain the joint force’s ability to achieve its operational objectives.
1-5. (U) A comprehensive understanding of potential CBRN threats and hazards that units may encounter
in the OE is critical to implementing contamination mitigation activities. The contamination mitigation
tactical tasks can vary greatly based upon the specific type of CBRN threat or hazard presented.
(U) OPERATIONS PROCESS

1-6. (U) The operations process—consisting of plan, prepare, execute, and assess—is initiated at the onset
of any operation. Where the threat of CBRN hazards exists, it provides a framework for organizing required
CBRN activities. Figure 1-1, page 1-2, depicts the operations process and how CBRN defense is considered
within the process.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 1-1
CUI
CUI
Chapter 1
Legend:
CBRN chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear
Figure 1-1. (U) The operations process
(U) PLAN
1-7. (U) Planning is the art and science of understanding a situation, envisioning a desired future, and laying
out effective ways of bringing about that future. It is based on initial CBRN assessments performed and
enables the commander and battle staff to identify minimum standards for training, organizing, equipping,
and protecting resources. Planning also assists commanders in developing and communicating a common
vision that synchronizes the actions of forces in time, space, and purpose to achieve objectives. The planning
process determines recommended preparatory measures and facilitates contamination mitigation response
and recovery operations.
(U) PREPARE
1-8. (U) Preparation addresses the activities needed to survive in a CBRN-contaminated environment.
CBRN preparation activities focus on protection, CBRN hazard awareness and understanding, force health
protection (FHP), and contamination mitigation. Through preparation, an approved plan is implemented that
increases readiness through training, and exercises.
1-9. (U) Preparation implements the approved plan and relevant agreements to increase readiness through
training, exercises, and certification. Vulnerability reduction measures are initiated by the response unit to
1-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
support prevention and mitigation functions. Preparation provides servicemembers with contamination
mitigation capabilities intended for employment prior to a CBRN incident to protect critical equipment/assets
and enhance protective properties of existing systems and equipment.
(U) EXECUTE
1-10. (U) Execution is implementing a plan to accomplish the mission. In execution, commanders and staffs
focus their efforts on translating decisions into actions. The execution activity is further expanded into two
subordinate activities—response and recovery. This expansion is necessary to address the graduated level of
effort from immediate actions to full restoration.
 (U) Response. The response process addresses the short-term, direct effects of an incident.
Response measures include those actions taken to save lives, protect property, and establish
control. In conjunction with prepare activities, contamination mitigation response capabilities
reduce residual hazards and contribute to the military’s ability to regain and maintain
unencumbered lethality post CBRN incident by reducing the mission-oriented protective posture
(MOPP).
 (U) Recovery. The unit initiates the recovery process, focusing on restoring mission capability
and essential public and government services interrupted by the incident. The recovery phase also
includes completing the mitigation of the immediate hazard. Contamination mitigation recovery
capabilities attempt to bring equipment to pre-exposure conditions.
(U) ASSESS
1-11. (U) Assessment is the determination of progress toward accomplishing a task, creating a condition, or
achieving an objective. It precedes and guides the other operations process activities. Assessment helps the
commander determine progress toward attaining a desired end state by continuously monitoring and
evaluating the OE to determine what changes might affect the operations.
1-12. (U) Assessments are continuous throughout pre-incident and post-incident activities. The planning and
preparation activities support prevention efforts, while the response and recovery actions support mitigation
efforts.
(U) CONTAMINATION MITIGATION

1-13. (U) Contamination mitigation is defined as the planning and actions taken to prepare for, respond to,
and recover from contamination associated with all chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threats
and hazards to continue military operations. (JP 3-11) This multi-Service TTP has direct applicability to
tactical level CBRN defense. Many traditional contamination avoidance and protection principles remain as
central elements to contamination mitigation activities and overall CBRN defense construct. (See JP 3-11 for
additional information.)
1-14. (U) Commanders incorporate the full breadth of CBRN contamination mitigation measures into
operational planning and execution to survive and avoid, or mitigate the effects of CBRN hazards and to fight
and win in a potentially contaminated OE. CBRN contamination mitigation supports the commander's
decision making by providing recommendations to help ensure forces and facilities can operate in CBRN
environments.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 1
1-15. (U) Contamination mitigation is a series of integrated activities that proactively begin in the planning
process. Planning staffs—
 Integrate contamination mitigation activities into all joint operational planning products.
 Plan response and recovery operations using CBRN hazard awareness and understanding to match
CBRN protection and CBRN mitigation measures to anticipated hazards.
 Hazard awareness and understanding involves integrating information concerning the causes
and impacts of CBRN incidents and environment.
 CBRN protection measures are the TTP taken to reduce the likelihood of CBRN threats and
hazards having an adverse effect on mission, personnel, equipment, and installation/facilities.
 Determine capabilities needed to protect against and reduce the spread of contamination and
neutralize the contamination’s effects; determine capabilities needed to prioritize mitigation
actions and resources; and establish measures to assess mitigation efforts.
1-16. (U) Contamination mitigation includes two subsets: contamination control and decontamination.
Together they minimize contamination effects to continue the mission by saving lives and establishing or
restoring safe environments.
 Contamination control is a combination of preparatory and responsive measures designed to limit
the vulnerability of forces to chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and toxic industrial
hazards and to avoid, contain, control exposure to, and, where possible, neutralize them (JP 3-11).
 Decontamination is the process of making any person, object, or area safe by destroying,
neutralizing, making harmless, or absorbing and removing chemical or biological agents, or by
removing radioactive material clinging to or around it (JP 3-11).
1-17. (U) Contamination mitigation is achieved through the interdependent application of real time
understanding, inherent survivability, and hazard effects reduction. The combined efficacy of protection and
contamination mitigation capabilities is greater than the sum of its parts. This provides an opportunity to
reduce CBRN protective equipment encumbrance, thereby improving lethality.
1-18. (U) Effective contamination control measures reduce the amount and extent of decontamination.
Contamination control is usually faster, less resource intensive than decontamination. The two subsets of
contamination mitigation are contamination control and decontamination as depicted in figure 1-2.
(U) CONTAMINATION MITIGATION PLANNING

1-19. (U) Contamination mitigation planning provides recommendations for commanders’ guidance. The
contamination mitigation plan is part of the CBRN defense annex of the operation order (OPORD). This
helps ensure that forces and facilities are prepared to—
 Operate in CBRN environments.
 Support the commander’s decisions.
 Identify, assess, and estimate the threat’s CBRN capabilities, intentions, and most likely and most
dangerous courses of action (COA).
1-20. (U) The commander’s staff should consider the hazards that may result from a CBRN incident.
Contamination mitigation assessments include mission analysis, COA development, and the analysis and
comparison of threat and friendly COAs. Contamination mitigation planning is dynamic and continuous from
preattack to postattack, and through recovery operations.
1-21. (U) Commanders, with input from their staffs, assess their vulnerability to CBRN hazards.
Commanders determine the optimal protection for their units by assessing the threat capabilities and selecting
a concept of operations which best balances the risk to mission and risk to force. This includes MOPP
acclimatization training and decontamination planning to mitigate CBRN effects. (See ATP 3-11.32/
MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 and ATP 3-11.36/MCRP 10-10E.1/NTTP 3-11.34/
AFTTP 3-2.70 for further information on CBRN protection and vulnerability analysis respectively.)
CUI
CUI
Legend:
DAD detailed aircraft decontamination
Decon decontaminate
DED detailed equipment decontamination
MOPP mission-oriented protective posture
R&S reconnaissance and surveillance
Figure 1-2. (U) Contamination mitigation
CUI
CUI
Chapter 1
1-22. (U) Units achieve interdependent contamination mitigation through planning of layered and integrated
CBRN defense. To include: 1) OE hazard awareness and understanding activities, 2) effective CBRN
protection measures, and 3) contamination mitigation processes and procedures.
(U) PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

1-23. (U) Contamination mitigation plans describe options for how the commander could mitigate hazardous
contamination in support of all military operations to achieve assigned objectives. It provides the commander
the framework to select the optimal CBRN contamination mitigation capabilities. Which—
 Allows forces to sustain operations in contaminated environments by preventing casualties, and
rapidly restoring full operational capabilities.
 Should support rational, risk-based personnel and asset employment decisions by providing clear,
quantitative, and executable measures.
1-24. (U) CBRN contamination mitigation planning answers the following:
 Do recovery operations remove military significant contamination?
 What is required to shorten the ‘respond to’ and ‘recover from’ time span?
 Are different OEs considered when planning for CBRN contamination mitigation?
 What are the sustainment issues and implications for CBRN contamination mitigation operations?
 What is the trade-off between risk to force and risk to mission?
 What are the decision points necessary to reduce MOPP?
 What collective capabilities are required to reduce risk to an acceptable level?
 What capabilities does a unit require to perform individual contamination mitigation techniques?
(U) CBRN DEFENSE ANNEX

1-25. (U) The CBRN planner(s) includes contamination mitigation in the CBRN defense portion of the
OPORD. The planner assesses the most appropriate aspects of contamination mitigation based upon
command guidance and the decision-making process. The planner should consider including tasks and
coordinating instructions that enable contamination avoidance, contamination containment, and
contamination control.
1-26. (U) Commanders and staff ensure that CBRN defense plans incorporate contamination mitigation. The
combatant commander (CCDR) identifies theater specific training for CBRN contamination mitigation to
fulfill the operational requirements and to execute their assigned missions. Commanders ensure that the
following are conducted in preparation of contamination mitigation activities:
 Necessary individual, unit, and staff training that encompasses response and recovery.
Note. (U) Identified training fulfills the operational requirements for CBRN contamination
mitigation deemed necessary by CCDRs to execute their assigned missions.
 Assessment of unit resource and operational readiness.

 Determine readiness of all subordinates and mission partners (for example, status reports, exercise
participation, readiness ratings, and so forth).
 Assessment of available logistics support.
 Evaluation of unit operational readiness that meets mission requirements.
 Assessment of logistics support.
 Evaluation of unit operational readiness that meets mission requirements.
 Identification of all critical mission/operational requirements that reflect the appropriate
readiness/operations standards.
CUI
CUI
 Identify and prepare all operational support packages.

 Identify and prepare all logistics support packages.
CUI
CUI
This page is intentionally left blank.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
(U) Contamination Control Planning
(U) This chapter provides an overview of contamination control planning

considerations. It includes three sections providing planning considerations for
avoiding contamination, exposure control, and contamination containment.
(U) OVERVIEW
2-1. (U) Contamination control is the preparatory and response measure to avoid, contain, and control
exposure to CBRN hazards. Effective contamination control reduces the need for decontamination.
Controlling contamination requires integration with hazard planning, preparation, and execution-along with
continuous assessment activities to manage a CBRN hazard. Commanders plan for and implement various
contamination control measures to minimize the effects of CBRN hazards.
2-2. (U) Contamination control activities include avoidance, exposure control, and containment to
minimize the transfer and desorption of CBRN hazards and limit exposure. Commanders implement various
contamination control measures to mitigate the effects of CBRN hazards. Contamination control activities
are not exclusively reserved for fixed sites, stations, or forward installations, rather, contamination control
activities are performed by both fixed sites and mobile forces. Figure 2-1, page 2-2, depicts contamination
control activities, tasks, and enabling tasks.
2-3. (U) Contamination control includes tasks to assess and understand the OE and support protection. For
example, CBRN warning and reporting is critically important to assess and understand the OE. CBRN
warning and reporting queries, collects, and fuses relevant information into actionable threat and hazard
information; warns personnel of imminent or existing CBRN hazards, and supports leader decision-making.
CBRN warning and reporting is also a critical activity that enables a commander to rapidly implement
contamination avoidance decisions to protect the force. Contamination avoidance is a key contamination
control activity. By avoiding contamination, a commander preserves combat power by preventing personnel
exposure, and reducing or eliminating the need for decontamination.
2-4. (U) Another example is a commander developing and implementing automatic masking criteria.
Although automatic masking is a function of protection and serves to rapidly preserve life when hazardous
substances are released in the OE, it also functions as a proactive contamination mitigation measure that
controls contamination exposure. It provides individuals the freedom of action to rapidly protect their eyes
and respiratory system once they recognize key indicators, thereby mitigating a CBRN hazards’ effect.
2-5. (U) Effective contamination control is achieved through planning mutually supporting contamination
mitigation activities before an operation begins, implementing contamination control activities during
operations, and continuing contamination control following an operation. Many contamination control
activities are preventive measures that reduce the decontamination logistics burden and avoid the
contamination of personnel and equipment.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
Legend:
MOPP mission oriented protective posture
R&S reconnaissance and surveillance
Figure 2-1. (U) Contamination control
CUI
CUI
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL PLANNING

2-6. (U) Contamination control includes tasks performed before, during and after CBRN incidents occur to
avoid contamination and contain contamination or to limit exposure when it cannot be avoided. Contaminated
areas must be identified and marked to prevent contamination exposure. In some cases, especially near large
population centers, physical barriers may be necessary to prevent unprotected civilians to transit through
contaminated areas. Entry and exit from contaminated areas may need to be controlled to prevent casualties
and limit the transfer of contamination. Access control planning requires coordination with various
organizations to ensure that materials for contamination control are available. Unit commanders and their
staff take into consideration the three contamination control activities when conducting contamination control
planning: contamination avoidance, exposure control, and contamination containment.
 Contamination avoidance is the combination of proactive (pre-incident) and reactive (during and
post incident) activities performed by the joint force to prevent unnecessary contamination and to
enable the joint force to achieve its operational objectives. Successful contamination avoidance
seeks to enable freedom of action by reducing time in protective postures and minimizing
decontamination requirements. Units need to have established procedures that emphasize
contamination avoidance. Contamination avoidance requires the ability to assess, understand, and
report the presence of CBRN threats and hazards. Individual protective equipment (IPE) and
collective protection (COLPRO) systems are other means to avoid contamination.
 When units cannot avoid contamination, the exposure to CBRN hazards must be controlled.
Exposure control is all individual and/or unit actions taken to minimize vulnerability to
chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear hazards. Exposure control activities enable the
joint force’s freedom of action when CBRN hazards are present in the OE. Commanders and their
staffs plan proactive exposure control actions by establishing operational exposure guide (OEG),
radiation exposure status (RES) and military exposure guidelines (MEGs). These proactive
measures include use of shielding, equipment covers, and shelters; establishing hazard control
zones, marking CBRN hazards, and establishing control measures.
 Contamination containment is the individual and/or unit actions taken to prevent transfer
and spread of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear hazards. Containment actions
typically include absorption, adsorption, covering damming, diking and dilution.
2-7. (U) Contamination avoidance is the optimal course of action against CBRN hazards on the battlefield.
However, avoiding contamination may not be the chosen course of action depending on METT-T/
METT-TC(I). Successful operations in a CBRN environment avoid contaminations when possible and
control contamination exposure when it cannot be avoided, thereby reducing, or eliminating the need for
decontamination. Once equipment is contaminated, it may be very difficult to decontaminate completely
depending on the materials used in its construction, the ability of some chemical substances to penetrate these
materials.
2-8. (U) Effective contamination control reduces the need for decontamination. Controlling contamination
requires integration with hazards planning, preparation, and execution—along with continuous assessment
activities—to mitigate a CBRN incident. Contamination can be avoided by determining the extent of
contamination and/or establishing a bypass route around the contaminated area.
(U) SECTION I—CONTAMINATION AVOIDANCE

2-9. (U) Units should develop plans that emphasize contamination avoidance. Effective avoidance practices
mitigate the need to increase MOPP and conduct decontamination. Contamination avoidance retains force
effectiveness and minimizes the impact of the CBRN threat or hazard.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
2-10. (U) Contamination avoidance plans should include bypassing contamination, use of covers, individual
protection and COLPRO prior to and during CBRN incidents, and automatic masking criteria. Higher
headquarters (HHQ) (such as brigades, air wings, or other higher echelons) ensure avoidance plans integrate
available early warning systems to notify forces about CBRN hazards and integrate theater detection systems
to facilitate warning and reporting after an incident occurs. Plans also include staff integration, particularly
with the intelligence section to maximize the Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Warning and
Reporting System (CBRNWRS), which enables avoidance decisions. Indications and warnings about a
potential or an actual CBRN incident provide opportunities to warn others of impending attacks and the
potential downwind hazards, enabling avoidance and other life-saving protection decisions. See
ATP 3-11.36/MCRP 10-10E.1/NTTP 3-11.34/AFTTP 3-2.70 and TM 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.5/
NTRP 3-11.25/AFTTP 3-2.56 for additional information about avoidance planning.
(U) PRINCIPLES OF AVOIDANCE

2-11. (U) The principles of avoidance include the elements of modeling, detecting, identifying, predicting,
warning and reporting, marking, relocating, and rerouting. There are special considerations when planning
avoidance for fourth-generation agents (FGA).
(U) MODELING
2-12. (U) CBRN hazard modeling enables a proactive approach to reducing opportunities for an incident,
including integration of CBRNWRS. CBRN hazard modeling is capable of near-real-time COA analyses and
predictive evaluations under CBRN situations. It provides CBRN staff planners with the analytical capability
to detect anomalies, determine and assess the threat and impact of a CBRN incident on military operations,
and predict possible consequences of WMD use or accidental release, and initiate avoidance measures. (See
TM 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.5/NTRP 3-11.25/AFTTP 3-2.56 for more details on the use of modeling and
hazard prediction methods and systems.)
(U) DETECTING
2-13. (U) In CBRN environments, detection is the act of locating CBRN hazards using sensors and detectors
operated by individuals, unit additional duty monitoring and survey teams, or CBRN units. There are two
types of detection—
 Standoff Detection. Standoff detection provides situational awareness (not a specific
identification of a chemical or biological [CB] agent) in sufficient time to implement protective
measures before the hazard arrives.
 Point Detection. The results of point detection allows the commander to make decisions, such as
whether decontamination is necessary or whether bypass routes are needed. However, personnel
will have no early warning and may be exposed to the CBRN hazard depending on their protective
posture.
(U) IDENTIFYING
2-14. (U) Identification allows commanders to take the measures to protect, treat casualties, and mitigate
contamination. Follow-on surveys and sampling can be used for verification. Identifying CBRN hazards
determines the specific CBRN hazard present. The four identification levels are presumptive, field
confirmatory, theater validation, and definitive. (See ATP 3-11.37/MCRP 10-10E.7/NTTP 3-11.29/
AFTTP 3-2.44 for additional information about CBRN identification.)
(U) OTHER CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOURTH GENERATION AGENTS

2-15. (CUI) FGA cause specific detecting and identifying challenges. Additional planning considerations
exist when enemy forces possess FGA. The standard practice of prepositioning M8 paper on individuals and
CUI
CUI
surfaces is the most effective way to rapidly identify deposition areas since FGA rapidly absorb into most
materials.
2-16. (CUI) Units that suspect an FGA exposure and have the ability should consider instituting a screening
program for potential exposure. FGA can have a devastating impact on personnel but the onset of symptoms
are delayed for some FGA. Thus, a screening program can identify personnel who have been exposed but are
pre-symptomatic. Symptoms similar to heat stroke and a 15-25 percent drop in heart rate can indicate FGA
exposure.
2-17. (CUI) The use of individual protection and COLPRO are also key to reducing the number of casualties
from an FGA incident. Lowering the risk to the force may also increase the risk to mission due to operating
in protective equipment.
(U) PREDICTING
2-18. (U) CBRN personnel prepare predictions for CBRN hazards, as the hazard is not confined to the
deposition area. The resulting aerosol or fallout travels and can cover a large area downwind of the deposition
area. To prevent casualties, units initially use the CBRNWRS to quickly estimate the hazard area and warn
units within that area. High-fidelity hazard prediction, or plume modeling, can then be used to augment the
CBRNWRS prediction considering details such as terrain, weather, and delivery system variations to modify
the hazard area. High-fidelity hazard modeling is also used to perform the analyses, assessments, human
effects estimates, and exposure level calculations associated with CBRN contamination mitigation. Both
methods of predicting downwind hazards are only approximations, CBRNWRS predictions are safe sided
for personnel safety while the plume modeling produced by the high-fidelity hazard models are the most
likely given normal wind variability. The Joint Effects Model can be used to create prediction plots of some
nontraditional agents. See TM 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.5/NTRP 3-11.25/AFTTP 3-2.56 for additional
information about hazard predictions.
(U) WARNING AND REPORTING

2-19. (U) U.S. forces use the CBRNWRS for established procedures (both manual and digital) for creating
hazard predictions and standardized warning and reporting messages. These prediction procedures and report
formats are standardized and accepted by many nations worldwide through North Atlantic Treaty
Organization ATP-45. Warning and reporting informs U.S. forces, allies, and friendly forces of the
impending or actual use of CBRN weapons. See TM 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.5/NTRP 3-11.25/
AFTTP 3-2.56 for additional information about warning and reporting.
(U) MARKING CBRN HAZARDS

2-20. (U) Units mark CBRN hazards to warn friendly personnel about the presence of contamination. Unless
the area is mission essential, it may be marked but may not be decontaminated and the agent will dissipate
due to weathering. Units or CBRN reconnaissance teams mark all likely entry points into the area and report
contamination to HHQ via CBRN 4 or CBRN 5 reports. See GTA 03-06-008 for CBRN report formats.
2-21. (U) Contaminated surfaces are marked using CBRN marking kit signs and surveyor’s tape. Place signs
and markers so that they are visible from all potential approach directions. Include dual language, if required,
to warn HN personnel of the hazard. Place markers around contaminated areas to include—
 Disposal areas.
 Boundary of zones and toxic-free area (TFA).
 Entry control points and holding areas.
 Contaminated waste.
 Aeration areas.
 Monitoring stations and equipment.
 Transportation routes.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
2-22. (U) Another form of marking can occur by transmitting marker placement on shared digital formats
for others to see on their virtual maps. Examples of these include the use of overlay systems and various
service mission command suites. Additional information on marking CBRN contaminated areas for
avoidance purposes is provided within ATP 3-11.37/MCRP 10-10E.7/NTTP 3-11.29/AFTTP 3-2.44.
(U) RELOCATING AND REROUTING

2-23. (U) Relocation may be an option, depending on the tactical situation and the mission. This may be a
viable option for units that are mobile but may not be possible or will be very challenging for fixed sites such
as ports, airfields, and sustainment nodes.
2-24. (U) Plan for alternate routes in case main routes become contaminated. Depending on the tactical and
security situation convoys may need to be rerouted to avoid contamination.
(U) AVOIDANCE MEASURES

2-25. (U) Commanders and their staffs develop contamination avoidance measures that may also deter
targeting. Measures include—
 Planning. Commanders and their staffs must take the time to carefully plan, war game, and
rehearse contamination avoidance COAs.
 Providing situational awareness and situational understanding. The CBRNWRS provides
situational awareness and situational understanding of CBRN hazards to units affected by a CBRN
attack or that a downwind hazard is present.
 Seeking protection. When possible, units should seek protection in hardened facilities such as
bunkers. If they are not available, covers or natural terrain may provide protection against some
CBRN effects. However, ditches, ravines, and natural depressions allow the accumulation of
chemical agents. Heavy forests and jungles protect against liquid chemical agents, but vapor
hazards will increase.
 Dispersing assets. Dispersion reduces vulnerability but can hinder operations by preventing the
unit from rapidly massing combat power. Supplies (especially food; petroleum, oil, and lubricants;
and ammunition) should be dispersed when possible so that they are not destroyed or
contaminated. The degree of dispersion will depend on the METT-T/METT-TC(I) considerations.
 Maintaining mobility. Mobility gives the commander the ability to avoid contamination.
Constant movement prevents the enemy from pinpointing locations and accurately employing
CBRN weapons. Units and activities can generally be characterized as fixed or mobile. The
following are contamination avoidance differences between fixed and mobile units that bear
consideration when planning:
 Mobile units have the capability to leave the hazard area. Fixed sites do not have that option;
therefore, fixed sites rely more heavily on COLPRO and sheltering in place than mobile units.
 Depending on the size of the fixed site, it is possible that some site areas will remain
contamination free. Avoid spreading contamination in larger fixed sites by designating sectors
or zones declaring them as either as contaminated or uncontaminated areas. Secure access
roads in and out of sectors to reduce or prevent the transfer of contamination.
 Fixed site and mobile units should plan to put in place local reporting procedures and alarms
to disseminate hazard warnings.
 Covering supplies and equipment. Store supplies and equipment under cover whenever possible
to prevent contamination. Affix M8 and/or M9 paper to cover to assist in detection which aids in
contamination avoidance and limits transfer and spread.
CUI
CUI
(U) SECTION II—EXPOSURE CONTROL

2-26. (U) Exposure control includes establishing exposure guidance; exposure control measures;
contamination control zones; contamination control areas (CCA) and employing covers. Successful
contamination control methods reduce the need to perform logistically demanding decontamination.
Commanders implement corrosion control as part of a preventive maintenance and sustainment program at
home station. Corrosion control provides chemical agent resistant coating (CARC) to military equipment
surfaces. Additionally, commanders may cover or place equipment in shelters when given advanced warning
of a CBRN attack.
2-27. (U) Exposure guidance is deliberately planned prior to deploying into the OE and prior to conducting
missions, especially when there is a WMD threat or when circumstances necessitate operating in a CBRN
environment. Commanders and CBRN planners work closely with medical personnel to identify potential
hazards, develop risk mitigation plans, including exposure guidance.
2-28. (U) Units should establish hot, warm, and cold control zones when performing decontamination. Units
also establish control zones when performing site assessments to limit the transfer of contamination and
protect personnel and equipment. Lastly, commanders proactively plan for and implement CCA at fixed sites
such as aerial ports of debarkation and seaports of debarkation to enable operations under CBRN conditions.
(U) EXPOSURE GUIDANCE

2-29. (U) Exposure of personnel to CBRN threats or hazards may occur through inhalation, ingestion, or
contact (including eye and skin contact). Such exposure may have immediate, or prolonged health effects.
Therefore, the goal is to keep the exposure as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). The commander
ensures that military personnel, Department of Defense (DOD) essential civilians, contractors, and other
essential personnel who support U.S. military operations have and use appropriate protective equipment
when operating near CBRN hazards, operating where agents are suspected, or participating in
decontamination operations.
2-30. (U) Exposure to CBRN hazards may adversely affect mission performance and result in disease or
injuries. As such, exposure risk is assessed and integrated into overall military operational risk management.
Typical scenarios for potential exposure to CBRN hazards could include—
 Liquid contact hazard and downwind vapor hazard.
 Collateral damage from CBRN production, storage, or transportation facilities or systems.
 Vapor off-gassing from material or surfaces in previously contaminated areas.
2-31. (U) Medical and CBRN planners provide essential staff support to the commander on CBRN hazards.
The medical planners analyze the medical threat and evaluate the environmental and occupational health
risks in the operational area. The CBRN planners assess the CBRN threat. Both planners collaborate and then
coordinate with the unit’s intelligence section. After coordination, the CBRN planners recommend CBRN
protective actions to the commander that consider risk to mission and risk to force.
2-32. (U) Exposure guidance depends upon factors that include sensitivity of exposed individuals, the
potential exposure durations, potential agent concentrations, and the potential hazards to which individuals
may be exposed.
2-33. (U) The sensitivity of individuals, the toxicity of the agent, the exposure concentration, and the
exposure duration all affect the severity and characteristics of toxic effects that exposed individuals may
experience. A short exposure to a CBRN hazard may produce minimal adverse effects, such as mild irritation,
whereas longer exposure may produce more severe effects, which could interfere with the mission or result
in death. The first indication of exposure to CBRN hazards is typically from detectors or noticeable
symptoms.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
2-34. (U) Exposure frequency and concentration are critical determinants of the severity and onset of
casualty-producing effects from exposure. Exposure frequency describes the number of individual exposures
that have occurred during a specific time. This is important because the human body is incapable of
detoxifying all CBRN hazards.
2-35. (U) Additionally, increased physical workload in the OE may increase the probability of occurrence
and the severity of casualty producing CBRN effects. Workload increase leads to increased breathing rate
leading to an increased exposure to CBRN hazards.
2-36. (U) During decontamination operations, personnel should take steps to limit the exposure to
contamination. Such measures include decontamination crews wearing toxicological aprons or wet-weather
gear over IPE and locating post decontamination assembly areas (AAs) upwind. Wet weather gear will not
protect against chemical agents but will limit absorption of water during decontamination. The accurate
documentation of individual’s exposure to contaminants is essential for proper medical treatment, especially
if those personnel become injured or ill.
(U) NEGLIGIBLE LEVELS

2-37. (U) A level of contamination that may allow unprotected personnel to operate equipment with minimal
to no impact to mission or self for military operations is described as a negligible level. At present, standards
are quantitative for radiological and chemical exposure or contamination but qualitative for biological
exposure or contamination. These standards have been established to estimate health risk and prevent or
reduce the risk of physical effects of CBRN exposure or contamination to human beings and/or limit impact
on utility of equipment.
(U) Negligible Level Associated with Chemical

2-38. (U) A continuous exposure above a chemical-specific negligible MEG could begin to produce mild,
non-disabling, transient, reversible effects. Such effects, if any, can typically be characterized as a mild
irritant and initially are expected in personnel with underlying susceptibility factors (for example,
asthmatics). Negligible levels are not expected to impair performance.
2-39. (U) The Occupational Safety and Health Administration provides guidance for permissible exposure
limits for several toxic industrial chemicals. These regulations, while aiding making informed risk decisions,
do not apply to military personnel in military operations.
2-40. (U) Units are encouraged to use quantitative detectors to determine negligible levels. When
commanders do not possess such equipment, they may use presumptive detection equipment. A negligible
level is achieved when presumptive detectors do not detect a chemical agent.
Note 1. (CUI) Presumptive detectors normally found at the tactical level only determine the
presence of specific CWA and are not quantifiable. However, due to technological limitations,
even though detectors do not detect contamination, residual contamination may exist which
exceeds MEG levels. Lack of a reading or an indication that contamination is not present on a
chemical detector is sufficient to make risk based operational decisions such as unmasking or
decontamination effectiveness. The use of field confirmatory detection equipment provides more
information to make risk-based decisions.
Note 2. (CUI) See TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for detailed

information regarding MEG for selected chemical agent and toxic industrial chemical
toxicological threshold levels.
CUI
CUI
(U) Negligible Level Associated with Radiological

2-41. (U) The following residual dose rates, measured at 10 centimeters distance, denote the threshold for a
negligible level of radiological contamination on the respective surfaces:
 0.05 centigrays per hour (0.5 millisieverts per hour) for vehicles and large equipment.
 0.01 centigrays per hour (0.1 millisieverts per hour) for clothing and personal equipment.
 0.002 centigrays per hour (0.02 millisieverts per hour) for personnel/skin.
(U) MANAGING CHEMICAL AGENT EXPOSURE: MILITARY EXPOSURE GUIDELINES

2-42. (U) MEGs are concentrations of chemicals in air, water, and soil that can assist in evaluating the
military significance of field exposures to chemical hazards during operations. The MEGs address a variety
of operational scenarios such as a single catastrophic release of large amounts of a chemical, temporary
exposure conditions lasting hours to days, continuous ambient environmental conditions such as regional
pollution, use of a contaminated water supply, or persistent soil contamination. There are different exposure
scenarios of concern for each environmental medium. A MEG is a chemical concentration representing an
estimate of the level above which certain types of health effects may begin to occur in individuals within the
exposed population (according to USAPHC RD 230) after a continuous, single exposure to a specific agent
for a specified duration. The severity of the health effects will increase as concentrations exceed the MEG.
2-43. (U) The MEGs are designed for use as an operational risk management tool not to determine casualty
estimates. The established MEGs include values for air, water, and soil for several different exposure
durations arranged along differing occupational and environmental health hazard severity levels from
negligible to catastrophic.
Note 1. (U) The guidelines do not eliminate commander’s inherent risk responsibility to determine
that equipment is decontaminated sufficiently to continue operations in a reduced MOPP or to
direct unmasking activities.
Note 2. (CUI) See TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for detailed

descriptions of MEGs.
(U) MANAGING BIOLOGICAL AGENT EXPOSURES: CATEGORIES OF PRECAUTIONARY

MEASURES
2-44. (U) Standard precautions are a group of infection prevention practices that apply to all patients,
regardless of suspected or confirmed diagnosis or presumed infection status. Standard precautions are a
combination and expansion of Universal Precautions and Body Substance Isolation. Standard precautions are
based on the principle that all blood, body fluids, secretions, excretions except sweat, non-intact skin, and
mucous membranes may contain transmissible infectious agents. Standard precautions include hand hygiene,
and depending on the anticipated exposure, use of gloves, gown, mask, eye protection, or face shield. Also,
equipment or items in the patient environment likely to have been contaminated with infectious fluids must
be handled in a manner to prevent transmission of infectious agents, (such as wear gloves for handling,
contain heavily soiled equipment, properly clean and disinfect or sterilize reusable equipment before use on
another patient). See ATP 4-02.84/MCRP 3-40A.3/NTRP 4-02.23/AFMAN 44-156_IP for more information
on biological precaution guidelines.
(U) MANAGING RADIATION EXPOSURE: RISK MANAGEMENT TOOLS

2-45. (U) Two important components of the military system for managing radiation exposure are OEG and
the RES. The OEG is the maximum amount of nuclear/external ionizing radiation that the commander
permits a unit to receive while performing mission(s).
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
2-46. (U) The RES provides a method to track unit dose and associated operational impact of exposure. RES
is an estimate, indicated by the categorization symbols RES-0 through RES-3 which may be applied to a unit,
subunit, or, by exception, to an individual. RES categories RES-0 through RES-1E are for military operations
other than war. RES categories RES-0 through RES-3 are for military combat operations, which accepts
higher risks. Since RES is directly related to tactical effects, it can be used to estimate the effectiveness of
units (or, in exceptional cases, of individuals). RES is considered during operational planning to select units
or individuals with appropriate capabilities or skills to ensure mission accomplishment that results in the
lowest RES after the mission is completed. Refer to ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/
AFTTP 3-2.46, DODM 3145.03, and JP 3-11 for additional information about developing radiation exposure
guidelines and managing radiation exposure.
(U) EXPOSURE CONTROL MEASURES

2-47. (U) Exposure control minimizes vulnerability to CBRN hazards. Exposure control measures include
resistance coatings, covers, and contamination control zones/sectors.
(U) CHEMICAL AGENT RESISTANCE COATING

2-48. (U) Units with corrosion control prevention procedures contribute to implementing effective CBRN
exposure control measures. CARC paint is commonly applied to military equipment to camouflage, control
corrosion, and resist CB agent penetration. CARC paints are the first line of defense for hardened military
equipment against a CB hazard. Because of CARC’s unique multilayered capabilities, it is reapplied
periodically to sustain equipment service life. CARC paints need to be durable, prevent corrosion and CB
absorption and meet camouflage/infrared signature requirements.
2-49. (CUI) Current CARC paint specifications tend to prioritize camouflage properties over chemical
agent/corrosion resistance. CB agent retention makes it difficult to decontaminate substances that have
penetrated CARC painted surfaces. Applying decontamination principles, in particular the principle of speed,
is critical to effectively decontaminating CARC painted military equipment. The longer chemical agents rest
on CARC painted surfaces, the more difficult they are to remove. Chemical contamination should be removed
from CARC painted surfaces within one hour of contamination, if possible, to maximize the effectiveness of
the decontamination process.
(U) COVERS
2-50. (U) Protective packaging, such as covers and bags, are useful to store and protect individual and
organizational equipment from contamination. Equipment, such as the packs hung on the sides of tactical
vehicles can be covered with heavy duty trash bags or other materials to prevent exposure to liquid
contamination. Additionally, many military equipment items are fielded with environmental covers to sustain
an equipment item’s service life. While environmental covers may not provide sustained CBRN protection
or prevent CBRN substance penetration, they provide temporary CBRN protection. Hasty covers such as
plastic sheeting and other material are useful to temporarily protect equipment; however, the covers should
be carefully removed and disposed of and replaced at the earliest opportunity. Planners should consider plans
to replace protective covers when they become contaminated, due to the difficulty in decontaminating plastic,
cotton, and nylon-based materials. See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for
additional information pertaining to CBRN protection and protective coverings.
Note. (U) Personnel removing contaminated bags and covers should do so with caution to prevent
the transfer of contamination.
CUI
CUI
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL ZONES-HOT/WARM/COLD

2-51. (U) Contamination control zones are established to manage operations to include reconnaissance and
surveillance and decontamination activities and to mitigate the transfer of contamination. Control zones
include hot, warm, and cold zones. See ATP 3-11.37/MCRP 10-10E.7/NTTP 3-11.29/
AFTTP 3-2.44 for additional information about establishing and managing hot, warm, and cold zones.
(U) Hot Zone

2-52. (U) The hot zone is the area that is assessed to be the most affected by a CBRN incident and includes
any area to which contamination is present or is likely to be present. The hot zone is also the location where
contamination reduction begins. It is sometimes referred to as the exclusion zone, red zone, or restricted zone;
and extends far enough to prevent adverse effects to personnel outside the zone from released contamination.
Access is only permitted to personnel who are properly trained and protected. Usually, no decontamination
or patient care is executed in this zone. Representative functions that occur within the hot zone include—
 Search and rescue operations.
 Mitigation measures.
 Identifying CBRN or other physical obstacles to the entry point.
 Assessment activities (evaluating damage, CBRN monitoring, survey, and sampling).
(U) Warm Zone

2-53. (U) The warm zone is the area between the hot and cold zones where personnel and equipment
decontamination and hot-zone support take place. It includes control points for the access corridor to reduce
the transfer of contamination. The warm zone is sometimes referred to as the decontamination zone,
contamination-reduction zone, contamination-reduction corridor, yellow zone, or limited access zone.
Management of the warm zone includes decontamination corridors where casualties, emergency responders,
and equipment are decontaminated and where there is a risk of contamination transfer from objects or
individuals brought from the hot zone. The warm zone is upwind from the hot zone. Representative functions
that occur in the warm zone include—
 Emergency decontamination.
 Technical decontamination.
 Mass casualty decontamination (MCD).
 Staging of teams before entry into the hot zone (such as search and rescue, survey, and
exploitation).
 Equipment decontamination.
(U) Cold Zone

2-54. (U) The cold zone is the area where the incident command post, staging areas for equipment, and other
support functions necessary to control and support the incident are located. The cold zone is also referred to
as the support zone and should be located upwind and uphill of the warm zone. It must be readily accessible
and large enough to accommodate the support unit, CBRN forces, and other enablers. Representative
functions that occur within the cold zone include—
 Incident command operations.
 Support activities such as sustainment and security operations.
 Staging area operations.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL FOR AIRLIFT OPERATIONS

2-55. (U) The purpose of contamination control during airlift operations is to help personnel and
commanders to better control chemical contamination of aircraft, aircrew members and payloads. To this
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
end, principles are being provided that apply to fixed and rotary wing cargo aircraft and supporting
environment. The extent of required contamination control actions is based on a range of movement priorities
represented by three operational scenarios-mission essential, mission support, and retrograde. As operational
priorities change so should the contamination control procedures that influence the movement of payloads
and the priority for decontamination. Types of aircraft payloads include the following:
 Mission-essential payloads. This cargo needs to be moved regardless of contamination. There
are severe shortages of time, materials, and/or personnel to conduct contamination control
activities. The aircraft interior may become contaminated.
 Mission support payloads. Some contamination control measures are taken before the cargo is
loaded. Limited time, materials, and/or personnel are available to execute contamination control
activities. Payloads with liquid hazards should not be loaded. Payloads with vapor hazards are
loaded if necessary. The aircraft interior may become a vapor hazard area.
 Retrograde payloads. Adequate time, materials, and personnel exist to complete maximum
contamination control. No payloads with field detectable vapor or contact hazards should be
loaded. The aircraft interior remains contamination free.
2-56. (U) Successful airlift operations in a chemically contaminated environments depend on how
contamination avoidance, exposure control, contamination containment and decontamination are performed.
Commanders should be aware that contamination control and decontamination may only reduce the hazard
and not eliminate it. Once equipment is contaminated, it often is difficult to decontaminate completely due
to the various materials used in its construction, the ability of some chemical substance to penetrate these
materials. Contamination avoidance is often the best way to deal with any CBRN hazard in the OE. It is
established when contamination occurs. When the priority changes from avoidance to exposure control and
contamination containment, split-MOPP operations and contamination control zones are established.
(U) SPLIT-MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE OPERATIONS PLANNING

2-57. (U) Split-MOPP provides commanders the flexibility to respond to threats in specific areas while
continuing operations within areas unaffected by or at lower level of risk from the CBRN hazard. Effective
operations require assured, base-wide communications system, well-trained units and personnel, command
and control (C2) element, and senior leaders that understand the capabilities and limitations of the technique.
Commanders can place all or part of their installations in different MOPP levels (that is, split-MOPP) and
also authorize variations within a given MOPP level.
(U) ESTABLISHING CONTROL ZONES/SECTORS

2-58. (U) When directed, or as a vulnerability reduction measure, the installation operations section identifies
zones or sectors appropriate for the site geography and mission as demonstrated in figure 2-2. Installation
planners consider factors such as work center disposition, physical features of the installation/site, and
accessibility for movement between sectors or zones. If possible, planners use the same sector or zone
identifications used by the security forces to identify defense sectors. This simplifies preparation, training,
and use by the base population and operations section staff. It also reduces map clutter and the potential for
confusion if multiple terms and actions are used for the same areas. The objective is to develop easily
discernible sector or zone boundaries to simplify understanding by planners, C2 personnel, and the base
populace. Once planners develop the sectors, training should be conducted to ensure that all personnel fully
understand and are able to execute their responsibilities.
CUI
CUI
Figure 2-2. (U) Sector or zone identification
2-59. (U) Base sectoring is used to divide the installation into multiple sectors or control zones and assigns
threat-based protective actions and MOPP to each individual sector/zone. See figure 2-3, page 2-14.
2-60. (U) Once a split-MOPP capability is established, the commander can rapidly implement defensive
actions in areas where threats are present and reduce mission degrading protective posture where hazards are
limited or do not exist. Split-MOPP implementation is sequential. It requires a chain of events that provides
the commander with the opportunity to implement the tactics described. It also requires that the CBRN
control center understand mission priorities and provide COA recommendations to the commander. The need
for increased mission accomplishment capability should outweigh the potentially high risk of split-MOPP
implementation. The CBRN control center should continually monitor weather conditions and use input from
CBRN reconnaissance and surveillance teams to assess report of actual contamination (survey). Installation
planners use these assessments to recommend sector or zone MOPP changes.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
Legend:
Figure 2-3. (U) Base sectoring with split-MOPP levels and transition points
2-61. (U) Each installation assesses its own requirements in terms of deciding how many sectors or control
zones they should establish. The number and size of the zones can be based on—
 Providing grouping of similar functions or work center disposition within a sector.
 Identifying zone or sector boundaries should be easily discernible.
 Grouping similar surface areas (concrete and asphalt for example versus concrete and sand) into
major portions of a sector or zone.
 Designating the sector boundaries along topographical lines such as higher elevation features
because the higher elevations typically have lesser vapor concentrations in an extended postattack
environment.
 Providing clear access routes into and out of sectors/zones. When possible, these access points
should have a relatively large work area in the immediate vicinity.
 Providing compatibility with established or developing ground defense sector/zone designations.
(U) SECTION III—CONTAMINATION CONTAINMENT

2-62. (U) CBRN planners consider options to contain contamination during site assessments and exploitation
operations, before the commencement of decontamination operations, and while conducting operations
within the OE. Industrialized areas present unique challenges as TIM are readily available and may pose
unique threats to U.S. forces. CBRN planners, in conjunction with medical planners, also develop social
distancing plans to contain and prevent spreading communicable diseases whether released as biological
CUI
CUI
weapons or naturally occurring. Lastly, planners consider containing radioactive material found in
industrialized areas, in particular medical facilities and where depleted uranium is kinetically employed. The
topics that will be covered within this section include contamination containment measures, restricting
movement, isolation, and quarantining personnel, and contaminated waste collection and disposal
considerations.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTAINMENT MEASURES

2-63. (U) The following measures are used to limit access and contain contamination:
 Absorption. Absorption is used as a control enabling task for small liquid CBRN hazards on land
or water where the CBRN hazard is combined with another substance, such as soil, thus becoming
a part of the absorbent material. As the CBRN hazard is picked up, the absorbent material will
often swell and expand in size. Ensure that the absorbent material is compatible with the CBRN
hazard being absorbed so there are no adverse reactions. Examples of absorbent materials could
be booms, granular products, clay, soil, sawdust, charcoal pads, pillows, pans, and socks.
 Adsorption. Adsorption differs from absorption. Molecules of the liquid hazardous material
(HAZMAT). physically adhere to the adsorbent material rather than being absorbed into its inner
spaces. Adsorbents tend not to swell like absorbents. Responders usually use organic-based
materials, such as activated charcoal or carbon, as adsorbents. Adsorbents—
 Primarily control shallow liquid spills.
 Increasingly replace soap and water or other decontamination methods.
 Make sure that the adsorbent used is compatible with the spilled material to avoid potentially
dangerous reactions.
 Blanketing/covering. Personnel perform blanketing or covering to prevent dispersion of
HAZMAT. Operations level responders may not be allowed to perform blanketing/covering
actions, depending on the material hazards, nature of the incident and distance from which they
must operate to ensure their own safety.
 Responders must consider compatibility between material being covered and material
covering it.
 Tools for blanketing or covering solids such as powders and dusts include tarps, plastic
sheeting, salvage covers, other materials (including foam).
 Blanketing/covering may also be done as a form of temporary mitigation for radioactive and
biological substances. Blanketing/covering reduces alpha or beta radiation and prevents
spread of biological materials.
 Responders can cover openings of some liquid containers with plastic sheets or tarps to
confine vapors, as a temporary option.
 Blanketing of liquids is essentially the same as vapor suppression because it typically uses
appropriate aqueous (water) foam agent to cover surface of spill.
 Dam. Damming is a physical method of confinement by which barriers are constructed to prevent
or reduce the quantity of liquid flowing into the environment. Damming consists of constructing
a barrier across a waterway to stop/control the product flow and pick up the liquid or solid
contaminants. If water areas are contaminated, then either an overflow or an underflow dam barrier
may be constructed.
 Overflow dam. An overflow dam is used as a barrier to trap CBRN hazards that are heavier
than water to allow uncontaminated water to flow above the dam.
 Underflow dam. An underflow dam is used as a barrier to trap CBRN hazards that are lighter
than water to allow contaminated water to stay within an area. Ensure that the barrier is strong
enough to hold the volume of contaminated liquid and that there will not be any adverse
reactions with the barrier material. Examples of barrier materials could be soil, concrete, hand
tools, and construction equipment.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
 Dike. Diking is a physical method of confinement by which barriers are constructed on ground
used to control the movement of liquids, sludge, solids, or other materials. Dikes prevent the
passage of the HAZMAT from entering an area where it will produce more harm. Diking can be
used as an expedient method for controlling or stopping a small liquid CBRN hazard on land by
using surrounding materials such as soil, sand, tree limbs, brush, boards, salvage covers, hand
tools, and construction equipment. Ensure that the diking material is strong enough to hold or
direct the CBRN hazard and the material is compatible with the CBRN hazard being absorbed so
there are no adverse reactions.
 Dilute. Dilution would be used as a last resort to dilute the CBRN hazard to a negligible level if
there would be no adverse reaction. Apply water in great quantities to a water-soluble CBRN
hazard to lessen its harmful properties. Water hoses, fire hoses, power-driven decontamination
equipment (PDDE), and water sources can be used to dilute the CBRN hazard. When using this
method of contamination control, consider that the dilution will increase the total volume of liquid
that is retained, so there may be contaminated overflow and more of a possible CBRN hazard
required further disposition.
 Divert. Diversion can be used as a method for controlling or stopping a liquid CBRN hazard on
land or in water. A barrier is constructed sufficiently ahead of the CBRN hazard and can be
determined by the speed and direction of the CBRN hazard flow to maintain control of the
diversion of the CBRN hazard to less harmful location. Barriers can be constructed of booms, soil,
clay, sand, hand tools, and construction equipment. Ensure that the diversion material is strong
enough to hold and direct the CBRN hazard and the material is compatible with the CBRN hazard
being absorbed so there are no adverse reactions.
 Retain. Retention is used to temporarily hold a CBRN hazard until appropriate disposal can occur.
Retention can also be used as a holding area for absorption or neutralization of the CBRN hazard.
Portable basins, bladder bags, hand tools, and construction equipment can be used to hold the
CBRN hazard until further disposition. Ensure that the retention material is strong enough to hold
the CBRN hazard; ensure that the material is monitored for breakthrough or overflow of the CBRN
hazard; and the material is compatible with the CBRN hazard being absorbed so there are no
adverse reactions.
(U) RESTRICTING MOVEMENT, ISOLATION, QUARANTINE

2-64. (U) To prevent the spread of an infectious disease or contagious illness, public health authorities use
several different strategies. Three of these strategies are restriction of movement (ROM), isolation, and
quarantine. The aim of these strategies is to prevent and control exposure of potentially infected or infectious
persons to unexposed and uninfected individuals. These measures may be voluntarily implemented or be a
directive in nature by public health authorities or by military commanders under the advisement of the
command surgeon. When civilian mass media capabilities are unavailable, a commander should plan to
communicate ROM, isolation, and quarantine information through defense support of civil authorities,
coordinating through the media operations center of the primary agency for public affairs activities, military
civil authority information support element activities, public information actions, and news media access.
For more information, refer to JP 3-28.
2-65. (U) The three strategies differ in that ROM restricts persons to stop the spread of a contagious illness;
isolation applies to persons who are known to have an illness, or they are symptomatic; and quarantine applies
to those who have an exposure or suspected exposure to an infectious disease but are not symptomatic. During
a declared public health emergency, a commander, in consultation with the assigned command surgeon or
public health emergency officer, may exercise necessary special powers to prevent the spread of
communicable diseases. To the extent necessary for protecting or securing military property or places and
associated military personnel, such special actions may also impact persons other than military personnel
who are present on a DOD installation or other areas under DOD control. For more information, refer to
DODI 5200.08.
CUI
CUI
(U) RESTRICTION OF MOVEMENT

2-66. (U) ROM is a general DOD term for limiting personal interaction to reduce risk to the health, safety,
and welfare of a broader cohort. ROM is used to minimize risk of individuals encountering contagious
individuals and prevent personnel who have been in a higher risk area from potentially infecting others. It is
also implemented to prevent the spread of communicable diseases. In the case of military personnel, ROM,
including isolation or quarantine, or any other measure necessary to prevent or limit transmitting a
communicable disease may be implemented. In the case of persons other than military personnel, ROM may
include limiting ingress and egress to, from, or on a military installation.
(U) QUARANTINE
2-67. (U) Quarantine refers to the separation and ROM of persons who, while not yet ill or showing signs
and symptoms of the disease, have been exposed to an infectious agent and therefore, may become infectious.
Quarantine involves the confinement and active, continued health surveillance of an individual who is
suspected of having been exposed to an infectious agent until determined that they are free of infection.
Quarantine is medically very effective in protecting those personnel not exposed to an infectious agent from
contracting the disease.
(U) ISOLATION
2-68. (U) Isolation refers to the separation of persons who have a specific infectious illness from a healthy
population. Isolation allows for the target delivery of specialized medical care to people who are ill, while
protecting healthy people from getting sick. Infected people in isolation may be cared for in their homes, in
hospitals, or in designated medical treatment facility (MTF). Isolation is a standard procedure used in
hospitals for patients with certain infectious diseases such as coronavirus. In most cases, isolation is
voluntary; however, many levels of government (federal, state, and local), including the DOD have basic
authority to compel isolation of sick people to protect the public.
2-69. (U) Protective sequestration is a form of reverse isolation where uninfected Service members are
isolated from the infected population or contaminated environment as a tactical or strategic reserve.
Protective sequestration is another option that commanders may use after a CBRN incident. Operational
commanders may use other forms of ROM and social distancing to maintain operational effectiveness in the
face of an infectious disease. The goal is to control the spread of the disease by restricting contact between
healthy groups of personnel and those who have, or are suspected of having, contracted the disease. Personnel
covered by ROM and practicing social distancing do not necessarily need to be removed from operations.
ROM and social distancing are implemented in such a way as to allow them to continue their mission. Again,
these decisions are made with recommendations furnished by the command senior medical advisor and/or
public health emergency officers.
(U) CONTAMINATED WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL

2-70. (U) Topics related to contaminated waste collection and disposal include disposal considerations, unit
personnel roles and responsibilities, procedures to establish a waste collection point, and equipment and
materials and transportation considerations. Additionally, procedures are provided to collect contaminated
waste, establish open storage areas, and bury contaminated waste. See TM 3-34.56/MCRP 3-40B.7 for more
information about waste collection and disposal.
(U) DISPOSAL
2-71. (U) Properly disposing of contaminated waste during and after decontamination operations is
important. Contaminated waste includes anything that requires disposal, such as equipment used to clean
personnel and vehicles that cannot be decontaminated. Water used to spray off contamination should be
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
captured to avoid runoff and be properly disposed of to prevent additional contamination of other areas. Some
disposal considerations include the following:
 The primary means for disposing hazardous waste (HW) and special waste within a theater of
operations is through a qualified contractor or a Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services
facility established in theater.
 Local contracts must be approved through the chain of command to ensure that they meet the
disposal criteria established for the theater of operations. If local contractors cannot be used, waste
must be transported to a Defense Logistics Agency Dispositions Services facility or HW storage
area within the theater.
 HW, and certain special waste, is not incinerated or buried unless explicitly approved by both U.S.
and HN authorities.
 All personnel directly or indirectly engaged in disposal operations should be properly trained in
the operating procedures, hazards, and safety precautions.
(U) ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY

2-72. (U) It is the responsibility of all personnel to ensure safe operations. Waste management personnel
roles and responsibilities include—
 Unit commanders ensure that waste collection sites are established, properly marked, reported,
and maintained.
 In the U.S. Army, the staff’s senior engineer staff officer is the primary integrator for the
environmental program, which includes waste management. If a waste management working
group is established, the engineer staff officer may be appointed as the working group’s facilitator.
 The staff’s environmental officer/environmental compliance coordinator provides technical
guidance and coordinates with waste management planners and sometimes facilitates the waste
management working group.
 The logistics staff officer is the staff integrator for sustainment operations and is the staff point of
contact for unit movements and deployments. The logistics officer provides oversight in the areas
of supply, maintenance, transportation, and field services. The logistics staff officer also works
with the engineer staff officer and other staff members in performing waste management. (Within
the United States Marine Corps, the logistics officer holds the primary responsibility for waste
management.)
 The CBRN staff or the control center marks and plots accumulation points and disposal areas on
local area and grid maps and provides technical support to assist monitoring, surveys, and
assessments.
 Medical personnel provide technical oversight and guidance for personal safety and health-related
issues.
 All personnel establish and maintain waste collection points, and segregate wastes for localized
collection. Deployed personnel are responsible for limiting, to the greatest extent possible, cross
contamination, post conflict cleanup, and restoration actions.
(U) WASTE COLLECTION POINT

2-73. (U) Establishing waste collection points should be a well-thought-out process to ensure the safety of
all personnel in the area. Some responsibilities in establishing waste collection points include the following:
 Planners coordinate with joint and HN forces for proper siting of the CBRN waste accumulation
site. To avoid multiple large accumulation points, consider the consolidation of contaminated
waste from nearby friendly forces or sister Services. Site selection should be based on prevailing
seasonal winds and be away from any living, working, rest or relief areas; terrain; and security.
The location and size vary based on the amount of waste generated. Preferred locations are
CUI
CUI
downwind of the friendly forces; on flat, no vegetated terrain; in a secure but remote area; and
away from areas that are populated by friendly forces or civilians.
 Dispose of contaminated waste according to applicable local guidance.
 Separate HW by type/category (ignitable, corrosive, reactive, toxic), compatibility and
solids/liquids.
 Clearly identify the disposal site and waste. Prepare contaminated labels/marking signs in advance
to mark containers. Proper marking prevents unintentional contact and alerts personnel of the
hazard. The collection containers must be in good condition and meet regulation standards. The
containers should be the appropriate container for the specific waste. The collection containers
should be clearly labeled/ marked with their contents, along with the type of contamination or
agent, date, time, and location of origin. Additionally, personnel should establish a cordon around
the immediate area and put-up signs to control unauthorized access.
 If sufficient equipment exists, place automatic vapor alarms around or just upwind of the area.
CBRN reconnaissance personnel should also periodically monitor just outside the area with
handheld vapor detection devices.
 Use burial, when authorized, as another method that is effective for all types of contamination.
The area is also marked to help ensure that the area is avoided. The unit that closes the
decontamination site should notify the CBRN staff or control center. The CBRN staff or control
center transmits a CBRN 5 Report outlining the contaminated-waste burial site.
2-74. (U) Units should effectively plan for the control of waste during decontamination operations and
disposition of waste after decontamination operations are complete. Information on unit waste accumulation
includes the following:
 Planners should consider site selection based on several factors, such as terrain and prevailing
seasonal winds. The area should be located downwind of work areas and rest and relief locations.
 Accumulation points should be downwind from the rear or entrance to areas such as bunkers,
fighting positions, or CCA.
 All unit accumulation points should be identified and reported to the CBRN control center. The
CBRN control center has the responsibility to mark and plot each accumulation point on local,
grid, or area maps.
 When feasible, waste accumulation points should be located on concrete, asphalt, or other paved
surfaces. Avoid positioning the accumulation point on grass or vegetated areas. Position waste
accumulation points so that personnel can transverse a straight line from their shelter, bunker, or
facility to the area without having to cross wet, muddy, or vegetated areas.
 Waste should be separated by type (solid versus liquid and combustible versus noncombustible).
No sharp objects that could puncture the plastic liner are to be placed directly into the waste
container. Sharp objects should be packaged in a rigid waste container. Collecting sharp objects
or materials in a cardboard box overwrapped with 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick plastic bag should
prevent objects from penetrating or perforating the protective cover.
 Proper marking prevents unintentional contact and alerts personnel of the hazard.
 Containers holding contaminated waste should be in good condition and compatible with the waste
being stored. Container information is as follows:
 The container should always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or
remove waste.
 Large trash receptacles, 55-gallon barrels, or similar containers are ideal vessels for collecting
contaminated solid waste. These should be lined with a double layer of 6-mil (0.006 inches)
thick plastic bags.
 Liquid waste can be stored in 5-gallon or 55-gallon closed top drums. A small containment
berm should be placed around any liquid-holding area to control potential runoff or spills.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
The use of sandbags with plastic tarps/liners or other suitable material should be used to
construct this berm.
 If sufficient equipment exists, place automatic vapor alarms around or just upwind of the area.
CBRN reconnaissance and surveillance personnel should periodically monitor in vicinity of
the area.
 To indicate contamination from an incident or cross contamination, detector paper should be
positioned around the accumulation point.
(U) EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL

2-75. (U) The following items or a suitable substitute should be available for establishing and maintaining
the waste accumulation point. Quantities of this material vary based on the number of individuals and area
supported. The unit supply activity provides the support to obtain the following items:
 Containers for solid-waste and liquid-waste streams.
 Spill kits/supplies (absorbent materials).
 Personal protective equipment (PPE).
 Marking material: CBRN marking kit (sign kit, contamination, M328 or M274; chemiluminescent
lights, white, 8-hour; surveyor's tape, red; paper and grease pencils or permanent markers).
 Plastic sheeting, 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick, clear.
 Plastic bags, 60 by 30 inches, 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick.
 Pressure-sensitive tape.
 Personal decontamination materials: skin decontamination kit (SDK); 5 percent chlorine solution;
water; and bucket or catch basin.
 CBRN detection equipment.
 Funnel for pouring liquid waste into collection containers.
 Sandbags.
(U) TRANSPORTATION PROCEDURES

2-76. (U) The transportation of contaminated waste is coordinated and controlled through a unit movement
coordinator. The CBRN control center provides subject matter expertise and technical support to movement
control activities. This is performed to effectively control and account for the contaminated waste, reduce the
contamination of multiple vehicles, and eliminate unnecessary risk to personnel. Transportation procedures
include the following:
 Transporters wear appropriate protective clothing and have personal decontamination kits
immediately available.
 Prior to starting the transportation and collection process from unit accumulation sites to a
centralized disposal site, the vehicle driver should—
 Ensure that the vehicle is properly marked as contaminated.
 Position contamination marking signs on the vehicle.
 Allow no one to ride in the open back of a vehicle or trailer that is carrying contaminated
waste.
 A layer of 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick plastic may be positioned in the bed of the vehicle to
minimize the spread of contamination.
 As waste material is collected, checks are conducted to verify that contaminated bags or
containers are properly marked.
 Ensure spill kit/supplies are present if needed.
CUI
CUI
(U) PROCEDURES FOR THE COLLECTION OF CONTAMINATED WASTE

2-77. (U) The potential for personnel to be cross-contaminated is at its highest during the collection of
contaminated material for disposal. Using at least two trained personnel will minimize time and effort during
collection of contaminated waste.
2-78. (U) Supervisors assign personnel trained to perform the duties to detect contamination and remove
contaminated coverings in and around their area. Duties include the following:
 A systematic search of the area for contamination should be planned and communicated to unit
personnel.
 Set priority for removing protective covers. Priority should be given to immediate-use items and
high-value and/or limited-quantity items that directly affect mission accomplishment.
 Personnel should check to ensure that IPE is properly worn, using the buddy system, prior to
starting the operation.
 Unit personnel should check for contamination in assigned areas.
 Starting with the priority items, remove and replace contaminated detector paper and
contamination avoidance material.
 Place contaminated material collected in a 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick plastic bag (preferably clear
plastic). When collection bags are approximately three-quarters full, personnel seal the top of the
bag closed.
 Place the first bag into a clean, 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick bag. To reduce the potential of
contaminating the outside of the clean bag, the assistance of a second person may be required.
 Perform immediate glove decontamination, utilizing SDK or equipment decontamination
system or 5 percent chlorine solution.
 Repeat the bag-sealing process for the outer (clean) bag.
 Prepare the material for transport to the waste accumulation point.
 Place contaminated markings on the outer bag. The bags should be clearly marked with the
contents, type of contaminant or agent, date, time, and location.
2-79. (U) Material (such as pallet covers and bulk plastic) that will not fit into standard 6-mil (0.006 inches)
thick trash bags require a different procedure or process as follows:
 Starting from the long end of the material, with arms extended, grasp the bottom, and roll the
material onto itself. Properly done, this contains any contamination inside the cover or plastic,
away from the individual, while reducing air pockets and the bulkiness of the material.
 After the material is rolled, fold the two outer ends toward the center and secure the material with
tape or string so that it will not unfold or unroll.
 Secure and seal the material in an outer wrapping.
 If ground contamination is or was suspected, place a drop cloth on the ground to reduce the
potential for cross contamination of the outer wrapper. Other steps include the following:
 Avoid kneeling on the ground.
 Place the material on a section of clean, 6-mil (0.006 inches) thick plastic sheet, large enough
to fully wrap the material.
 Perform immediate glove decontamination utilizing SDK, equipment decontamination
system or 5 percent chlorine solution.
 Fold the ends of the outer wrapper toward the center, overlap the material, and secure the
seams with pressure-sensitive tape.
 Perform immediate glove decontamination utilizing a SDK, equipment decontamination system,
or 5 percent chlorine solution.
 Prepare the material for transport to the unit waste accumulation point.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 2
 Place contaminated markings on the outer wrapping. The outer wrapping should be clearly marked
with the contents, type of contaminant or agent, date, and time.
Note. (U) Leaders contact the operation center or unit for waste pickup and transportation to the
contaminated waste site. Waste that is not properly labeled and packaged should not be picked up
until properly marked.
(U) OPEN STORAGE

2-80. (U) The HN or command guidance may prohibit the burning or burial of waste. Garbage, rubbish, and
other such material may have to be stored pending transportation to a waste disposal facility. Wastewater
poses significant challenges, including the following:
 The laundering of potentially contaminated items (for instance, suits) generates a considerable
amount of wastewater that should be controlled and analyzed for contamination.
 The use of water or 5 percent chlorine solution for decontamination generates a considerable
amount of liquid that requires disposal. To reduce volume, planners should consider the use of
evaporation tanks or lagoons.
 Planners should consider using large containers, such as sea and land shipping containers, during
open storage for storing or consolidating the waste.
 For open storage of contaminated waste, the use of large containers offers advantages, such as
ample storage space, protection from the environment, limited access to the contaminated material,
the ease of loading, availability at most deployed locations, and low cost.
 The primary disadvantage and hazard is that the size of the containers makes them difficult to
move, and sealed containers contain off-gassing vapors.
(U) BURYING
2-81. (U) Burying contaminated items should be well thought out, planned, and recorded. Maintaining
accurate records on the type and quantity of material buried is critical for post-conflict cleanup actions.
2-82. (U) Considerations for burying contaminated items include the following:
 Place a mound of dirt over the top of the burial pit, when closed.
 Place marking signs to indicate the type of pit, pits contents, date closed, and unit designation.
 Use containers and mark contaminated material that is placed in the burial pit.
 Record all items placed in the burial pit.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
(U) Decontamination Planning
(U) This chapter provides an overview of decontamination fundamentals. It consists of

six sections providing planning consideration for immediate, operational, thorough,
technical, patient and casualty, clearance, and decontamination of personnel, objects,
and areas. It also provides planning considerations for medical support
decontamination and special decontamination. Additional information for each
decontamination process is found in the supporting appendixes.
(U) OVERVIEW
3-1. (U) Decontamination is the primary countermeasure process supporting sustained operations in CBRN
environments. The main distinction between contamination control and decontamination is that
decontamination makes people, objects, and areas safe, whereas contamination control reduces the effect of
contamination on operations and personnel through preventing contamination spread and recontamination.
Both contamination control and decontamination are subsets of contamination mitigation. Ideally,
decontamination procedures should not degrade the performance of personnel or equipment and should not
harm the environment. The four levels of decontamination are immediate, operational, thorough, and
clearance. Figure 3-1, page 3-2, provides a summary overview of the four levels of decontamination, the
various decontamination activities, the various decontamination tasks, and additional decontamination
enabling tasks.
(U) DECONTAMINATION FUNDAMENTALS

3-2. (U) Decontamination fundamentals include the principles of decontamination operations,
decontamination methods, and decontamination levels. A thorough understanding of these decontamination
fundamentals is important for effectively planning the allocation of critical resources which ultimately saves
lives and quickly restores forces to full operational status. Mastering the implementation and use of
decontamination fundamentals will ensure the maximum use of resources, limit the amount of time needed
to mitigate contamination effects after a CBRN event, and enable the rapid restoration of forces to resume
operations in reduced MOPP.
(U) PRINCIPLES OF DECONTAMINATION OPERATIONS

3-3. (U) The four principles of decontamination are speed, need, and priority and limited area. The
following explains each in more detail:
 Speed. Personnel should perform decontamination as soon as possible. Direct exposure to some
CBRN hazards could be fatal within minutes. Testing has shown that the sooner equipment is
decontaminated; the less likely the contaminant is absorbed or transferred to other surfaces, and
the more likely thorough decontamination (decontaminating to negligible risk levels) is achieved.
Decontaminating equipment as soon as possible reduces the quantity of equipment that needs to
undergo thorough decontamination and reduces the operational and logistics burden placed on
units needing to perform thorough decontamination.
 Need. Decontaminate only what is necessary. Personnel have limited resources available and
should expend resources only where they are needed. Evaluate where actual contamination exists
to limit the need to decontaminate everything.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
 Priority. Decontaminate the most essential items first: personnel and mission essential equipment.
 Limited area. Personnel should perform decontamination as far forward as possible, near the area
where the contamination occurs. This limits the spread of contamination.
Legend:
Figure 3-1. (U) Decontamination
(U) METHODS
3-4. (U) Decontamination is accomplished by neutralization, physical removal, and weathering.
Disinfection is the process of rendering biological organisms non-infectious. See table 3-1 for more
information on decontamination methods.
CUI
CUI
Table 3-1. (U) Decontamination methods

UNCLASSIFIED
Decontamination Description
Methods
Neutralization Neutralization is the most widely used method of decontamination, particularly for
chemical warfare agents. Neutralization is the reaction of specific chemicals with the
contaminating agent to render the agent less toxic or nontoxic. When mixed with a
reactive decontaminant, the agent is converted into a less toxic form. The reactive
decontaminant may be a commonly available material (such as household bleach) or
a specifically designed decontaminating agent (see Appendix J for measurements
and weights of containers that could be used). Disinfection renders biological
contaminants less toxic.
Physical removal Physical removal is the relocation of contamination from a mission-critical surface to
a less important location. Physical removal generally leaves the contaminant in the
same toxic form. It often requires the subsequent neutralization of the contamination.
For example, if soap and water are used to remove the agent, the runoff may be
drained into a pit containing decontaminant. Depending on mission requirements,
physical removal can be an effective technique without subsequent neutralization.
Weathering Weathering includes such processes as evaporation and irradiation to remove or
destroy the contaminant. The contaminated item is exposed to natural elements (for
example, sun, wind, heat, precipitation) to dilute or destroy the contaminant to the
point of reduced or negligible hazard. This may be as simple as letting a vehicle sit in
the hot desert sun to bake off the contaminant. Natural weathering is the simplest
and most often preferred method of decontamination, particularly for terrain and
non-mission-essential buildings and roads. While effective for many chemical agents,
persistent agents do not generally decontaminate adequately with weathering alone.
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) DECONTAMINATION LEVELS

3-5. (U) Generally, joint forces perform only those decontamination actions required to protect lives and
allow the continuation of the mission. The commander decides whether decontamination is required to restore
combat power and, if so, what level of decontamination is required. The four levels of decontamination are—
immediate, operational, thorough, and clearance.
 Immediate. Immediate decontamination minimizes casualties and limits the spread or transfer of
contamination. See appendix A for more information.
 Operational. Operational decontamination sustains operations by reducing the contact hazard,
limiting the spread of contamination, and eliminating or reducing the duration that MOPP
equipment must be used. See appendix B for more information.
 Thorough. Thorough decontamination reduces contamination to the lowest detectable level using
tactical-level capabilities. The intent of thorough decontamination is to reduce or eliminate the
level of MOPP. This is accomplished by units (with or without external support) when operations
and resources permit. See appendix C for more information.
 Clearance. Clearance decontamination provides decontamination to a level that allows
unrestricted transportation, maintenance, employment, and disposal. See appendix D for more
information.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
3-6. (U) Table 3-2 provides more detailed information on the purposes, task, participants, and timing factors
associated with each decontamination level and available task option. Decontamination considerations
include—
 Immediate and operational decontamination are time critical. These levels of decontamination
save lives and help regenerate and maintain combat power.
 Decontamination is not a sequential process that requires the conduct (in order) of immediate,
operational, thorough, and clearance decontamination. After immediate decontamination, mission
and environment will determine need for further decontamination measures. For example, proper
and timely immediate decontamination, coupled with weathering may alleviate the requirements
to conduct further decontamination. See Appendix G for further information about natural,
standard, and nonstandard decontaminants.
 The level of effort required for thorough and clearance decontamination typically removes the unit
(for an extended period) from the primary mission. Augmentation is required to support the
contaminated unit.
Table 3-2. (U) Decontamination levels and tasks
UNCLASSIFIED
Levels Purpose Tasks1 Best Start Performed By
Time
Immediate • Saves Lives Skin Before 1 Individual
decontamination minute
Personal wipe Within 15 Individual or buddy
down minutes
Operation wipe Within 15 Individual or crew
down minutes
Spot Within 15 Individual or crew
decontamination minutes
Operational • Continue Personnel
operations in a MOPP gear Best within 6 Contaminated unit
contaminated exchange hours or up
environment to duration
and assess MOPP drop
(METT-T of suit
need to conduct capability
further decision)
and METT-T
decontamination CCA and/or (reduced
• Remove gross CCS performance
decontamination degradation
• Limits agent in UIPE may
spread allow longer
duration)2
Equipment
Tactical Unit teams
decontamination (with or
Vehicle wash- without Battalion/crew/squadron/
down M339/M432 shipboard team
Aircraft wash- CIDAS)
down
Supported Best within 1 United crew supported by
vehicle wash- hour decontamination unit
down
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table 3-2. (U) Decontamination levels and tasks (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Levels Purpose Tasks1 Best Start Time Performed By
Through • Reconstitution of Personnel
people DTD When the Contaminated
• Reduce mission allows unit, as applicable
contamination on reconstitution
equipment to activities to occur
levels where Equipment
hazard is
negligible DED/DAD When the Decontamination
mission allows unit
• Increases reconstitution
probability of activities to occur
long-term MOPP
reduction
Clearance • Allows Dispose of and During Supporting
unrestricted replace the restoration strategic
transportation, contaminated item, activities resources (military
maintenance, equipment, or commanders,
employment, material subject matter
and disposal Contaminated experts, and other
surface/component stakeholders)
repair/replacement
1
These tasks become less effective the longer they are deployed.
2
Performance degradation, equipment limitation and a health risk assessment must be considered when exceeding 6
hours.
Notes. Testing has demonstrated that the sooner these activities are performed the more effective the outcome.
Decontamination is best performed within 1 hour of contamination occurring, not to exceed 6 hours, if mission allows.
Appendix A-D provides techniques and procedures for all levels of decontamination.
Legend:
CCA contamination control area
CCS contamination control station
CIDAS Contamination Indicator Decontamination Assurance System
DTD detailed troop decontamination
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available, time
UIPE Uniform Integrated Protection Ensemble
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) DECONTAMINATION PLANNING

3-7. (U) Decontamination operations are critical to mitigate the spread and transfer of contamination.
Commanders consider the threats of hazards in the environment and the areas and facilities capable of
supporting decontamination. During planning the commander and staff should consider
METT-T/METT-TC(I). These variables affect several key decisions to include, where to set up
decontamination sites, what the priorities of effort are, when to decontaminate, and how to determine what
is clean or contaminated.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
3-8. (U) During planning, commanders conduct vulnerability analysis and estimate the need for
decontamination based on the threat, the resources available for decontamination, and the potential results of
the operation. The commander and staff should consider the following when planning decontamination
operations:
 Assessment of the CBRN threat. Results of intelligence collection, analysis, and production.
 Assessment of unit readiness. Individual training standards met and CBRN teams are formed from
existing personnel and resources to detect, identify, and decontaminate CBRN contamination and
to operate protective shelters.
 Assessment of impact on force. Assessment of FHP and health service support (HSS). Human
factor effects of the MOPP.
 Protection and prioritization of mission-essential equipment and facilities.
 Augmentation support required beyond the unit level.
 Sustainment requirements of CBRN decontamination.
 Effect of the CBRN attack on the C2 systems.
 Capabilities and limitations of U.S., multinational, and HN decontamination assets.
 Mortuary affairs requirement.
3-9. (U) Situational awareness is a central concern for decontamination planning. An integrated warning
and reporting system provides a significant measure of protection by allowing friendly forces to minimize
exposure to the hazard. Accurate and timely understanding of the hazard and its effect minimizes the
possibility of having excessive or inadequate protection for personnel. Warning system provisions also
address the need to warn personnel, based on an alarm, thus causing units to increase their protective posture,
and can act as a warning order for dedicated decontamination assets.
3-10. (U) Decontamination operations planning considerations include METT-T/METT-TC(I), intelligence,
and information collected. Pre-incident actions depend on the effectiveness and success of reconnaissance
and surveillance missions in the OE to establish linkup points, and lines of communications between the
contaminated element and support unit.
Note. (U) See ATP 3-11.36/MCRP 10-10E.1/NTTP 3-11.34/AFTTP 3-2.70 for additional
information about CBRN planning.
(U) PRIORITIZATION
3-11. (U) Decontamination requires commitment, time, and space. Commanders, using operational risk to
the force, choose when and where to conduct decontamination. Decontamination of areas, facilities,
personnel, and equipment should be prioritized and limited by necessity, to allow resumption of operations
Decontamination should be aimed at mitigating hazards and reconstituting operational capability. The
following should be considered when prioritizing for decontamination:
 The priority is given to the decontamination of individuals to prevent casualties and reduce
manpower losses.
 The second priority is the decontamination of equipment and material or facilities necessary to
meet mission requirements as established by the commander. During wartime, decontamination
operations should be expedited as the situation permits.
 Mission accomplishment is the primary consideration.
3-12. (U) CBRN attacks can degrade C2 systems. Effective decontamination operations rely on a C2 system
that keeps the commander informed and communicates the commander's intent. For example, being notified
of the commander's priorities for decontamination is critical for ensuring that support is synchronized.
CUI
CUI
3-13. (U) Since decontamination assets are limited, the commander should establish a priority of
decontamination support. The priority of effort lists the units in the order they will receive decontamination
support. This can change from phase to phase during an operation. The CBRN staff develops the priority of
effort based on an understanding of the commander's intent, including the following:
 The commander decides when and where operational and thorough decontamination should occur
according to METT-T/METT-TC(I). Note that immediate decontamination always occurs as
battle drills at the prescribed times following a CBRN attack.
 The units understand the decontamination priority of only what is necessary. Even though a unit
has been identified for decontamination, it does not follow that each individual, vehicle, or item
belonging to that unit is contaminated. Decontamination prioritization is the process of identifying
those individuals, vehicles, aircraft, ships, ships' spaces, or equipment that require
decontamination. Only the identified items are to be processed through the decontamination site.
The commander may then employ assets to support the decontamination operation.
(U) THE DECONTAMINATION PLAN

3-14. (U) The CBRN planner(s) writes a decontamination plan as part of a CBRN defense annex of the
OPORD. In preparing the decontamination portion of the CBRN defense annex, the planner assesses the
likelihood that decontamination operations are required, the probable extent of those operations, and the best
procedures for execution. In preparing the decontamination portion of the CBRN defense annex, the planner
should consider the following questions:
 Does the adversary possess CBRN weapons and demonstrated the intent to use them?
 Does the unit's mission bring it into likely contact with TIM hazards?
 Does weather and terrain favor the adversary's use of CBRN weapons?
 What are the unit's logistic requirements?
 What is the unit's level of decontamination training?
 Is contamination avoidance possible?
 What decontamination capabilities are available?
 What likely decontamination sites are available (through terrain study)?
3-15. (U) In preparing the decontamination portion of the CBRN defense annex, the planner should assess
the disposition of forces and assets available for CBRN reconnaissance and decontamination. Planners should
identify locations for preselected decontamination sites, linkup points, and the mission for the CBRN
decontamination assets.
3-16. (U) Plans should also identify airfields and/or naval vessels for recovery operation and identify
contingency plans for stations, ports, airfields forward arming and refueling points, and facilities to receive
contaminated aircraft and ships with personnel and cargo aboard.
3-17. (U) The minimal essential requirements that are met in planning for decontamination operations are as
follows:
 Identification of facilities, equipment, and material that are contaminated.
 Selection of appropriate decontaminant and decontamination equipment.
 Selection of a site for decontamination of equipment, supplies, and personnel.
 Availability of personnel to conduct decontamination and sustainment requirements.
 Control and containment of contaminated waste.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
3-18. (U) Decontamination actions are taken to sustain readiness. Planning considerations extend from the
present until the first threat weapon effects occur within the theater of operation. Planning considerations
include—
 Planning to conduct response procedures (before and after a CBRN incident). Guidance should be
based on the concept that there may be no warning before an attack and that all incidents in a high-
threat area may contain CBRN agents.
 Providing instructions for a warning unit or the base populace.
 Notifying key personnel of an incident, of procedures for the activation of preselected COLPRO
shelters, and of the need to don protective clothing.
 Decontaminating mission-essential facilities.
 Identifying recovery actions that should begin as soon as possible after the incident.
3-19. (U) Subordinate units and activities support and comply with the commander’s intent. They develop
contingency plans for CBRN defense actions that support mission conducted within the theater assigned.
Plans address CBRN detection, warning, reporting, and decontaminating procedures and a rapid transition
into a CBRN defense posture.
(U) DECONTAMINATION SITE SELECTION

3-20. (U) The HHQ selects potential decontamination sites as part of mission planning. Preselecting sites
can be conducted through terrain analysis to ensure potential decontamination sites are suitable for
conducting the level of decontamination required. Higher echelons select thorough and supported operational
decontamination sites in coordination with the supporting decontamination unit. If possible, the supporting
decontamination unit reconnoiters potential sites. Subordinate units select operational decontamination sites
as part of the overall decontamination plan.
3-21. (U) Decontamination sites selection is necessary during operational and thorough decontamination
planning. Detailed information on a potential site may be determined from intelligence assets. The following
criteria should be considered for decontamination site selection:
 Wind direction. Downwind from friendly personnel.
 Water supply. Located near rivers, streams, or other water sources.
 Accessibility. The site should be within an avenue of approach, but just off main routes for easy
access. It should be accessible to the largest vehicle in the contaminated unit.
 Terrain analysis. Soil composition, drainage, cover, and concealment.
 Maximum use of existing facilities.
 Trafficability. The path or road should be able to withstand large amounts of water being placed
on it.
 Size. The area should be large enough to handle all stations of the level of decontamination being
conducted.
3-22. (U) As decontamination sites are selected (during the map reconnaissance), one or more linkup points
are chosen to support each site. Linkup actions at the designated point include establishing security,
positioning the necessary marshalling areas, camouflaging the entry and exit points, designating the direction
of flow into and out of the site, and ensuring that the unit's supply or pre-staged assets have sufficient
replacement IPE.
3-23. (U) The individual in charge of decontamination makes careful coordination with those elements
involved to ensure the successful completion of the operation. The supported unit is made aware of linkup
points, times, and its own responsibilities for the procedure.
CUI
CUI
3-24. (U) Signal operating instructions are included in the supported unit’s initial request for
decontamination support. Much of the coordination is arranged through the decontamination element or the
unit's higher echelon, particularly when involving the following:
 PDDE support.
 Engineer support for site preparation and closure.
 Supply and transportation for linkup with bulk water trucks.
 Air defense and security forces for security when those elements are required.
 HSS.
 Augmentees.
 Maintenance.
 Support of medical personnel for patient decontamination operations.
3-25. (U) Control measures are used to maintain order, security, and status of personnel and equipment using
sample charts for the support of the thorough decontamination process. These sample charts can be locally
reproduced, laminated, and posted at each station. The charts provide the station number and instructions for
the station supervisor and attendant. They are not meant to be all-inclusive and do not include setup
procedures or equipment requirements-just an informative guide for station supervisors and attendants.
Control measures ensure that—
 Drivers of contaminated vehicles know when to move into position at the wash-down location.
 Contaminated unit has provided site security.
(U) CONSUMPTION RATES

3-26. (U) CBRN elements forecast logistic requirements to perform its mission. Table 3-3 outlines
decontamination planning factors used by the U.S. Army and are useful to anticipate and plan
decontamination operation resources requirements.
Table 3-3. (U) Decontamination planning factors
UNCLASSIFIED
Water
Time
Mission Organization Mission Coverage Required Decontaminant
(Minutes)
(gallons)
Personnel Decontamination
M295s or M333,
MOPP Gear JGPD centrally
Affected Unit 40 PAX 40 30
Exchange stockpiled
M295s and M333,

Detailed Troop
Affected Unit 40 PAX 318 JGPD 40
Decontamination
Equipment Decontamination, Operational

Each vehicle is sprayed for 2-4 minutes.
Time needed is estimate per vehicle including positioning and wash-down
(4–tanks or Bradley’s) 224 15

Vehicle wash- Battalion PDDE or Soap
down Soap and Decontamination HEMTT 50 M334, JSEW for 12
water method Squad (M26) interior decon
HMMWV 28 6
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
Table 3-3. (U) Decontamination planning factors (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Water
Time
Mission Organization Mission Coverage Required Decontaminant
(Minutes)
(gallons)
39-46 25 lbs (M333,
With M333, JGPD PDDE crew (M26) gallons JGPD)
and w/or wo HMMWV 6
M342, CIDAS LSA (1 additional M334, JSEW for
w/CIDAS) interior decon
Equipment Decontamination, Detailed Equipment Decontamination

68-125 M333, JGPD:
1 small vehicle
gallons 812
Small (HMMWV)-
Procedures using 25 gallons
Light
M333, JGPD and
Decontamination Medium (MTV)-40
with or without 102-123
Platoon (M26) 1 large vehicle gallons
M342, CIDAS gallons
Large (tank)-60
gallons
Light 1 vehicle 450 50 96

Decontamination
Alternate Platoon (M26) 4 vehicles 1800 200 1561
method, STB, or
soapy water Heavy 1 vehicle 450 50 90
Decontamination
Platoon (M12) 10 vehicles 4500 500 2102
Area Decontamination
Heavy
Terrain
Decontamination 100 m X 30 m area 1500 300 40
Decontamination
Platoon (M12)
First vehicle will take approximately 96 minutes to process; each successive vehicle will take an additional 20 min.
1
Time is based on testing new methods were 15 minutes faster.

2
Legend:
CIDAS Contamination Indicator lbs pounds
Decontamination Assurance System LSA large scale applicator
decon decontamination MOPP mission-oriented protective posture
HEMTT heavy expanded mobility tactical MTV medium tactical vehicle
truck PAX personnel
HMMWV high-mobility multipurpose wheeled PDDE power-driven decontamination
vehicle equipment
JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminant STB super tropical bleach
JSEW joint service equipment wipe
UNCLASSIFIED
3-27. (U) Decontamination operations are resource intensive. CBRN and logistics staff officers plan
necessary resources before decontamination is required. After a decontamination operation, the unit
reconstitutes itself to mission-capable status. The CBRN unit and the supported unit material replacement
requirements must be submitted to logistic staff at the end of a thorough decontamination. The logistic staff
may then arrange for a resupply of decontamination supplies.
CUI
CUI
(U) DECISION TO DECONTAMINATE

3-28. (U) The decision to decontaminate is based on a risk assessment and is made within the context of
METT-T/METT-TC(I) considerations and available resources. The organization may continue to fight
contaminated if the mission is critical and time sensitive. The following describes some decontamination
decision considerations:
 The individual or crew decision to conduct immediate decontamination minimizes casualties and
limits the contact hazard. The extent of decontamination is dependent upon operational conditions
and the commander's risk assessment. Individuals may only be able to decontaminate the skin
and/or perform gross contaminant removal from IPE and other equipment based on both current
situation and mission. MOPP 4 provides protection; however, continued combat operations in
MOPP 4 causes performance degradation. Split-MOPP may be an option in certain conditions
such as an organization operating in separate locations and/or the hazard warrants the reduction
or modification of the MOPP level as determined by the commander.
 The unit or activity decision to conduct operational decontamination provides temporary relief
from MOPP 4 and limits the spread of contamination. Operational decontamination supports
sustained unit operations for prolonged periods and is ideally conducted within an hour of being
contamination and conducted as far forward as possible.
 Thorough decontamination should reduce contamination below the detectable level with tactical-
level detection equipment.
Note. (CUI) Caution should be exercised. Current tactical detectors may not be sensitive enough
to determine that the item will remain safe if off-gassing occurs when the temperature rises.
 The commander determines which assets are critical for a subsequent mission and allocates the
resources to conduct detailed equipment decontamination (DED) and detailed troop
decontamination (DTD). The commander accepts the trade-off that the contaminated assets are
not available for the period required to conduct a thorough decontamination operation.
3-29. (U) The commander applies METT-T/METT-TC(I) considerations to the risk assessment process to
determine if and where operational or thorough decontamination is required. For example, weathering may
reduce contamination below detectable levels. Additionally, thorough decontamination may be deferred until
the operational situation or resources are available to support the process. Furthermore, unique requirements
such as decontamination of electronic equipment or depleted uranium contamination may have special
considerations.
3-30. (U) Risk assessment is a continuous process. Low-level residual contamination may remain following
weathering or decontamination. Contamination may also not be detectable by tactical-level detection devices.
Note. (CUI) See TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for more

information on the physical properties of agents to aid in decisions on how to best decontaminate.
3-31. (U) Immediate or operational decontamination should be completed so that the residual contamination
does not result in exceeding the OEG/MEG or lower if mission conditions permit. Once the mission is
completed or before beginning a new mission, thorough decontamination may be necessary to avoid
additional exposure and/or exceeding any new OEG/MEG and to keep exposure ALARA.
3-32. (U) Title 49 CFR parts 172 and 173 and Nuclear Regulatory Commission Regulation Guide 1.86
provides guidance during peacetime environments for movement, disposal, and release of radiologically
contaminated equipment and buildings for unrestricted use. Refer to the appropriate Service regulation for
acceptable contamination levels. Up to 10 times background is considered an acceptable operating
environment.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
(U) DECONTAMINATION CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOURTH

GENERATION AGENTS
3-33. (CUI) Characteristics of FGA make determination of FGA contamination difficult. Contaminated
systems are typically restricted to missions for which contamination is suspected. For example, with respect
to traditional nerve agents, if a UH-60 is evacuating chemical casualties, once contaminated, the aircraft will
continue to be devoted to that mission, if possible. However, since a low level of FGA contamination from
equipment surfaces may prove fatal, the continued employment of contaminated equipment (including
airframes) in this situation should be strongly discouraged. If FGA are employed, units may be unable to
confirm the contamination of specific vehicles. Units should consider all vehicles (air, land, sea) within the
attack area to be contaminated and track their use accordingly.
3-34. (CUI) The Services should modify TTP for identifying contaminated equipment and personnel and for
confirming decontamination effectiveness. Procedures that require the use of vapor detectors should be
changed to incorporate modified TTP, if time and resources permit. This detection process is more resource-
intensive in terms of required manpower, M256A2 kits, and time. See TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/
NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for more information on detection of FGA.
(U) PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION

3-35. (CUI) Conduct thorough equipment decontamination steps with extra caution to keep personnel dry.
Personnel conducting equipment decontamination should use a toxicological agent protective apron or other
water-impermeable protection. Dispose of the toxicological agent protective apron after one use, if used.
3-36. (CUI) Ensure that the decontamination stations are spaced sufficiently to preclude potential particulate
agent transfer between stations. All attendants should be in MOPP 4 or other PPE. Depending on the size of
the contaminated unit, additional personnel may be required to augment and assist with decontamination.
3-37. (CUI) The replacement of CBRN IPE is an important planning consideration. The question of when
personnel at rear-area fixed sites should replace their CBRN IPE is a risk-based decision involving multiple
variables. These variables include the physical form of the agent, the amount of direct exposure of the agent
to the individual, and the operational situation at the time. The advanced warning that rear-area fixed sites
receive of impending missile and aircraft attacks enable servicemembers to take cover and/or seek protective
shelter before being exposed to the agent. This protective stance is further enhanced by the ability to let most
of a dusty/solid agent hazard cloud pass before resuming most outside activities. Consequently, personnel at
rear-area fixed sites do not need to replace their CBRN IPE at the same frequency as people who are totally
exposed to all facets of the attacks. The replacement of CBRN IPE at rear-area fixed sites involves a managed
risk process rather than an automatic default to the worst-case scenario. Leaders and advisors discuss the
specific variables and assess CBRN IPE replacement requirements on a case-by-case basis.
3-38. (CUI) Before individuals leave the area, units should provide a description of the FGA symptomology
that potentially apply. This information should be supplemented with instructions on exactly what
servicemembers should do if they experience one or more of the symptoms.
3-39. (CUI) If not already built into Service CBRN IPE exchange procedures, they should perform a full-
body scan for signs of contamination as soon as practical. Use reactive skin decontamination lotion (RSDL)
for follow-on skin decontamination, as appropriate.
CUI
CUI
3-40. (CUI) The determination of MOPP reduction timelines in the aftermath of attacks involving FGA at
rear-area fixed sites is extremely difficult. Reasons for this challenge include the following:
 Rear-area fixed-site personnel generally stay and operate at their specified location. Consequently,
their exposure profile is a long-term issue. When FGA are released in liquid form, this primarily
equates to a long-term, low-level vapor hazard arising from the agent that has absorbed into the
terrain/resource surface. Significant vapor hazard can extend for 6 days.
 Identifying initial areas and resources that have FGA contamination is difficult if the M8 paper is
not pre-positioned before the attack. This may be the case in anti-access/area denial scenarios
and/or in operations involving small employment packages without robust support from CBRN
personnel. M8 paper may not detect agents that have already absorbed into the terrain/resource
surface.
(U) MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS

3-41. (CUI) Following decontamination, individuals at risk should be monitored for cholinergic signs and
symptoms, gasping, and unusual signs or symptoms. A heart rate of each casualty should be determined (such
as a simple observation of the pulse) and recorded at least every hour for the first 18 hours; any decrease in
the heart rate of 20 percent or greater from the baseline should initiate treatment. Because significant
depression of erythrocyte (red blood cell) cholinesterase has been observed during the latent period, even in
clinically asymptomatic individuals, periodic monitoring should be considered. For example, by using the
commercially available test mate kit, monitor blood for cholinesterase activity with a finger stick. See
TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for more information on medical
countermeasures for FGA.
(U) SITE CLOSURE

3-42. (U) Planning for and performing site closure is as important as performing site selection and executing
decontamination activities. Site closure procedures will vary by decontamination site size, location, the
unique OE (mountainous/jungle, desert, urban environment), and the equipment and time available to close
a decontamination site. Appropriate site closure ensures adequate disposal of discarded contaminated items,
management of HAZMAT, marking contaminated areas, site management personnel unmasking procedures,
and reporting site closure to HHQ, adjacent, and subordinate units. Site closure planning considerations
include—
 Site closure.
 Sequencing site closure is important to prevent cross contamination and transferring
contamination to uncontaminated areas. Personnel should be briefed the site closure
procedures prior to beginning site closure to prevent potentially injuring unprotected
personnel and requiring additional decontamination to mitigate transferred contamination.
 Planning for the disposition of the contaminated equipment that cannot be decontaminated to
preplanned levels during decontamination but can weather for extended periods (up to days
and months). This could include canvas materials, tarps, wooden or fiberglass cargo
containers, straps, individual combat equipment, miscellaneous supply equipment, rations and
other food items, and other equipment deemed too hard to decontaminate. (Extended
weathering (months to years) is required before the equipment is considered safe for use.)
 Planning for engineering equipment to fill HW sumps and control HW water runoff. (This
also includes plans to decontaminate the engineering equipment once work is complete.)
 Disposition of decontamination equipment to include lane lines, trash cans, buckets, fuel
containers, mops, brushes, unused decontaminants, discarded contaminated MOPP
equipment, signs and placards, and other equipment used to manage decontamination sites.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
 Marking.
 Some decontamination sites can be rather large, such as a DED site. A standard CBRN
marking kit does not have enough material to mark an entire DED site. Commander’s and
their staffs need to plan for alternate means to mark the decontamination area.
 Engineering tape and constructed signs may be a sufficient solution. Constructing a large
berm around the decontamination site with warning signs may be another solution. Staffs need
to plan for the best marking strategy that enables warning other of the contamination hazards.
 Unmasking.
 When, where, and how site closure personnel unmask. Site closure requires that site personnel
be decontaminated to thorough levels. In other words, at the conclusion of site closure,
personnel typically unmask. Commander’s and planners need to consider the best means to
expeditiously facilitate site closure decontamination without setting up another thorough
decontamination site. An option is for personnel to perform MOPP drop procedures. Another
is for personnel to remove IPE following MOPP gear exchange procedures or perform MOPP
gear exchange and execute follow-on tasking in an elevated protective posture.
 The last option is for personnel to perform selective unmasking. METT-T/METT-TC(I)
determines the best unmasking method. See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/
NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for unmasking procedures.
 Reporting.
 The decontamination site noncommissioned officer (NCO) in charge ensures that their team
properly marks the decontamination site with the standard markings and sends the CBRN 5
report forward. A CBRN 5 report is typically submitted as the site closure’s conclusion.
However, commanders and their staffs need to consider the timing of the CBRN 5 report
submission when multiple sites are closed simultaneously. For example, when vehicle wash-
down and MOPP gear exchange are performed simultaneously, the CBRN 5 report is
submitted once both the vehicle wash-down site and the MOPP gear exchange site is closed.
 Circumstances may exist where additional CBRN 5 reports are needed. Commanders and
their staffs should consider the sequencing of report submissions based on METT-T/
METT-TC(I) and other operational factors.
3-43. (U) Every decontamination site described in this publication’s appendices provide basic site closure
considerations. Commanders and their staffs need to consider additional site closure tasks and instructions
described in standard operating procedures and adjusted to the current operational requirements. The
following sections describe general aspects of the four levels of decontamination for decontaminating
personnel and objects.
(U) SECTION I—IMMEDIATE DECONTAMINATION

3-44. (U) Immediate decontamination is decontamination carried out by individuals immediately upon
becoming contaminated to save lives, minimize casualties, and limit the spread of contamination. (JP 3-11).
Immediate decontamination is carried out by the contaminated individual. Immediate decontamination helps
prevent casualties and permits the use of individual equipment and key systems. Immediate decontamination
includes personnel decontamination and object decontamination.

3-45. (U) Immediate personnel decontamination includes skin decontamination and personal wipe down.
These techniques are described in the following subsections and appendix A.
CUI
CUI
(U) SKIN DECONTAMINATION

3-46. (U) Skin decontamination is a basic survival skill and should be performed within one minute of being
contaminated. Decontamination of the eyes is an immediate decontamination action. See appendix H for
information about decontamination kits, apparatuses, and equipment.
(U) PERSONAL WIPE DOWN

3-47. (U) Personal wipe down decontamination is performed within 15 minutes of contamination to remove
contamination from individual equipment. See appendix H for information about decontamination kits,
apparatuses, and equipment.
(U) OBJECT DECONTAMINATION

3-48. (U) Immediate object decontamination includes operator wipe down and aircraft spot decontamination.
These techniques are described in the following subsections and appendix A.
(U) OPERATOR WIPE DOWN

3-49. (U) Operator wipe down decontamination is done within 15 minutes of contamination to surfaces that
operators need to touch or contact to operate the equipment. See appendix H for information about
decontamination kits, apparatuses, and equipment.
(U) SPOT DECONTAMINATION

3-50. (U) Spot decontamination is an immediate decontamination technique that is normally performed on
aircraft that are used for continued flight operations. Spot decontamination reduces the contamination on
areas that must be touched during an operation and while servicing the aircraft. See appendix A for specific
spot decontamination TTP. See appendix H for information about decontamination kits, apparatuses, and
equipment.
(U) SECTION II—OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION

3-51. (U) Operational decontamination is decontamination carried out by an individual and/or a unit,
restricted to specific parts of operationally essential equipment, materiel, and/or working areas, to minimize
contact and transfer hazards and to sustain operations (JP 3-11). Operational decontamination allows a unit
to remove the gross contamination from personnel and surfaces and key areas to minimize spread of
contamination.
3-52. (U) Removal of gross contamination from personnel allows temporary relief or reduces the duration
of MOPP 4, and often reduces additional decontamination requirements. Removal of gross contamination
from equipment and key areas allows a quick return to an increased operational readiness. Operational
decontamination can augment the weathering process and the need for a thorough decontamination may be
eliminated. For example, proper and timely immediate and operational decontamination, coupled with
weathering may alleviate the requirements to conduct thorough decontamination. Operational
decontamination includes personnel decontamination and object decontamination.

3-53. (U) Operational personnel decontamination includes the techniques MOPP gear exchange and MOPP
drop. These techniques are described in the following subsections and appendix B. Skin and eye
decontamination are best done during immediate decontamination. However, if required during operational
decontamination, the same procedures would be used.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
(U) MOPP GEAR EXCHANGE

3-54. (U) MOPP gear exchange is performed within one hour, or as the mission allows, but not to exceed
6 hours of being contaminated and facilitates gross contamination removal from personnel and their
individual combat equipment and an increased operational readiness. MOPP gear exchange site preparation,
execution, and site closure is found in appendix B. See appendix H for information about decontamination
kits, apparatuses, and equipment.
(U) MOPP DROP

3-55. (U) MOPP drop is performed within one hour of being contaminated, as the mission allows, but not to
exceed six hours of being contaminated and facilitates gross contamination removal from personnel and their
individual combat equipment and increases operational readiness. MOPP drop site preparation, execution,
and site closure is found in appendix B. See appendix H for information about decontamination kits,
apparatuses, and equipment.
3-56. (U) The chief difference between MOPP drop and MOPP gear exchange is that while both processes
provide the means to reduce the MOPP posture, MOPP drop is performed when it is verified that a persistent
contact hazard no longer exists. IPE is systematically removed (dropped) and individuals are unmasked to
rearm and refit and prepare for follow-on operations. Selective unmasking always precedes MOPP drop.

3-57. (U) Operational object decontamination includes the techniques of tactical decontamination, vehicle
wash-down, contamination control vehicle monitoring station, and aircraft wash-down. These techniques are
described in the following subsections and appendix B.
(U) TACTICAL DECONTAMINATION

3-58. (U) Tactical decontamination is performed after immediate decontamination, normally within one to
six hours, to neutralize contamination from equipment enabling the equipment to be employed in a clean
operating environment. Tactical decontamination removes and neutralizes contamination in-stride, assuring
mobility in support of follow-on operations. Decision to conduct either MOPP gear exchange or MOPP drop
is METT-T/METT-TC(I) dependent. See appendix B for information about procedures.
(U) VEHICLE WASH-DOWN

3-59. (U) Vehicle wash-down is most effective if performed within one hour of contamination, as mission
allows, but not to exceed 6 hours of being contaminated and is performed when the mission does not permit
thorough decontamination. Vehicle wash-down allows a unit to reduce, neutralize, destroy, or remove gross
contamination from equipment and reduce contamination transfer and spread. Vehicle wash-down site
preparation, execution, and site closure is found in Appendix B. See appendix H for information about
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL VEHICLE MONITORING STATION

3-60. (U) A contamination control vehicle monitoring station provides stations and installations with a
vehicle and equipment gross radiological decontamination removal capability. It is imperative to personnel
safety that a contamination control station (CCS) be established, and operating while personnel are in the
radioactively contaminated area. The CCS is established on-site beginning with the initial reconnaissance. It
remains available through the response task force’s final recovery operations.
3-61. (U) After an incident occurs and initial response is complete, first response vehicles such as fire trucks
and ambulances are the foremost decontamination priority. This ensures that emergency response personnel
can respond to other incidents outside of the contaminated area without transferring and spreading
CUI
CUI
contamination. Contamination control vehicle monitoring station site preparation, execution, and site closure
is found in appendix B. See appendix H for information about decontamination kits, apparatuses, and
equipment.
(U) AIRCRAFT WASH-DOWN

3-62. (U) Aircraft wash-down is performed within one to six hours, as operational conditions allow, of
aircraft being contaminated and is conducted to minimize contact hazards, accelerate the weathering process,
and limit cross contamination of mission-critical resources to ensure aircrew safety and maintain sustained
sortie generation. Aircraft wash-down is accomplished by decontaminating surfaces (exterior and interior)
that must be touched during aircraft servicing and operations.
3-63. (U) Aviation crews and maintenance personnel are the primary personnel who perform aircraft wash-
down. They may require support from CBRN specialists and other personnel. Aircraft wash-down site
preparation, execution, and site closure is found in appendix B. See appendix H for information about
(U) SECTION III—THOROUGH DECONTAMINATION

3-64. (U) Thorough decontamination is decontamination carried out by a unit to reduce contamination on
personnel, equipment, materiel, and/or working areas equal to natural background or to the lowest possible
levels, to permit the partial or total removal of individual protective equipment and to maintain operations
with minimum degradation (JP 3-11). Thorough decontamination includes personnel decontamination and
object decontamination.

3-65. (U) Personnel decontamination includes DTD, open air CCA, and CCS procedures. These techniques
are described in the following subparagraphs and in appendix C. Thorough personnel decontamination also
includes casualty decontamination and technical decontamination activities, these are described in
appendices E and F respectively.
(U) DETAILED TROOP DECONTAMINATION

3-66. (U) Typically, the HHQ of the contaminated unit is responsible for setting up, operating, manning, and
closing the DTD. At the conclusion of DTD, personnel are decontaminated, unmasked, refit, and rearmed
with decontaminated personal equipment and rejoined to decontaminated vehicles and equipment to resume
operational requirements. Some services require personnel to remain masked at the conclusion of this
activity.
3-67. (U) DTD is normally performed in conjunction with DED and is performed as the mission allows. As
a reconstitution activity, additional force reconstitution activities may be performed at the conclusion of DTD
activities. DTD site preparation, execution, and site closure is found in appendix C.
(U) OPEN AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA

3-68. (U) The CCA capability allows air stations and installations to process and decontaminate personnel
exposed to liquid, solid, aerosol or vapor chemical agents. Although the equipment and procedures are
primarily designed for these types of warfare agents, the CCA can be modified for use with personnel
contaminated with TIM. CCA procedures include open air CCA and COLPRO entry procedures. COLPRO
CCA procedures are provided with all other COLPRO procedures in ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/
NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46. Open air CCA site preparation, execution, and site closure is found in
appendix C.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION

3-69. (U) The CCS capability allows air stations and installations to process and decontaminate personnel
exposed to nuclear and radiological materials. Radiological contamination presents unique challenges that
require specific decontamination processes and procedures. CCS operations are developed specifically for
personnel who are performing airfield operations to mitigation radiological contamination. CCS site
preparation, execution, and site closure is found in appendix C.

3-70. (U) Thorough object decontamination includes DED, detailed aircraft decontamination (DAD), and
shipboard and maritime decontamination. These techniques are described in the following subsections and
appendix C.
(U) DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION

3-71. (U) DED facilitates contamination removal from vehicles and combat equipment down to negligible
levels. DED is resource demanding. It requires great quantities of water and it is manpower intensive.
Typically, a support unit such as a CBRN platoon sets up, manages, and facilitates the decontamination
process in support of other units. At the conclusion of DED, refit and rearmed decontaminated personnel are
rejoined with the decontaminated vehicles and equipment to resume operational requirements.
3-72. (U) DED is normally performed in conjunction with DTD and is performed as the mission allows as a
reconstitution activity. DED site preparation, execution, and site closure is found in appendix C.
(U) DETAILED AIRCRAFT DECONTAMINATION

3-73. (CUI) DAD facilitates contamination removal from aircraft down to negligible levels so that aircraft
are operated and maintained safely for extended periods without aircrew needing to wear aircrew IPE or
nonaircrew IPE. The goal is to eliminate or reduce the contamination and restore the mission-critical
resources to a condition that permits unrestricted use, handling, and operation. DAD is performed as the
mission allows. DAD site preparation, execution, and site closure is found in appendix C.
(U) SHIPBOARD/MARITIME DECONTAMINATION

3-74. (U) Commanders decide to what degree decontamination is required. Shipboard decontamination
materials consist of installed systems and shipboard expedients. The best means of contamination prevention
or control is achieved through the proper use of the Countermeasure Wash-down System (CMWDS), if
available. Additional decontamination systems may include a fire main system, decontamination stations,
and ventilation control systems. Expedients consist of readily available shipboard items such as brushes,
buckets, bags, swabs, soap, calcium hypochlorite, and rags. For more details on shipboard and maritime
decontamination see appendix C.
(U) SECTION IV—CLEARANCE DECONTAMINATION

3-75. (U) Clearance decontamination is the final level of decontamination that provides the decontamination
of equipment and personnel to a level that allows unrestricted transportation, maintenance, employment, and
disposal (JP 3-11). Clearance decontamination is the most resource-intensive decontamination level. It
requires command involvement, guidance, and decisions about the disposition of possible mission-essential
equipment.
3-76. (U) Clearance decontamination allows operations to continue unrestricted or prepares organizations
for return to home garrisons. Clearance decontamination involves suspending normal activities, withdrawing
personnel, and having materials and facilities not normally present in tactical areas. For planning
considerations and guidance on CBRN minimum clearance decontamination levels see appendix D.
CUI
CUI
(U) SECTION V—MEDICAL SUPPORT DECONTAMINATION

3-77. (U) Medical support decontamination includes casualty evacuation, patient decontamination, and
shipboard ground force personnel patient decontamination. For planning considerations and more
information on medical support decontamination see appendix E. Contaminated personnel that require
medical attention may fall into one of the following categories:
 Casualties. A casualty is any person who is lost to the organization by having been declared dead,
duty status – whereabouts unknown, missing, ill, or injured (JP 4-02). Casualties consist of injured
personnel that do not necessarily need treatment or admittance to an MTF. These personnel may
require self-aid, buddy aid assistance or require decontamination to prevent injury from liquid or
vapor hazards.
 Patients. A patient is a sick, injured or wounded individual who receives medical care or treatment
from medically trained personnel (FM 4-02). In the terms of CBRN decontamination, once a
contaminated casualty begins receiving treatment from competent medical authority, the person
is categorized as a patient.
(U) CASUALTY EVACUATION

3-78. (U) There are three basic modes of evacuating casualties for land forces: personnel, ground vehicles,
and aircraft. For evacuation considerations see section I of appendix E.
(U) PATIENT DECONTAMINATION

3-79. (U) Patient decontamination is the removal and/or the neutralization of hazardous levels of chemical,
biological, radiological, and nuclear contamination from patients before admission into a medical treatment
facility under the supervision of medical personnel to prevent further injury to the patient during the
decontamination process (ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3). Patient
decontamination is performed to ensure that patients are not admitted to the MTF until they are
contamination-free. It is conducted to protect the medical personnel and the MTF from contamination and
prevent further contamination injuries to the patients. Patient decontamination follows all the guidelines of
MCD, but it may be a smaller operation that handles the persons who did not go through the MCD site and
are presenting themselves to the MTF for medical treatment. See appendix E for more information on patient
decontamination site preparation, execution, and closure.
(U) SHIPBOARD GROUND FORCE PERSONNEL PATIENT

DECONTAMINATION
3-80. (U) Ideally, all patients should be thoroughly decontaminated before they are transported to a ship, but
this may not always be possible due to their critical medical condition or the operational situation ashore.
Some contaminated casualties may need to be evacuated contaminated by watercraft or rotary-wing aircraft
after undergoing only operational decontamination. It is assumed that the steps of gross decontamination to
remove liquid or solid contamination (patient operational decontamination) have been applied before
casualties are transported to a ship. See appendix E for information on ship ventilation considerations, oxygen
generation station, control of doors, and shipboard patient decontamination site preparation, execution, and
closure.
(U) SECTION VI—SPECIAL DECONTAMINATION

3-81. (U) Special decontamination are unique processes and procedures that are outside the processes
commonly associated with decontamination operations but are critical to ensure joint Services mission
accomplishment. Special decontamination processes include emergency, technical, MCD, contaminated
human remains (CHR), shipboard/maritime recovery, and civil reserve air fleet and contract airlift operations.
CUI
CUI
Chapter 3
It also includes decontamination for subsistence and water, vulnerable/sensitive equipment, cargo movement,
CBRN munitions, and area. For a more in-depth look at each of these processes and planning considerations
see appendix F.
(U) EMERGENCY DECONTAMINATION

3-82. (U) Emergency decontamination is a process that removes contamination from personnel to save lives,
minimizes casualties, and limit the spread of the contamination. It also facilitates rapid medical attention
without transferring the contamination to other personnel or equipment. Following a CBRN incident, the
incident commander may direct that emergency decontamination be the first decontamination measure taken.
Emergency decontamination involves removing outer layers of clothing, removing any liquid agent from the
skin, showering, checking victims visually, and (time permitting) conducting brief interviews. Refer to
appendix F for emergency decontamination procedures on preparation and execution.
(U) TECHNICAL DECONTAMINATION

3-83. (U) Technical decontamination commonly refers to the deliberate decontamination of technical CBRN
forces, responders, response equipment, and evidence. It may be conducted during a CBRN response where
trained responders conduct decontamination operations. The focus of technical decontamination is
neutralization of the agent. Refer to appendix F for technical decontamination procedures on preparation,
execution, and site closure.
(U) MASS CASUALTY DECONTAMINATION

3-84. (U) Mass casualty is any number of human casualties produced across a period that exceeds available
medical support capabilities (JP 4-02). This may be because of a single incident such as a military aircraft
accident, hurricane, flood, earthquake, or armed attack that exceeds local logistic support capabilities.
3-85. (U) If the CBRN incident is large enough, MCD operations may be required. MCD operations may
also be required when a CBRN incident results in mass casualties. Because personnel processing through a
domestic MCD operation are not likely to have PPE, they require a fast, efficient, and effective
decontamination process. Refer to appendix F for MCD procedures on preparation, execution, and site
closure.
(U) CONTAMINATED HUMAN REMAINS

3-86. (U) Previously identified personnel must be prepared to support mortuary affairs (MA) to
decontaminate CHR. Medical specialists are augmentees attached to a task force supporting a mortuary
affairs contaminated remains mitigation site (MACRMS) operation. If available, CBRN subject matter
experts may assist at the MACRMS site. Refer to appendix F for procedures concerning CHR.
(U) SHIPBOARD/MARITIME RECOVERY DECONTAMINATION

3-87. (U) Shipboard chemical, biological, or radiological (CBR) decontamination and recovery operations
involve those operations in which military or civilian personnel, equipment, and supplies move from sites off
naval ships (for example, ashore or on another vessel into amphibious shipping). For more
shipboard/maritime recovery decontamination procedures refer to appendix F.
(U) CIVIL RESERVE AIR FLEET AND CONTRACT AIRLIFT

OPERATIONS
3-88. (U) The civil reserve air fleet and contract airlift crews are provided ground crew CWA defense
ensembles for emergency use. Crews receive just-in-time training to quickly and properly don the suit and
CUI
CUI
proceed to a protective shelter. Civil crews are not expected to sustain operations in a CB environment.
Therefore, they have no decontamination capability. See appendix F for additional information.
(U) SUBSISTENCE AND WATER DECONTAMINATION

3-89. (U) The decision to decontaminate subsistence and water designated for consumption should be
carefully conducted to ensure that the decontamination operation completely removes all contamination.
Food decontamination should only occur when there is no resupply available; therefore, protection of food
and water contamination sources should be integrated in the daily logistic operations.
3-90. (U) There are three levels of decontamination for subsistence. These levels are individual, unit, and
support. See appendix F and ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4.02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 for more information
on subsistence decontamination.
(U) VULNERABLE/SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT

3-91. (U) Most military equipment has not been critically assessed for its ability to withstand
decontamination without adverse effects. Some equipment is extremely vulnerable to damage when subjected
to decontamination. Electronics and optics are especially vulnerable to damage if not carefully
decontaminated, decontaminating absorbent surfaces is extremely difficult, if not impossible. Many
decontaminants are highly corrosive and cannot be used on certain materials. Decontaminants may also
corrode and render ammunition unserviceable. Refer to appendix F for additional information on
decontamination of sensitive equipment.
(U) CARGO MOVEMENT DECONTAMINATION

3-92. (U) Contamination can significantly disrupt the air and ground cargo movements. Plan and execute
pre-incident and post-incident actions to minimize mission degradation and enable sustained operations.
Commanders identify and coordinate the task priorities and obtaining additional support when needed. The
cargo handlers require assistance from their unit CBRN reconnaissance team and CBRN specialists to
determine the degree of contamination that is present on the cargo, cargo storage areas, and cargo movement
areas. See appendix F for additional information.
(U) CBRN MUNITIONS DECONTAMINATION

3-93. (U) CBRN threat munitions or other improvised devices may be encountered. Explosive ordnance
disposal personnel should be contacted immediately. See appendix F for additional information.
(U) AREA DECONTAMINATION

3-94. (U) Area decontamination includes techniques to decontaminate fixed sites and terrain. It poses
significant resource challenges and should be planned carefully to ensure conservation of these resources.
While existing decontamination material may not eliminate the hazard, the principles of decontamination
(speed, need, priority, and limited area) are used to mitigate the hazard. See appendix F for information on
terrain and fixed sites decontamination.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
(U) Immediate Decontamination
(U) Appendix A begins with general guidelines. Immediate decontamination includes

two techniques for personnel decontamination: skin decontamination and personnel
wipe down. Immediate decontamination also includes techniques for object
decontamination: operator’s wipe-down, aircraft munition decontamination, and
aircraft spot decontamination.
(U) GENERAL GUIDELINES

A-1. (U) Immediate decontamination is decontamination carried out by individuals immediately upon
becoming contaminated to save lives, minimize casualties, and limit the spread of contamination (JP 3-11).
Immediate decontamination is the first line of defense against the effects of chemical, biological, or
radiological (CBR) contamination to the skin or equipment. Immediate decontamination begins without
command and is best performed within one minute of becoming contaminated, as some chemical agents—
especially nerve agents—kill rapidly. Immediate decontamination helps prevent casualties and permits the
use of individual equipment and key systems.
A-2. (U) Immediate decontamination consists of skin decontamination, personal wipe down, operator wipe
down and spot decontamination. Commanders train personnel on immediate decontamination operations
prior to entering a potential CBRN environment. Table A-1 provides a quick reference directory of immediate
decontamination procedures.
Table A-1. (U) Appendix directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Topic Starting Starting Page in
Paragraph Appendix
Section I: Personnel Decontamination A-3 A-1
Skin decontamination A-4 A-2
Personal wipe down A-5 A-2
Special Considerations for Fourth Generation Agents A-6 A-3
Section II: Object Decontamination A-11 A-4
Operator wipe down A-12 A-4
Aircraft munitions decontamination A-13 A-4
Spot Decontamination A-18 A-6
Fixed-wing ejection seat aircraft and helicopters A-20 A-6
Large-frame fixed-wing, non-ejection aircraft A-23 A-10
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 A-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
(U) SECTION I—PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION

A-3. (U) Personnel decontamination involves the process of cleansing the human body to remove
contamination of chemicals, infectious material, and radioactive substances. Immediate personnel
decontamination includes skin decontamination and personal wipe down—
 Skin decontamination. Skin decontamination is a basic survival skill and should be performed
within one minute of being contaminated. Service members carry their own SDK. It should be
stored in the individual's mask carrier or in the individual equipment carrier bag. Personal wipe
down can also be done with these kits. Gross contamination is immediately wiped, scraped or
brushed off prior to using a SDK. See to appendix H for more information about decontamination
kits, apparatuses, and equipment.
 Ocular decontamination. Decontamination of the eyes is an immediate decontamination action
that involves flushing the eyes with copious amounts of water as soon as possible following
contamination.
 Personal wipe down. Personal wipe down decontamination is performed within 15 minutes of
contamination to remove contamination from individual equipment. Use detector paper or detector
to locate the agent. Use a radiation, detection, indication, and computation (RADIAC) meter to
locate radiological contamination; and then brush, wipe, or shake it off.
(U) SKIN DECONTAMINATION

A-4. (U) It is critically important to perform skin decontamination within the first minute of contact to avoid
the effects of CBR agents, as operational conditions permit. If CCS procedures are being used, refer to
appendix C.
 Chemical. Decontaminate the contaminated skin using a SDK within one minute of being
contaminated. Instructions for its use are listed on the outside of most decontamination kit
individual packets.
 Flush the eyes with copious amount of water as soon as possible following contamination.
 If an SDK is not available, chemical contamination may be blotted from the skin with a cloth
and flushed with water from a canteen. Soap (if available) can be used to wash the agent from
the skin. Washing with soap and water (preferably warm water) is the best method for agent
removal if an SDK is not available. This method is not as effective as using the SDK.
 The 0.5 percent chlorine solution is the least preferred and is only used as an alternative skin
decontaminant when there is limited water and dry decontaminants are not available. The
0.5 percent chlorine solution may neutralize some chemical agents.
Note. (U) A 0.5 percent chlorine concentration poses little risk of causing skin damage if mixed
correctly. However, it may cause skin irritation and open skin pores. To work effectively, it should
be wiped on the contaminated areas of the skin with gentle scrubbing so that contamination is not
spread. It can then be left on the skin for several minutes and later rinsed with clean water. Its
oxidation effects are limited and its protective ratio is not significantly different from soap and
water. However, using copious amounts of soap and water is the preferred technique, which better
loosens the agent, and helps lift it off the skin.
A-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
 Biological. Immediately decontaminate using soap and water when there is a suspected exposure
to a BWA. Careful washing removes nearly all the agent from the skin's surface. A 0.5 percent
chlorine solution may offer some neutralization of biological agents and may be used for skin
decontamination. A contact time of 30 minutes is required. Alcohol (ethanol, isopropyl [propanol])
or wood alcohol (methyl alcohol, or methanol) may also be effectively used against some
biological agents. It is not useful against spore preparations. Use the same technique for
decontaminating biological agents from the skin as is used for decontaminating chemical agents
from the skin.
 Radiological. Wash exposed areas of the skin with soap and water to remove radiological dust
particles. Pay particular attention to the hair and fingernails. The 0.5 percent chlorine solution does
not offer neutralization for radiological material.
(U) PERSONAL WIPE DOWN

A-5. (U) Personal wipe down is most effective when done within 15 minutes of being contaminated. Using
the M295 individual equipment decontamination kit (IEDK) or M334 joint service equipment wipe also
known as the decontamination kit, individual equipment to wipe down the mask, hood, gloves, and other
essential gear. Use the IEDK, or SDK pad, a stick, or any stiff device to remove the gross contamination
from skin and clothing. Brush off radiological contamination or frozen chemical agent contamination.
Information about personal wipe down is as follows:
 Chemical. Decontaminate individual equipment. Check equipment with detection paper to ensure
that the equipment is clean. If contamination remains, attempt to decontaminate it again. If
contamination remains, mark the contamination (if possible), and avoid contacting it during
operations.
 Biological. Wash with soap and water. If water is not available, use IEDKs in the same manner as
described for chemical agent decontamination.
 Radiological. Locate radiological contamination with monitoring equipment and remove it by
brushing or shaking it off. Avoid breathing the dust particles by wearing the protective mask or a
piece of cloth over the nose and mouth. Wipe off the equipment with soapy water (preferably
warm) using rags or damp paper towels. If IPE is wet, conduct a MOPP gear exchange as soon as
possible. Brushing or shaking will not remove the contamination.
(CUI) SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOURTH GENERATION

AGENTS
A-6. (CUI) Personnel decontamination protocols for FGA are similar to those for traditional
organophosphate CWA. The joint service equipment wipe is effective in decontaminating FGA on individual
equipment during immediate and operational decontamination. The M295 IEDK and M100 sorbent
decontamination system should be effective against liquid FGA for the decontamination of individual
equipment. The focus should be on using a bleach-and-water approach for the physical removal of the agent.
If available, RSDL is recommended for spot decontamination of A-230, A-232, and A-234. RSDL (primary)
or 0.5 percent bleach (secondary) are the recommended skin decontaminants for A-230, A-232, and A-234.
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
(U) CAUTION
(U) RSDL is approved for emergency spot decontamination of the skin;
however, it is not approved for whole-body decontamination. The
Emergency Use Act or Investigational New Drug protocols must be used
if RSDL is not administered under the direct supervision of a physician
for anything other than local (spot) skin decontamination. As a rule, 0.5
percent bleach should be the primary decontaminant used for personnel
(skin); hot, soapy water should be used as the secondary
decontaminant. The Food and Drug Administration has approved the
use of RSDL for only 300 centimeters squared of the body.
A-7. (CUI) Skin can be spot decontaminated by applying RSDL (five kits per person [preferred]) or other
skin decontaminant (such as 0.5 percent bleach or hot, soapy water) in sufficient quantity to decontaminate
the whole body. RSDL can be effective even when applied two to three hours after skin exposure; however,
personnel decontamination should be performed at the earliest opportunity.
A-8. (CUI) RSDL should be applied to the area of suspected skin contamination by using a rubbing motion
for at least 15 to 20 seconds, leaving it in place for two minutes, removing it, reapplying it without rubbing,
and leaving it on the skin for up to 24 hours. If possible, RSDL residue should be washed off, and the run-
off and residue should be treated as contaminated waste. Preliminary research suggests that this reapplication
increases the effectiveness of RSDL. This method, which is like the manufacturer’s instructions, adds the
step of reapplying the RSDL.
A-9. (CUI) Alternatively, the use of soap and water or the use of a 0.5 percent hypochlorite (bleach) solution
(one-part bleach to nine parts water [for example, 0.5 gallons of bleach to 4.5 gallons of water]) are somewhat
effective individual decontaminants for FGA. Water alone is not an effective decontaminant for FGA.
Shower personnel with soap. Using water as a decontaminant does not make the skin wet or hydrated in the
medical sense and, therefore, does not increase agent penetration. The runoff should be properly contained
and treated with super tropical bleach (STB) per Service procedures.
A-10. (CUI) The joint service equipment wipe is effective in decontaminating FGA on individual equipment
during immediate and operational decontamination. The M295 IEDK and M100 sorbent decontamination
system should be effective against liquid FGA for the decontamination of individual equipment. RSDL is
efficient in decontaminating A-230, A-232, and A-234.
(U) SECTION II—OBJECT DECONTAMINATION

A-11. (U) Immediate object decontamination includes personal wipe down, operator wipe down, munitions
decontamination, and aircraft spot decontamination. Immediately remove contamination from surfaces as
operational conditions allow. The longer contamination remains on a surface, the greater it absorbs into the
surface, and the more difficult it is to remove. Absorbed substances desorb over time creating a respiratory
hazard.
(U) OPERATOR WIPE DOWN

A-12. (U) Decontaminate surfaces that operators need to touch or contact to operate the equipment before
continuing the mission. Operator's wipe down is most effective when done within 15 minutes of
contamination. Additional considerations include—
CUI
CUI
 Chemical.
 Decontaminate commonly touched exterior vehicle surfaces or other commonly used combat
equipment with a joint service equipment wipe or a sorbent decontamination system. If a
sorbent decontamination system is unavailable, scrub the surfaces with an appropriate
decontaminant.
 Scrub decontaminant dry mix or slurry onto the exterior surface with brushes (if available).
Wait 30 minutes, and then wash. If necessary, use the nonstandard decontaminants that are
discussed later in this publication. A chemical detector and chemical agent detector paper are
used to determine what surfaces require decontamination.
 Biological. A 5 percent chlorine solution is used to perform operator wipe down, if available. A
30-minute contact time prior to normal cleaning is required. Chlorine is corrosive to most metals
and fabrics so rinse thoroughly and oil the metal surfaces after complete. Other nonstandard
biological decontaminants are described later.
 Radiological. If surfaces are contaminated by fallout, rain out, neutron-induced contaminations,
or any type of radiological agent, use monitoring equipment to help locate it and then
decontaminate surfaces as required. Decontaminate if detection equipment is not available and
contamination is suspected. Radiological contamination is usually removed by brushing or
scraping. Water is effective for flushing away radiological contamination; however, use drainage
ditches that flow into a sump to control the runoff. Remember, the contamination has not been
destroyed, it has just been moved. The runoff is hazardous. If time permits, brush or scoop away
the top inch of soil from the fighting position to lower the effects of radiological contamination.
(U) AIRCRAFT MUNITIONS DECONTAMINATION

A-13. (U) The intent of aircraft munitions decontamination is to limit transfer of contamination from the
munitions to the aircraft. Personnel need to be wearing the appropriate IPE and spot decontaminate the
aircraft prior to arming and dearming on the return of aircraft from mission. The following paragraphs address
aircraft munitions. Specifically, addressed are contaminated munitions assets, the munitions assets
decontamination, and contaminated waste handling.
A-14. (U) Munitions personnel possess an immediate decontamination capability for themselves (equipment
decontamination systems, and glove and boot decontamination troughs with 5 percent chlorine solutions) and
an operational decontamination capability for munitions, assets, and vehicles. For the decontamination
operations to be beneficial, the site personnel initiate the decontamination shortly after the onset of
contamination since there is not sufficient time for off-site personnel to arrive and conduct the
A-15. (U) If the aircraft munitions are contaminated while in the storage area, the munitions handlers
maintain MOPP 4 (even if the aircraft parking area and other resources are uncontaminated). If dealing with
contaminated individually wrapped trailers in the flight line weapons storage area, the weapons load crew
removes the barrier material and disposes of it as contaminated waste before transporting the load to the
aircraft parking area. However, if positioning the weapons without overhead cover for more than one hour at
(or in the immediate vicinity of) the aircraft parking area, the weapons load crew replaces barrier material
before leaving for the site.
 Because of the hazard that is embedded in contaminated munitions equipment and weapons,
munitions personnel conspicuously identify the contaminated assets and keep them separated from
the uncontaminated resources (whenever possible). Contaminated munitions remain hazardous to
unprotected personnel.
 Contaminated munitions are hung on contaminated aircraft. If it is necessary to use the
contaminated munitions on uncontaminated aircraft, ordnance is decontaminated before applying
it to an aircraft.
 If the munitions area is contaminated and the weapons build process do not have an overhead
cover, commanders determine the need for additional weapons during this period. If the munitions
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
operation built enough weapons for the next 24 hours, it may not be necessary to continue building
bombs in the first few hours after an incident. Munitions work crews should conduct
decontamination of the munitions area, munitions equipment, and munitions.
 The supervisors and munitions work crews ensure that the munitions and equipment
contamination status is clearly marked.
A-16. (U) For the decontamination operations to be beneficial, the individual vehicle and equipment
operators immediately decontaminate munitions assets parts that are touched within 15 minutes of being
contaminated.
A-17. (U) Units may organize and equip contamination control teams to support sustained operations. They
use the team concept (normally two members) to assist unit personnel executing immediate decontamination
measures, resupplying the unit with decontaminants, and collecting and disposing of contaminated waste.
 There is no need for extensive decontamination for each contaminated piece of ordnance, vehicle,
or equipment (for example, trailer or bomb loader) if the personnel clearly identify the
contaminated assets as containing a residual hazard. The operator's or work center's immediate
decontamination should suffice to continue the mission operations. The decontamination
operations do not produce significant results once the agent has absorbed into the paint or other
absorbent surfaces. Depending on the surface, this absorption takes place in periods ranging from
less than one minute up to one hour. Regardless of the decontamination technique used, it is
relatively easy to remove agents from the smooth panels before they absorb into the surface.
However, the CBRN agents tend to remain at low levels in crevices, rivet heads, and joints.
 Most munitions assets on installations use paint with polyurethane compounds. Chemical agents
readily sorb into this type of paint. Thus, the decontamination operations do not have a significant
effect unless they take place within minutes after contamination. Timely decontamination reduces
the residual contact hazard. Impermeable surfaces (arming wires and other unpainted metal
components) prevent agent penetration. Therefore, these locations represent the most dangerous
areas on the contaminated assets.
 Plastic and rubber components are porous materials, and the agents easily soak into these
components. While using the equipment decontamination system or a 5 percent chlorine solution
effectively reduces or eliminates the operational contact hazard, the agent remains embedded in
the material and an off-gassing hazard remains.
(U) SPOT DECONTAMINATION

A-18. (U) Aircrews and aircraft ground support crews use spot decontamination as an immediate measure to
remove contamination from critical locations. Spot decontamination is performed to limit the spread of
contamination on aircraft that require servicing between sorties, to support ingress and egress of aircraft by
crews and passengers, and when performing preflight and post flight inspections. Spot decontamination
reduces the contamination on the areas that should be touched during servicing. See table A-2 and Service
technical manuals (TMs) or technical orders (TOs) for specific spot decontamination TTP.
CUI
CUI
Table A-2. (U) Spot decontamination procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Step Procedures
1 Ensure that sufficient quantities of soapy water or applicable aircraft cleaner and fresh water are
available.
2 Scrub service areas with soapy water using brushes, rags, or sponges until deposited material,
dirt, and grime are removed.
3 Rinse areas with fresh water from a bucket or hose.
4 Ensure that service providers decontaminate gloves (SDK, soapy water, or chlorine solution).
5 Perform service on the aircraft.
6 Decontaminate runoff by applying a standard or nonstandard decontaminant to the deck, ground,
and airfield. Runoff can be hosed overboard or into collection sumps. If runoff is hosed without
prior decontamination, it should be treated as contaminated.
Legend:
SDK skin decontamination kit
UNCLASSIFIED
A-19. (U) Spot decontamination is an immediate decontamination technique that is normally performed on
aircraft that have been recovered and are quickly turned around for continued flight operations. Spot
decontamination reduces the contamination on areas that must be touched during an operation and while
servicing the aircraft. Conducting spot decontamination reduces contamination and limits its spread. The
information listed below should be used for conducting spot decontamination ashore or afloat.
(U) SPOT DECONTAMINATION OF FIXED-WING, EJECTION SEAT AIRCRAFT AND

HELICOPTERS
A-20. (U) Determine a location for decontamination. The location to conduct spot decontamination depends
on the operating cycle, the area available (ship or facility), and the decontaminated aircraft’s size.
A-21. (U) Spot decontamination is performed by the responsible crew, division, team, or work section. All
personnel involved in spot decontamination wear appropriate non-aircrew IPE. Wet-weather clothing may
be worn over IPE to prevent the saturation of the non-aircrew protective ensemble. Table A-3, page A-8, and
the following list provide a baseline for the areas that are decontaminated prior to servicing the aircraft:
 Refueling access.
 Ordnance, armament, and equipment.
 Ingress and egress (ladders, handholds, footholds, and steps).
 Preflight and post flight check areas.
 Inspection areas.
 Canopies, windscreens, windows, and optical sensors.
 Support equipment (such as seats, controls, chocks, and chains).
 Aircraft tie-down and tow points.
Note. (U) Most decontaminating solutions are not authorized for use on any aircraft, regardless of
the type of contamination. Chlorine-based decontaminants are not to be applied to aircraft
surfaces. Hot, soapy water is typically preferred for aircraft decontamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
Table A-3. (U) Aircraft spot decontamination
UNCLASSIFIED
Action and Areas to Personnel
Location Decon- Decontaminants Procedures Remarks
Responsible
taminate
Refueling at Fuel ports, POL handler Hot, soapy water Wipe the fuel ports Refueling personnel
the refueling hatches, and hatches with a should consider METT-T
point and all sponge dipped in and information in
areas that the decontaminant. appendix B when
FARP Do not allow the deciding best time to
personnel decontaminant to conduct an operational
touch enter the fuel decontamination after
system. Control the servicing contaminated
runoff because the aircraft.
agent will not be
neutralized. This
method simply
flushes the
contamination from
the surface.
Arming at Armament Ammunition Hot, soapy water Wipe the armament
the rearming system handler system with a CAUTION
point sponge dipped in Take care to prevent
the decontaminant. certain areas of the
Control the runoff armament system
because the agent from being exposed
will not be
to the
neutralized. This
decontaminant.
method simply
flushes the Check the armament
contamination from system TM/TO for
the surface. more information.
Entering and Door Crew Hot, soapy water Apply the Procedures should be
exiting the handles, members, decontaminant. developed for each type
aircraft steps, POL handlers, Prevent the spread of aircraft. Before
anywhere ladders, and rearming of liquid entering the aircraft, use
handholds, personnel contamination from an equipment
and all the outside of the decontamination system
areas that aircraft to the on boots and gloves.
may be inside. Control the
touched by runoff because the
aircrews agent will not be
neutralized. This
method simply
flushes the
contamination from
the surface.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table A-3. (U) Aircraft spot decontamination (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Location Decon- Responsible Decontaminants Procedures Remarks
taminate
Preflight and Areas that Aircrew Hot, soapy water on Wipe the areas Overheated air should not
post flight must be exterior surfaces. that are required be used directly on
checks touched as M334 wipes or hot to be touched instrumentation. The crew
anywhere. part of the air for interiors or for the preflight may want to wear wet-
Maintenance inspection areas that are not and post flight weather gear to prevent
inspections at compatible with checks with a the contamination of
aviation decontaminants or sponge dipped overgarments.
intermediate liquids in the
maintenance decontaminant.
facilities. Wash gloves in
the
decontaminant
before touching
uncontaminated
surfaces.
Decontaminate
gloves with an
equipment
decontamination
system after the
inspection is
complete.
Control runoff
because the
agent will not be
neutralized. This
method simply
flushes
contamination
from the
surface.
Repair and The parts Maintenance 5 percent chlorine Decontaminate Caustic decontaminants
recovery or areas personnel solution; or hot, only those parts should be used only on
anywhere that need (someone who soapy water on or assemblies those areas that have
to be knows what exterior parts or that need to be been removed from the
decon- assembly or surfaces. M334 touched during aircraft. Assemblies
taminated parts are wipes or hot air on cannibalization. should be rinsed
depending needed) interior parts that are thoroughly before
on the not compatible with replacing.
situation liquids or corrosive
decontaminants.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
Table A-3. (U) Aircraft spot decontamination (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Location Decon- Responsible Decontaminants Procedures Remarks
taminate
Overhaul at All areas Maintenance 5 percent chlorine Wash with Caustic decontaminants
maintenance and personnel or a solution; or hot, diesel fuel; wash should only be used on
facilities equipment decontamin- soapy water. M334 with hot, soapy the assemblies that have
required to ation unit wipes or hot air for water; and then been removed from the
be worked areas that are not rinse. Check for aircraft. The assemblies
on during compatible with contamination should be rinsed
the decontaminants or with detector thoroughly before
overhaul liquids. paper or the replacing. This will have
chemical the same result as a
detector or thorough
dismounted decontamination.
RADIAC meter.
If time permits,
allow the
equipment to
weather.
Legend:
FARP forward arming and refueling point
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available, time available
POL petroleum, oils, and lubricants
RADIAC radiation detection, indication, and computation
TM technical manual
TO technical order
UNCLASSIFIED
A-22. (U) Spot decontamination removes gross contamination on aircraft. Be careful not to scrub or place
decontaminants on sensitive aircraft areas. The procedures for spot decontamination are as follows:
 Make available sufficient quantities of hot, soapy water or applicable aircraft cleaner and fresh
water.
 Scrub the service areas using brushes, rags, or sponges with soapy water until deposited CB
material, dirt, and grime are removed.
 Rinse with fresh water from a bucket or hose.
 Decontaminate gloves.
 Perform service.
 Decontaminate runoff by applying standard or nonstandard decontaminant to the deck, ground,
and airfield; and then hose overboard or into collection sumps. If runoff is hosed without prior
decontamination, it should be treated as being contaminated.
(U) SPOT DECONTAMINATION OF LARGE-FRAME, FIXED-WING, NON-EJECTION AIRCRAFT

A-23. (U) If mission requirements do not allow ample time for operational decontamination or weathering,
spot decontaminate large-frame aircraft. Large-frame aircraft (such as C-5, C-17, C-130, and C-141)
normally operate from an open ramp without cover while on the ground for a short period. Their vulnerability
to CBRN contamination on the ground results from being outside and unprotected at the time of a CBRN
incident. Additionally, the size of the aircraft makes spot decontamination a much larger task. Contamination
can also transfer from contaminated personnel or cargo allowed on the aircraft.
CUI
CUI
Note. (U) The procedures below are written in generic form to cover all large-frame aircraft and
require the user’s knowledge of the applicable aircraft. For example, the C-5 user would
understand that decontamination of the cargo ramp area would include both forward and aft ramps,
while the C-17, C-130, and C-141 users would only be concerned with single aft ramps.
(U) CAUTION
(U) Ensure that all decontaminants and cleaning solutions used in these
procedures are authorized in appropriate aircraft and maintenance
manuals before execution. Failure to do so may violate maintenance
instructions and damage the aircraft.
A-24. (U) A team leader (TL) directs the efforts of two-person teams as they decontaminate the aircraft. The
TL are any maintenance specialty code, military occupational specialty, or United States Navy (USN)
enlisted rating; but it is recommended that a qualified aircraft crew chief is used. The mechanics performing
as members of the two-person teams are any maintenance specialty code, military occupational specialty, or
USN enlisted rating provided they are familiar with the ground handling and applicable aircraft flight line
safety procedures and can work in full IPE.
A-25. (U) Three two-person teams designated as teams A, B, and C are recommended. The number of
personnel can be adjusted based on the availability and workload, provided the two-person team concept is
not violated. Tasks are designated by the letter (A, B, or C) of the team doing the work, but these team
designations are optional.
A-26. (U) The TL assembles the full team at the nose of the aircraft for a situation and safety briefing. They
use the applicable aircraft ground handling TMs or TOs make the aircraft safe for maintenance. The TL briefs
personnel on the absolute necessity of operating in two-person teams and the use of the buddy system to
enhance personal decontamination and safety throughout the operation. The TL—
 Ensures that the required supplies are available (such as chemical detector kits, chemical agent
detector tape, shuffle box, logbook, bags, and heavy-duty plastic).
 Ensures that the required equipment is available (such as handheld radios and chemical agent
detectors or dismounted RADIAC meters).
 Uses decontamination to spot-decontaminate ground fire extinguisher(s) to ensure that they are
available in an emergency.
 Assigns two-person inspection teams to inspect and spot-decontaminate portions of the aircraft
interior and exterior.
A-27. (U) Team A—
 Inspects (using the appropriate detection device) and spot decontaminates the crew entry area,
paying particular attention to the crew entry doors, ladder, and handrail.
 Places a shuffle box with absorbent at the foot of the ladder.
 Cleans their feet in the shuffle box prior to entering the aircraft, checks each other for
contamination (decontaminate if necessary), and proceeds up the ladder into the aircraft.
 Inspects and decontaminates any contamination present onboard in the crew entry area, to include
the galley and closest floorboards.
 Exits the aircraft and reports the findings to the TL for entry into the log.
 Disposes of the waste in the garbage bag, per requirements listed in TM 3-34.56/MCRP 3-40B.7.
CUI
CUI
Appendix A
 Inspects (using chemical agent detectors or the appropriate detection device) and spot
decontaminates the ground interphone connection or door. Team A pays particular attention to the
cable connection area and door latches.
 Reports the findings to the TL for entry into the log.
 Disposes of the waste in the garbage bag. Inspects (using chemical agent detectors or the
appropriate detection device) the main landing gear wheel wells.
 Enters the main landing gear wheel wells.
 Records the detector reading in the front and rear of each main landing gear wheel well.
 Spot decontaminates (as needed) any safety down-lock pins and wheel chocks.
A-28. (U) Team B—
decontaminates the ground power unit and aircraft ground power receptacle, paying particular
attention to the electrical plug area, the pintle hook area, and all knobs and switches.
 Reports findings to the TL for entry into the log.
decontaminates any ground servicing points that is accessed prior to launch (that is, oxygen,
hydraulic, and latrine servicing ports), paying particular attention to the connection areas, doors
and latches, and all knobs and switches and reports findings to the TL for entry into the log.
 Inspects (using chemical agent detectors or the appropriate detection device) the nose landing gear
wheel well.
 Enters the nose landing gear wheel well and records the detector reading in the front and rear of
the wheel well.
 Decontaminates (as needed) any safety down-lock pins and wheel chocks and reports the findings
to the TL for entry into the log.
A-29. (U) Team C—
decontaminates the fuel truck and hoses, and the aircraft fuel servicing ports (filler caps if used)
and fuel servicing panels, paying particular attention to the hose connections, all knobs and
switches, and the driver's-side door area.
 Disposes of the waste in the garbage bag.
decontaminates the aircraft ramp areas.
 Cleans their feet in the shuffle box prior to entering the aircraft, checks each other for
contamination (decontaminates if necessary), and enters the aircraft through the crew entry door,
paying close attention to the ramp control panel and the ramp hinge areas.
 Decontaminates all knobs, switches, and handles as appropriate and reports the findings to the TL
for entry into the log.
A-30. (U) The TL reviews the aircraft maintenance checklists and directs the teams to spot decontaminate
any areas of the aircraft requiring access for maintenance (engine nacelle latches, access panels, and tires).
The TL reports any abnormal findings or actions to the maintenance and operations sections. He also accounts
for all team members.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
(U) Operational Decontamination
(U) Appendix B begins with general guidelines. This appendix includes operational
decontamination TTP for personnel decontamination including MOPP gear exchange
and MOPP drop procedures. It also covers object decontamination TTP for tactical
decontamination, vehicle wash-down, CCS (vehicle monitoring), and aircraft wash-
down.

B-1. (U) Operational decontamination is decontamination carried out by an individual and/or a unit,
restricted to specific parts of operationally essential equipment, materiel, and/or working areas, to minimize
contact and transfer hazards and to sustain operations (JP 3-11). Operational decontamination allows a unit
to reduce contamination from personnel and surfaces and key areas to minimize spread or transfer of
contamination. Operational decontamination requires less resources and reduces risks as an expedient
alternative to thorough decontamination. Operational decontamination can augment the weathering process
and the need for a thorough decontamination may be eliminated.
B-2. (U) Depending on the nature of the contamination, immediate decontamination measures performed,
new contamination mitigation tools available, and other factors, the commander has a variety of options to
consider for operational decontamination of equipment. CBRN personnel should be prepared to advise the
commander on advantages and disadvantages of techniques available. See table H-1, page H-1 for additional
information to understand new equipment such as disclosure sprays. Table B-1 provides a quick reference
directory of operational decontamination procedures.
Table B-1. (U) Appendix B directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Planning Consideration B-3 B-2
Operational decontamination preparation B-11 B-4
Operational decontamination site execution B-19 B-6
Operational decontamination site closure B-20 B-7
Sustainment Considerations B-21 B-7
Section I: Personnel Decontamination B-24 B-8
Mission-Oriented Protective Posture Gear Exchange B-26 B-8
MOPP gear preparation B-27 B-9
MOPP gear execution B-29 B-10
MOPP gear site closure B-31 B-17
Mission-Oriented Protective Posture Drop B-32 B-18
MOPP drop preparation B-35 B-19
MOPP drop execution B-39 B-20
MOPP drop site closure B-45 B-22
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 B-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Table B-1. (U) Appendix B directory (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Section II: Object Decontamination: B-46 B-23
Tactical Decontamination with CIDAS B-48 B-23
Tactical Decontamination without CIDAS B-52 B-26
Vehicle Wash-Down B-56 B-28
Vehicle wash-down preparation B-57 B-28
Vehicle wash-down execution B-58 B-29
Soap and water wash-down B-59 B-30
Unsupported wash-down with M333 B-62 B-31
Supported vehicle wash-down B-64 B-32
Vehicle wash-down site closure B-67 B-33
Contamination Control Station Vehicle Monitoring B-68 B-34
Contamination control station preparation B-74 B-35
Contamination control station execution B-77 B-37
Contamination control station site closure B-78 B-37
Aircraft Wash-Down B-79 B-38
Aircraft wash-down preparation B-84 B-39
Aircraft wash-down execution B-85 B-42
Aircraft wash-down site closure B-86 B-43
Considerations for fourth generation agents B-87 B-43
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
B-3. (U) Operational decontamination provides forces with temporary relief from MOPP 4 and eliminates
gross contamination from vehicles and equipment. Operational decontamination is conducted when forces
have available time without hindering ongoing missions or degrading the force and equipment to a non-
mission-capable status.
B-4. (U) Control of operational decontamination operations may be executed in a decentralized manner by
company sized or smaller elements or centralized at higher echelons. Optimally, decontamination is
conducted with unit assets, but support may be requested from a CBRN unit. The advantages and
disadvantages of operational decontamination control and support are listed in table B-2.
B-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Table B-2. (U) Advantages and disadvantages of control and support formats
UNCLASSIFIED
Advantages Disadvantages
Decentralized Control Flexibility Command and control
(Company-Size) Dispersion Synchronized support assets
[approximately 150] Rehearsal
Time required
Planning
Sustained operations
Centralized Control (Battalion- Command and control Synchronized support assets
Size) Flexibility Rehearsal
[approximately 1,000] Dispersion Time required
Planning
Centralized Control (Brigade- Command and control Flexibility
Size) Synchronized support assets Dispersion
[approximately 3,000] Rehearsal
Time required
Planning
Unsupported Battalion PDDE Flexibility Trained skills
Crew Speed
Battalion PDDE Crew Skilled operators Synchronized support assets
Supported with Extra resources Planning
Decontamination Platoon
Legend:
PDDE power-driven decontamination equipment
UNCLASSIFIED
B-5. (U) Decentralized control of a company-size element undergoing decontamination is provided by the
contaminated unit’s commander. The advantages of this method are that it is flexible, and it conforms to the
METT-T/METT-TC(I) conditions. It also disperses the units over a large area, making them less vulnerable
to attack by the threat. The disadvantages are that C2 is more difficult, it is difficult to synchronize the support
assets to one location, it may require rehearsal time, it takes more time overall, planning assets are not
available at that level, and the company cannot sustain operations without additional support from HHQ.
B-6. (U) Centralized control of a battalion-size unit is like the company-size except that the unit CBRN
NCO controls the decontamination. The unit commander and the CBRN NCO direct the site setup and
provide security and C2 for the selected site. The CBRN NCO travels with the decontamination element and
communicates via the radio.
B-7. (U) Centralized control for a brigade-size unit is done when decontamination assets within the brigade
have been consolidated. The brigade CBRN NCO performs those functions described for the battalion CBRN
NCO.
B-8. (U) An unsupported battalion decontamination team is available within the operational area allowing
the flexibility to provide decontamination closer to the unit in need. When supported by a decontamination
squad additional capabilities will allow for a quicker operation with skilled operators. It relies on prior
planning for support and availability of the decontamination squad for the support.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
B-9. (U) Planning considerations for decontamination in extreme cold conditions begins with proper care
of equipment. The PDDE need to be kept in a temperature-controlled environment for diesel engines to work
well. Bypass loops can be established to continuously recirculate decontaminant to the supply drum and help
prevent hoses from freezing. Additionally, high pressure hoses freeze quickly and should be kept off the
ground to prevent freezing.
B-10. (U) Units plan operational decontamination in three phases—preparation, execution, and site closure.
MOPP gear exchange and vehicle wash-down starts with establishing positive control over the operational
decontamination site and ends after closeout procedures are concluded. Vehicles move from the
pre-decontamination area to the site on order. Upon arrival to the pre-decontamination area, assistant drivers
leave vehicles and proceed to the MOPP gear exchange point. The contaminated unit provides its own
security. Throughout the execution phase, periodic wind checks are performed to ensure that the wind does
not shift placing the personnel conducting the MOPP gear exchange in a CBRN hazard area.
(U) OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

B-11. (U) Preparation begins with the decision to conduct operational decontamination and ends with a site
that is set up and ready for operation. CBRN sensors and/or disclosure sprays are used to identify which
vehicles need decontaminating, and decontamination support is requested.
B-12. (U) Coordination with HHQ includes identifying a linkup point and the unit that will provide
decontamination support (as required). Signal operating instructions are exchanged, and the technique
(decentralized company-size control, centralized battalion-size control, or centralized brigade-size control)
is selected. Coordination also includes providing the number and type of vehicles for vehicle wash-down and
the number of personnel for MOPP gear exchange.
B-13. (U) Operational decontamination typically requires a large enough area (approximately a little larger
than the size of a football field, depending on the number of contaminated vehicles). It may require a nearby
water source and consists of a vehicle wash-down and MOPP gear exchange.
B-14. (U) Operational decontamination is carried out by the contaminated unit (with possible assistance from
an organic decontamination organization). Operational decontamination is restricted to the specific parts of
contaminated, operationally essential equipment, material, and work areas to minimize contact and transfer
hazards. Operational decontamination is necessary to sustain operations. This may include individual
decontamination beyond the scope of immediate decontamination, decontamination of mission-essential
equipment, and limited terrain decontamination. See table B-3 for actions in the preparation phase.
Table B-3. (U) Operational decontamination preparation phase
UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Decontamination The contaminated unit identifies the total number of personnel and equipment and type of
assessment equipment requiring decontamination. The contaminated unit determines if casualty
decontamination is required and the types of casualties requiring decontamination.
Coordination The contaminated unit requests decontamination support. Once a decontamination site is
identified, the controlling headquarters’ CBRN section coordinates a linkup point with the
contaminated unit. The controlling headquarters’ CBRN section also coordinates resource
provisioning with the staff the operations and logistics sections for security, CASEVAC support,
and resupply.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table B-3. (U) Operational decontamination preparation phase (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Site selection The controlling headquarters ensures that the site:
(selected by the Is off the main route but is easily accessible for the type of vehicles being decontaminated. (This
controlling is especially important for larger vehicles and vehicles pulling large trailers.)
headquarters)
Is a large enough area (approximately the size of a football field for a squad or flight-sized
element).
Has good overhead concealment.
Has water sources sufficient for vehicle wash-down.
Has good drainage.
If casualty decontamination is being performed in conjunction with operational decontamination,
sufficient area is required for a hasty landing lone to facilitate air CASEVAC.
Linkup The controlling headquarters ensures that its supporting unit:
Knows the contaminated linkup point.
Knows the operational decontamination site location.
Has net identifications/radio frequencies/channels to establish and maintain communications
with the controlling headquarters and the supported unit. (Radio communication is critical to
prevent fratricide, link up units, and successfully perform operational decontamination,
especially for large units requiring decontamination support.)
Site setup The controlling headquarters:
Ensures that the decontamination element is positioned properly and ready to dispense hot,
soapy water or other decontaminants.
Ensures that the contaminated unit sets up and operates the MOPP gear exchange at the same
time as the vehicle wash-down.
Supports establishing a casualty decontamination site.
Considers contamination runoff when positioning the decontamination element.
Note. When using a decontaminant solution in a bucket for cutting tools on the decontamination line, immersion alone
may not eliminate the contamination and transfer could occur. Depending on the source of the contamination, wipes or
replacement of the tools may need to be considered.
Legend:
CASEVAC casualty evacuation
UNCLASSIFIED
B-15. (U) Site selection is coordinated with the HHQ. The site may have been designated in the OPORD or
already selected based on the current METT-T/METT-TC(I) and the HHQ understanding of the operational
situation.
B-16. (U) Linkup at the designated point includes establishing security, positioning necessary marshalling
areas, camouflaging removal points, designating the direction of flow into and out of the site, and ensuring
that the unit’s supply has sufficient replacement IPE.
B-17. (U) Site setup requires that the decontamination crew position itself upwind from the operational
decontamination site’s entrance. The MOPP gear exchange site is setup upwind from the vehicle wash-down
site. Once site set up is complete, notify the contaminated unit that site is ready for use.
Note. (U) METT-T/METT-TC(I) will dictate the MOPP gear exchange site’s proximity and
positioning to the vehicle wash-down site. It is recommended that the MOPP gear exchange site
be at least 50 meters (165 feet) upwind from the vehicle wash-down site and the wind is moving
diagonally across the MOPP gear exchange site.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
B-18. (U) METT-T/METT-TC(I) dictates operational decontamination configurations. Figure B-1 illustrates
a dispersed operational decontamination setup.
Legend:
Figure B-1. (U) Dispersed operational-decontamination setup
(U) OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION SITE EXECUTION

B-19. (U) Table B-4 provides operational decontamination execution activities. Specific procedures for each
respective operational decontamination site are discussed further in this appendix.
CUI
CUI
Table B-4. (U) Operational decontamination execution

UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Execution
Site control Ensure that the drivers of the contaminated vehicles know when to move into
position at the wash-down location. Ensure that the contaminated unit has provided
site security.
Vehicle spray down Ensure that the decontamination site NCOIC confirms that all gross contamination is
removed.
MOPP gear Ensure that personnel complete MOPP gear exchange at the rate of approximately
exchange (buddy 30 minutes per group.
team)
Site Closure
Cleanup Ensure that the MOPP gear exchange area or CCA is cleaned up (NCOIC).
Marking Ensure that the team properly marks the decontamination site (NCOIC).
Reporting Send the CBRN 5 Report forward (NCOIC).

Legend:
NCOIC noncommissioned officer in charge
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) OPERATIONAL DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

B-20. (U) The site closure phase includes cleanup, marking, reporting, and unmasking. METT-T/
METT-TC(I) will dictate the cleanup requirements. Contaminated waste is collected from the operational
decontamination and disposed of in accordance with HN, theater, environmental, and operational
requirements. Site specific closure procedures are explained further in this appendix.
(U) SUSTAINMENT CONSIDERATIONS

B-21. (U) Coordination with logistics planners is necessary to ensure operational decontamination is
adequately supported. Equipment resupply often occurs during MOPP gear exchange, and at minimum
includes providing the uncontaminated protective equipment to individuals and units not carrying a second
suit. Vehicle wash-down consumes considerably less fuel and water than DED does; however, planning water
resupply at regular intervals during operational decontamination enables sustained decontamination
operations speeding the process to return the decontaminated unit to combat operations.
B-22. (U) In most cases, service members wear or carry one complete set of MOPP gear and a second
complete set of gear is stored as specified by the command for MOPP gear exchange. The unit or activity
maintains additional sets of MOPP gear (the third set) as specified in the Service logistics authorization
documents. It is recommended that units or activities maintain a 5 percent overage of MOPP gear, based on
their personnel strength or authorization (whichever is greater) to ensure that a complete range of sizes and
replacement gear is available. All MOPP gear, serviceable and unserviceable, is handled as organizational
clothing and equipment (Class II supplies).
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Note 1. (U) MOPP equipment consists of multiple-sized individually wrapped trousers, blouses,
boots, gloves, helmet covers, and hydration systems. If the gear is not properly prepared prior to
operational decontamination operations, it can take a unit many hours to organize and issue and
will delay a unit’s MOPP gear exchange and return to operations.
Note 2. (U) The simple task of issuing a person the appropriately sized MOPP suit is extremely
time consuming if appropriate supply management processes and planning is not performed.
Training and rehearsing at home station and during reception, staging, onward movement and
integration is necessary to refine and validate storage and standard operating procedures. MOPP
equipment issuance training is critical to rapidly issue MOPP gear during operational
decontamination and not delay returning the decontaminated unit to operations.
B-23. (U) Individual combat equipment reissuance, unit water, food, and ammunition resupply can occur at
the operational decontamination site. Management and support for contaminated casualties can occur in
conjunction with and near the operational decontamination site.

B-24. (U) Personnel decontamination involves the process of cleansing the human body to remove chemical,
infectious material, and radioactive substance contamination. Personnel decontamination is carefully
considered in the planning process. Steps are taken to limit personnel exposure to contamination by
performing decontamination.
B-25. (U) Unique personnel decontamination planning considerations also involve emergency technical,
patient and MCD activities. These activities are described in appendices E and F. Personnel operational
decontamination includes MOPP gear exchange and MOPP drop.
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE GEAR

EXCHANGE
B-26. (U) MOPP gear exchange allows a unit to remove gross contamination from personnel and individual
combat equipment, provides relief from IPE physical burden, and restores operational readiness. The optimal
time for MOPP gear exchange should be based on suit capabilities, human factors, and METT-T/
METT-TC(I). The sooner the IPE is removed, the quicker the physiological burden is reduced and the sooner
operational readiness is restored. MOPP gear exchange may be considered no later than six hours of being
contaminated based on IPE capability and individual performance degradation after six hours in MOPP 4. A
risk assessment should be made based on the hazard encountered (such as vapor versus liquid) to determine
if MOPP gear exchange can or should be delayed. MOPP gear exchange site consists of three phases—
preparation, execution, and site closure.
CUI
CUI
Note 1. (U) MOPP gear exchange is performed when the operational situation requires continued
operations in an elevated protection posture, normally when persistent contact hazards exist. If a
persistent contact hazard no longer exists, commanders should consider performing MOPP drop
procedures instead of MOPP gear exchange.
Note 2. (U) Based on protective equipment improvements and Service member conditioning,
leaders can make decisions for adjusting the latest time to conduct MOPP gear exchange.
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE GEAR PREPARATION

B-27. (U) METT-T/METT-TC(I) dictates MOPP gear exchange site setup size and location. MOPP gear
exchange is normally performed in conjunction with and upwind of a vehicle wash-down.
B-28. (U) Figure B-2 depicts a single lane MOPP gear exchange site, which can facilitate a squad-sized
element’s MOPP gear exchange. Additional lanes are added as manpower and other resources allow.
Legend:
Figure B-2. (U) MOPP gear exchange site diagram
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE GEAR EXECUTION

B-29. (U) A MOPP gear exchange is performed with a buddy team, a triple-buddy team, or performed by an
individual (emergency). For planning purposes, estimate 30 minutes for a squad-size element to complete the
exchange. MOPP gear exchange methods include—
 Buddy-team method. This method uses pairs of military personnel under the supervision of their
squad leader or TL to conduct the buddy-team MOPP gear exchange. Table B-5 details
buddy-team method MOPP gear exchange.
 Triple buddy-team method. Personnel equipped with the vehicle or aircrew field protective mask
with the quick-doff hood use this method. A third person is needed to hold the filter canister and
hose to prevent pulling the mask away from the person's face.
 Individual (emergency) method. This method is used only when a person does not have a buddy
to help them, and the risk of IPE failure demands that an exchange occurs.
B-30. (U) The MOPP gear exchange procedures in table B-5 are tailored to the Joint Service Lightweight
Integrated Suit Technology. Although cutting protective clothing off is preferable these procedures include
measures to remove gear when cutting tools are not available. New protective suits have variances (such as
being one piece) that will change MOPP gear exchange procedures. See equipment TMs and TOs for
recommended modification to these procedures.
Table B-5. (U) Steps for the buddy-team method of MOPP gear exchange for IPE with or
without integral hood
UNCLASSIFIED
Contamination
Required Steps Required Equipment Required Procedures
Type
1. All Four long-handled Prepare decontaminant.
Decontaminate brushes, two large
individual combat pieces of plastic
equipment (poncho or similar
including material), chlorine-
sensitive items based decontaminant,
from vehicles. shovel.
(Removes gross Two 30-gallon
contamination containers
from individual
combat CB Chlorine-based 1) Remove and discard the chemical-protective
equipment decontaminant, or helmet cover.
(weapon, helmet, equipment 2) Brush or rub decontaminant onto individual
flak jacket, load- decontamination kits combat equipment, the hose of the combat vehicle
bearing (M100, Sorbent protective mask, and air crew mask if worn.
equipment, mask Decontamination Kit,
M295 IEDK, M334 3) Gently shake off any excess decontaminant and
carrier, and other
DKIE, or RSDL) set aside gear on an uncontaminated surface (plastic,
individual combat
poncho, or similar material).
equipment).
Note. Decontaminated individual combat equipment
is transferred to the post decontamination staging
area by a station attendant.
Radiological Hot, soapy water. 1) Brush or wipe radiological contamination from

gear.
2) Wash with hot, soapy water and then set aside to
dry on an uncontaminated surface (plastic, poncho,
or similar material).
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
without integral hood (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Contamination
Required Steps Required Equipment Required Procedures
Type
2. Prepare to All Cutting tool. 1) Buddy 1 removes the chemical agent
decontaminate Seven three-gallon detector paper from Buddy 2’s overgarment.
(facilitates later containers. 2) Buddy 1 unties the bow in Buddy 2’s coat
removal of over- retention cord, if tied.
garment and
overboots). 3) Buddy 1 unfastens the webbing-strip snap at
the bottom front of Buddy 2’s coat and releases
the coat retention-cord loop at the waist.
4) Buddy 1 loosens the bottom of the coat by
pulling the material away from Buddy 2’s body.
Notes.
a. If wearing the combat vehicle protective mask
and aircrew protective mask, tie the microphone
cord to the hose of the mask.
b. The voice amplifier and the detachable
microphone cannot be decontaminated and
should be disposed of as contaminated waste;
however, ensure that these items are
contaminated before disposing them.
5) Buddy 1 unfastens and loosely refastens the
hook-and-pile fasteners at Buddy 2’s wrists and
ankles.
6) Buddy 1 unfastens or cuts the fasteners on
Buddy 2’s overboots.
Note. Steps 5) and 6) can be completed
individually or with the assistance of a buddy.
3. CB Two equipment 1) Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to decontaminate
Decontaminate decontamination his own gloves using an equipment
mask and hood systems per person. decontamination system.
(removes gross (M334, M295 or 2) Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to place two
contamination). RSDL) fingers (thumb and forefinger) on his own
voicemitter to ensure the mask-to-face integrity.
3) Buddy 1 uses an equipment decontamination
system to wipe Buddy 2’s eye lens outserts
from the top, down.
Note. Do not press so hard that the Buddy 2’s

facemask seal breaks. If wearing the IPE with
integral hood, stop here and move to Step 4.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
UNCLASSIFIED
Contamination Required
Required Steps Required Procedures
Type Equipment
3. CB Two equipment Continued.
Decontaminate decontamination 4) If wearing the one-piece hood or the quick-doff
mask and systems per person. hood, Buddy 1 wipes the rest of Buddy 2’s hood
hood. (M334, M295 or from the top of the head to the bottom of the
Continued. RSDL) hood.
5) After wiping Buddy 2’s mask and hood, Buddy
1 should wipe his gloves in preparation for rolling
Buddy 2’s hood.
6) Buddy 1 starts from the rear and rolls Buddy
2’s hood, using 2-inch tucks, until it reaches the
center of Buddy 2’s head.
7) Buddy 1 rolls the front of Buddy 2’s hood
tightly under the outlet valve and filter.
8) Buddy 1 ensures that the hood is off Buddy
2’s garment.
Radiological Three containers 1) Buddy 1 wipes Buddy 2’s mask and hood (if
(about 3-gallon wearing the one-piece or quick-doff hood) with a
capacity), two sponge dipped in hot, soapy water and rinses
sponges, soapy them with a sponge dipped in clean water.
water, rinse water, 2) Buddy 1 dries Buddy 2’s mask and hood with
paper towels or paper towels or rags. Buddy 2 wipes his own
similar drying gloves.
material.
Note. Cool, soapy water is not as effective for

removing contamination, but it can be used if
scrubbed longer. If the water supply is limited,
use drinking water from a canteen and a wet
sponge or cloth. If water is not available, brush
off the radioactive dust particles.
4. Remove All Two discard 1) Buddy 2 locates the suspender snap couplers on
chemical- containers (for the outside of his coat and releases them.
protective coat example, plastic 2) If Buddy 2 is wearing the IPE integral hood, then
(limits the bags). Buddy 1 unties Buddy 2’s draw cord, presses the
spread of barrel lock release, and unsnaps the barrel lock.
agents and
helps prevent
agents from Note. If Buddy 1 has difficulty grasping the barrel
penetrating lock, they should use the draw cord to pull the
through to the barrel lock away from the mask. This allows them to
undergarments grasp and unfasten the barrel lock without touching
or the skin). the interior of the hood.
3) Buddy 1 unfastens Buddy 2’s front closure flap

and pulls the slide fastener down from the chin to
the bottom of the coat.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
Required Contamination Required
Required Procedures
Steps Type Equipment
4. Remove All Two discard Continued.
chemical- containers (for 4) Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to turn around.
protective coat example, plastic
Continued. bags). 5) Buddy 1 grasps Buddy 2’s hood, rolls it inside out,
and pulls it off Buddy 2’s head.
6) Buddy 1 grasps Buddy 2’s coat at the shoulders,
instructs Buddy 2 to make a fist to prevent the chemical-
protective gloves from coming off, and pulls the coat
down and away from their body, ensuring that the black
part of the coat is not touched.
Note. If there is difficulty removing the coat in this

manner, Buddy 2 should pull one arm out at a time.
7) Buddy 1 lays the coat on the ground, black side up.
Note. Buddy 2 uses the coat later as an uncontaminated

surface to stand on when putting on his new
overgarment.
5. Remove All Two discard 1) Buddy 1 unfastens Buddy 2’s hook-and-pile
chemical- containers (from fastener at the waistband, unfastens the two front
protective Step 4). closure snaps, and opens the fly slide fastener on the
trousers. front of the trousers.
2) Buddy 1 grasps Buddy 2’s trousers at the hips and
pulls them down to his knees.
3) Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to lift one leg (with the
foot pointed down and bent slightly at the knee for
stability).
4) Buddy 1 grasps the trouser leg near Buddy 2’s
elevated foot with a hand on each side and pulls the
trouser leg in an alternating motion until Buddy 2 can
step out of it.
5) Repeat the process for the other leg.
CAUTION
Care should be taken to avoid contaminating
Buddy 2’s clothing or skin.
6) Buddy 1 discards the trousers.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
UNCLASSIFIED
Required Procedures
6. Remove All Two discard 1) Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to loosen his overboots by
chemical- containers alternately stepping on each heel and pulling up on his
protective (from Step 4). foot.
overboots. 2) Buddy 1 pulls off Buddy 2’s overboots (one overboot at
a time), and Buddy 2 steps directly onto the coat spread
on the ground as each foot is withdrawn from the
overboot.
Note. Buddy 2 may put his hand on Buddy 1 for balance
but should then decontaminate his gloves.
3) Buddy 1 discards the overboots.
7. Remove All Two discard 1) Buddy 2 holds the fingertips of his gloves and partially
chemical- containers slides his hand out.
protective (from Step 4). 2) When the fingers of both hands are free, he holds his
gloves and arms away from his body and let the gloves drop off,
liners. away from the black side of the coat.
3) Buddy 2 removes the glove liners.
4) Buddy 1 discards the chemical-protective gloves and
liners.
Note. Buddy 1 can assist if Buddy 2 has difficulty

removing the gloves.
CAUTION
Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 should take care to avoid
letting the gloves come in contact with the coat
spread on the ground.
8. Put on All One set IPE 1) Buddy 1 opens the package containing the new
chemical- per person. trousers without touching the inside of the package.
protective 2) Buddy 2 removes the trousers.
trousers.
3) While standing on an uncontaminated surface, Buddy
2 puts on his trousers, closes the slide fastener, and
fastens the two fly opening snaps.
4) Buddy 2 pulls his suspenders over his shoulders and
fastens the snap couplers.
5) Buddy 2 adjusts the length of the suspenders to ensure
a comfortable fit.
6) Buddy 2 adjusts the hook-and-pile fastener at the
waistband for a snug fit.
CAUTION
Buddy 2 should take care to ensure that the trousers
touch only the uncontaminated surface.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
Required Procedures
8. Put on All One set IPE 1) Buddy 1 opens the package containing the new
chemical- per person. trousers without touching the inside of the package.
protective 2) Buddy 2 removes the trousers.
trousers.
3) While standing on an uncontaminated surface, Buddy
2 puts on his trousers, closes the slide fastener, and
fastens the two fly opening snaps.
4) Buddy 2 pulls his suspenders over his shoulders and
fastens the snap couplers.
5) Buddy 2 adjusts the length of the suspenders to ensure
a comfortable fit.
6) Buddy 2 adjusts the hook-and-pile fastener at the
waistband for a snug fit.
CAUTION
Buddy 2 should take care to ensure that the trousers
touch only the uncontaminated surface.
9. Put on All One set IPE 1) Buddy 1 opens the package containing the new coat
chemical- per person. without touching the inside of the package.
protective coat. 2) Buddy 2 removes the coat without touching the outside
of the package.
3) Buddy 2 puts on the coat, pulls the slide fastener up as
far as his chest, and secures the front closure hook-and-
pile fastener on the front flap up as far as his chest.
4) Buddy 2 pulls the bottom of the coat down over his
trousers.
5) Buddy 2 grasps the loop on the back of the
overgarment, pulls the loop away from the coat, and
brings the loop forward between his legs, pulling on it so
that the bottom of the coat fits snugly over the trousers.
6) Buddy 2 places the loop over the webbing-strip snap
and fastens it.
7) Buddy 2 adjusts the coat retention cord if necessary
and ties the excess cord in a bow.
10. Put on All One set of 1) Buddy 1 opens the package containing the new
chemical- chemical- overboots without touching the inside of the package.
protective protective 2) Buddy 2 removes the overboots without touching the
overboots. overboots per outside of the package.
person.
3) Buddy 2 puts the overboots on over his combat boots
and secures the fasteners.
4) Buddy 2 pulls his trouser legs over the overboots and
secures the two hook-and-pile fasteners on each ankle so
that they fit snugly around the overboots.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
UNCLASSIFIED
Required Procedures
11. Put on All One set IPE 1) Buddy 2 puts the hood on his head.
chemical- per person. 2) Buddy 2 completely closes the front slide fastener
protective on the coat and secures the hook-and-pile fastener on
hood. the front flap as far as the top of the slide fastener.
3) Buddy 2 places the edge of the hood around the
edge of the mask and secures the hook-and-pile
fastener on the hood.
WARNING
The barrel lock release button should face away
from the rear of the user when worn to avoid the
barrel lock from unfastening and possibly
exposing the user to contamination.
4) Buddy 2 pulls the draw cord tight around the edge

of the mask, snaps the ends of the barrel lock
together, squeezes both ends of the barrel lock while
pulling the draw cord, and slides the barrel lock up
under the chin to keep the cord in place.
5) Without touching Buddy 2, Buddy 1 inspects the
hood and mask to ensure that the hood is positioned
properly and the skin is not exposed.
6) Buddy 2 adjusts the hood and mask as directed.
Note. If Buddy 1’s assistance is required for proper

adjustment, Buddy 2 decontaminates Buddy 1’s
gloves before he touches the hood or mask.
Note. If mask hood is worn, Buddy 1 assists unrolling
the hood.
12. Put on All One set of 1) Buddy 1 opens the package containing the new
chemical- IPE per chemical-protective gloves and liners without touching
protective person, one the inside of the package.
gloves and set of 2) Buddy 2 removes the gloves and liners without
liners. chemical touching the outside of the package.
protective
gloves with 3) Buddy 2 puts on the gloves and liners, pulls the
liners per cuffs of the coat over the chemical-protective gloves,
person and fastens the hook-and-pile fasteners on each
(correct size) sleeve of the coat.
chemical 4) Buddy 2 puts the chemical agent detector paper
agent on, as required by unit SOP.
detector
paper.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
Required Contamination Required Required Procedures
13. Reverse All As specified in Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 reverse roles and repeat
roles. steps 2-13. Steps 2 through 13.
14. Secure All One chemical- 1) Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 recover their
gear. protective decontaminated individual combat equipment.
helmet cover 2) Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 put on new chemical-
per person. protective helmet covers on their helmets, as
required.
3) Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 use the buddy system to
check each other’s fit of all secured gear.
Legend:
CB chemical or biological
DKIE decontamination kit individual equipment
IEDK individual equipment decontamination kit
IPE individual protective equipment
RSDL reactive skin decontamination lotion
SOP standard operating procedure
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) MOPP GEAR SITE CLOSURE

B-31. (U) MOPP gear exchange site closure includes cleanup, marking, unmasking, and reporting. If
operational conditions allow, contaminated waste is collected and disposed of in accordance with HN
agreements, U.S. policy, and other policies and directives.
 Cleanup. METT-T/METT-TC(I) will dictate the minimum cleanup requirements. Once
decontamination operations are concluded, personnel managing the MOPP gear exchange site—
 Collect discarded MOPP suits and other contaminated equipment and material and dispose of
it as contaminated waste.
 Collect MOPP gear exchange site equipment (trashcans, mop buckets, brushes,
decontaminants, detectors, and other site equipment) and attempt to perform object
decontamination.
 Check decontamination site equipment for contamination. If contamination exceeds
negligible risk thresholds, site personnel attempt to decontaminate the equipment again.
 Discard equipment that cannot be decontaminated as contaminated waste.
 Pack and store site equipment that is decontaminated for future use.
 Marking. Once a MOPP gear exchange site is cleared, it is marked using a marking kit or other
means to warn others of the hazard.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
 Unmasking. When the MOPP gear exchange site closure is complete, site management personnel
either perform MOPP gear exchange to continue operating in a contamination environment or
move away from the contaminated area to a designated area and performs MOPP drop or selective
unmasking.
Note. (U) Perform selective unmasking with several individuals prior to performing MOPP drop.
See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for selective unmasking
procedures.
 Reporting. A CBRN 5 report is prepared and submitted to HHQ reporting site closeout.
Note. (U) If a MOPP gear exchange or MOPP drop site is being cleared with the vehicle wash-
down site, it may be permissible to submit a single CBRN 5 report once the entire operational
decontamination site is cleared. Coordinate with HHQ to define site closeout reporting
requirements.
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE DROP

B-32. (U) MOPP drop is the supervised systematic removal of an individual’s CBRN IPE and is another
option to MOPP gear exchange and DTD. MOPP drop reduces the time a person spends in IPE, reduces the
logistics burden normally associated with decontamination, and provides the commander with a viable risk
management option to mitigate CBRN hazards while minimally interrupting operating tempo.
Note 1. (U) Perform selective unmasking with several individuals prior to performing unit-level
MOPP drop. Selective unmasking confirms the absence of chemical hazard. See ATP 3-11.32/
MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for selective unmasking procedures.
Note 2. (U) Decontamination may not be required for non-persistent agents. Personnel/units
exposed to non-persistent agents should monitor their area for contamination using available
CBRN detection devices.
B-33. (U) The goal of MOPP drop is to facilitate rapid CBRN IPE removal. Decontaminating individual
combat equipment is a secondary consideration and is performed as the operational situation dictates.
Note. (U) Decontamination may not be required for nonpersistent agents. Personnel/units exposed
to nonpersistent agents should monitor their area for contamination using available CBRN
detection devices.
B-34. (U) Individual combat equipment does not require decontamination in conjunction with the MOPP
drop when—
 MOPP drop is executed to provide rest and relief to personnel who must re-don MOPP equipment
and continue working in a contaminated area. In this instance, equipment should be staged
awaiting for personnel to resume operations in a contaminated environment.
 Personnel do not have a follow-on mission and/or follow-on missions do not require the immediate
individual equipment decontamination.
 Individual combat equipment that is not decontaminated in conjunction with MOPP drop is staged
in a manner that facilitates weathering. Weathering alone may reduce contamination to negligible
levels, depending upon the agent and weather conditions. All individual combat equipment is
checked for contamination prior to being returned to unprotected personnel.
CUI
CUI
Note. (U) Vehicle and aircraft wash-down is normally conducted in conjunction with MOPP drop
as it is for MOPP gear exchange.
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE DROP PREPARATION

B-35. (U) A minimum of two CBRN specialists are required to setup and supervise a single MOPP drop site.
A single site enables a squad-sized element (about 15 persons) to perform MOPP drop procedures in
approximately 10 minutes.
B-36. (U) Table B-6 provides the minimum personnel required to support a MOPP drop site. One
decontamination section can support MOPP drop for a maximum of six hours. Two decontamination sections
are needed to support MOPP drop for sustained operations greater than four hours. Personnel working on the
MOPP drop site are rotated according to the maximum work rates and work rest cycles.
B-37. (U) Units reorganize their CBRN teams to support MOPP drop. The decontamination section requires
augmentation when individual combat equipment is decontaminated in conjunction with MOPP drop. Any
available person is sufficient to augment the MOPP drop site. Augmentees do not require specialized skills.
METT-T/METT-TC(I) and decontamination principles dictates when and where individual combat
equipment is decontaminated.
Table B-6. (U) Estimated personnel required to support MOPP drop
UNCLASSIFIED
Personnel Decontamination Equipment Decontamination
Decontamination Team Members Any Service member Total
Setup 2 CBRN specialists 2
Supervise
4 (1 section) 16 20
(6 hours maximum)
Sustain operations
8 (2 sections) 78 94
(More than 4 hours)
Note. The personnel requirements indicated in this table are based on work rest cycles at 75 ° F.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
B-38. (U) Figure B-3, page B-20, depicts a MOPP drop site including an individual combat equipment
decontamination area. Coordinate with HHQ prior to performing MOPP drop procedures. METT-T/
METT-TC(I) dictates site size and setup location.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Legend:
decon decontaminate
Figure B-3. (U) MOPP drop site diagram
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE DROP EXECUTION

B-39. (U) Individuals move upwind methodically removing MOPP equipment, similar to actions and
contamination control measures used at a DTD. There is 3-5 meters between each IPE removal step.
B-40. (U) Personnel perform MOPP drop procedures in a site that is free of contamination and secure. Use
the following procedures:
 Remove individual combat equipment.
 Decontaminate gloves and mask.
 Remove CBRN IPE coat and trousers (moving upwind away from discarded suit).
 Remove boots and gloves (moving upwind away from discarded boots and gloves).
 Remove mask (holding breath prior to removal of mask and moving upwind 3-5 meters, then
resume breathing).
 Carry on with rest and relief.
Note. (U) Ensure that collected equipment is returned to the proper individual after it is
decontaminated.
CUI
CUI
B-41. (U) MOPP drop includes cutting off protective equipment. A single blade-cutting tool or surgical
scissors are useful to perform this task. Decontamination section members assists cutting the protective
equipment. The CBRN specialists provide instructions and supervise MOPP drop procedures. MOPP drop
tasks include—
 Decontaminating the hood.
 Decontaminating boots in a shuffle pit or wash trough.
 Cutting away CBRN IPE.
B-42. (U) The decontamination section cutter steps include—

 Step 1. Prepares CBRN IPE for removal. The cutter—
 Step 1.a. Cuts neck cords. Cuts and loosens the neck cord on the hood. (The cutter
decontaminates the cutting tool and gloves.)
 Step 1.b. Cuts closures. Cuts the wrist, waist, and ankle closures, as appropriate for the
ensemble worn. (The cutter decontaminates the cutting tool and gloves.)
 Step 2. Removes overgarment jacket and trousers.
 Step 2.a. Remove overgarment jacket. The cutter assists remove the overgarment jacket by
pulling on sleeves from behind. Once removed the cutter folds the jacket in on itself to contain
contamination. (The cutter decontaminates the cutting tool and gloves.)
 Step 2.b. Remove overgarment trousers. The cutter cuts down each side of the trousers from
the waist through the cuff. (The cutter decontaminates the cutting tool and gloves.) The cutter
grasps the rear center of the trouser at the waist, cuts and allows the trousers to fall as the
contaminated person steps forward and away. The cutter folds the trouser in on itself to
contain contamination. (Cutter decontaminates the cutting tool and gloves.)
 Step 3. Removes boots and gloves.
 Step 3.a. Remove boots. The cutter cuts boot closures and holds each boot as the
contaminated person steps forward out of each boot. (The cutter decontaminates the cutting
tool and gloves.)
 Step 3.b. Remove gloves. The cutter assists the individual remove the gloves. (The cutter
decontaminates gloves.)
 Step 4. Removes mask. The individual being cut out of CBRN IPE crosses the liquid control line
into the warm zone, unmasks, and crosses over the vapor control line as directed.
B-43. (U) Individual combat equipment decontamination is performed similar to the MOPP gear exchange
individual combat equipment decontamination procedures. Equipment is decontaminated then placed on a
clean surface. Equipment decontamination occurs upwind and away from the MOPP drop site to mitigate
unmasked personnel being exposed to a potential vapor hazard.
B-44. (U) The individual combat equipment decontamination section decontaminates the individual
equipment using the following procedures:
 Chemical/biological contamination.
 Remove and discard the chemical-protective helmet cover.
 Brush or rub chlorine-based decontaminant onto individual combat equipment.
 Gently shake off any excess chlorine-based decontaminant and set aside gear on an
uncontaminated surface (plastic, poncho, or similar material).
 Radiological contamination.
 Brush or wipe radiological contamination from gear.
 Wash with hot, soapy water and then set aside to dry on an uncontaminated surface (plastic,
poncho, or similar material).
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
(U) CAUTION
(U) It is vitally important that decontaminated individual combat
equipment is checked for contamination PRIOR to reissuance to
unprotected personnel.
(CUI) Use of field confirmatory detection equipment would provide
enough information to make risk based decisions.
(CUI) Personnel must wear protective equipment if contamination
remains after attempts are made to decontaminate it.
(U) MISSION-ORIENTED PROTECTIVE POSTURE DROP SITE CLOSURE

B-45. (U) The MOPP drop site closure includes cleanup, marking, and reporting. If operational conditions
allow, contaminated waste is collected and disposed of in accordance with HN agreements, U.S. policy, and
other policies and directives.
decontamination operations are concluded—
 Personnel managing the MOPP drop site collect discarded MOPP suits and other
contaminated equipment and material and dispose of it as contaminated waste.
 Personnel managing the MOPP drop site collect MOPP drop equipment (trashcans, mop
buckets, brushes, decontaminants, detectors, and other site equipment) and attempt to perform
object decontamination.
 Decontamination site equipment it is checked for contamination. If residual contamination is
present, site personnel attempt to decontaminate the equipment again.
 If the equipment cannot be decontaminated, it is discarded as contaminated waste.
 If the equipment is decontaminated adequately, the equipment is packed and stored for future
use.
 Marking. Once a MOPP drop site is cleared, it is marked using a marking kit or other means to
warn others of the hazard.
 Unmasking. When the MOPP drop site closure is complete, site management personnel either
perform MOPP gear exchange to continue operating in a contamination environment, or move
away from the decontamination area to a designated area and perform MOPP drop.
procedures.
requirements.
CUI
CUI

B-46. (U) The goal of object decontamination as a component of operational decontamination, is to continue
operations in a contaminated environment and assess the need to conduct further decontamination. It limits
the spread of contamination and to minimize the hazards to personnel, while allowing operations to continue.
Operational object decontamination includes tactical decontamination, vehicle wash-down, installation CCS
(vehicle monitoring), and aircraft wash-down.
B-47. (U) Depending on the nature of the contamination, immediate decontamination measures performed,
new contamination mitigation tools available, and other METT-T/METT-TC(I) factors, the commander has
a variety of options to consider for operational decontamination of equipment. CBRN personnel should be
prepared to advise the commander on how immediate decontamination measures and tools such as disclosure
sprays can influence decisions for operational decontamination. See table H-1, page H-1, for additional
information to understand new equipment such as disclosure sprays.
(U) TACTICAL DECONTAMINATION WITH CONTAMINATION

INDICATOR DECONTAMINATION ASSURANCE SYSTEM
B-48. (U) Tactical decontamination is described as decontamination activities performed after immediate
decontamination, normally within one to six hours. It is conducted with a specific package of equipment to
neutralize contamination from equipment, enabling the equipment to be employed while limiting spread and
transfer of contamination to clean areas.
B-49. (U) Tactical decontamination uses new equipment available: M339/M342 Contamination Indicator
Decontamination Assurance System (CIDAS); M333 chemical kit, decontamination using joint
general-purpose decontaminant (JGPD); and M334 decontamination kit, individual equipment. If using the
M339 small scale applicator, ensure this is applied to the equipment prior to immediate decontamination of
the equipment for operating wipe down/spray down, or spot decontamination procedures. Two applications
of M333 at 15-minute intervals provide the optimum neutralization effect. Tactical decontamination may be
conducted with MOPP gear exchange or MOPP drop.
B-50. (U) The equipment listed in table B-7, page B-24, is the equipment for decontamination of two vehicles
using the tactical decontamination method. Before performing these procedures, vehicles should be out of
contact and move to a safe location, upwind of possible contamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Table B-7. (U) Equipment required for tactical decontamination

UNCLASSIFIED
Equipment for Tactical Decontamination*
Crew Equipment Chemical agent detector
CSAM Bag 1 bag to hold all items (such as 8465-01-604-6541)
4 each M334, decontamination kit, individual equipment (also called JSEW)
4 each SSA kits of CIDAS (M339)
2 each sets of joint general purpose decontaminant 5-gallon size (M333)
1 each tarp
2 each pieces of sidewalk chalk
1 each 5-gallon decontamination sprayer assembly (8465-01-656-8915)
*A CSAM bag may be ordered by the unit containing the materials listed
Legend:
CSAM chemical self-assessment and mitigation
SSA small-scale applicator
UNCLASSIFIED
B-51. (U) The procedures in table B-8 outline a technique to perform decontamination of two vehicles using
the tactical decontamination method that includes CIDAS. Follow all steps as written. This is to mitigate
contamination to a nonlethal threshold not eliminate it. It is extremely important during Step 11 that
contamination is not transferred from outside the vehicle into the vehicle, so personnel should take time so
that they do not touch the outside of the suit with any part of their unprotected body. If both vehicles show
no color change, move to Step 11. The duffel bag, M333, spray bag with wand, M334 and water may be
brought back in the vehicle. The tarp should not be brought back into the vehicle.
Table B-8. (U) Steps for tactical decontamination
UNCLASSIFIED
Step Instructions
Step 1: Prepare Remove two CIDAS SSA from CSAM bag and use mixing procedure instructions to
CIDAS prepare CIDAS sets.
Mixing procedure:
• Remove bottle A1 and B1 from foil pouches. Set both bottles upright to prevent spills
and uncap.
• Open spout of A2 and add all liquid to bottle A1. Replace cap on bottle A1 and shake
until contents dissolve.
• Open spout on B2 and add all liquid to bottle B1. Remove B3 from pouch and uncap
(twist and pull). Add all B3 powder to bottle B1. Replace cap on bottle B1 and shake
until contents dissolve.
• Place bottle A1 and B1 with flat sides back-to-back. Remove caps. Ensure spray head
closure tabs are both open (pointing away from the spray head). Insert spray head into
bottles with labels aligned.
• Press spray head firmly onto bottles. Secure by turning both closure tabs ¼ turn
counter-clockwise towards safety latches. (Spray head is secure when tabs lock behind
safety latches)
• Repeat mixing procedure with second SSA sprayer.
• Place both back in CSAM bag.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table B-8. (U) Steps for tactical decontamination (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Step Instructions
Step 2: MOPP 4 Note. Conduct these steps prior to ramp being opened.
All crew members go to MOPP 4.
Step 3: Grab Buddy 2 grabs tarp from CSAM bag. Buddy 1 closes bag and prepares to exit vehicle.
supplies
Step 4: Exit Note. If (2) 5 Gallon water cans are inside vehicle, ensure team member place them
vehicle outside.
Buddy 1 and 2 exit the vehicle and close vehicle hatch.
Step 5: Prepare Buddy 2 lays out tarp on ground upwind from the vehicle. Buddy 1 places the CSAM
tarp bag on tarp.
Step 6: Applying Warning: CIDAS on any surface will cause a slip hazard.
CIDAS Note. CIDAS will begin to settle on the bottom, shake the bottle to re-suspend the
solution.
• Starting from the front of vehicle, both individuals use CIDAS and simultaneously
spray vehicle from front to rear maneuvering opposite of one another while observing
for color change.
• Buddy 2 climbs on top of vehicle with both sprayers and sprays all sensitive areas.
Step 7: Mark Note. It could take up to 5 minutes for any color change at sprayed locations.
contaminated • Circle any observed color change from yellow to red, indicating agent presence, with
areas chalk before CIDAS dries of loses color.
• If there are no positive indicators for nerve agent, continue to the next vehicle.
Step 8: M333 If color change is noted and circled during Step 7, mix M333 JGPD solution in 5-gallon
JGPD sprayer.
Preparation Preparation Instructions (M333 JGPD)
• Pour contents of N1 and N2 into 5-gallon spray bag.
• Fill Yellow Bag half way with water, then vigorously shake sprayer bag 10-15 seconds
until material is dissolved, fill until full and shake to completely mix solution. A small
amount of undissolved material will not affect performance.
Note. Use one M333 JGPD set in the 5-gallon sprayer bag for each vehicle. Brass
spray nozzle needs to be set on the two-hole setting.
Step 9: M333 Warning: M333 JGPD on any surface will cause a slip hazard.
JGPD application • Buddy 2 helps Buddy 1 put the sprayer bag on.
• Using sprayer bag, Buddy 1 sprays M333 JGPD in areas marked with chalk, then
moves on top of vehicle to continue decontamination.
Note. It is important that all the contaminated areas stay wet during the 30 minute.
neutralization (dwell) time. Re-application may be needed to keep contaminated areas
wet during the dwell time.
Step 10: Second • Proceed to the second vehicle and conduct Steps 6-9 using the second sets of CIDAS
vehicle and M333 JGPD.
• After vehicles have been decontaminated remove M334 DKIE from CSAM bag and
move to position behind assigned vehicle.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Table B-8. (U) Steps for tactical decontamination (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
Step 11: Reenter Note. Leave all remaining residue behind.
vehicle • With vehicle hatch/ramp open, start personal decontamination procedures using
JSEW one at a time.
• Loosen over boots to allow individual step out.
• Decontaminate gloves with JSEW.
• Remove MOPP suit and use inside of suit as clean surface to step on.
• Decontaminate gloves then mask with JSEW.
• Remove and discard protective gloves.
• Enter and close vehicle hatch/ramp.
Step 12: Final Warning: Keep mask on and don MOPP because agent may still be present.
check • Once inside vehicle, upgrade to MOPP 4.
•Use detector to check for presence of agent inside vehicle.
•If detector indicates positive for contamination use JSEW to neutralize contaminated
areas, remain in MOPP 4 and rejoin the higher element.
•If negative, request permission to begin unmasking procedures and rejoin higher
element.
Legend:
CSAM chemical self-assessment and mitigation
DKIE decontamination kit, individual equipment (also called JSEW)
JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminant
SSA small-scale applicator
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) TACTICAL DECONTAMINAITON WITHOUT CIDAS
B-52. (U) Tactical decontamination is performed after immediate decontamination to neutralize
contamination from equipment enabling the equipment to be employed in a clean operating environment.
Tactical decontamination removes and neutralized contamination in-stride, assuring mobility in support of
follow-on operations. Decisions to conduct either unmasking procedures, MOPP gear exchange or MOPP
drop is METT-T/METT-TC(I) dependent.
B-53. (U) Tactical decontamination depends on a system of systems approach to contamination mitigation.
Tactical decontamination will allow for the continuation of tactical/operational mission objectives in a lower
MOPP posture without the need for major decontamination operations for an extended period (8-12 hours).
B-54. (U) The tactical decontamination kit uses a layered approach to efficiently detect, identify, capture,
absorb, encapsulate, neutralize, and/or remove CB contamination. See table B-9 for the equipment contained
within the United States Marine Corps (USMC) tactical decontamination kit.
CUI
CUI
Table B-9. (U) USMC tactical decontamination kit
UNCLASSIFIED
Marine Corps Tactical Decontamination Kit
Equipment Issue
M256A2 Kit 1 kit per squad
Joint chemical agent detector 1 detector per squad
Radiation detector 1 detector per squad
M334, Joint service equipment wipe 1 packet per 5 personnel
M100 Sorbent decontamination system 1 kit per squad
M333, Joint general purpose decontaminant 1 5-gallon kit per dismounted / 2 5-gallon kit per mounted
decontamination sprayer assembly 1 per squad
Legend:
JCAD joint chemical agent detector
UDR radiation detection device
UNCLASSIFIED
B-55. (CUI) The tactical decontamination kit provides contamination mitigation capabilities to squad-sized
elements enabling quick recovery of combat power to achieve tactical advantages in the littorals and during
follow-on actions anticipated across the competition continuum. Tactical decontamination kits will be
packaged as a “go-bag” based on mission and threat to force. Marines will employ the tactical
decontamination kit to limit the spread and mitigate the effects of chemical contamination. See figure B-4,
page B-28, for a notional vignette for tactical decontamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Legend:
decon decontamination
GD nerve agent, Soman
ICE individual carrying equipment
JCAD joint chemical agent detector
Figure B-4. (CUI) Notional operational tactical decontamination vignette
(U) VEHICLE WASH-DOWN

B-56. (U) Vehicle wash-down allows a unit to remove gross contamination from equipment and reduce
contamination transfer and spread. It is performed when the mission does not permit thorough
decontamination. Vehicle wash-down is normally performed in conjunction with and downwind of MOPP
gear exchange or MOPP drop. Vehicle wash-down is most effective if performed within one hour of
contamination, as mission allows, but not to exceed 6 hours of being contaminated. Vehicle wash-down
consists of three phases—preparation, execution, and site closure.
(U) VEHICLE WASH-DOWN PREPARATION

B-57. (U) METT-T/METT-TC(I) dictates vehicle wash-down site setup size and location. Vehicles and
equipment are prepared for vehicle wash-down while in the staging area. If the interior of the vehicle is
contaminated, the crews dismount and proceed to MOPP gear exchange with all contaminated equipment,
CUI
CUI
including sensitive items. Crews do not reenter vehicles to prevent contamination spread into the vehicles’
interior.
(U) VEHICLE WASH-DOWN EXECUTION

B-58. (U) Vehicle wash-down may be accomplished by several different techniques depending on the
resources (personnel and decontaminants) available: soap and water, M333 JGPD, or STB wash-down. It
may either may be operated as supported or unsupported. A vehicle wash-down may be conducted with or
without standard decontamination equipment in a one- or multi-lane configuration. An unsupported
wash-down requires the contaminated unit to use its assigned decontamination apparatuses or other alternate
washing equipment that can produce 60 to 120 pounds per square inch of water pressure. The capacity to
heat water and inject soap increases the effectiveness of decontamination. A supported wash-down requires
decontamination equipment assets that are organic to the unit or from a supporting decontamination unit.
Table B-10 details general instructions for any of the vehicle wash-down procedures.
Table B-10. (U) Vehicle wash-down procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Steps Equipment Procedures
Marshalling area. None Personnel at the control point for
The unit is tactically dispersed. movement of vehicles and
Personnel at the control point direct personnel. If required, the crew (less
movement. drivers) moves to the MOPP gear
exchange area.
1. Button up. Available decontamination 1) Crew closes all access doors,
hatches, windows, and other openings.
2) Remove camouflage and cover
muzzles.
3) Using a sorbent decontaminant or
other decontaminant, the crew wipes
down commonly touched surfaces
(steering wheel, handles, knobs, radio
handset(s), pedals for example).
4) Move vehicle to the wash area on
order.
Check. This step can be used to detect actual locations of contamination and to make decisions on best use of
resources. CIDAS or chemical agent detectors can be used to detect and mark areas of contamination to focus
application of decontaminant. If vehicle is extensively contaminated decision may be made to change priority of
vehicle to conserve resources. Or if contamination is limited to very small area, it may be spot
decontaminated. A prewash may be conducted to remove interferants.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Table B-10. (U) Vehicle wash-down procedures (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
2. Wash down. Organic detection equipment 1) Using available detection systems,
Chalk, bar soap, marker personnel check for and marks
contamination. (Marking is performed
Ladder(s) (for taller vehicles) using a small bar of soap, chalk,
TAP apron or wet weather marker, etc.)
gear. 2) Personnel wash equipment from top
Delivery system (PDDE) that to bottom, avoiding spraying sensitive
delivers hot, soapy water or equipment and overspray. Particular
decontaminant. attention is paid to vehicle
Sufficient water, fuel, and undercarriages, wheel wells,
detergent for vehicles. commonly touched exterior vehicle
surfaces (handles, steps, mounting
ladders, weapons mounts, etc.) and
marked contaminated surface areas.
3) The decontamination crew wears a
TAP apron or wet-weather gear over
IPE.
Note. Overspray should be controlled

to avoid transferring contamination to
personnel or to areas outside of the
decontamination area.
3. Move to assembly area. Organic detection equipment 1) Vehicles move to the operational
Chalk, bar soap, marker decontamination assembly area and is
checked to determine if contamination
Ladder(s) for taller vehicles remains.
2) If contamination remains, it is
marked and routinely checked until it
weathers or is decontaminated.
Legend:
psi pounds per square inch
TAP toxicological agent protective
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Soap and Water Wash-Down
B-59. (U) The unit decontamination crew conducts the vehicle wash-down in the unit or activity operational
area. The crew moves to the operational decontamination site, conducts a rendezvous with the contaminated
element, and conducts the wash-down. The vehicle wash-down crew may use PDDE to spray of hot, soapy
water on each vehicle to wash off the gross contamination.
CUI
CUI
(U) CAUTION
(U) Linking up units during combat operations is extremely dangerous.
Passage into friendly lines processes and procedures are followed to
prevent fratricide. Refer to the OPORD for appropriate link up and
passage of lines instructions.
B-60. (U) Each vehicle receives a quick wash-down with hot, soapy water and moves to a point near the
MOPP gear exchange area or CCA. Alternatively, vehicles are washed with cold, soapy water or only cold
water when hot, soapy water is not available. When the squad or crew has finished, personnel remount the
vehicles and move into an after-decontamination AA to await further instructions or move to their next battle
position.
B-61. (U) The amount of water needed for operational decontamination varies based on equipment type,
equipment size, total number of personnel, and many other factors, including processing vehicles through the
decontamination site more than one time. Table B-11 provides estimated water consumption guidelines for
vehicle wash-down.
Table B-11. (U) Estimated operational decontamination water consumption
UNCLASSIFIED
Required
Time Water Consumption
Equipment
Operational Decontamination
PDDE (M26) 2-4 minutes for 14-28 gallons per regular vehicle
regular vehicle, 4-8 28-56 gallons per armored or larger vehicle
minutes for larger
vehicles
PDDE (M12) 2-3 minutes for 100-150 gallons per regular vehicle
If supported by regular vehicle, 3-4 150-200 gallons per armored or larger vehicle
heavy minutes for larger
decontamination vehicles
platoon.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Unsupported Wash-Down with M333, joint general-purpose decontainment

B-62. (U) The unit decontamination crew conducts this wash-down in the unit or activity operational area.
The decontamination crew uses organic PDDE to prewash the vehicles.
Note. (CUI) If M342, CIDAS large scale applicator is used for the check station, DO NOT USE
SOAP. Soap will cause an invalid response.
B-63. (U) Next, operators at a check station will use either M342, CIDAS large scale applicator or a detector
to check vehicle for contamination. Vehicles that are not contaminated may continue mission, vehicles that
are grossly contaminated may be segregated to be removed from the mission or referred for DED. Vehicles
may be spot decontaminated, or the decontamination team may employ a sprayer for M333, JGPD
application. If a second PDDE is available it may be used for M333, JGPD application or for rinse after
application. See table B-12, page B-32, for estimated supply consumption and figure B-5, page B-32, for an
example layout.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Table B-12. (U) Estimated supply consumption for vehicle wash-down with M333
UNCLASSIFIED
Prewash JGPD application Time Rinse Water estimate
(optional)
14-28 gallons of 1 kit = 25 lbs decontaminant 30 minutes of 14-28 gallons of Small – 53 gallons
water Added to 25 gallons of water contact time1 water
Medium – 68
Small (HMMWV) – 25 gallons gallons
Medium (MTV) – 40 gallons
Large (tank) – 60 gallons Large – 88 gallons
1
JGPD is reapplied of after 15 minutes
Legend:
JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminate
HMMWV high-mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicle
lbs pounds
MTV medium tactical vehicle
UNCLASSIFIED
Legend:
Figure B-5. (U) Unsupported vehicle wash-down with M333
(U) Supported Vehicle Wash-Down

B-64. (U) The first two steps of the supported wash-down with M333, JGPD application are the same as the
unsupported wash-down. The equipment is rinsed with the unit’s PDDE and assistance of a decontamination
squad element.
CUI
CUI
Note. (U) If M342, CIDAS large scale applicator is used for the check station, DO NOT USE
SOAP. Soap will cause a false indication.
B-65. (U) Next, operators at a check station will use either M342, CIDAS large scale applicator or a detector
to check vehicle for contamination. Vehicles that are not contaminated may continue mission, vehicles that
are grossly contaminated may be segregated to be removed from the mission or referred for DED. Vehicles
may be spot decontaminated, or the decontamination team uses the second PDDE for JGPD application. The
decontamination squad’s PDDE is used for the rinse station. The extra personnel and equipment allow for
the vehicles to be checked again after the rinse. The decontamination squad also provides water resupply
resources. See figure B-6 for an example of the set-up.
Legend:
TPU tank and pump unit
Figure B-6. (U) Supported vehicle wash-down
B-66. (U) Vehicles that have gone through vehicle wash-down can present a contact or an off-gas hazard.
After vehicle wash-down is complete, vehicles are marked to distinguish clean, uncontaminated vehicles
from decontaminated vehicles. While this marking scheme may require additional time and resources, it
furthers contamination mitigation efforts and allows for a more flexible MOPP posture due to the heightened
awareness of where the contamination is. Marked contaminated equipment also can also be segregated and
used exclusively in contaminated areas.
(U) VEHICLE WASH-DOWN SITE CLOSURE

B-67. (U) The vehicle wash-down site closure includes cleanup, marking, and reporting. If operational
conditions allow, contaminated waste is collected and disposed of in accordance with HN agreements, U.S.
policy, and other policies and directives.
decontamination is concluded—
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
 Personnel managing the vehicle wash-down site collect discarded canvas, equipment and
vehicle covers, and other contaminated equipment and material and dispose of it as
contaminated waste.
 Personnel managing the vehicle wash-down site collect vehicle wash-down equipment
(trashcans, mop buckets, ladders, brushes, decontaminants, detectors, PDDE, and other site
equipment) and attempt to perform object decontamination.
 Decontamination site equipment is checked for contamination. If residual contamination is
use.
 Marking. Once a vehicle wash-down site is cleared, it is marked using a marking kit or other
 Unmasking. When the vehicle wash-down site closure is complete, site management personnel
either proceed to the MOPP gear exchange site to continue operating in a contamination
environment or move away from the decontamination area to the MOPP drop site to perform
MOPP drop.
procedures.
requirements.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION (VEHICLE

MONITORING)
B-68. (U) A contamination control vehicle monitoring station provides stations and installations with a
vehicle and equipment gross radiological decontamination removal capability. It is imperative to personnel
safety that a CCS be established, and operating while personnel are in the radioactively contaminated area.
The CCS is established on-site beginning with the initial reconnaissance. It remains available through the
response task force’s final recovery operations.
Note. (U) The CCS, vehicle monitoring is suitable for use by all Services involved with responding
to nuclear weapon and radiological material accidents. These standard procedures enable
integration with other responding entities and maximizes unity of effort.
B-69. (U) After an incident occurs and initial response is complete first response vehicles such as fire trucks
and ambulances are the foremost decontamination priority. This ensures that emergency response personnel
can respond to other incidents outside of the contaminated area without transferring and spreading
contamination.
CUI
CUI
Note. (U) Check civilian vehicles and occupants for contamination prior to redirecting them away
from first responder or DOD processing points or CCSs. Redirect the public to alternate
decontamination stations, per established standard operating procedures and in conjunction with
local law enforcement.
B-70. (U) Once a nuclear weapons accident or radiological incident occurs, external vehicle and equipment
surfaces and air filters may be contaminated by airborne contamination. Vehicles’ wheel wells, tires, and rear
axles may be contaminated from driving across contaminated areas. Unless the vehicles windows were down
or its air vents were open, interior contamination most likely exists where vehicle occupants commonly touch,
for example, floorboards, seats, steering wheel, knobs, and handles.
B-71. (U) Monitoring and decontaminating vehicles is time consuming and may not yield a “clean” vehicle.
It is important to perform decontamination as soon as the mission allows, prior to radiological materials
bonding to vehicle paint. Once bonded, decontamination becomes very difficult to perform.
B-72. (U) Recommend individuals drive to multiple collection sites, park, and transfer to commuter buses to
move to CCS areas. The vehicles may be monitored, time permitting, without spreading contamination.
B-73. (U) Vehicles used by the response force in a radiologically contaminated area can remain within the
contaminated area for future use and do not require immediate monitoring or decontamination. The CCS
vehicle monitoring consists of three phases—preparation, execution, and site closure.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION VEHICLE MONITORING PREPARATION

B-74. (U) Emergency management personnel establish a contamination control vehicle monitoring station
within the nuclear weapon accident or radiological materials accident site’s designated warm zone. Multiple
CCS sites are set up as resources and the mission allows. The CCS is set up near a water source and good
drainage and in accordance with METT-T/METT-TC(I) and decontamination principles. Figure B-7, page
B-36, depicts a single lane vehicle CCS.
B-75. (U) Contamination control is challenging in an urban environment. Contamination control wastewater
areas or other containment efforts may be required to prevent contamination from contaminating potable
water sources. Coordination with local first response agencies and local governments may be necessary to
ensure contamination control procedures are performed in accordance with local laws and regulations.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Figure B-7. (U) Vehicle contamination control station
B-76. (U) Wastewater mitigation considerations include—

 Wastewater management. Sewer drains should be plugged, and a system for containing
discarded wastewater should be established using a temporary berm. Ensure the ground slope
allows the runoff to flow to the downwind side of the washing operation, but still be retained in
the area. All wastewater used in the decontamination process needs to be collected and tested.
 Wastewater storage. Wastewater storage tanks should be available to store runoff. In areas where
sufficient natural drainage exists to carry wastewater away from the operation, wastewater lagoons
could be constructed to provide a holding area for the wastewater, pending proper disposal. If
lagoons are used, they should be established downwind of the decontamination area, properly
marked, and fenced. Because of the large construction requirements, lagoons should only be used
as a last resort.
 Wastewater Collection System. The design of the collection system largely depends on the
specific site conditions such as the slope of the land, soil composition, and wind direction. Planners
should also consider piping and sump pumps to move contaminated water into storage tanks or a
holding lagoon. The quantity and selection of piping and pumps depend on the slope and distance
from the decontamination pad to the holding tanks.
CUI
CUI
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION VEHICLE MONITORING EXECUTION

B-77. (U) CCS vehicle monitoring is executed in five steps. Table B-13 provides these procedures.
Table B-13. (U) Contamination control station vehicle monitoring procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
1. Vehicles proceed from the None Personnel direct movement out of the
contamination area to the contaminated area.
contamination control station vehicle
monitoring area and prepares for
wash-down.
2. Initial Monitoring Service specific radiological 1) The decontamination crew closes all
detection systems access doors, hatches, windows, and other
openings.
2) Contamination is located and marked.
3) The vehicle moves to the wash area on
order.
3. Wash Area Delivery system (PDDE) that 1) Personnel wash equipment from top to
delivers hot, soapy water. bottom paying particular attention to vehicle
Sufficient water, fuel, and undercarriages, tires, wheel wells, rear end.
detergent. TAP aprons or Decontamination personnel wear TAP
other wet-weather gear. aprons or wet-weather gear over protective
equipment, if required.
2) Air cabin filter(s) and engine filters are
replaced, as required.
3) Commonly touched areas (door handles,
steering wheel, gear selectors, switches,
floorboards, seats, radio handsets, for
example) are decontaminated with hot
soapy water.
4. Final Monitoring Service specific radiological The vehicle is monitored for contamination
detection systems and rerouted to the wash area for additional
decontamination, as required.
5. Vehicles move to the clean area None On order, decontaminated vehicles move
from the vehicle wash-down station to the
clean area to resume operations.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION VEHICLE MONITORING SITE CLOSURE

B-78. (U) The contamination control vehicle monitoring station site closure includes cleanup, marking, and
reporting. If operational conditions allow, contaminated waste is collected and disposed of in accordance
with federal, state, local and tribal law, HN agreements, U.S. environmental policy, and other DOD policies
and directives.
decontamination is concluded—
 Personnel managing the contamination control vehicle monitoring station site collect
discarded canvas, equipment and vehicle covers, and other contaminated equipment and
material and disposes it as contaminated waste.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
 Personnel managing the contamination control vehicle monitoring station site wash-down
equipment (trashcans, mop buckets, ladders, brushes, decontaminants, detectors, PDDE, and
other site equipment) and attempt to perform object decontamination.
 Decontamination site equipment it is checked for contamination. If residual contamination is
use.
 When the CCS vehicle monitoring station site closure is complete, site management personnel
proceed to the CCA.
 Marking. Once a vehicle wash-down site is cleared, it is marked using a marking kit or other
 Unmasking. Personnel move upwind to a designated clean area, remove their contaminated
equipment following MOPP drop procedures, and unmask.
procedures.
Additional Federal, state, city, or tribal reporting may be required based on local laws and
regulations.
(U) AIRCRAFT WASH-DOWN

B-79. (U) Commanders conduct aircraft wash-down to minimize contact hazards, accelerate the weathering
process, and limit cross contamination of mission-critical resources. The primary objective of aircraft wash-
down is to ensure aircrew safety and maintain sustained sortie generation.
B-80. (U) Aircraft wash-down is accomplished by decontaminating surfaces (exterior and interior) that must
be touched during aircraft servicing and operations. It is performed within one to six hours of aircraft being
contaminated, as operational conditions allow. Aircraft wash-down coupled with weathering can speed the
decontamination process and may allow the aircraft to be operated and maintained in reduced aircrew IPE or
MOPP levels.
B-81. (U) Aviation crews and maintenance personnel are the primary personnel who perform aircraft wash-
down. They may require support from CBRN specialists and other personnel.
B-82. (U) The following procedures apply to ejection seat aircraft, large-frame aircraft, and helicopters.
Detailed aspects of specific operational personnel and equipment procedures for air and naval forces are
addressed in Service specific manuals. Additional information is available within STANAG 2471.
B-83. (U) Aerial ports of embarkation and aerial ports of debarkation concentrate the decontamination efforts
on operational decontamination during hostilities. Thorough and clearance decontamination are generally
conducted following the end of hostilities. The magnitude of this effort depends upon the type and
concentration of contamination, mission requirements, and available resources. Commanders conduct
operational decontamination to minimize contact hazards, accelerate the weathering process, and limit cross
contamination of mission-critical resources. Performing aircraft wash-down within one to six hours of
contamination speeds the weathering process and may allow the aircraft to be operated and maintained in
reduced aircrew IPE or MOPP levels. Aircraft operational decontamination is accomplished by
decontaminating surfaces (exterior and interior) that must be touched during aircraft servicing and operations.
Aircraft wash-down consists of three phases—preparation, execution, and site closure.
CUI
CUI
(U) AIRCRAFT WASH-DOWN PREPARATION

B-84. (U) Although intended to be accomplished in a more expedient and spontaneous manner, as compared
to thorough decontamination operations, staffs should not disregard the significance of meticulous
preparatory activities have to enable effective operational decontamination operations. Staff concerns should
include site selection criteria, water consumption and control, and equipment requirements, as follows:
 Areas. Multiple areas are set up, marked, and maintained within zones to effectively control or
eliminate cross contamination. The locations depend on the operating cycle, the area available
(facility or ship), and the type of aircraft being decontaminated. Figure B-8 and figure B-9, page
B-40 depict examples of stationary aircraft decontamination areas.
 Water. The site should have sufficient fresh water to wet the entire exterior of the aircraft. For
planning purposes, the following recommendations are provided: CH-46E, 250 gallons; CH-53E,
350 gallons; F/A-18, 300 gallons; and C-130, 800 gallons.
Note. (U) Water requirements are approximations. The water requirements for specific aircraft is
based on the surface area compared to the recommended water volumes for the aircraft examples
provided.
 Equipment. Washing equipment that can produce 60 to 120 pounds per square inch of water
pressure is preferred. The capacity to heat water and inject soap increases the effectiveness. The
lack of pressurized washing equipment decreases the effectiveness of the wash-down and may
require scrubbing to achieve the desired effect. The PDDE, standard water pumps and pressure
washers, and firefighting equipment are examples of standard and field-expedient equipment.
(U) CAUTION
(U) The M26 PDDE standard system configuration produces a pound
per square inch of 50, which is too high for some aircraft use. Some of
the newer aircrafts require a lower pound per square inch of no more
than 40. To reach lower desired pound per square inch for specific
aircraft use, it is recommended that the users utilize the variable
aperture nozzles and aviation nozzle to deliver similar spray spans for
M26 systems configured for low pressure operation with decontaminant.
For more information see TM 3-4230-238-10.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
Legend:
ECP entry control point
Figure B-8. (U) Aircraft operational decontamination site layout
Legend:
PDDE power-driven decontaminating equipment
Figure B-9. (U) Helicopter operational decontamination site layout
CUI
CUI
 Decontamination area or pad. Decontamination area or pad. A suitable remote site that is at least
152.4 meters (500 feet) away from all other flight line activities is selected to conduct aircraft
decontamination. The decontamination pad should have enough area so that all the drainage and
wastewater runoff is collected and contained. The establishment and enforcement of an entry
control point is required to control and monitor access to the decontamination pad.
 Containment area. An aircraft wash-down containment area is large enough to completely cover
the ground under the entire aircraft and catch all the contaminated runoff water. The construction
of the pad is of a waterproof material (vinyl, plastic, or tarp) with suitable sides (berm) to control
and contain the water or decontaminant runoff.
 Aircraft wash-down sites established at wash racks require a containment feature (such as
sandbags, sand-filled fire hoses, or commercially available containment berms or pools) that
is large enough to accommodate the aircraft being washed and to prevent runoff from
spreading contamination.
 The pad size varies based on the type of aircraft requiring decontamination and is built to
accommodate the largest known contaminated aircraft. Sample aircraft sizes and
recommended pad containment areas are given in table B-14.
Table B-14. (U) Recommended decontamination pad sizes for fixed wing aircraft
UNCLASSIFIED
Aircraft Length Wingspan Recommended Pad
C-5 247 feet 10 inches 222 feet 9 inches 270 feet × 250 feet
C-141 168 feet 4 inches 160 feet 180 feet × 180 feet
KC-135E 136 feet 3 inches 130 feet 10 inches 160 feet × 160 feet
UNCLASSIFIED
 Overspray or splatter hazard area. Another factor to consider is the potential for an overspray
or splatter hazard during decontamination operations. The liquid containment system associated
with a ground barrier is designed to allow the wastewater collection in an appropriate container,
pending further analysis and proper disposal. If possible, establish the decontamination area at a
20° angle to the prevailing winds. Using this method, the concentration of trailing vapor hazards
should be significantly reduced.
 Site. Sewer drains are plugged, and a system for containing discarded wastewater is established
using a temporary berm. Ensure the ground slope allows the runoff to flow to the downwind side
of the washing operation. Runoff is retained in the area so other containment areas are not crossed.
All wastewater used in the decontamination process is collected and tested to determine
contamination levels.
 Wastewater storage. Wastewater storage tanks should be available to store runoff. In areas where
sufficient natural drainage exists to carry wastewater away from the operation, wastewater lagoons
are constructed to provide a holding area for the wastewater, pending proper disposal. If lagoons
are used, they are established downwind of the decontamination area, properly marked, and
fenced. Because of the large construction requirements, lagoons are to be used as a last resort.
 Collection system. The design of the collection system largely depends on the specific site
conditions such as the slope of the land, soil composition, and wind direction. Planners should
also consider piping and sump pumps to move contaminated water into storage tanks or a holding
lagoon. The quantity and selection of piping and pumps depend on the slope and distance from
the decontamination pad to the holding tanks.
CUI
CUI
Appendix B
(U) AIRCRAFT WASH-DOWN EXECUTION

B-85. (U) Aircraft wash-down techniques are employed to reduce the levels of contamination on the aircraft
between sorties (when time allows). An aircraft wash-down is performed as a minimum contamination
reduction measure when time does not permit a more extensive decontamination. Aircraft wash-down
procedures include the following:
 All personnel involved in the aircraft wash-down wear the appropriate IPE prior to the aircraft
entering the decontamination site. Wet-weather clothing or toxicological agent protective aprons
worn over IPE is recommended to prevent the saturation of the non-aircrew protective ensemble.
 Personnel place the appropriate barrier and contamination hazard markings prior to commencing
the wash-down. They erect barriers to isolate the decontamination site. Appropriate CBRN
contamination markers are attached to the rope barrier to warn personnel of a contamination
hazard.
 Aircraft stands or ladders are available to spray areas inaccessible from the ground or deck. As a
last resort, decontamination personnel can climb on the aircraft.
 The aircraft is towed or taxied into position.
 The aircrew egress. If contaminated, the aircrew remains with the aircraft in IPE or are directed to
a personnel decontamination site to remove contaminated IPE and flight gear.
 The crew closes all the aircraft’s hatches, doors, and windows.
 Warm, soapy water is applied to the aircraft. Spray is applied to the aircraft working upwind to
downwind and top to bottom. Do not neglect the landing gear and the belly of the aircraft.
(U) CAUTION
(U) 1) Consult the appropriate aircraft maintenance publications for
areas that can be damaged by the application of water spray.
(U) 2) Prepare these areas for aircraft wash-down as specified in
TMs/TOs for normal washing.
(U) 3) Angle spray streams from 15- to 30- degrees from surface to avoid
water being forced behind panel seams and to prevent damage to
sensitive aircraft components.
(U) 4) Ensure that only approved aircraft cleaners are used.
(U) 5) Control overspray to avoid transferring contamination to
personnel or to areas outside of the decontamination barrier.
 Rinse. Perform this optional step for corrosion control purposes if time allows.
 Check the interior for liquid or solid contamination. If contamination is discovered, spot
decontaminate by wiping with rags dipped in warm, soapy water or another approved aircraft
cleaner.
 Move the aircraft to an area where it can weather.
 Repeat all previous steps as required.
CUI
CUI
(U) AIRCRAFT WASH-DOWN SITE CLOSURE

B-86. (U) At the end of the decontamination procedures, the decontamination pad is cleaned with a standard
or nonstandard decontamination solution to ensure that contamination is neutralized. Additionally, planners
should consider removing and replacing all concrete joint- or crack-sealing materials. Closure steps include—
 Clean up. Bag and dispose of unserviceable items and decontamination materials at the
conclusion of decontamination actives to prevent the transfer and spread of contamination.
 Marking. Mark the decontamination site.
 Unmasking. As conditions allow, personnel move upwind to a designated clean area, remove their
contaminated equipment following MOPP drop procedures, and unmask.
procedures.
 Reporting. Submit a CBRN 5 report once aircraft wash-down site activities are concluded.
(CUI) CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOURTH GENERATION AGENTS

B-87. (CUI) Standard decontaminants, (such as STB slurry, household chlorine bleach [5 percent], high test
hypochlorite [HTH]), are effective (using the contact times prescribed in the doctrine, TMs or TOs) at
removing and neutralizing FGA from equipment. Soapy water is also effective for removing, but not for
neutralizing, FGA. Limited fielded and commercially marketed decontaminants, such as 5 percent caustic
soda (sodium hydroxide), are also effective. Toxic effluents can be managed by adding HTH or STB to run-
off. However, the low volatility of the agent and the lack of FGA chemical signatures embedded within
commonly fielded vapor detectors makes residuals difficult to detect and decontamination results difficult to
verify.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) Thorough Decontamination
(U) Appendix C includes thorough decontamination general guidelines, planning and

execution considerations and TTP. This appendix includes two sections providing TTP
for personnel and object decontamination including preparation, execution and site
closure TTP for each of the different techniques.

C-1. (U) Thorough decontamination is the decontamination carried out by a unit to reduce contamination
on personnel, equipment, materiel, and/or working areas equal to natural background or to the lowest possible
levels, to permit the partial or total removal of IPE and to maintain operations with minimum degradation
(JP 3-11). Thorough decontamination techniques include: DTD, DED, DAD, CCA, and CCS. Table C-1
provides a quick reference directory of thorough decontamination procedures.
Table C-1. (U) Appendix C directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Topic Starting Paragraph Starting Page in
Appendix
Planning Considerations C-2 C-2
Support C-8 C-3
Thorough decontamination preparation C-12 C-4
Thorough decontamination execution C-20 C-6
Thorough decontamination site closure C-21 C-7
Sustainment Considerations C-22 C-8
Risk Management C-27 C-10
Chemical C-29 C10
Radiological C-31 C-10
Section I: Personnel Decontamination C-32 C-11
Detailed troop decontamination preparation C-33 C-11
DTD logistics C-38 C-12
DTD execution C-41 C-13
DTD site closure C-76 C-27
Contamination control area procedures C-77 C-27
Open air CCS preparation C-78 C-27
Open air CCA execution C-92 C-32
Open air CCA site closure C-95 C-39
Contamination control station C-96 C-39
CCS preparation C-97 C-41
CCS execution C-101 C-43
CCS site closure C-102 C-45
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 C-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-1. (U) Appendix C directory (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Topic Starting Paragraph Starting Page in
Appendix
Section II: Object Decontamination C-104 C-45
Detailed equipment decontamination C-105 C-45
DED preparation C-109 C-46
DED site execution C-114 C-49
Modified DED site execution C-136 C-55
DED site closure C-144 C-58
Detailed aircraft decontamination C-146 C-59
DAD preparation C-153 C-60
DAD execution C-156 C-61
DAD site closure C-162 C-69
Shipboard/maritime decontamination C-163 C-69
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED

C-2. (U) A thorough decontamination operation allows a unit to mitigate the effects of a CBRN incident by
removing or reducing agents or hazards to negligible levels. It is difficult for a single unit to perform thorough
decontamination by itself. Thorough decontamination requires cross-staff coordination, a great amount of
resources, and resource support from various external organizations. Depending on the type of and severity
of contamination, thorough decontamination can remove an organization from its primary mission for
extended periods of time; therefore, the commander and CBRN staff consider executing an operation this
extensive based on METT-T/METT-TC(I). While thorough decontamination typically occurs in a permissive
and secure environment, site security is always required.
C-3. (CUI) While conducting thorough decontamination, contaminated units are considered non-mission
capable. An assessment and recovery team ensures that the material and equipment are available for the
decontamination operation as a part of the reconstitution effort.
C-4. (U) The USN, USMC, and the United States Air Force (USAF) do not have standing CBRN support
units to perform thorough decontamination. The U.S. Army has standing CBRN units who perform and
support thorough decontamination.
C-5. (U) Decontamination site planning is integrated into the tactical plan. Subordinate units review their
HHQ decontamination plan. The plan should address priorities and establish time, locations, and cleanliness
standards. Commanders determine acceptable cleanliness levels and determine recycle criteria based on
operational requirements and the risk threshold acceptance. METT-T/METT-TC(I) influences when and
where decontamination is performed. Since decontamination assets are limited, the commander establishes
decontamination support priorities. Units are prioritized in the order they should be decontaminated.
Priorities change from phase to phase during an operation. The CBRN staff develops support priorities based
on the commander's priorities and operational requirements. If additional decontamination sites or assets are
required, subordinate units should request them from their HHQ.
C-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
C-6. (U) A supported/supporting relationship is established prior to conducting thorough decontamination

operations. Delineating supported unit and supporting agencies’ roles and responsibilities ensure that
collaborative mutually supporting relationship exists between the supported unit and supporting agencies
throughout the conduct of thorough decontamination operations. Depending on the magnitude of the CBRN
incident, a joint task force may be established to provide thorough decontamination operations C2.
C-7. (U) Planning considerations for decontamination in extreme cold conditions begins with proper care
of equipment. The PDDE needs to be kept in a temperature-controlled environment for diesel engines to
work well.
(U) SUPPORT
C-8. (U) The decontamination unit leader determines the support requirements needed to operate the
decontamination site. Engineers are requested to dig sumps, improve access to the site, and dig water runoff
ditches. Air defense, maneuver forces or military police are requested to provide security. Medical support
is also requested. Depending on the operational situation and the threat, some thorough decontamination sites
may be prepared in advance. Routes are established and published in the OPORD, leading the contaminated
unit to a designated linkup point.
C-9. (U) The decontamination support request includes the type and extent of contamination, the unit’s
current location, the unit's ability to perform the current mission while contaminated, and the time the unit
becomes ineffective in combat. Decontamination support requests contain several essential elements of
information to assist the CBRN staff and the decontamination unit leader in coordinating the decontamination
operation. These essential elements of information include the following:
 Designation of the contaminated unit.
 Location of the contaminated unit.
 Time the unit became contaminated.
 Time the unit can move to the established linkup point.
 Contaminated unit's frequency and call sign to facilitate initial linkup.
 Type of contamination.
 Types of and total number of equipment requiring decontamination.
 Total number of personnel requiring decontamination.
 Total number of contaminated casualties.
 Special requirements (for example, patient decontamination station, recovery assets, unit
decontamination team).
 Activities taken to mitigate the contamination.
C-10. (U) The contaminated unit issues an OPORD or fragmentary order to the CBRN unit for support. The
supported unit assists the CBRN decontamination element with augmentees. The CBRN unit’s
decontamination element is given a warning order to conduct a decontamination operation. Subsequent
warning orders provide more detailed information.
C-11. (U) The contaminated unit is responsible for personnel decontamination (DTD). Contaminated units
may ask the decontamination unit to supply heated water to use at the DTD for equipment decontamination.
The decontamination unit may be asked to place a fabric water storage tank from the platoon and fill it with
the estimated quantity of water needed for the DTD mission. After water is placed in the fabric water storage
tank, the platoon will use an available powered decontamination system to preheat the water. This warm
water will be carried by the DTD station members in trashcans or buckets to their DTD stations. After the
used water is dumped in a discard sump, the DTD station attendants will return to the water storage tank to
refill their trashcans or buckets. At the end of mission, the fabric water storage tank will be checked and
cleaned of any hazards, drained, packed, and carried carefully without recontamination to the
decontamination platoon for follow-on missions.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) THOROUGH DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

C-12. (U) The supporting unit’s CBRN staff, in coordination with the intelligence section the operations
section, and the logistics section, select possible thorough decontamination sites throughout the unit
operational area, based on factors such as the decontamination type, terrain, mission, threat, road network,
road trafficability, and water availability.
C-13. (U) The supporting decontamination leader conducts a reconnaissance of the designated
decontamination sites. Since the decontamination sites are initially selected by map reconnaissance, the
actual site may not be suitable. If the selected site cannot support decontamination operations, the CBRN unit
leader attempts to find another site close to the original site and notifies the supported unit and HHQs of the
change. A decontamination platoon performs site reconnaissance to validate the decontamination site is
suitable and once validated, linkup points are chosen to support each site. A site may have more than one
linkup point.
C-14. (U) Depending on the operational situation and the threat, some DED sites may be prepared in advance.
Routes are established and published in the OPORD, leading the contaminated unit to the linkup point. The
exact layout of a thorough decontamination site is determined by METT-T/METT-TC(I). The basic layout is
depicted in figure C-1.
(U) CAUTION
(U) It is very dangerous when units link up and or pass friendly lines
during combat operations. Follow linkup and passage of lines processes
and procedures defined in the OPORD to prevent fratricide.
Figure C-1. (U) Thorough decontamination site
CUI
CUI
C-15. (U) After thorough decontamination activities, the unit moves out of the decontamination site into a
tactical AA. The unit, while in this tactical AA, may undergo further reconstitution or may prepare for future
operations. A thorough decontamination site is prepared to consist of four areas: pre-decontamination staging
area, DED site, DTD site, and post-decontamination staging area.
C-16. (U) Support assets are sent to the decontamination site and the thorough decontamination site is
established. Establishing site in extreme cold may require additional preparations to ensure equipment works.
Bypass loops can be established to continuously recirculate decontaminant to the supply drum and help
prevent hoses from freezing. Additionally, high pressure hoses freeze quickly and should be kept off the
ground to prevent them from freezing. Once the decontamination site is fully operational, notification is sent
to the HHQ, and the decontamination leader moves to the linkup point. Contaminated units are directed to
the decontamination site’s linkup points. Units do not proceed directly to the decontamination site. The
decontamination element coordinates the movement of the contaminated unit from the linkup point to the
site. The decontamination leader is responsible for the pre-decontamination area and for processing vehicles.
C-17. (U) The contaminated unit uses the pre-decontamination staging area to ready itself to proceed through
thorough decontamination. It moves to the pre-decontamination staging area which is established about 500
meters downwind of the thorough decontamination site. It is large enough to hold the entire contaminated
unit and to provide proper cover and concealment while the unit is undergoing thorough decontamination.
The contaminated unit performs pre-decontamination actions, to include checking for contamination,
marking, and segregating vehicles.
C-18. (U) After linkup is achieved and all support assets are in position, the actual decontamination operation
begins. The decontamination platoon leader, with help from the commander of the contaminated unit or the
supported unit C2 cell, supervises the decontamination operation. All equipment not necessary for
decontamination operations is staged in a contamination free area to prevent it from becoming contaminated.
C-19. (U) Vehicles and personnel exiting the DED and DTD areas link up at the post-decontamination AA
before leaving the thorough decontamination site. Table C-2, page C-6, details thorough decontamination
preparation phase activities. Additional considerations include—
 The CBRN unit leader, in conjunction with the supported unit, selects the general location for the
post-decontamination AA. The post decontamination AA is large enough to hold the entire
contaminated unit and provide proper cover and concealment for the contaminated unit
undergoing thorough decontamination. The post-decontamination AA is located about 1 kilometer
upwind from the DED and DTD areas.
 The unit assembles in the post-decontamination AA after completing the DTD and DED
operations and occupies the post-decontamination AA until the entire unit has gone through
decontamination. Once decontamination is complete it is instructed to move to a reconstitution
location or a tactical AA to prepare for operations.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-2. (U) Thorough decontamination preparation phase

UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Decontamination The contaminated unit identifies the total number of personnel and equipment and type of
assessment equipment requiring decontamination. The contaminated unit determines if casualty
decontamination is required and the types of casualties requiring decontamination.
Coordination The contaminated unit requests decontamination support. Once a decontamination site is
identified, the controlling unit’s CBRN section coordinates a linkup point with the contaminated
unit. The controlling unit’s CBRN section also coordinates resource provisioning with the staff
the operations and logistics sections for security, CASEVAC support, and resupply.
Site selection The controlling headquarters ensures that the site:
(selected by the Is off the main route, but is easily accessible for the type of vehicles being decontaminated.
controlling (This is especially important for larger vehicles and vehicles pulling large trailers.)
headquarters)
Is large enough.
Has good overhead concealment.
Has access to a large water sources (for example river, pond, or public water system).
Has good drainage.
If casualty decontamination is being performed in conjunction with thorough decontamination,
sufficient area is required for HLZ to facilitate air CASEVAC.
Linkup The controlling headquarters ensures that its supporting unit:
Knows the contaminated linkup point.
Knows the operational decontamination site location.
Has net identification numbers/radio frequencies/channels to establish and maintain
communications with the controlling headquarters and the supported unit. (Radio
communication is critical to prevent fratricide, link up units, and successfully perform thorough
decontamination, especially for large units requiring decontamination support.)
Site setup The controlling headquarters:
Ensures that the decontamination element is positioned properly and ready to dispense hot,
soapy water or other decontaminants.
Supports establishing a casualty decontamination site.
Considers contamination runoff when positioning the decontamination element.
Note. When using a decontaminant solution in a bucket for cutting tools on the decontamination line, immersion alone
may not eliminate the contamination and transfer could occur. Depending on the source of the contamination, wipes or
replacement of the tools may need to be considered.
Legend:
CASEVAC casualty evacuation
HLZ hasty landing zone
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) THOROUGH DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

C-20. (U) The contaminated unit commander assesses the situation and reports it to HHQ requesting
decontamination support. The actual thorough decontamination operation begins once pre-decontamination
is complete. Table C-3 provides a brief overview of thorough decontamination execution activities. Site-
specific procedures are discussed later in this appendix.
CUI
CUI
Table C-3. (U) Thorough decontamination execution

UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Site control Supported unit/supporting unit command relationships are solidified and are executed.
Decontamination and reconstitution objectives are identified. Logistics support is
coordinated. Security is established by the supported unit.
DED Vehicles and equipment are decontaminated to negligible levels. Work/rest schedules are
established. Quality control measures are implemented to ensure that field confirmatory
detection equipment would provide enough information to make risk-based decisions.
Lanes are established to reroute contaminated equipment back to Station 2 for CB and
Station 1 for radiological contamination. Water and resupply lanes are established to
sustain decontamination operations.
DTD Personnel systematically remove IPE. Individual combat equipment is decontaminated.
Quality control is established ensuring that liquid contamination does not go beyond the
liquid contamination control line. Lines are adjusted if contamination passes control lines.
CCA Personnel complete CCA at the rate of approximately 30 minutes per group.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) THOROUGH DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

C-21. (U) The site closure phase includes cleanup, marking, unmasking, and reporting. METT-T/
METT-TC(I) will dictate the cleanup requirements. Contaminated waste is disposed of in site sumps and in
accordance with HN, theater, environmental, and operational requirements. Site specific closure procedures
are discussed in table C-4 and later in this appendix.
Table C-4. (U) Thorough decontamination site closure
UNCLASSIFIED
Area Actions
Cleanup DTD and DED sites are properly closed ensuring appropriate hazard waste disposal.
Marking The decontamination site is marked (Supporting Unit)
Reporting Send the CBRN 5 Report forward. (Supporting Unit)

Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) SUSTAINMENT CONSIDERATIONS

C-22. (U) DTD, DED, CCA, and DAD are conducted as part of force reconstitution efforts during breaks in
combat operations. DTD, DED, CCA and DAD require immense logistic support and are manpower
intensive.
C-23. (U) Reconstitution is 1) actions taken to rapidly restore functionality to an acceptable level for a
particular mission, operation, or contingency after severe degradation (JP 3-14), 2) those actions, including
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
regeneration and reorganization, commanders plan and implement to restore units to a desired level of combat
effectiveness commensurate with mission requirements and available resources (JP 3-02), 3) in maritime pre-
positioning force operations, the methodical approach to restore the maritime pre-positioned equipment and
supplies aboard the maritime pre-positioning ships squadron to full mission-capable status (JP 3-02).
C-24. (U) Commanders use METT-T/METT-TC(I) and CBRN principles to determine what reconstitution
activities will take place with thorough decontamination. Reconstitution activities performed during thorough
decontamination operation might include—
 Replacing personnel who may have become injured or ill during decontamination operations.
 Reordering supplies (for example, detector paper, decontaminants, decontamination kits,
protection equipment and supplies, filters, and apparatuses).
 Maintaining or repairing vehicles and equipment, including recalibration or replacement of
detectors and alarms.
 Marking used decontamination sites and selecting new decontamination sites, reporting old and
new decontamination sites, and recording and reporting previously contaminated personnel and
equipment.
 Documenting resource expenditures.
 Conducting HSS and FHP.
 Documenting exposure to CBRN materials.
 Preparing after action reviews.
Note 1. (U) The disabled equipment or systems located within a contaminated area should not be
removed for maintenance or returned to the owning organization until after they have been
decontaminated.
Note 2. (U) Minor on-site maintenance of contaminated equipment or systems may be necessary.
All maintenance that is performed on contaminated or potentially contaminated equipment and
systems is coordinated with the owning unit commander and the maintenance unit.
C-25. (U) The following additional logistics planning considerations are provided:
 A CBRN unit needs access to a large water source (for example, rivers, ponds, or a public water
system) to conduct a DED.
 The CBRN unit leader estimates the amount of decontaminants needed.
 A CBRN decontamination unit sets up the DED site, supplies the decontaminants, and conducts
the DED.
 A CBRN decontamination unit equipped with M26 PDDE should carry 25 kits of M333, JGPD
(25-gallon kit) for each M26. With 4 M26 PDDE, standard load is sufficient for approximately
125 small vehicles, 63 medium vehicles or 41 large vehicles.
 A CBRN decontamination unit equipped with M12 PDDE should carry 25 kits of M333, JGPD
(25-gallon kit) for each M12.
 The CBRN decontamination unit (such as a platoon) is usually resupplied through its parent unit
or by the headquarters that they are attached to.
 Command assignment relationships can change the resupply channels.
 When dealing with large volumes of spent decontamination materials, care should be taken to
avoid fouling drinking water supply systems or possible damage to the environment.
 Persistent agents might be removed by water, but continues to remain a hazard once carried to
another location. For this reason, collection of spent decontamination materials for further
CUI
CUI
processing is desired if time and resources are available. See table C-5 for the estimated water
consumption guidelines for DED, and DTD.
 Logistic elements replenish combat stocks, refit equipment, and replace personnel and equipment,
as required. The contaminated unit, with some assistance from a decontamination unit, performs
the DTD.
Note. (U) See NAVAIR 00-80T-123 for additional information about USN and USMC aircrews,
aircraft, and support equipment thorough decontamination procedures.
C-26. (U) Thorough decontamination operation water requirements vary based on equipment type,
equipment size, total number of personnel, and many other factors, including processing vehicles through the
equipment decontamination site more than one time. Table C-5 provides estimated water consumption
guidelines for thorough decontamination.
Table C-5. (U) Thorough decontamination water planning guide
UNCLASSIFIED
Detailed Troop Decontamination
Station 1 Station 2 Station 4 Station 7 Total Water
estimate (10
persons)
120 gallons per 6 gallons 180 gallons 12 gallons per 318 gallons
10 persons 6-30 gallon 10 persons
containers with
decontaminant
Detailed Equipment Decontamination (with CIDAS disclosure)
Station 1 Hot Check Station 2 and 3, 2 applications Station 4 Rinse Total Water
water, NO SOAP of M333, JGPD estimate
M26: 28-42 2 gallon water Small (HMMWV) - 25 gallons M26: 14-21 M26: 69-126
gallons One CIDAS large Medium (MTV) – 40 gallons gallons
M12: 200-300 scale kit will cover Large (tank) – 60 gallons M12: 100-150 M12: 327-513
gallons 2.5 small vehicles gallons
(HMMWV) or 1 large
(M1 tank)
Detailed Equipment Decontamination (Without CIDAS)
Station 1, Hot Station 2 and 3, 2 applications of M333, JGPD Station 4 Total Water
soapy water estimate
wash
M26: 28-42 Small (HMMWV) -25 gallons M26: 14-21 M26: 67-123
gallons Medium (MTV) – 40 gallons gallons
M12: 200-300 Large (tank) – 60 gallons M12: 100-150 M12: 325-510
gallons gallons
Notes.
Always include a 10% planning factor to the total estimate of the water consumption for the DED and DTD.
Planners also consider the vehicle predecontamination action to estimate the water consumption. Prior contamination mitigation measures
(immediate or operational decontamination) may significantly reduce contamination and therefore the volume of water and decontaminant
required when performing thorough decontamination.
Legend:
CIDAS Contamination Indication Decontamination Assurance System
HMMWV high-mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicle
MTV medium tactical vehicle
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) RISK MANAGEMENT

C-27. (U) Although thorough decontamination guidance is informative and not prescriptive, commanders
evaluate the overall risk to personnel and mission objectives when implementing decontamination
procedures. CBRN staffs require an understanding of decontaminant efficacies against a wide range of
contaminants, and the threshold of sensors compared to the exposure limits that create acute symptoms.
Understanding these dynamics in the OE and in relation to METT-T/METT-TC(I) provide the commander
the best information for risk management. Commander’s establish risk criteria and screening levels to
determine the effectiveness of thorough decontamination activities.
C-28. (U) Even after thorough decontamination, there may be a residual hazard. In the absence of reliable
concentration measurements, the actual hazard cannot be known. The risk increases as contaminated
equipment is consolidated and as personnel work around the equipment for extended periods. The risk
increases again as equipment is disassembled for maintenance or containerization (therefore, the need for
clearance decontamination). However, given the limitations of decontamination technology, some items of
equipment may require extensive weathering before retrograding, or may have to be destroyed.
(U) CHEMICAL
C-29. (U) MEGs can aid commanders and their staffs making health-based risk decisions when determining
thorough decontamination effectiveness. While MEGs are not a thorough decontamination screening tool,
MEGs can inform acceptance criteria once decontamination is complete and provide commanders estimated
health-based effects. MEGs can help inform recycle criteria as well and can offer a baseline of what is
acceptable in terms of thorough decontamination cleanliness.
C-30. (CUI) It is important to understand that MEGs are a guide and do not replace a commander’s decision-
making responsibilities. MEGs provide commanders a tool to make informed decisions. It gives a commander
a sense of what the health effects may be, based on residual contamination levels. Ultimately,
METT-T/METT-TC(I) drives operational requirements and what level decontamination effectiveness is
operationally acceptable. See TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for detailed
descriptions of MEGs.
Note. (CUI) Use of field confirmatory identification equipment would provide enough information
to make risk-based decisions for thorough decontamination with CWA.
(U) RADIOLOGICAL
C-31. (U) Thorough decontamination is performed on radiologically contaminated platforms and materiel to
reduce the radiological hazard level to a level equal to natural background, or to ALARA, to permit the partial
or total removal of IPE and to maintain operations with minimum degradation. The following should be
considered:
 The radionuclide, its physical form, and the general extent of the radiological contamination are
known. The adjusted radiological screening levels will result in a determinative dose over a
one-year period to any individual.
 DOD personnel associated with operations that involve radiologically contaminated platforms and
materiel should only be exposed for a maximum duration as determined by the operational
commander. When possible, commanders should seek recommendations from health physicists.
 The operational commander may choose to select screening levels in line with OEG-based
mission-specific factors assessed through risk analysis conducted by the staff. Appendix C of
JP 3-11 contains guidance to aid commanders with recommended OEG levels and associated
health risk. Commanders may adjust the screening levels to account for operational priorities using
OEG based on available information. When justified on a case-by-case basis, thorough
decontamination levels are permitted at higher dose levels when exposures to multiple sources
CUI
CUI
(including those that are beyond the scope of this issuance) will be maintained ALARA and when
effects can be avoided. See appendix D for recommended OEG levels for clearance
decontamination screening level to thorough decontamination screening level conversion
multiplication factors.

C-32. (U) Personnel decontamination includes DTD, open air CCA, and CCS procedures. Thorough
personnel decontamination also includes casualty and technical decontamination activities, but these are
described in appendices E and F respectively.
Note. (U) USAF personnel do not conduct thorough personnel decontamination operations. USAF
uses CCA procedures outlined starting at paragraph C-77, page C-27.
(U) DETAILED TROOP DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

C-33. (U) Personnel are decontaminated at the DTD site. Personnel systematically remove IPE and refit,
rearm, and return to operations. Individual combat equipment is decontaminated and reissued to
decontaminated personnel at the conclusion of decontamination operations. The DTD site is large enough to
facilitate the decontamination. Exact size and location, in relation to the DED is METT-T/METT-TC(I)
driven; however, the DTD is set up upwind of the DED site.
C-34. (CUI) DTD facilitates contamination removal from personnel and their individually carried combat
equipment down to negligible levels. Typically, the HHQ of the contaminated unit is responsible for setting
up, operating, manning, and closing the DTD. At the conclusion of DTD, personnel are decontaminated,
unmasked, refit, and rearmed with decontaminated equipment and rejoined to decontaminated vehicles and
equipment to resume operational requirements. Due to technological limitations, it is difficult to thoroughly
decontaminate some substances on various materials to levels detectable by field confirmatory detection
equipment. Some services require personnel to remain masked at the conclusion of the thorough
decontamination.
C-35. (U) A casualty is any person who is lost to the organization by having been wounded, ill, or injured.
Once the casualty has entered the health service system chain, they are referred to as a patient.
Decontamination may be a critical first step in casualty management. Decontamination of casualties needs
to be considered as a component of a DTD with a specific lane set up within the DTD to assist casualties
through the process. Casualties that require immediate care or more assistance will process through casualty
collection points and patient decontamination.
C-36. (U) Due to the limitations of DTD and special care of patients entering the health service system chain
a separate decontamination station, should be considered. Low level vapor contamination or small amount
of liquid contamination inside of wounds is possible.
C-37. (U) DTD is normally performed in conjunction with DED and is performed as the mission allows. As
a reconstitution activity, additional force reconstitution activities may be performed at the conclusion of DTD
activities. DTD logistics, preparation, execution, and site closure procedures are explained in the following
paragraphs.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) DETAILED TROOP DECONTAMINATION LOGISTICS

C-38. (U) The supporting decontamination unit may supply some of the equipment and supplies that are
required to operate the DTD. This does not relieve the supported unit of the requirement to maintain adequate
supplies to conduct DTD procedures. Supporting unit resupply responsibilities include the following:
 A contamination unit receives support from its parent command.
 The DTD requires a minimum of three chemical agent detectors. The supporting headquarters may
need to provide additional chemical agent detectors.
 For U.S. Army units, the support command sustains a division’s decontamination units.
Decontamination units attached to maneuver forces identify resource requirements and submits
resupply requirements to the logistics staff supply officer or component logistics staff officer. The
logistics or supply officer coordinates with the support element to fill the decontamination unit’s
requirement.
 The Class II supply points issue protective masks and protective overgarments. MOPP equipment
is normally packaged as complete sets to support a predetermined number of personnel.
Decontamination supplies may be issued in preconfigured push packages as well.
 Protective clothing, medical supplies, and quarantine or isolation facilities sustainment supplies
resupply requirements are time sensitive.
 Low density CBRN protective equipment may require movement within the theater of operations.
Depending on METT-T/METT-TC(I) and operational requirements, a higher priority may be
placed on this equipment to expedite cross-theater transfer.
C-39. (U) The contaminated unit or its HHQ is responsible for setting up, operating, manning, and closing
the DTD. The CBRN unit leader determines the general location of the DTD within the decontamination site
and provides technical advice on setting up, operating, manning, and closing the DTD area. The DTD
supervisor coordinates protective clothing and decontaminants resupply, establishes a work/rest cycle, and
determines where and when further decontamination is accomplished, if necessary.
C-40. (U) A DTD site has eight stations. Spacing between the stations is approximately five meters (see
figure C-2). Depending on the decontaminant used, different preparations are required for equipment
decontamination and the shuffle pit at Station 2. A dry decontaminant may be used if available instead of a
slurry for the shuffle pit. A summary of personnel and equipment for a DTD is provided for each station
within the execution description.
CUI
CUI
Legend:
DECON decontamination
Figure C-2. (U) DTD layout
(U) DETAILED TROOP DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

C-41. (U) The following paragraphs detail DTD execution procedures. The steps to prepare and execute each
station are provided.
(U) Station 1 Individual Gear Decontamination

C-42. (U) At Station 1, contamination is removed from individual gear (individual combat equipment, mask
carrier, helmet, and weapon). The individual gear is checked with the chemical agent detectors, chemical
agent detector kit, or dismounted RADIAC meter to ensure the completeness of the decontamination. Table
C-6, page C-14, provides detailed personnel and equipping requirements.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-6. (U) DTD Station 1 personnel and equipping requirements

UNCLASSIFIED
Station Personnel Equipment and Supplies
Station 1—individual- 1 monitor (chemical M334 DKIE (JSEW), M295, M100, M333 or 5 percent
gear decontamination detector or RADIAC chlorine-based decontaminant
operator) 30-gallon containers
2 attendants long-handled brushes
sponges
ponchos or plastic sheets
chemical detector
books of chemical agent detector paper
chemical agent detector kits
plastic trash bags
*rinse water
*hot, soapy water
*dismounted RADIAC meter
Note. M339, CIDAS can also be used to prescreen personal gear.
*Denotes the equipment needed for radiological contamination.
Legend:
CIDAS Contamination Indication Decontamination Assurance System
DKIE decontamination kit, individual equipment
UNCLASSIFIED
C-43. (U) The following steps are taken to prepare the station:
 Refer to TMs and TOs for best method of set up and decontaminate gear.
 Provide for waste containment on site.
 Prepare sumps and decontamination solutions necessary for decontamination of individual
equipment.
 Place a poncho or a plastic sheet on the ground at the checkpoint. Using engineer tape, divide the
poncho or sheet in half (this is a contamination control line). Ensure that the checkpoint is a
minimum of 3.05 meters (10 feet) from the other stations to get a true reading on the detection
equipment.
 Place the following equipment at the checkpoint for an average company-size unit: one chemical
agent detector, eight books of chemical agent detector paper, four chemical agent detector kits,
100 plastic trash bags, and one dismounted RADIAC meter for radiological contamination. An
additional chemical detector may be required in the event the ion chamber is saturated. Three
persons are required to run this station.
C-44. (U) If the procedures are done improperly, contamination may remain on the equipment. The resulting
vapor hazard could cause casualties to unmasked personnel, particularly in closed areas or heavily wooded
areas where air circulation is poor.
C-45. (U) Table C-7 provides an example checklist to support the Station 1 process. The checklist is an
informative guide for station supervisors and attendants. It is not meant to be all-inclusive and does not
include setup procedures or equipment requirements.
CUI
CUI
Table C-7. (U) Example Station 1–individual gear decontamination checklist

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 1–Individual Gear Decontamination
Task: Remove contamination from individual combat equipment (load bearing equipment, mask carrier, helmet,
and weapon).
Note. Individuals wearing IPE with integral hood (hood built into the overgarment) should execute Station 1
procedures in the same manner as prescribed for IPE without integral hood.
 Individual
Decontaminates individual gear.
Decontaminates hose and canister (armor crew mask, if necessary) with decontaminating solution.
If using a chlorine-based decontaminant, dips gear into the clean water, rinses it for four minutes.
Decontaminate sensitive equipment such as optics IAW technical manual.
Hands equipment to the attendant, and proceeds to the next station.
 Attendant
Takes the gear to the equipment checkpoint and places it on the contaminated side of the contamination
control line (marked with engineer tape).
Checks the gear using the appropriate detection device and procedures associated with that device.
Recycles the gear for decontamination if residual contamination exceeds levels established by risk-based
decisions.
Places the gear on the clean side of the contamination control line if it passes the check.
Carries the gear to the reissue point.
Note. M333, JGPD requires a contact time of 30 minutes (including reapplication after 15 minutes). Once mixed, M333,
JGPD must be used within 6 hours. For long duration decontamination operations, monitor the time solution is mixed,
replace the solution after 6 hours.
Change the decontaminating solution after 20 personnel have decontaminated their gear.
Change the rinse water after 10 personnel or when it appears dirty.
Contain any contaminated waste.
Legend:
IAW in accordance with
JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminate
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Station 2–Overboot and Hood Decontamination

C-46. (U) At Station 2, gross contamination on overboots, trouser legs, mask, and hood is neutralized. If
ample hoods are available at the reissue point, the hood is cut away. If not, the hood is decontaminated, rolled
inside out, and removed. Table C-8, page C-16, provides detailed Station 2 personnel and equipment
requirements.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 2—overboot and 1 attendant 1 cutting tool
hood decontamination M295, M334, RSDL, M100, or chlorine-based
decontaminant
containment pool or plastic tarp
sponges or rags
plastic trash bags (as required)
large plastic sheet
1 shovel
Legend:
RSDL reactive skin decontamination kit
UNCLASSIFIED
C-47. (U) The following steps are taken to prepare the station:
 Dig a shallow pit and line with plastic or use a containment pool.
 Alternatively, dig a shallow pit for a shuffle pit about 3 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 6 inches deep.
Fill the shuffle pit with decontaminant or slurry, depending on the availability of water.
 If using STB, prepare the STB dry mix by mixing 3 parts of earth to 2 parts of decontaminant.
C-48. (U) The attendant directs and observes the contaminated personnel as they decontaminate their
overboots and hoods. The integral hood is built into the overgarment jacket. These procedures are described
for a buddy team. If these procedures are performed improperly, contamination may be transferred from the
hood to the combat boots, to the head or neck.
C-49. (U) Table C-9 provides an example checklist to support the Station 2 processes with or without integral
hood. These checklists are informative guides for station supervisors and attendants. It is not meant to be all-
inclusive and does not include setup procedures or equipment requirements.
Table C-9. (U) Example Station 2–overboot and hood decontamination checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 2–With or Without Integral Hood: Overboot and Hood Decontamination
Task: Neutralize gross contamination on overboots, lower trouser legs, the protective mask, and the hood.
 Individual
 Overboot
The individual walks into the containment pool, spreads legs apart (double-shoulder width), and bends
at the waist. The individual decontaminates overboots and lower trouser legs. Instructions are the
same for dry mix. Do not rub a wet mixture onto trousers
 With Hood
Buddy 1 decontaminates own gloves.
Buddy 1 loosens Buddy 2’s overgarment hood by unfastening the barrel lock.
Buddy 1 then loosens the draw cord around the edge of the hood and unfastens the hook-and-pile
fastener tape at the chin.
Note. Buddy 1 takes care to avoid touching Buddy 2’s skin and throat area.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-9. (U) Example Station 2–overboot and hood decontamination checklist (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 2–With or Without Integral Hood: Overboot and Hood Decontamination
 With Hood (continued)
Buddy 1 removes Buddy 2’s overgarment hood by opening the front closure flap and pulling the slide
fastener from the chin down to the chest.
Buddy 1 instructs Buddy 2 to turn around. Buddy 1 grasps the back of Buddy 2’s hood, folds the hood
inside out (being careful not to contaminate the inner garment), and pulls the hood off.
Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 reverse roles.
Without Hood
Buddy 1 cuts the shoulder straps and draw cord on Buddy 2’s hood if a replacement hood is available.
Buddy 1 pulls Buddy 2’s hood inside out over the front of the mask, being careful not to touch the
exposed neck or head.
Buddy 1 gathers Buddy 2’s hood in one hand and uses a cutting tool to cut away the hood as close as
possible to the eyelens, voicemitter, and inlet valve cover.
Make sure that nothing is left dangling below the bottom of the mask.
Buddy 1 decontaminates and rolls Buddy 2’s hood in the same manner as for a MOPP gear exchange
if a replacement hood is not available.
Buddy 1 and Buddy 2 reverse roles.
 Attendant
Instructs Buddy 1 on how to roll Buddy 2’s hood to ensure that it is accomplished to standard.
Monitors the containment pool provides more decontaminant to the buddy teams as needed.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Station 3–Overgarment Removal

C-50. (U) At Station 3, contaminated overgarments are removed before the agent penetrates the overgarment
material and touches the undergarments or the skin. Table C-10 provides detailed personnel and equipping
requirements.
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 3—overgarment 1 attendant 30-gallon containers
removal plastic trash bags
boxes of skin decontamination kits
UNCLASSIFIED
C-51. (U) The attendant assists contaminated persons removing their overgarment. This person directs and
monitors personnel as they remove their overgarments in a similar manner as a MOPP gear exchange.
C-52. (U) Table C-11, page C-18, provides example checklist to support the Station 3 processes without or
with integral hood. The checklist is an informative guide for station supervisors and attendants. It is not meant
to be all-inclusive and does not include setup procedures or equipment requirements.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-11. (U) Example Station 3–Overgarment removal checklist

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 3–Overgarment Removal
Task: Remove the contaminated overgarment before the agent penetrates the material and touches the
undergarments or the skin.
Note. Avoid touching the individual’s skin or inner clothing. If contact is made, decontaminate immediately
and then proceed with the overgarment removal.
Note. Individuals wearing IPE with integral hood should execute station procedures in the same manner as
prescribed for IPE without integral hood.
 Individual
Locates the trouser suspender snap-couplers by feeling for them on the outside of the jacket and
unsnaps them.
 Attendant
 Overgarment Jacket
Assists the individual in removing overgarment jacket.
Cuts and removes the chemical agent detector paper from around the individual’s wrist.
Releases the hook-and-pile fastener tapes at the wrists and at the bottom of the trousers.
Unties the bow in the coat retention cord if necessary.
Unfastens the webbing-strip snaps at the bottom of the jacket and releases the coat retention cord.
Touching only the outside surfaces of the jacket, loosens the bottom of the jacket by pulling the
material at the bottom away from the individual’s body.
Unfastens the front closure flap on the front of the jacket and pulls the slide fastener from the top of
the chest down to the bottom of the jacket.
Instructs the individual to turn around, extend arms to the rear, and make a fist to prevent the removal
of chemical protective gloves.
Grasps the jacket near the shoulders and removes it by pulling it down and away from the individual’s
body.
Note. If there is difficulty removing the jacket in this manner, pull one arm out at a time.
Instructs the individual to turn back around.
 Overgarment Trousers
Cuts and removes the chemical agent detector paper from the individual’s trousers.
Unfastens the hook-and-pile fastener tapes at the waistband of the trousers, unfastens the front
closure snaps, and opens the fly slide fastener.
Grasps the individual’s trousers at the hips and pulls the trousers down to the individual’s knees.
Instructs the individual to lift one leg, point foot down, and bend slightly at the knee for stability.
Grasps the cuff of the elevated boot, with a hand on each side, and pulls the cuff in an alternating,
jerking motion until the individual can step out of the trouser leg.
Repeats the last two steps on the other leg.
Note. Ensure that the individual steps wide enough so that their clean leg does not rub against the
contaminated boot or overgarment.
Note. If cutting tools are available, the attendant may cut off the overgarment.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Station 4–Overboots and Gloves Removal

C-53. (U) At Station 4, contaminated overboots and gloves are removed to limit the spread of contamination.
Table C-12 provides detailed personnel and equipping requirements.
C-54. (U) If the overboots and gloves are not being decontaminated, containers are needed to collect
contaminated waste. If replacement overboots and gloves are available, establish a liquid contamination
control line and set two 30-gallon containers 1 foot back from the line.
C-55. (U) If the overboots and gloves are being decontaminated, the following items are needed: eight 30-
gallon containers; 2 long-handled brushes; 2 ponchos or large plastic sheets; 1 chemical detector; 1
dismounted RADIAC meter (for radiological contamination); 4 chemical agent detection kits; 100 plastic
trash bags; chemical agent detector paper, as required; decontaminant solution; hot, soapy water; and cold
rinse water. The decontamination unit may heat the water in the containers during set up. Figure C-3, page
C-20, depicts the overboots and gloves removal station layout.
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 4—overboots 3 attendants M333 or 5 percent chlorine-based decontaminant
and gloves removal (M333 will not require rinse)
30-gallon containers
long-handled brushes
chemical agent detector paper (as required)
plastic trash bags (approximately 1 per person)
chemical detector; engineer tape
cutting tool
ponchos or large plastic sheets
hot, soapy water
cold rinse water
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Figure C-3. (U) Station 4 layout
C-56. (U) If replacement overboots and gloves are not available the overboots and gloves may be
decontaminated for reissue. Attendants decontaminate the overboots and gloves.
C-57. (U) Two attendants decontaminate the overboots and gloves. For overboot and glove decontamination,
fill two 30-gallon containers with hot, soapy water; two 30-gallon containers with an appropriate
decontamination solution, placing two scrub brushes near the containers; and then fill two 30-gallon
containers with cold rinse water. While one decontaminates the overboots, the other decontaminates the
gloves.
C-58. (U) Mark the liquid contamination control line on the ground. Place the cutting tools, two contaminated
containers, and plastic bags on the contaminated side of the liquid contamination control line. The liquid
contamination control line separates the contaminated and clean areas. No liquid agent should be tracked on
the ground beyond the liquid contamination control line. Three persons are needed to run this station.
C-59. (U) If the overboots are improperly removed, the combat boots may become contaminated, and
contamination may be spread to the clean areas. If the gloves are not properly removed, the undergarments
and skin may become contaminated.
C-60. (U) A station attendant directs and monitors the personnel as they remove their overboots and gloves
in the same manner as a MOPP gear exchange; however, the person steps over the control line instead of
onto a jacket. One attendant supervises and assists the personnel wearing a protective mask with hose and
attached filters.
CUI
CUI
Table C-13. (U) Example Station 4–overboot and glove removal checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 4–Overboot and glove removal
Task: Remove the contaminated overboots and gloves to limit the spread of contamination. (The overboots
and gloves may also be decontaminated for reissue, if serviceable.).
 Attendant
Mark the liquid contamination control line.
Note. The attendant performs duty from the contaminated side of the liquid contamination control line.
 Overboots
Unfastens or cuts the elastic closures on the individual’s overboots.
Instructs the individual to stand next to and face the liquid contamination control line and then step
back about 12 inches from the control line.
Steps on the back of the individual’s overboot and instructs the individual to lift their heel, work the foot
out of the overboot, and step across the liquid contamination control line.
Repeat the process on the other foot.
Cuts off the overboot and discards it into the designated container if it cannot be removed by the
previous step.
Has the attendant from station 6 carry the individual’s filter canister until the mask is removed if the
individual is wearing an armor crew protective mask.
 Gloves
Has the individual hold the fingertips of his/her gloves and partially slide hands out.
Removes the individual’s gloves.
Note. Check all items for holes, tears, and punctures; and discard any defective items. Do not
decontaminate items that are unserviceable.
Decontaminate overboots and gloves using selected decontaminant.
Places the usable items on a poncho or a plastic tarp to air-dry.
Places the air-dried usable items into plastic trash bags along with a chemical agent detector kit.
If the kit shows contamination remaining, recycle the items or discard them.
If the kit shows no contamination, reuse them
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Station 5–Monitoring

C-62. (U) At Station 5, contamination on personnel is identified and spot decontamination and medical aid
is provided, as required. A combat medic is needed to treat casualties suffering from chemical agent
symptoms. Two persons are needed to operate this station. Table C-14, page C-22, provides detailed Station
5 personnel and equipment requirements.
C-63. (U) Monitoring includes the following:
 The attendant checks personnel for agent-vapor contamination using the chemical detector and
checks for liquid contamination using chemical agent detector paper. The attendant checks for
radiation contamination using a dismounted RADIAC meter.
 The combat medic checks each person for symptoms of substance poisoning and treats them, as
required.
 Personnel report the IPE damage that was identified at Stations 2, 3, and 4. The attendant
decontaminates the identified areas with the SDK.
 Personnel are monitored after decontamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) CAUTION
(U) It is possible that liquid chemical contamination is absorbed into the
clothing and chemical agent detector paper indicates negative results
even though there is a hazard present.
Table C-14. (U) DTD Station 5 Monitoring

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 5—monitoring 1 attendant (chemical chemical detector or dismounted RADIAC meter
detector or RADIAC first aid supplies
operator)
books of chemical agent detector papers (per 100
1 combat medic people)
1 box of skin decontamination kits
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
Table C-15. (U) Example Station 5–monitor checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 5–Monitor
Task: Identify contamination on personnel (spot decontamination and medical aid are provided, as
required).
 Attendant
Checks individuals for contamination using an automatic chemical detector. Liquid contamination is
detected with chemical agent detector paper.
Uses a skin decontamination kit to decontaminate any areas identified as contaminated.
Re-monitor individuals if decontaminated.
 Medic
Checks the individuals for any chemical agent symptoms and treats them as necessary.
 Individual
Reports any damage to their IPE that was identified at Stations 2, 3, and 4.
Notes.
1. If all the liquid contamination is absorbed into the clothing, the detector paper can be negative even though there is a
hazard.
2. If time is not available, the CBRN subject matter expert reissues individual protective suits, overboots, and gloves at
this station.
3. If time is available, personnel receive IPE reissue at the postdecontamination assembly area.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Station 6–Mask Removal

C-65. (U) At Station 6, the mask is removed without contaminating the person. Table C-16 provides
personnel and equipment requirements.
Table C-16. (U) DTD station 6 personnel and equipping requirements
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 6—mask removal 2 attendants detector
engineer tape
UNCLASSIFIED
C-66. (U) The mask is taken to a mask decontamination point, limiting agent transfer at the station. If the
wind direction remains constant, no chemical vapor hazard is expected beyond the vapor contamination
control line.
(U) CAUTION
(U) If the mask is removed improperly, the person can breathe toxic
vapors. There is a high probability that the vapor hazard is still present
on the mask and the hood after it is decontaminated. The person should
not touch the outside of the mask because it could contaminate their
bare hands.
C-67. (U) Table C-17, page C-24, provides an example checklist to support the Station 6 process. The
checklist is an informative guide for station supervisors and attendants. It is not meant to be all-inclusive and
does not include setup procedures or equipment requirements.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-17. (U) Example Station 6–mask removal checklist

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 6–Mask Removal
Task: Remove the mask without contaminating the individual.
 Attendant
Shows the individual route to exit the line so they know the way when their eyes are closed and gives
them instructions for securing their optical inserts.
Directs individuals to close their eyes and hold their breath.
Pulls the hood over the front of the mask, grabs the mask by the voicemitter cover and pulls the mask
off.
Holds the mask open so that the individual can remove the inserts without touching the outside of the
mask.
Instructs individuals to walk upwind approximately five meters, cross the vapor contamination control
line, and then open their eyes and resume breathing.
Notes.1. If the wind direction remains constant, no vapor hazard is expected beyond the vapor
contamination control line.
2. The individual moves straight ahead while the mask is still emitting vapors, is held on the
contaminated side of the vapor contamination control line, and taken to the next station.
3. A chemical agent alarm is placed upwind of the site.
The attendant takes the mask to Station 7.
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Station 7–Mask Decontamination

C-68. (U) At Station 7, the mask is decontaminated. Unless decontamination for biological agent, mask
sanitization is different from mask decontamination. A mask sanitizing solution can be made with calcium
hypochlorite. See table G-3, page G-9, or mask TM or TO. For decontamination of chemical agents, a 5
percent chlorine solution should be used. Table C-18 provides personnel and equipment requirements.
C-69. (U) Dig a sump that is 4-feet long, 4-feet wide, and 4-feet deep to discard the used filters and canisters.
Place the equipment and materials in the sump or provide for other waste containment (comparable to Station
1). Three people are needed to operate this station. Two people strip, wash, rinse, sanitize, and dry the masks.
The other person checks the masks and carries them to the reissue point.
Table C-18. (U) DTD station 7 personnel and equipping requirements
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 7—mask 2 attendants 30-gallon container
decontamination point 1 monitor 3-gallon containers
chemical detector
dismounted RADIAC meter
sponges
paper towels
mask sanitizing solution or decontaminant
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-18. (U) DTD station 7 personnel and equipping requirements (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
hot, soapy water
rinse water
Note. If method of heating water is not available, coordination should be made with CBRN decontamination element for
heated water.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
Table C-19. (U) Example Station 7–mask decontamination point checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 7–Mask Decontamination Point
Task: Remove all contamination from the protective mask.
 Attendant
Removes the eyelens outserts and the hoods if the hoods were not cut off at Station 2.
Removes the filters or canisters and disposes of them in the properly marked containers.
Washes the masks, hoods, eyelens outserts, and hoses in hot, soapy water.
Refreshes the wash water every 20 masks. Contaminated wash water is dumped into the sump.
Rinses all items listed above in clean water.
Refreshes the rinse water every 10 masks. The contaminated rinse water is dumped into the sump.
Dips them in the sanitizing solution and agitates them for five minutes.
Rinses them in clean water again.
Prepare an appropriate concentration of a mask sanitizing or mask decontamination solution.
Wipes the masks with rags dipped in solution until the masks are almost dry.
Refreshes the mask-sanitizing solution after every 10 masks. Contaminated mask-sanitizing solution is
dumped into the sump.
Checks the masks for contamination with an automatic chemical agent detector.
Recycles the masks if they are still contaminated.
Decontaminates the gloves.
Takes the unassembled masks to the reissue point if they are not contaminated.
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Station 8–Reissue Point

C-71. (U) At Station 8, the mask and its components are provided to personnel for reassembly and
decontaminated individual equipment from Station 1 is reissued. One to two persons are needed to operate
this station, depending on the type of mask being used. Table C-20, page C-26, provides Station 8 personnel
and equipment requirements.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C

UNCLASSIFIED
Station 8—reissue point Unit CBRN specialist or Masks and required spare mask parts
supply sergeant
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
C-72. (U) At this station, the unit CBRN specialist or supply sergeant prepares the reissue point to provide
personnel with replacement parts for all types of protective masks and to assist in mask maintenance. The
unit CBRN specialist should be at this station to assist with technical difficulties.
C-73. (U) Reissue point information includes the following:
 The mask and its components are reissued.
 The unit CBRN specialist affixes canisters to the cleaned combat vehicle protective mask and
aircrew protective mask hoses.
 The person picks up their individual combat gear and moves to the postdecontamination AA.
C-74. (U) If these procedures are done improperly, personnel may be inadequately equipped for future
operations.
Note. (U) If time is critical, the CBRN specialist should have replacement IPE (minus protective
masks) at this station for reissue. If time is available, personnel receive this equipment at the
postdecontamination AA.
Table C-21. (U) Example Station 8–reissue point checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 8–Reissue Point
Task: The mask with its components is provided to the individual for reassembly.
 Attendant
The unit CBRN specialist reissues the masks with their components to the individuals.
Individuals reassemble the masks in the assembly area.
The unit CBRN specialist affixes canisters to the cleaned masks fitted with hoses.
Individuals pick up individual gear and move to the postdecontamination assembly area.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) DETAILED TROOP DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

C-76. (U) The DED is closed prior to closing the DTD. Once all personnel from the DED have processed
through the DTD, it may be closed. After the last person has exited the DTD—
 Cleanup. Pick up all used supplies from Station 7 and contain all contaminated waste. Remove
the contamination control line.
 Move all usable supplies and equipment from all stations to Station 1. Discard all unusable
supplies from Stations 3, 4, and 5 as directed by higher authority.
 Decontaminate all supplies and equipment collected at Station 1 using the decontaminant
available at Station 1.
 Contain all contaminated waste.
 Marking. Mark the entire decontamination area.
 Station attendees and augments remove their overgarment using the MOPP gear exchange or
MOPP drop technique and dispose of it at Station 1.
 Move any equipment upwind of the decontamination area.
 Decontaminate rubber gloves, and move all remaining equipment and supplies at Station 1
upwind of the decontamination area.
Note 1. (U) Be alert for transient contamination and the spread or contamination movement by
natural sources (such as wind, rain, runoff, and rivers) or human sources (such as vehicle traffic
or rotor wash).
Note 2. (U) Establish procedures to reduce or remove contamination when moving from
contaminated-to-clean areas, and for increasing protective postures when moving from clean-to-
contaminated.
 Unmasking. When the DTD site closure is complete, site management personnel either perform
MOPP gear exchange to continue operating in a contamination environment or move away from
the contaminated area to a designated area and performs MOPP drop or selective unmasking.
procedures.
 Reporting. A single CBRN 5 report is submitted at the conclusion of DED and DTD operations.
Refer to the OPORD for site closeout reporting requirements.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA PROCEDURES

C-77. (U) The CCA capability allows air stations and installations to process and decontaminate personnel
exposed to liquid, solid, aerosol or vapor chemical agents. Although the equipment and procedures are
primarily designed for these types of warfare agents, the CCA can be modified for use with personnel
contaminated with TIM. CCA procedures include open air CCA and COLPRO entry procedures. COLPRO
CCA procedures are provided with all other COLPRO procedures in ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/
NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46.
(U) OPEN AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA PREPARATION

C-78. (U) Preparation for CCA is a function of contingency planning. The two focal points of the contingency
planning process are identifying the CCA in advance of an incident and developing appropriate strategies for
their use. This includes deciding whether fixed CCA locations are used, a mobile CCA operation is used, or
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
a combination of both. It also includes determining, in combination with aircrew flight equipment personnel,
whether aircrew CCA are collocated with ground crew CCA. Planners and operators develop procedures and
designate areas for mask refurbishment, weapons decontamination and storage, and trash disposal (discarded
contaminated equipment, and waste generated by CCA operations).
C-79. (U) If an open-air CCA is being used and theater or local guidance is not provided, plan to process at
least 20 percent of the installation population during a 24-hour period. Include additional capability, if
required, for transient personnel. If an installation is capable of operating multiple CCA or TFA locations
simultaneously, either open-air or in conjunction with COLPRO facilities, the total required processing lines
are distributed between the various locations.
C-80. (U) To determine CCA requirements, determine the agent's expected persistency time. This will result
in one of two scenarios:
 The agent will remain in the area for a period that will require a percentage of the base population
to process one or more times, or
 The persistency of the agent is such that only those people whose overgarment was physically
contaminated will require CCA processing.
C-81. (U) Use all available variables (such as mission requirements, weather, physical and mental condition
of base populace, and transportation capabilities) to determine the amount of time leaders realistically
believes each person should spend on shift and use this information to determine when the CCA should be
established. For example, if personnel are on a 12-hour shift then planners will need to back-up that time
based on how long it will take to set up, provide supplies, and process personnel through the CCA. Planners
should use the below actions to determine when CCA setup should begin and how many are required.
C-82. (U) Determine the amount of time it will take to establish the CCA/TFA complex. If it is not already
established, use a figure of two hours. Planners should also use this time to allow equipment and overgarment
to weather. This will greatly reduce the contact hazard people bring with them to the CCA, thereby reducing
the potential for casualties caused by cross contamination.
C-83. (U) Assess the number of people who would be expected to be caught outside without overhead cover
in the event of an attack. The adequacies of the installation's warning and notification system, coupled with
the base populace's competency, are the main factors. Add a safety factor (recommend 5 percent). For
example, if an individual believed 10 percent of the base populace would be caught outside, then use 15
percent as your figure for this step.
C-84. (U) Assess the number of people, over and above the personnel thought to be contaminated in the last
step, who will contaminate their overgarment (do not count gloves and overboots) during mission operations.
For example, if 15 percent of personnel are believed to be contaminated, then add another 5 percent for those
that could be contaminated removing covers, moving equipment, or conducting mission operations. This
would raise the percentage of base personnel that are required to process through the CCA to 20 percent.
C-85. (U) Using the steps and examples above, planners would use these figures to determine the number of
CCA required. Planners will look at the time of attack and how long it takes to set up CCA based on when
personnel will come off shift. If personnel are on a 12-hour shift and they worked four hours prior to an
attack, they would have eight hours left on their shift. Planners will subtract two hours (time to set up a CCA)
from eight hours, which equals six hours.
C-86. (U) For example, take 20 percent of the base populace (8,000): 8,000 multiplied by 0.20 equals 1,600
personnel. Divide 1,600 by the amount of personnel that can process through the CCA (70). The amount of
personnel that can process through each CCA per hour is 70. In this example, 1,600 personnel divided by
70 = 22.9 hours needed to process 1,600 personnel through one CCA. To process 1,600 personnel within the
6-hour timeframe (22 divided by 6 equals 3.67), the result is four CCA are required.
C-87. (U) To shorten that timeline additional CCA are required. In addition, planners will have to set up
schedules when personnel will process through the CCA based on time-on-shift and mission criticality.
CUI
CUI
C-88. (U) Where feasible, include procedures to rapidly process minimally injured (ambulatory) personnel
through nonmedical CCA. This speeds access to medical treatment and reduces the burden upon medical
decontamination teams.
C-89. (U) For planning, assume the CCA will operate two 12-hour shifts and provide the capability to process
at least 10 percent of the airbase population per shift. Consider adding additional capability to account for
system attritions and CCA surge-processing capability. Plan to sustain this capability for up to 96 hours
(continuous or 12-hour segments) within a 30-day period.
Note. (U) Aircrew CBRN IPE and aviation life support system configurations for the operational
decontamination technique do not allow MOPP gear exchange. See NAVAIR 00-80T-123 for
procedures to doff contaminated aircrew CBRN IPE and aviation life support systems.
C-90. (U) Ensure chlorine solution within the hand and foot troughs is replaced every 48 hours, after 400
individual uses, or more frequently as required. The following procedures are provided to help the CCA
supervisor and attendants perform their duties. The procedures are designed to address the overarching CCA
concepts and are not detailed for specific equipment. Use table C-22, page C-30, for the CCA supervisor’s
actions and table C-23, page C-30, for the CCA attendant’s actions.
Note 1. (U) This information is especially important to the CCA attendants if they were not
predesignated and trained.
Note 2. (U) It may be necessary for one person to perform multiple tasks in more than one area
and it may be necessary to divide the tasks in a single area between several people.
Note 3. (U) Modification of the information may be necessary to add CCA-specific designs,
equipment, supplies, and available manpower to fit mission needs.
Note 4. (U) If staffing allows, it is a good idea to have an attendant located in the holding area
who can answer questions concerning the procedures and direct people to the appropriate
processing line, thereby increasing the flow of personnel, and minimizing bottlenecks.
Note 5. (U) Regardless of staffing levels, clearly printed signs are placed throughout the CCA to
inform personnel of requirements or emphasize verbal instructions.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-22. (U) Contamination control area supervisor’s actions

UNCLASSIFIED
CCA Supervisor’s Actions
Supervise attendants.
Brief attendants and provide them with checklists.
Set work, rest, and replacement cycles for attendants.
Maintain accountability of assigned attendants.
Coordinate with CBRN control center if additional attendants are needed.
Ensure CCA setup is complete according to TTP and modify to local procedures or directives.
Obtain acceptable CCA limits and refurbishment areas for the specific chemical agent detector being
utilized.
Inform CBRN control center when CCA setup is complete and ready to process personnel.
Ensure CCA equipment is refurbished as needed.
Request restocking of CCA supplies from CBRN control center, as needed.
Monitor CCA supplies to maintain steady processing flow.
Request CCA equipment replacement parts as required.
Ensure contaminated waste or equipment is removed from containers or airlock regularly.
Monitor and restock refurbishment area supplies, as needed, per local checklists or procedures.
Report processing numbers, as required, per local procedures or directives.
Legend:
TTP tactics, techniques, and procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Table C-23. (U) Contamination control area attendant actions
UNCLASSIFIED
CCA Attendant Actions
1. If used, keep decontaminant containers filled with 5 percent available chlorine solution. Ensure that chlorine solution
within the hand and foot troughs is replaced every 48 hours or after 400 individual uses, or more frequently as needed.
2. Collect, bag, and dispose of contaminated IPE, as required.
3. Collect, bag, and process classified material, if required.
4. Collect and transport MCE to the refurbishment area.
5. Coordinate with the CCA supervisor to restock supplies as needed.
6. Remove trash and contaminated items as necessary.
7. Pick up deposited masks from the mask monitoring or removal station and transfer them to the refurbishment area.
Once the masks are refurbished, transport to the TFA.
8. Transport refurbished masks to the TFA.
9. Transport aerated and refurbished MCE to the TFA.
10. Dispose of contaminated clothing according to TTP and modify to local procedures or directives.
Legend:
MCE mission-critical equipment
TFA toxic-free area
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
C-91. (U) Figure C-4 depicts a sample CCA layout. The layout depicts the stations described in table C-24,
starting on page C-32.
Legend:
Decon decontaminate
J-FIRE Joint Firefighter’s Integrated Suit Technology
JSLIST Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit Technology
Figure C-4. (U) Contamination control area layout
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) OPEN AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA EXECUTION

C-92. (U) Personnel who transition from a contaminated area to an open-air TFA follow a deliberate process
to ensure that there is no transfer of contamination. Table C-24 outlines the procedures for processing
personnel into an open-air TFA. It provides procedures for Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit
Technology and the joint firefighter’s integrated response ensemble protective ensembles (Stations 3-1 and
3-2) removal.
C-93. (U) In the case where only an individual’s gloves and/or overboots are contaminated, these items can
be decontaminated and disposed of in the following manner:
 Decontaminate gloves and overboots with M295 IEDK or in a liquid solution containing 5 percent
available chlorine solution if available.
 Remove overboots and discard into plastic bags (which should be transported to the contaminated
waste disposal area).
 Remove both gloves simultaneously then discard into plastic bags (which should be transported
to the contaminated waste disposal area).
Table C-24. (U) CCA processing steps to enter an open air TFA
UNCLASSIFIED
STATION 1
ARRIVAL POINT
1. Split into two person “Buddy” teams and designate Buddy #1 and Buddy #2.
2. Carefully read the information posted on the instruction boards prior to beginning your processing.
Remove your individual protective equipment in the order specified by the posted instructions. Take cover
and don protective mask and gloves immediately if the CCA or TFA complex comes under attack or is
otherwise compromised.
3. Buddy #1 assists Buddy #2 in completing steps from start to finish. Buddy #2 then repeats the same
steps for Buddy #1. When ALL steps are complete, move to next station. Use table, chair, or bench for
support and balance as needed.
WARNING
Apply constant pressure to mask outlet valve when your
buddy comes into contact with your mask and hood. A
break in the seal of the mask can permit hazard transfer to
exposed skin and/or respiratory tract can lead to sickness
or death.
WARNING
If gloves accidentally come off, do not proceed until new
gloves are placed back on hands.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-24. (U) CCA processing steps to enter an open air TFA (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
STATION 2
OVERBOOT DECON AND WEAPON CLEARING
1. Perform weapons clearing procedures as posted on clearing station.
2. Decontaminate weapon with M295 or according to local procedures or directives.
3. Discard M295 in waste container and safe weapon.
4. Decontaminate boots with M295.
5. Decontaminate support equipment (if used).
6. Decontaminate gloves and discard M295 in waste container.
STATION 3
EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT REMOVAL
1. Using M295, thoroughly pat down all exterior surfaces and equipment of your buddy. Pay close
attention to gloves, hood, filter, and mask.
Note. This may require more than one M295 per individual.
2. Discard used M295 in waste container.
3. DO NOT REMOVE the protective mask, gloves, suit, or boots.
4. REMOVE helmet, canteens, web gear, mask carrier, body armor, cold or wet weather gear, and other
nonessential items and place in waste container.
STATION 3-1 JFIRE ONLY

EQUIPMENT AND TURNOUT REMOVAL
1. Remove helmet and place in trash bag. Mark name on bag.
2. Switch SCBA mask from bottled air to filtered air.
3. Disconnect SCBA air hose from mask.
4. Drain SCBA relief valve and turn off motion alarm.
5. Remove SCBA pack and place in holding area.
6. Buddy #2 unhook/unzip turnout coat fasteners for Buddy #1.
7. Buddy #1 makes a fist and have Buddy #2 pull coat away from body until removed. (DO NOT
REMOVE GLOVES)
8. Place turnout coat into trash bag.
9. Buddy #1 repeat turnout coat removal for Buddy #2 (Steps 6 thru 8).

EQUIPMENT AND TURNOUT REMOVAL
10. Buddy #2 remove suspenders from Buddy #1 shoulders and let them fall down.
Note. Only touch the suspenders.
11. Buddy #2 gently rolls turnout pants down to hang over boots as if they were in a staged position.
12. Step out of boots.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
UNCLASSIFIED
EQUIPMENT AND TURNOUT REMOVAL (continued)
13. Place turnout pants and boots into trash bag.
14. Buddy #1 repeat turnout pants removal for Buddy #2 (Steps 10 and 11).
15. Buddy #2 removes Buddy #1 fire fighters’ protective gloves and places them in trash bag.
16. Buddy #1 dons chemical protective gloves.
17. Buddy #1 removes Buddy #2 fire fighters’ protective gloves and places them in trash bag.
18. Buddy #2 dons chemical protective gloves.
19. Proceed to Station 4: Overboot Removal
STATION 4
OVERBOOT REMOVAL
1. Both individuals undo pant leg fasteners.
2. Both individuals undo all overboot fasteners.
3. Buddy #1 raises leg closest to center of bench and rests it on bench as Buddy #2 removes overboot
and drops it into container. Once overboot is removed, place combat boot on clean (upwind) side of
bench and straddle bench.
4. Buddy #2 completes same procedures until both individuals are straddling bench.
5. Using buddy system, remove other overboot in same manner so both individuals have both feet on
clean (upwind) side of bench.
STATION 5
JACKET REMOVAL
1. Buddy unsnaps and unties elastic jacket retention cord at waist.
2. Buddy unzips jacket and undoes all fasteners on front of jacket, jacket sleeves, and hood.
3. Turn and face away from buddy, make a fist while extending arms behind the back.
4. Buddy pulls jacket down and away from shoulders, individually removing arms from sleeves.
5. Place jacket in waste container.
6. J-FIRE ONLY: Remove Nomex hood.
STATION 6
TROUSERS REMOVAL
1. Buddy unfastens waistband fasteners, front fly closures, and suspender straps.
2. Turn and face away from buddy and use table, chair, or bench for balance.
3. Buddy lowers trousers to knees. Extend one leg back at a time and buddy assists in pulling off each
trouser leg.
4. Place trousers in waste container.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
STATION 7
GLOVE REMOVAL
WARNING
Avoid contact with outside of rubber gloves with
unprotected hands. Contact hazard transfer to exposed
skin can lead to injury or death.
1. Work the rubber gloves off at the same time until they are halfway off and discard into waste
container.
2. Remove cotton inserts and discard.
STATION 8
MASK REMOVAL
1. Loosen neck straps
2. J-FIRE ONLY: Disconnect neck strap.
3. Remove mask and place in container
Legend:
decon decontaminate
J-FIRE Joint Firefighter’s Integrated Response Ensemble
SCBA self-contained breathing apparatus
TFA toxic-free area
UNCLASSIFIED
C-94. (U) Table C-25 describes mask and equipment refurbishment procedures. Table C-26, page C-37,
describes specialized equipment refurbishment procedures.
Table C-25. (U) Mask and equipment refurbishment procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Mask and Equipment Refurbishment Procedures
WARNING
Do NOT use tissue paper or a paper towel to remove dirt or
moisture from outlet valve cover assembly, outlet valve, or
inlet valve. Paper may break up and lodge in outlet valve
area causing leakage.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-25. (U) Mask and equipment refurbishment procedures (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
CAUTION
Do NOT use high-pressure water to clean mask, it may damage
components.
CAUTION
Use the appropriate cleaners on the mask according to the
technical manual.
Notes.
1. Masks should be sanitized before transferring to another user.
2. Use only potable water to sanitize mask.
3. The following are generalized sanitation procedures. Sanitation should be according to established
technical orders or technical manuals.
4. Do NOT stow mask in carrier until it is completely dry.
Station 1–Mask Preparation–1 Attendant
1. If installed, remove outsert, head harness, assemblies, attachments, and adapters.
2. Remove and discard filters, drinking tube, and disk valves.
3. Remove microphone, microphone adapter, communications lead, and protective hood if required.
Station 2–Mask Decontamination/Sanitization–2 Attendants (Recommended)
Note. Check current technical orders or technical manuals to validate percentage needed for
decontamination or sanitization.
Note. Prepare enough sanitizing solution to cover facepiece.
Note. Use one gallon of solution for every 10 masks.
Note. More cleaning additives do not necessarily mean a cleaner mask. More chemicals promote
degradation of the mask itself.
1. Add 1/2 teaspoon of solid or dry chlorine-based decontaminant such as HTH to 1 gallon of clean potable
water.
WARNING
Ensure that the chlorine substance is fully dissolved. If not,
the drinking system can be damaged, resulting in leaks and
poses a potential hazard to personnel.
2. Completely immerse and agitate all parts in sanitizing solution for 5 consecutive minutes.
Note. The effectiveness of the immersion can be affected by having too many masks in the solution at one
time.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-25. (U) Mask and equipment refurbishment procedures (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 2–Mask Decontamination/Sanitization–2 Attendants (Recommended) (continued)
3. Agitate and wipe down items with outsert pouch.
4. Remove items and shake off excess solution.
5. Rinse or agitate items for 2 minutes in clean warm water.
6. Dry parts with clean/dry outsert pouch or allow to air dry.
7. Sanitize drinking system by filling the canteen with the sanitizing solution. Invert water canteen above
mask. Forcefully squeeze the solution through the tube until the canteen is empty.
8. Remove the canteen and rinse the canteen with clean potable water 2 times by forcefully squeezing the
potable water through the tube until the canteen is empty.
9. Sanitize protective hood and hose assembly.
Station 3–Mask Re-service–1 Attendant
Preparing the mask for reissue
Note. The attendant is responsible for removing the masks from aeration and preparing them for reissue.
Note. Prior to removing the mask from aeration, the attendant monitors the inside and outside of the mask
with a chemical agent detector.
1. Do not install or reinstall any components unless completely dry.
2. Install new valves.
3. Reinstall air deflectors.
Note. Drinking tube should be replaced if being transferred to another person unless directed by the
commander.
4. Install new drinking tube.
5. Reinstall microphone, microphone adapter, communications lead, and protective hood if required.
6. Install outsert, head harness, assemblies, attachments, and adapters.
7. When completely dry, mask is ready for reissue.
Legend:
HTH high test hypochlorite
UNCLASSIFIED
Table C-26. (U) Specialized equipment refurbishment procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 1–SCBA Mask Refurbishment
1. Disassemble the mask by removing the external attachments (fire retardant hood, oxygen source, hose
cover, beard, voice cone, and breathing valve assembly).
2. Seal the canister hose and discard the canister.
3. Hang up the external attachments (fire retardant hood, beard, and hose cover) to aerate. Check with the
chemical agent detector before reuse.
4. Wipe the breathing valve assembly with 5 percent available chlorine solution and rinse with water.
5. Submerge the disassembled mask in a 5 percent available chlorine solution for 30 seconds and then
rinse and agitate in a water solution for 30 seconds.
6. Hang the mask for aeration.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-26. (U) Specialized equipment refurbishment procedures (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Station 1–SCBA Mask Refurbishment (continued)
7. Monitor the inside and outside of the mask with a chemical agent detector prior to removing the mask
from aeration.
8. Reassemble the mask and transfer to the vapor hazard area (VHA).
Note. Owning unit personnel refurbish the SCBA mask.
Station 2–Bunker Boots–1 Attendant
1. Set boots into 4 inches of 5 percent available chlorine solution for approximately 30 seconds. Scrub the
bottom of the boots using a stiff brush. After wiping the sides of the boot with the chlorine solution, place
the boot on the rinsing table.
Note. Try to keep the inside of the boot as dry as possible.
2. Rinse the boots in the same manner as described in Step 1.
3. Hang boots upside down to aerate.
4. Monitor the boots with a chemical agent detector prior to removing them from aeration.
5. Transport the boots to the VHA.
Station 3–Firefighter Proximity Suit–1 Attendant
1. Separate the exterior aluminized shell (silvers) from the interior bunker liners.
2. Separate the bunker suspenders from the proximity trousers.
3. Hang the bunker liners and suspenders for aeration.
4. Submerge the bunker silvers in a 5 percent available chlorine solution for 30 seconds.
5. Rinse by submerging them in a water solution for 30 seconds.
6. Hang the bunker silvers for aeration.
7. Monitor the bunker silvers with a chemical agent detector prior to removing them from aeration.
8. Monitor the bunker liners and suspenders with a chemical agent detector prior to removing them from
the aeration rack.
9. Reassemble the bunker liners, silvers, and suspenders before transporting to the VHA.
Station 4–Modified Structural ARFF Helmet–1 Attendant
1. Submerge the ARFF helmet with aluminized dome cover and shroud (attachments) in the 5 percent
available chlorine solution for approximately 30 seconds.
2. Rinse the helmet and attachments with water in the same manner as Step 1.
3. Place the helmet and attachments into aeration.
4. Monitor the helmet and attachments with a chemical agent detector prior to removing them from aeration
before transporting to the VHA.
Station 5–Firefighter Protective Gloves–1 Attendant
1. Submerge the gloves in the 5 percent available chlorine solution for approximately 30 seconds.
2. Rinse the gloves by submerging and agitating in water for approximately 30 seconds.
3. Place the gloves into aeration.
4. Monitor the gloves with a chemical agent detector prior to removing them from aeration before
transporting to the VHA.
Legend:
ARFF aircraft rescue and firefighting
VHA vapor hazard area
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) OPEN AIR CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA SITE CLOSURE

C-95. (U) The open air CCA is closed by a methodical process much the same as other decontamination
stations. This includes—
 Cleanup. Move all usable supplies and equipment from all stations to Station 1. Discard all
unusable supplies as HW. Decontaminate all reusable supplies and equipment collected at Station
1. Move any equipment upwind of the decontamination area. Decontaminate rubber gloves and
move all remaining equipment and supplies at Station 1 upwind of the decontamination area.
 Marking. Mark the entire decontamination area. Station attendees and augments remove their
overgarment using the MOPP gear exchange or MOPP drop technique and dispose of it as
contaminated waste.
Note. (U) Be alert for transient contamination and the spread or contamination movement by
natural sources (such as wind, rain, runoff, and rivers) or human sources (such as vehicle traffic
or rotor wash). Establish procedures to reduce or remove contamination when moving from
contaminated-to-clean areas, and for increasing protective postures when moving from clean-to-
contaminated.
 Unmasking. When the site closure is complete, site management personnel either perform MOPP
gear exchange to continue operating in a contamination environment or move away from the
contaminated area to a designated area and performs MOPP drop or selective unmasking.
procedures.
 Reporting. Submit a single CBRN 5 report at the conclusion of CCA operations. Refer to the
OPORD for site closeout reporting requirements.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION

C-96. (U) The CCS capability allows air stations and installation to process and decontaminate personnel
exposed to nuclear and radiological materials. Radiological contamination presents unique challenges that
require specific decontamination processes and procedures. CCS operations are developed specifically for
personnel who are performing airfield operations to mitigation radiological contamination. Table C-27 details
CCS equipment and materials.
Table C-27. (U) Contamination control station materials list
UNCLASSIFIED
Equipment Quantity
Alpha particle monitoring equipment 4
Lighting for night operations as needed
Low-level beta and/or gamma monitoring instrument (1 – X ray) 4
Dosimeters as needed
2-inch or wider masking tape 3 rolls
CBRN marking kit or substitute 1
Stools or chairs 4
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-27. (U) Contamination control station materials list (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Equipment Quantity
55-gallon drums or equivalent for storing contaminated items 4
Plastic bags; sized to fit the barrels and/or drums used 20
Brushes 4
Whisk brooms 4
Shovels 4
Traffic cones, ropes, and stakes as needed
Protective masks (SCBA, if available) as needed
Personal Protective suits as needed
Cotton gloves as needed
Booties or foot covers as needed
Water container; 5 gallons or larger 1
Paper towels or substitute as required
Liquid soap; 1 gallon or more 1
Tables 5
Craft paper, butcher paper, or substitute 1 roll
Rain suits, ponchos, or substitute 1 box
Surgical masks 1 box
Organic solvents; 1 gallon or more 1
Large tent (20 or 40 men) or trailer with popup sun covers As needed
Portable generator (as needed) 1 As needed
Portable heaters, air-conditioners, fans As needed
Blankets As needed
Litters 4
Plastic sheeting 1 roll
Bar Soap (Dozen) and/or Shampoo As needed
Towels As needed
Cotton Swabs As needed
Bioassay Containers As needed
Hairbrushes As needed
Radio As needed
Spare batteries (for radios and RADIACs) As needed
Trash cans 4
Drinking cups As needed
Bricks (or suitable substitute) to weigh down trash cans in case of high winds As needed
Folding chairs 4
Air sampler 2
Back-up RADIACs (Alpha, Beta, X ray) As needed
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-27. (U) Contamination control station materials list (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Equipment Quantity
Compass 1
Clipboard As needed
Water (Canteen) As needed
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION PREPARATION

C-97. (U) Figure C-5 depicts a CCS. Commanders use the following criteria when selecting a CCS:
 The area must be free of contamination.
 The CCA is directly upwind of an incident, but terrain or other considerations may dictate another
location. If not upwind, it must be far enough away to prevent airborne or suspended
contamination from entering the CCS.
 Initially, the CCA is outside the fragmentation zone and beyond the perimeter of the contaminated
area. After all explosives have been rendered safe, the CCS may be moved closer to the accident
site, if appropriate.
 The CCA is established in an area relatively free of weeds, bushes, and rocks. A paved or flat
compacted surface is recommended. Select an area away from drainage ditches, sewers, or similar
features that might collect contamination from the CCS and distribute it throughout a wide area.
If the CCS must be established near these areas, dam or dyke the entry or downstream area to
prevent uncontrolled runoff or contamination spread.
Figure C-5. (U) Contamination control station diagram
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) Procedures for Personnel Entering the Contaminated Area

C-98. (U) Dress out procedures include—
 Don personal protective suits or coveralls.
 Using masking tape, write the individual’s name and team name or function on the front and back
of each suit.
 Put on shoe covers.
 Using masking tape, tape the bottom of the suit legs over the top of the shoe covers.
 Don and adjust mask; then remove.
 Ensure that all equipment has been functionally checked before donning gloves.
 Don gloves.
 Using masking tape, tape the end of sleeves over the gloves.
 Put on mask.
 Don hood and tape the bottom of the hood to the coveralls. For masks without an integral hood,
tape the opening of the protective garment hood to the edge of the mask.
(U) Contamination Control Station Processing

C-99. (U) If an accident occurs near a populated area and several hundred people are potentially
contaminated, available radiation detection instruments and monitoring personnel may be inadequate to
process the people fully and quickly. If only a few radiation detection instruments are available, use of an
abbreviated monitoring procedure may be considered to speed processing.
 The hands, seat, and shoes or lower legs may be contaminated by handling contaminated objects
or moving and sitting in contaminated areas.
 Contamination of the upper chest or neck and head area is indicative of exposure to airborne
contamination.
 Contamination around the nose or mouth is an indicator of internal contamination. Nasal swipes
should be used to follow up on individuals with positive indications of contamination around the
nose and mouth.
C-100. (U) If radiation detection instruments are unavailable to monitor the people involved, procedures to
decontaminate all people coming from the contaminated area should be used immediately.
 Provisions should be made to monitor them later when instruments are available.
 Such a procedure should require provisions to collect and receipt for clothing, shower, and
shampoo the people, and issue replacement clothing.
 Each article of clothing should be bagged separately, if possible, and all clothing placed in a single
large bag for which a receipt is issued.
 Watches, jewelry, and the contents of pockets and pocketbooks should not be highly contaminated,
if at all, and should be kept by the individual. If those items are highly contaminated, they should
be inventoried, bagged, and an itemized receipt issued. Although the contamination may be kept
with the clothing, an overriding need exists to assure the people that they are being cared for;
therefore, a gym or other facility with dressing rooms and high-capacity showers may be
appropriate for processing people. Soap, shampoo, towels, and stocks of replacement clothing
must be obtained. People processed in this manner, and their collected clothing, should be
monitored as soon as possible. Uncontaminated clothing should be returned at the earliest possible
time.
CUI
CUI
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION EXECUTION

C-101. (U) A CCS includes six stations. Table C-28 provides a CCS procedures checklist.
Table C-28. (U) Contamination control station processing checklist
UNCLASSIFIED
STATION 1
Dosimeter/Equipment Drop-off
1. State name and dosimeter reading to the contamination control station attendant.
2. Take off belt and place it into an open bag on the table. Do not take the dosimeter off the belt.
3. Drop-off any equipment items onto the table.
4. Proceed directly to the boot cover disposal station.
STATION 2
Boot Cover Disposal Station
1. Remove all tape from Anti-C Suit.
2. Sit in two chairs next to the trash barrel.
3. One person is directed to lift the closest foot to the hot line off the ground. The person across
from them will take off the boot cover and place it in the trash barrel. While taking off the boot
cover, careful attention must be paid to ensure that that the inside of the boot cover is not being
touched.
4. Cross boot over the hot line without the foot touching the ground.
5. The boot is now monitored for both alpha and beta radiation for 12 seconds. If boot is clean,
then the boot can touch the ground within the contamination reduction area.
6. The other seated person will complete the same procedure with the boot closest to the hot line.
7. Both personnel will complete the same procedure with their other feet.
8. Once all the boots have been placed in the contamination reduction area, then both personnel
are instructed to stand up.
9. Proceed to the hood disposal station.
STATION 3
Hood Disposal Station
1. Unlock the front portion of the hood.
2. Separate the front of the hood (without touching the inside of the hood).
3. Pull the bottom of the hood behind the head, and up off the head.
4. Once the hood is off the head, twist the body around so that the hood stays above the trash
barrel and facing the barrel.
5. Drop the hood in the trash barrel.
6. Move to the Anti-C Suit/glove disposal station.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-28. (U) Contamination control station processing checklist (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
STATION 4
Anti-C Suit/Gloves Disposal
1. The contamination control station team members will instruct two personnel to walk forward
and face the trash barrel and undo the pull-cord.
2. Roll the suit down (without touching the inside of the suit or the outside of the suit touching
undergarments) starting with the shoulders and ending at the knees.
3. Once the suit is rolled down to the knees, sit in the chair next to the trash barrel (do not sit on
the suit).
4. Pull the suit off one leg then the other. The entire suit should be around the person’s arms.
5. The contamination control station team member will instruct the person to stand up and put the
suit and gloves over the trash barrel.
6. Pull the protective suit and gloves off so they fall in the trash barrel.
7. Proceed to the radiation check station.
STATION 5
Radiation Check and Protective Mask Removal Station
1. Stand with arms and legs spread out in an “X” pattern.
2. The back of the arms is tested from one hand to the other. The back is tested with an “X”
pattern from waist to each shoulder. Both legs are tested from shoe to waist, up, and then down.
3. The person is instructed to lift the heel of boot while keeping the toe on the ground for stability.
4. The boot is tested and then the other boot in the same manner.
5. The front of the body is tested in the same way.

6. While the contamination control station team member is testing the front of the body, the
second contamination control station team member can test the back of the person for Alpha
contamination.
7. Flip the bottom two buckles of the mask forward. This will loosen the whole mask.
8. Grab the chin cup of the mask with both hands in a “V” shape.
9. Pull out and then lift up off the head.
10. Place the mask in the trash barrel.
11. Proceed to wash station.
STATION 6
Wash Station
1. The contaminated area is washed with a brush, soap, and water.
2. Once the area has been washed, it is retested for contamination.

3. After the person has been tested and found uncontaminated, then they may cross the
contamination control line and enter the clean area.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-28. (U) Contamination control station processing checklist (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
SPECIAL PROCESSING
Injured Personnel
Note. Injured personnel are processed first.
1. The contamination control station team will transfer the injured person from the contaminated
stretcher over the hot line into the stretcher in the ambulance lane.
2. The contamination control station team must make sure that the team from down range does
not cross the hot line or touch any clean personnel or equipment.
3. Once the injured person is transferred, medical personnel with transport them to a medical
clinic.
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL STATION SITE CLOSURE

C-102. (U) Site remediation (SR) is the phase of the radiological accident response that primarily deals with
remediation of the affected area. SR is closely integrated with other phases of accident response. Many of
the response teams that arrive early on to support the emergency response and recovery phases shall stay at
the accident site in some capacity to support SR. Remediation actions at the site usually begin when planning
activities begin during the Accident Site Consolidation Phase. SR activities may last for years after the
radiological material is recovered. Personnel responsible for SR activities may refer to the Multi-Agency
Radiation Survey and Site Investigation Manual, which was developed jointly by the DOD, the Department
of Energy/National Nuclear Safety Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and the Nuclear
Regulatory Committee, to assist in this phase of the response.
C-103. (U) The SR process has five steps: planning, site characterization, conducting intermediate actions,
developing a long-term plan, and implementing the plan. The SR process is continuous. Many actions overlap
from one step to the next as the response forces addresses the difficult problem of remediating contaminated
land, buildings, and property to preplanned safe levels. By understanding the key actions required in each
step, primary response organizations may refine their plans and organizational structures to meet the
demanding tasks of SR. See DODM 3150.08 for addition information.

C-104. (U) Thorough object decontamination includes DED and DAD. Object decontamination also
includes shipboard and maritime decontamination.
(U) DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION

C-105. (U) DED facilitates contamination removal from vehicles and combat equipment down to negligible
levels allowing personnel to operate vehicles and equipment in a reduced MOPP. DED is resource
demanding. It requires great quantities of water and it is manpower intensive. Typically, a support unit such
as a CBRN platoon sets up, manages, and facilitates the decontamination process in support of other units.
At the conclusion of DED, refit and rearmed decontaminated personnel are rejoined with the decontaminated
vehicles and equipment to resume operational requirements. Due to technological limitations, it is difficult
to thoroughly decontaminate some substances on some surfaces to negligible levels.
C-106. (CUI) Commanders must make risk based decisions when employing equipment that possess a
contact or vapor hazard after thorough decontamination activities conclude. Because of this limitation,
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Services, CCDRs, theater commanders, or operational commanders may require personnel to remain in an
elevated MOPP at the conclusion of DED activities.
C-107. (U) DED is normally performed in conjunction with DTD and is performed as the mission allows.
A DED can be large and may require engineering equipment to carve lanes, dig wastewater sumps to control
water runoff, and to dispose expendable DED or DTD supplies. CBRN units are responsible for preparing,
executing, and closing the DED site. As a reconstitution activity, additional force reconstitution activities
may be performed at the conclusion of DED activities.
C-108. (U) A CB contamination DED is comprised of five stations: Station 1–Primary Wash, Station
2–Decontaminant Application, Station 3–Contact Time/Interior Decontamination, Station 4–Rinse, and
Station 5–Check. A radiological contamination DED is comprised of four stations. Radiological DED uses
all CB stations except Station 2–Primary Wash. Stations are normally 50 meters apart; however, spacing
between stations is METT-T/METT-TC(I) dependent.
(U) DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

C-109. (U) DED layouts vary based on terrain, wind direction, and security. Decontamination units establish
thorough decontamination sites differently because of organization and equipment differences.
C-110. (U) Close coordination with the staff and group logistics officer is necessary to provision critical
resources essential for successful DED operations. Logistics functions such as general engineering, supply,
and HSS may be required the duration of the decontamination operation.
 General engineering support is required to help prepare and close the thorough decontamination
site. Engineering support may include grating decontamination lanes, digging large sumps,
facilitating water distribution (provide power-driven water pumps, water purification, and bulk
water storage), managing contaminated waste, and closing the decontamination site.
 Equipment resupply is of critical importance. Class I (potable drinking water and food for the
decontamination site’s management personnel), Class II (resupply of site management personnel’s
IPE), Class III (petroleum, oil, and lubricants) for the decontamination site’s power-driven
equipment) resupply is required for enduring decontamination operations.
 HSS is required to not only treat contaminated casualties from the contaminated unit, but also to
treat decontamination site management personnel who may become contaminated casualties
themselves or become heat casualties due to the IPE’s physiological burden and the intensive labor
required to perform DED. Depending on the size of the decontamination operation, a Role 1
medical treatment capability may be required in vicinity of the thorough decontamination site.
C-111. (U) The optimum layout for the DED allows for two lanes of equipment decontamination and
augmentation support is provided to support all stations. DED layouts are described for using M333, JGPD
and legacy methods using chlorine-based solutions for decontaminant. Since it is unlikely that all units are at
100 percent strength, alternate modifications to these layouts may be used. The total number of personnel
that are needed is identified in general terms. CBRN personnel requirements are not specified. Figure C-6
depicts a single-lane layout.
CUI
CUI
Legend:
NCOIC noncommissioned officer
OIC officer in charge
Figure C-6. (U) DED layout single lane
C-112. (U) CBRN unit leaders use METT-T/METT-TC(I) to determine the best possible DED layout to
execute their mission. When determining alternate DED layouts, use the following guidelines:
 The ability to spray hot, soapy, water or pressurized steam must be retained at Station 1 unless
CIDAS is to be used at the check station.
 Experienced and qualified chemical agent detector or dismounted RADIAC meter operators are
required at Station 5.
 Water does not have to be hot to rinse off the decontaminant; however, the lower the water
pressure, the greater the amount of water that is required for the rinse.
C-113. (U) See table C-29, page C-48, for general personnel and equipment requirements for the DED.
Number of personnel required and available will vary depending on method used and size of the operation.
Limited personnel or equipment affects the DED layout. The processing rate using this layout is affected by
work/rest cycles. See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for more information
on work/rest cycles.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-29. (U) General personnel and equipment requirements for DED
UNCLASSIFIED
Stations Personnel Equipment and Supplies
Station 1—Primary wash 1 squad leader PDDEs (2 if able to operate 2-lane DED)
PDDE operators 3,000-gallon tanks
4 augmentees to scrub 65-/125-GPM pumps (recommended CTA item)
vehicles long-handled brushes
TAP aprons
Sufficient liquid detergent
flashlights or chemical lights
Check station- 1 NCO M335 CIDAS, chemical agent detectors, or radiological
2 augmentees for CIDAS detectors
Optional CIDAS
application Decontaminant for spot application
application
2 checkers Chalk for marking contamination
Station 2a and 2b— squad leader PDDE for applying M333 JGPD
Decontaminant 2 PDDE operators TAP aprons
application 2 or more augmentees as flashlights or chemical lights
needed to apply decontaminant for interior decontamination
decontaminant clipboard
pen
stopwatch
For legacy method of DED with STB application
long-handled brushes
mops with extra mop heads
30-gallon containers, sufficient decontaminant
flashlights
Station 3—Interior 1 NCO TAP aprons
decontamination or 2 or more augmentees decontaminant
contact time for legacy
method chemical agent detector
sponges
RADIAC meters
trash bags
clipboard
pen
stopwatch
Station 4—Rinse PDDE operator PDDE (2 – if able to operate 2-lane DED)
2 or more augmentees as 3,000-gallon tank
sprayers 65-/125-GPM pumps
TAP aprons
flashlights or chemical lights
Station 5—Check 2 NCOs chemical agent detectors
or qualified chemical agent chemical agent monitors/alarm
detector or RADIAC operators chemical agent detector kits
books of chemical agent detector paper
RADIAC meters
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-29. (U) General personnel and equipment requirements for DED (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Stations Personnel Equipment and Supplies
Water management 2 water resupply team* Water supply trucks with radios
chemical agent monitors
spot decontaminant
C2 1 PL HMMWV with a radio
1 PSG CBRN marking kits
*Water resupply operators can fill other roles as required. Personnel requirements can be filled by
decontamination unit or augmentees. More augmentees would be needed depending on METT-T/
METT-TC(I).
Legend:
C2 command and control METT-TC(I) mission, enemy, terrain and weather,
CBRN chemical, biological, radiological, and troops and support available-time
nuclear available, civil considerations and
CIDAS Contamination Indicator informational considerations
Decontamination Assurance System NCO noncommissioned officer
CTA common table of allowance PDDE power-driven decontamination
DED detailed equipment decontamination equipment
GPM gallons per minute PL platoon leader
HMMWV high-mobility multipurpose wheeled PSG platoon sergeant
vehicle RADIAC radiation detection, indication, and
JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminant computation
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain and weather, STB super tropical bleach
troops and support available-time TAP toxicological agent protective
available
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION SITE EXECUTION

C-114. (U) DED site execution includes activities performed at the pre-decontamination staging area, the
five decontamination stations, and the post-decontamination staging area.
(U) Predecontamination staging area

C-115. (U) Vehicles and equipment are prepared for thorough decontamination while in the staging area.
Contaminated equipment, heavy mud and debris, and canvas covered items are removed from the vehicles
and other equipment.
C-116. (U) Vehicle crews play an integral part in the thorough decontamination process. The vehicle crews,
except for the drivers, dismount. As the crews dismount, they remove all contaminated equipment, including
sensitive items (that is, electro-optical), from the top and sides of the vehicles. Crews do not reenter vehicles
to prevent contamination spread into the vehicle’s interior.
C-117. (U) Crews remove all heavy mud and debris from the contaminated vehicles using the vehicle’s
pioneer tools. They concentrate on the undercarriage, which would be the most likely place for contamination
to collect and the hardest place to decontaminate. Once the crew is finished with the pioneer tools, they are
placed back on the vehicle. Removing mud and debris during pre-decontamination increases the likelihood
that the decontamination wash removes remaining contamination.
C-118. (U) Seat covers (when applicable), canvas items, camouflage netting, wooden rails, and any other
material that can absorb liquid contamination are removed. These items create a potential transfer hazard and
are not easily decontaminated. Left untreated, absorbed chemical agents desorb after being decontaminated
and create a vapor hazard. The crew removes the items that cannot be decontaminated by the standard
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
methods used in the DTD and places them at a designated collection point. Decontamination unit personnel
advise the decontaminated unit about decontamination or disposal options for hard-to-decontaminate items.
Note. (U) Design vehicle load plans to minimize the amount of equipment carried on the outside
of the vehicle that cannot be readily decontaminated. Whenever possible, CBRN covers should be
used when a chemical incident is expected. All CBRN covers are removed and disposed of as
contaminated waste during the pre-decontamination actions.
C-119. (U) Equipment and supplies that are exposed after CBRN covers are removed are checked for
contamination. Non-contaminated equipment that are removed from vehicles are moved to the post-
decontamination area via a designated clean route. Contaminated equipment and supplies are decontaminated
or discarded.
C-120. (U) In coordination with the CBRN unit leader operating the decontamination site, the contaminated
unit begins sending contaminated vehicles by priority for processing. This includes assistant vehicle drivers
who are the first individuals sent through the DTD to ensure a driver exchange at Station 3. Communication
is maintained between the pre-decontamination staging area and the CBRN unit leaders.
(U) Station procedures for detailed equipment decontamination

C-121. (U) The DED includes five stations. The procedures in table C-30 describe procedures for DED
using M333, JGPD.
Table C-30. (U) Detailed equipment decontamination procedures
UNCLASSIFIED
Station Procedures
Station 1 Primary Wash Gross contamination and dirt are removed from the vehicle. Spray vehicle for 2-3
minutes with hot, soapy water (no soap if CIDAS will be used for check station). Vehicle
will be scrubbed as needed to help remove caked-on dirt. The mechanical action of
scrubbing helps remove thickened agents. Although undersurfaces are difficult to
reach, try to remove as much dirt as possible. After scrubbing the vehicle, spray it again
for 2-3 minutes to remove loosened dirt and contamination. The runoff from this station
is contaminated and should be treated as HW and should be controlled. If available,
engineer support may be used to construct a sump.
Station 1 requires high water pressure systems (PDDE) rather than low water pressure
systems (65-gallons per minute pumps). The effectiveness of the wash depends on the
type of wash (hot, soapy water; hot water; cold water, or steam). The relative
effectiveness rankings for selected surfaces are listed in table C-31.
Hot, soapy water is heated to 120° to 140° F (49° to 60° C) and a detergent is added to
reduce surface tension. The detergent removes the agent by emulsification, which is
followed by the mechanical displacement of the suspension. Hot water alone is less
effective than hot, soapy water.
For some chemical agents, cold water exhibits better solvent characteristics, and some
agents are best removed by steam, through vaporization. See TM 3-11.91/
MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 for the chemical and physical properties
of CWA and additional information.
Check station This station can be used to detect actual locations of contamination and to make
This station not used for decisions on best use of resources. CIDAS or chemical agent detectors can be used to
biological contamination. detect and mark areas of contamination to focus application of decontaminant. If
vehicle is extensively contaminated decision may be made to change priority of vehicle
to conserve resources. Or if contamination is limited to very small area, it may be spot
decontaminated.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-30. (U) Detailed equipment decontamination procedures (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
Station Procedures
Station 2a 1st M333, JGPD At Station 2a JGPD is applied to the vehicle, to the locations marked by the check
Application station or the entire vehicle. The PDDE can be used to apply the JGPD.
Chemical/biological. The decontaminate is prepared in the tank unit assembly of the M12 or in an
This station not required for appropriately sized container (or 200-gallon framed tote) for the M26.
radiological contamination. Decontaminant is applied starting at the top of the vehicle and working toward the
undercarriage. Every effort is made to apply the decontaminant to the undercarriage,
especially if the vehicle has crossed a contaminated area.
An attendant can track the time each vehicle enters and exits this station to ensure
that at least 15 minutes has passed. JGPD should be given 15 minutes of contact
time at this station.
Station 2b, 2nd M333, JGPD JGPD is applied in the same manner as Station 2a.
Application The vehicle can move on to Station 3.
Chemical/biological.
This station not required for
radiological contamination.
Station 3 Interior Chemical. An attendant tracks the time each vehicle enters this station to ensure
Decontamination that at least 15 minutes passes. JGPD should be given 15 minutes of contact time at
this station. The attendant also records whether any contamination is found on the
inside of the vehicle.
An augmentee or the driver inspects the interior of the vehicle for liquid
contamination. The augmentee or driver is given chemical agent detector paper to
check for chemical contamination. If the augmentee or driver finds contamination,
they are given decontamination supplies to decontaminate the interior of the vehicle.
Areas where there is little likelihood of contamination (such as electrical assemblies
or the area beneath the turret floor) should not need to be decontaminated. (See
Appendix G for a listing of decontaminants.)
Once the interior decontamination is complete, place covers over the seats and floor
of the vehicle. (This prevents other drivers from soaking excess decontaminant into
their IPE.)
Radiological. If vehicles have radiological contamination, personnel use a RADIAC
meter to determine the extent and location of radiological contamination inside the
vehicle.
If there is contamination that is greater than 0.33 centigray, the interior needs to be
decontaminated. Use a wet sponge to wipe the interior of the vehicle.
All. The driver proceeds to the start of the DTD.
The assistant driver, having completed the DTD, checks with the attendant to ensure
the proper time has passed, mounts the vehicle, and moves it to the next station. All
drivers should exercise caution when entering or exiting the vehicle.
Station 4 Rinse The vehicle is sprayed with water from top to bottom to remove decontaminant from
the vehicle. Take care to rinse the undercarriage. Avoid overspray.
Failure to remove all the decontaminant from the vehicle may cause a false reading
at Station 5.
If high water pressure systems (such as the PDDE) are not available, large volume
water pumps (65 and 125 gallons per minute) are used at this station.
The driver removes the plastic or other material (if present) covering the seats and
floor and disposes of it as HW.
Station 5 Check The vehicle is checked for contamination at this station. Detection procedures vary
depending on the type of contamination. The activity at this station will take
approximately 15 minutes.
Chemical/biological. If significant contamination is found on the vehicle, the vehicle
is recycled to Station 2.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-30. (U) Detailed equipment decontamination procedures (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
Station Procedures
Station 5 Check (continued) Note. If CIDAS is used to check for contamination, but all decontaminants have not
been removed from the vehicle, an invalid indication will result.
Radiological. If significant radiological contamination is found on the vehicle, it is
recycled to Station 1.
Note. Exercise caution to prevent the vehicle from contaminating clean areas. If the
vehicle cannot be recycled, the commander decides what to do with the vehicle. At a
minimum, it is segregated from clean troops and vehicles for weathering. Personnel
operating the vehicle remain in an elevated MOPP. If sufficient resources and time
are available, the vehicle is recycled back through a thorough decontamination line.
Use the chemical detector to check for the presence of vapor from residual liquid
contamination. A zero-bar reading on the chemical detector indicates a negligible
contamination level.
Once the chemical detector indicates the presence of vapor contamination, chemical
agent detector paper is used to verify the presence of liquid contamination.
If it is suspected that the chemical detector and chemical agent detector paper are
producing false positive results, use a chemical agent detector kit near the area to
verify the presence of contamination. (See table C-32, for a list of common
interferents that can cause false positive readings on the chemical detector.)
Legend:
AFTTP Air Force tactics, techniques, and IPE individual protective equipment
procedures JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminant
C Celsius MCRP Marine Corps reference publication
CIDAS Contamination Indicator MOPP mission-oriented protective posture
Decontamination Assurance System NTRP Navy tactical reference publication
CWA chemical warfare agent PDDE power-driven decontamination
DTD detailed troop decontamination equipment
F Fahrenheit RADIAC radiation detection, indication, and
HW hazardous waste computation
TM technical manual
UNCLASSIFIED
C-122. (U) The effectiveness of the wash depends on the type of wash (hot, soapy water; hot water; cold
water; or steam). The relative effectiveness rankings for selected surfaces are listed in table C-31. Hot, soapy
water heated to 120° to 140° Fahrenheit (49° to 60° Celsius) with detergent added reduces surface tension.
The detergent removes the agent by emulsification, which is followed by the mechanical displacement of the
suspension. Hot water alone is less effective than hot, soapy water. For some chemical agents, cold water
exhibits better solvent characteristics, and some agents are best removed by steam, through vaporization.
Table C-31. (U) Effectiveness of types of wash
UNCLASSIFIED
Agents/Surfaces Type of Wash
TGD on alkyd-painted metal Hot water and/or steam; hot or cold, soapy water
TGD on CARC-painted metal Hot, soapy water; hot water and/or steam; cold water
TGD on canvas or webbing Steam; hot water and/or hot, soapy water; cold water
THD on alkyd-painted metal Hot water and/or steam; hot, soapy water; cold water
THD on CARC-painted metal Hot, soapy water; hot water and/or steam; cold water
THD on canvas or webbing Steam; hot, soapy water; cold water; hot water
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table C-31. (U) Effectiveness of types of wash (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Agents/Surfaces Type of Wash
HD on alkyd-painted metal Hot, soapy water; hot water and/or steam; cold water
HD on CARC-painted metal Hot, soapy water and/or steam; cold water; hot water
HD on canvas or webbing Steam; hot water; hot, soapy water; cold water
VX on alkyd-painted metal Steam; cold water; hot water and/or hot, soapy water
VX on canvas or webbing Steam; hot water and/or hot, soapy water; cold water
GD on canvas or webbing Steam; hot, soapy water and/or hot water; cold water
Note. The types of wash are listed in the order of effectiveness, starting with the most effective to the least
effective.
Legend:
CARC chemical agent resistant coating
GD Soman (a nerve agent)
HD distilled mustard (a blister agent)
TGD thickened Soman (a nerve agent)
THD thickened distilled mustard (a blister agent)
VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl) methylphosphonothiolate (a nerve agent)
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) Legacy Procedures for Detailed Equipment Decontamination

C-123. (U) Legacy procedures for DED include the use of a chlorine-based decontaminant. At Station 1 the
procedures remain the same as in table C-30, page C-50. Gross contamination and dirt are removed from the
vehicle. This station takes approximately 15 minutes and includes the following procedures for all
contamination:
 This station uses about 250 gallons of water per vehicle. Larger vehicles with large quantities of
dirt use more water. The runoff from this station is contaminated and should be treated as HW and
should be controlled. If available, engineer support may be used to construct a sump.
 Station 1 requires high water pressure systems (PDDE) rather than low water volume systems (65-
gallons-per-minute pumps).
C-124. (U) At Station 2 a decontaminant is applied to the entire vehicle. This station takes approximately
15 minutes and includes the following procedures for CB contamination:
 Before starting the decontamination operation, the decontamination crew prepares the slurry mix
in the PDDE or by mixing 100 pounds of chlorine-based decontaminant with 20 gallons of hot
water in 30-gallon containers. Each member of the scrubbing team wears a toxicological agent
protective apron or wet-weather gear to protect themselves and their clothing from being saturated
with water, decontaminant, or agent.
 The vehicle is divided into four parts, and a member of the scrubbing team is assigned to each
part. This limits the workload of each member of the scrubbing team and avoids duplication of
work.
 Decontaminant is applied starting at the top of the vehicle and working toward the undercarriage.
Every effort is made to apply the decontaminant to the undercarriage, especially if the vehicle has
crossed a contaminated area.
 If the hazard is radiological, this station is not required.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
C-125. (U) At Station 3, the decontaminant is allowed to completely neutralize the chemical agent and the
interior of the vehicle is decontaminated. Contact time/interior decontamination takes approximately 30
minutes. (There is very little desorption for most chemical agents when there is a 30-minute contact time.)
Station 3 includes the following tasks for CB contamination:
 Vehicles are moved to a concealed position (if possible).
 The attendant tracks the time each vehicle enters and exits this site to ensure that at least 30 minutes
has passed.
 The attendant also records whether any contamination is found on the inside of the vehicle. This
information may be needed for redeployment as part of clearance decontamination.
 The driver inspects the interior of the vehicle for liquid contamination and decontaminates as
described in table C-31, page C-52.
C-126. (U) The procedures of legacy method of decontamination at Stations 4 and 5 are the same as those
described in table C-30, page C-50. If it is suspected that the chemical detector and chemical agent detector
paper are producing false positive results, use a chemical agent detector kit near the area to verify the presence
of contamination. See table C-32, for a list of common interferents that can cause false positive readings on
the chemical detector.
Table C-32. (U) Common interferents for the chemical detector
UNCLASSIFIED
Interferents G (Nerve) Agent Bar Response H (Mustard) Agent Bar Response
Insect repellent Low to very high Not applicable
Brake fluid High to very high Very high
General-purpose cleaner High Not applicable
Burning kerosene Not applicable High
Breath mints High Not applicable
Gasoline vapors Low Low
Burning grass Low to high Low
Burning gas Low Not applicable
Green smoke Low Low to high
Break-free oil Low Not applicable
Ammonia Very high Not applicable
Legend:
G nerve agent
H mustard agent
UNCLASSIFIED
C-127. (U) Chemical agents desorb from the surfaces after decontamination. The desorption vapors on
CARC painted surfaces stop sooner than alkyd painted surfaces. Consider this when checking
decontaminated items for overall decontamination effectiveness.
C-128. (U) For radiological hazards, use the dismounted RADIAC meter to determine if contamination
remains. If the contamination is greater than 0.33 centigray per hour, the vehicle is then recycled to
Station 1. Once it is determined that vehicles are free of contamination, they are moved to the post-
decontamination staging area.
(U) Postdecontamination Staging Area

C-129. (U) Force reconstitution occurs at the post-decontamination staging area. Here, vehicles are refit and
rearmed with decontaminated weapon systems, ammunition, and cargo and are refueled (depending on the
size of the decontamination operation.)
CUI
CUI
C-130. (U) Personnel rendezvous with decontaminated equipment at the post-decontamination staging area.
Accountability of personnel and serialized equipment, function checks, and pre-combat checks and
inspections are performed to ensure the operability of decontaminated equipment and to prepare the
decontaminated unit for follow on operations.
(U) Recycle and Reconstitution

C-131. (U) A recycle route is established to reroute vehicles that have been processed through DED but
remain contaminated. The commander, with the CBRN leader’s help, establishes the recycle criteria before
starting decontamination operations. This limits the spread of contamination and prevents clean vehicles from
being exposed to contamination. The CBRN unit leader, in conjunction with the contaminated unit, select
these routes based on operational guidance, the road network, available cover and concealment, and water
supply. The recycle criteria determines which vehicles return to Station 1 (radiological) and Station 2
(chemical) after contamination is detected. If the unit has sufficient time and resources, any vehicle having
more contamination than the acceptable level should be recycled. However, time and resources are usually
limited and not all vehicles are recyclable. The recycle criteria may consider weathering effects.
C-132. (U) Thorough decontamination activities that are performed on vehicles or major equipment end
items are recorded. The USAF uses AF Form 1800 (Operator’s Inspection Guide and Trouble Report) for
this purpose. This information becomes a permanent record for these vehicles or major equipment end items
and assists with reconstitution operations once the conflict or war has ended. Required form entries include—
 The type of decontamination performed.
 The decontaminant used.
 The date-time group decontamination completed.
 The location of the decontamination site, and type of monitoring equipment used to verify
decontamination completeness.
C-133. (U) As a part of unit redeployment, some equipment identified to redeploy or retrograde may have
residual or low-level contamination. Records made during operational and decontamination equipment may
help identify equipment that possess low-level contamination. Also, any vehicle or piece of equipment that
was present in an attack or in a downwind hazard area may possess residual contamination.
C-134. (U) If equipment is retrograded under nonemergency conditions, then it is assumed that there is time
for clearance decontamination and weathering. Redeployment planning should specify consolidation points
in the security area for equipment suspected of residual contamination. Specialized detectors and monitors
are needed for clearance decontamination to confirm and monitor for contamination. As suspected equipment
is consolidated for monitoring, decontamination, and weathering, security and buffer zones around the site
provide an additional contamination control measure. Personnel engaged in monitoring, preparation, and
clearance decontamination require stringent personal protection and specialized detectors. This process may
continue for weeks or months.
C-135. (U) Even after thorough decontamination, there may be a residual hazard. Present detection
limitations make it difficult to provide reliable concentration measurements under field conditions. The risk
increases as contaminated equipment is consolidated and as personnel work around the equipment for
extended periods. The risk increases again as equipment is disassembled for maintenance or containerization
(therefore, the need for clearance decontamination). However, given the limitations of decontamination
technology, some equipment items may require extensive weathering before retrograding, or may require
destruction.
(U) MODIFIED DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION SITE EXECUTION
C-136. (CUI) The modified DED incorporates hazard awareness and understanding and improvements in
assessment and mitigation capabilities. The modified DED layout may include a CIDAS disclosure station
as shown in figure C-7, page C-56.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
 Hazard awareness and understanding. Immediate decontamination, operational decontamination

and weathering will reduce existing contamination. Understanding the agent encountered and how
the OE influences the hazard must be considered by CBRN leaders in the assessment of
contaminated equipment.
 Assessment capabilities. CBRN leaders on the DED site make assessments of the vehicles to
determine if the Station 1 primary wash is required (heavily soiled vehicles, vehicles previously
decontaminated that would have residue that interferes with the disclosure spray). The CIDAS
disclosure can reveal the presence, location, and extent of contamination on a vehicle. It can be
used as an assessment capability to disclose effectiveness of previous decontamination efforts or
confirm contamination suspected by operators.
 Mitigation capabilities. JGPD (M333) is less corrosive than other decontamination solutions and
does not require rinse if resources are limited. However, M333 will leave a residue on equipment
that can affect CIDAS performance when it is applied again in the future.
Legend:
AUG augmentee
NCOIC noncommissioned officer in charge
OIC officer in charge
PDDE power-driven decontamination apparatus
PL platoon leader
PSG platoon sergeant
Figure C-7. (CUI) Modified DED layout
CUI
CUI
(U) Station 1a–Primary Wash

C-137. (CUI) At Station 1 the gross contamination and dirt are removed from the vehicle. This station
requires high water pressure systems (PDDE) rather than low water volume systems (65-gallons-per-minute
pumps). The following steps are followed:
 Spray the vehicle for 2-3 minutes with high pressure. Do not use soap.
 Scrub the vehicle to help remove caked-on dirt.
 Spray the vehicle again for 2-3 minutes to remove loosened dirt and contamination.
 Contain the runoff from this station as HW. If available, engineer support may be used to construct
a sump.
(U) Station 1b–Disclosure

C-138. (CUI) CIDAS disclosure station operations will be led by a NCO who will provide guidance when
necessary.
 Sprayer. Apply the CIDAS in accordance with application procedures. Observe the sprayer for
any indications the system’s flow is impaired. Maintain system pressurization as necessary.
 Observer. Observe the sprayed areas for any indications of color changes in accordance with user
manual instructions. Nerve agent disclosure spray goes on yellow and turns red in the presence of
nerve agent. Blister agent disclosure spray turns yellow if there is no blister agent present. If there
is blister agent present it stays red, it does not turn yellow. Use chalk or other method to circle the
color area. Revisit previously checked areas to see if any indications have developed since the last
check and advise the NCO of the vehicle status. The observer will make the determination on
when the disclosure and check operation is complete. The observer should watch the level of
applicator tanks to advise the sprayer when refill is necessary.
Note 1. (CUI) The actions described may be performed after decontamination at Station 5 to check
for remaining contamination. CIDAS can be reapplied, prioritizing those areas where
contamination was revealed before.
Note 2. (CUI) If the vehicle has very limited contamination, spot decontamination may be used.
(U) Station 2–First M333 Application

C-139. (CUI) At Station 2 the decontamination crew prepares the M333 mixture in a bulk container (for
example a trash can or blivit) The M26 PDDE draws the mixture from the container. If CIDAS disclosure
was performed, the M333 is applied to only what is necessary (chalked areas) to save time and reduce
resource consumption. If disclosure was not performed then the whole vehicle can be sprayed. The interior
of the vehicle is also decontaminated. The vehicle remains at Station 2 for 15 minutes and the crew continues
to monitor for wetness. If the vehicle starts to dry, the M333 is reapplied as many times as needed to ensure
the vehicle remains wet.
C-140. (CUI) The driver inspects the interior of the vehicle for liquid contamination. If contamination is
found the driver decontaminates and then places covers over the seats and floor of the vehicle.
Note. (CUI) Rechalk areas indicated as contaminated.
(U) Station 3–Second M333 Application

C-141. (CUI) The vehicle remains at Station 3 for 15 minutes and the decontamination crew monitors for
wetness. If the vehicle starts to dry, M333 is reapplied as many times as needed to ensure the vehicle remains
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
wet. The driver dismounts the vehicle and proceeds to the start of the DTD. The assistant driver, having
completed the DTD, checks with the attendant to ensure at least 30 minutes has passed between Stations 2
and 3, then mounts the vehicle and moves it to the next station.
(U) Station 4–Rinse

C-142. (CUI) At Station 4 the decontaminant is removed from the vehicle. The rinse is optional, it is not
required when using M333. However, if CIDAS is used to verify decontamination success, the M333 must
be thoroughly rinsed off-it will interfere with performance of CIDAS. The operators spray the vehicle with
water from the top to the bottom, taking care to rinse the undercarriage. If high water pressure system (PDDE)
is not available, large-volume water pumps (such as 65 or 125 gallon per minute pump) should be used. The
driver removes the coverings from the seats and floor and disposes of it as HW.
(CUI) CAUTION
(CUI) Failure to remove all the decontaminant from the vehicle will cause
an invalid (purple/blue/magenta) indication at Station 5.
(U) Station 5–Check

C-143. (CUI) At Station 5, the vehicle is checked for the presence of residual liquid contamination. CIDAS
may be used to indicate the presence of contamination and a chemical agent detector is used to verify the
presence of liquid contamination. If significant chemical contamination is found on the vehicle, the vehicle
may be recycled to Station 2. If the vehicle cannot be recycled the commander has two COAs—
 The vehicle can be segregated from the clean troops and allowed to weather. Personnel operating
the vehicle remain in elevated MOPP.
 If sufficient resources and time are available, the vehicle should be recycled back into a thorough
decontamination line.
(U) DETAILED EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

C-144. (U) Once all vehicles and personnel from the contaminated unit have processed through the thorough
decontamination site, the site can be closed. Coordination with the supported unit is necessary before closing
the site to ensure that all contaminated elements are processed. The decontamination element closes the DED
first. Once the DED is closed, the decontamination element processes through the DTD. After the
decontaminated element has processed through the DTD, the DTD is closed.
C-145. (U) The DED is closed in sequence, starting at Station 1.
 Clean-up. All vehicles, equipment, and nonexpendable supplies are inspected for contamination.
If contamination is found on an item, it is decontaminated. Information about each station is as
follows:
 Station 1–primary wash. Spray all vehicles and equipment with hot, soapy water to remove
any contamination that could have been transferred during the primary wash operations.
Drain the water billets or fabric tanks of water. Inspect all equipment and vehicles for
contamination using the appropriate detection equipment.
 Station 2–decontaminant application. Throw the mops and brushes that were used in
applying the decontaminant into a sump or bury them. Inspect the unused decontaminant, and
load it on a vehicle.
 Station 3–contact time/interior decontamination. Inspect any unused supplies and
equipment for contamination. If no contamination is detected, load the equipment and
supplies on a vehicle. Throw all contaminated supplies into the nearest sump.
CUI
CUI
 Station 4–rinse. Spray all vehicles and equipment with hot, soapy water to remove any
contamination that could have been transferred during the rinse operations. Drain the water
billets or fabric tanks. Inspect all the equipment and vehicles for contamination using the
appropriate detection equipment. If no contamination is detected, load the equipment onto the
vehicles. Spread one can of chlorine-based decontaminant into each of the sumps and then
cover them. Post CBRN hazard markers near the covered sumps.
 Station 5–check. Ensure that all equipment has been checked for contamination. If it is not
contaminated, load it onto a vehicle. If it is contaminated, decontaminate it according to the
appropriate TM. Throw any contaminated supplies into the nearest sump. Move all vehicles
upwind of Station 5 and inspect them again for contamination. If any contamination is
detected, decontaminate the identified areas.
 Marking. Mark the entire decontamination site.
 Unmasking. When the DED site closure is complete, site personnel proceed to the DTD site to
perform thorough decontamination.
 Reporting. A single CBRN 5 report is submitted at the conclusion of DED and DTD operations.
Also, refer to the OPORD for specific site closeout reporting requirements.
(U) DETAILED AIRCRAFT DECONTAMINATION

C-146. (CUI) DAD facilitates contamination removal from aircraft down to negligible levels so that aircraft
are operated and maintained safely for extended periods without aircrew needing to wear aircrew IPE or non-
aircrew IPE. The goal is to eliminate or reduce the contamination and restore the mission-critical resources
to a condition that permits unrestricted use, handling, and operation. DAD is performed as the mission allows.
C-147. (U) DAD is resource demanding and requires specific soaps and detergents to prevent damaging
aircraft skins and sensitive aircraft equipment. It also requires great quantities of water and it is manpower
intensive. Typically, a support unit such as a CBRN platoon sets up and works in support of aviation
maintenance personnel, with aviation maintenance personnel directing decontamination activities. At the
conclusion of DAD, refit and rearmed aircraft resume operational requirements.
C-148. (U) For more detailed TTP for USAF decontamination see AFMAN 10-2503. For Air Force aircrew
decontamination, see AFI 11-301V1. For USN and USMC, see NAVAIR 00-80T-123.
C-149. (U) It is important to protect aircraft and aircrews during a CBRN incident. The goal is to minimize
sortie generation degradation by limiting the number of personnel and amount of equipment contaminated
and limit the time spent in IPE.
C-150. (U) A critical limitation to aircraft decontamination is interior decontamination. Electronics,
electrical systems, and other cockpit, flight deck, and cargo area sensitive components can become damaged
if subjected to the volume of water that is required to effectively remove contamination from these areas.
Note. (CUI) There are currently no available decontamination technologies, other than using
standard aircraft soaps and cleaners to displace contamination from an aircraft. Therefore, when
considering aircraft thorough decontamination, commanders should first determine the extent of
the contamination within the interior areas of the aircraft. If these areas are heavily contaminated,
it is practical to operationally decontaminate the exterior of the aircraft, spot decontaminate the
interior of the aircraft, and allow the aircraft to weather to acceptable levels. This is an ideal use
of resources and prevents expending valuable resources to conduct exterior thorough
decontamination, knowing that interior spot decontamination is the best that is achieved with the
current decontamination technology. Further information on aircraft and avionics cleaning and
corrosion control can be found in the NAVAIR 01-1A-509-1/TM 1-1500-344-23-1/
TO 1-1-689-1 series manuals.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
C-151. (U) The procedures for a stationary DAD and five station DAD are similar to those for operational
decontamination. The principal difference between the two techniques is the amount of time that is required.
C-152. (U) Scrubbing the aircraft with soap assists with the contamination removal process and increases
the effectiveness of decontamination. It is recommended that all personnel involved in the DAD wear the
appropriate wet-weather gear to prevent the saturation of the nonaircrew protective ensemble.
(U) DETAILED AIRCRAFT DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

C-153. (U) CCDRs have the responsibility to designate a decontamination location and coordinate approval
with the HN. Air base, airfield, and forward arming and refueling point commanders and officers in charge
should organize the capabilities and personnel of permanent, tenant, and transient organizations to support
decontamination operations. Considerations during the site selection include the following:
 Aircraft ramp area.
 Availability of uncontaminated water.
 Direction of prevailing winds.
 Slope of the terrain.
 Security (cover, concealment).
 Electricity source (generator).
 Billeting.
 Communications.
C-154. (U) DAD setup includes the following:

 Determine the location for the decontamination. The location to conduct aircraft decontamination
is dependent on the operating cycle, area available at the facility, and the type of aircraft being
decontaminated.
 Decontamination sites for aircraft should be selected with care. The decontamination area
should be large enough for the required number of aircraft, have an available water source,
and allow for adequate drainage.
 The sites should be relatively secure; however, the site is close enough to the operational area
to allow for a reasonably quick aircraft turnaround.
 The sites should not have less than a 5 percent slope.
 Establish a predecontamination staging area. The decontamination platoon should link up with an
aviation element or an aviation safety officer and acquire the equipment to tow the aircraft.
 Establish a decontamination area for personnel. The CBRN unit leader determines the general
location of the DTD within the decontamination site and provides technical advice on setting up,
operating, and closing the DTD area.
 Establish a decontamination area for the aircraft.
 Establish a post decontamination assembly area.
 Conduct site preparation. Considerations for selecting a thorough decontamination site and the
preparation of that site are similar to those discussed in operational decontamination.
 Thorough decontamination requires logistic support. For planning purposes, the following water
consumption recommendations are provided:
 CH-46E, 500 gallons.
 CH-53E, 700 gallons.
 C-130, 1,600 gallons.
 Establish sufficient HW containment at the DAD to hold the additional runoff.
CUI
CUI
Note. (U) Water requirements are approximations. The water requirements for specific aircraft
should be based on the surface area compared to the recommended water volumes provided above.
C-155. (U) CBRN units may set up, operate, and close the DAD portion of the thorough decontamination
operation. The site setup is the same for CBR contamination. The DAD area is composed of primary wash,
decontaminant solution application, interior decontamination/wait time, rinse, and check stations. A sample
DAD site is depicted in figure C-8, page C-62. Table C-33, page C-63, shows the personnel and equipment
requirements for the five-station DAD.
(U) DETAILED AIRCRAFT DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

C-156. (U) Two techniques for performing aircraft decontamination includes single-station and five-station
procedures. Detailed aircraft decontamination procedures include the following:
 All personnel involved in the aircraft decontamination wear the appropriate IPE prior to the
aircraft entering the decontamination site. Wet-weather clothing or toxicological agent protective
aprons worn over IPE is recommended to prevent the saturation of the non-aircrew protective
ensemble.
 Personnel place the appropriate barrier and contamination hazard markings prior to commencing
the decontamination process. They erect barriers to isolate the decontamination site. Appropriate
contamination markers are attached to the rope barrier to warn personnel of a contamination
hazard.
 Aircraft stands or ladders are available to spray areas inaccessible from the ground or deck. As a
last resort, decontamination personnel can climb on the aircraft.
C-157. (U) The decontamination element conducts the essential actions at the predecontamination staging
area including:
 Uses hand-and-arm signals or the radio to assist the pilot in landing the aircraft.
Note. (U) Decontamination personnel must be trained in hand-and-arm signals applicable to

aircraft handling.
 Ensures that the aircraft was shut down completely.

 Instructs each aircrew members to prepare the aircraft for the decontamination process.
Note. (U) Aircrew prepares aircraft the same as for a normal washing including closing all the
hatches, doors, and windows on the aircraft.
 Ensures that all the aircrew members exited the aircraft and remained outside of the aircraft until
the decontamination process was completed.
 Directs the dismounted aircrew to the DTD site.
 Moves the aircraft to the DAD site.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Legend:
Figure C-8. (U) Layout for a DAD station
CUI
CUI
Table C-33. (U) Personnel requirements for DAD

UNCLASSIFIED
Stations Personnel* Equipment/Supplies
Station 1—Primary wash 1 TL 1 PDDE
1 PDDE operator 1 3,000-gallon tank
1 sprayer 2 65-GPM pumps
2 scrubbers 6 long-handled brushes
5 TAP aprons
Liquid detergent
Station 2—Decontaminant 1 TL 1 PDDE
application 6 appliers 18 long-handled brushes
2 sprayers 9 mops with extra heads
1 PDDE operator 5 TAP aprons
Liquid detergent
Station 3—Interior 1 NCO 2 dismounted RADIAC meters
decontamination/wait time (chemical detector or RADIAC operator) 2 TAP aprons
2 assistants 6 30-gallon containers
10 books of chemical agent detector paper
30 sponges
8 chemical agent detector kits
50 plastic trash bags
1 clipboard with pen
1 stopwatch
1 chemical detector
Station 4—Rinse 1 TL 1 PDDE
1 PDDE operator 1 3,000-gallon tank
2 sprayers 3 65-GPM pumps
1 TPU
2 TAP aprons
Station 5—Check 1 TL 1 chemical detector
2 chemical detector or RADIAC operators 10 chemical agent detector kits
20 books of chemical agent detector paper
2 dismounted RADIAC meters
1 chemical agent detector
C2 1 TL 1 HMMWV
1 assistant 3 marking kits
Aircraft moving team 6 drivers None

18 ground guides
Total Personnel 51 N/A
*Personnel requirements can be filled by decontamination unit or augmentees. More augmentees would be needed
depending on METT-T/METT-TC(I).
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Table C-33. (U) Personnel requirements for DAD (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Legend:
C2 command and control N/A not applicable
GPM gallons per minute NCO noncommissioned officer
HMMWV high-mobility multipurpose wheeled PDDE power-driven decontamination
vehicle equipment
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain and weather, RADIAC radiation detection, indication, and
troops and support available, time computation
available TL team leader
METT-TC(I) mission, enemy, terrain and weather, TAP toxicological agent protective
troops and support available, time TPU tank pump unit
available, civil considerations and
informational considerations
UNCLASSIFIED
C-158. (U) The contaminated unit or its HHQ element processes the aircrew through the DTD site. The
contaminated unit or its HHQ is responsible for setting up, operating, manning, and closing the DTD area at
the thorough decontamination site.
Note. (U) The detailed troop decontamination and reconstitution operations are the same for both
ground and aviation forces.
(U) Single-Station Aircraft Decontamination

C-159. (U) Single-station procedures include the following:
 Primary wash.
 Tow or taxi the aircraft into position, and close all the hatches, doors, and windows on the
aircraft.
 Prepare the aircraft the same as for a normal washing, and then initiate the decontamination
process.
 Apply warm, soapy water to the outside of the aircraft. Spray should be applied to the aircraft,
working from upwind to downwind and top to bottom. Avoid overspray.
(U) CAUTION
(U) Consult appropriate aircraft maintenance publications for areas that
could be damaged by the application of water spray. Prepare these
areas for aircraft wash-down as specified in TMs/TOs for normal
washing. Spray streams should be angled from 15- to 30- degrees to
avoid water being introduced behind the hatch and cover seams that
house sensitive aircraft components. Ensure that only approved aircraft
cleaners are used. The overspray is controlled to avoid transferring
contaminated runoff to other personnel or to areas outside of the
decontamination barrier.
CUI
CUI
 Decontamination application. Apply appropriate aircraft cleaner or soap to the exterior of the
aircraft using long-handled brushes or nonabrasive scrub pads.
 Scrub the soap into the exterior surfaces of the aircraft, working from upwind to downwind
and top to bottom.
 Pay particular attention to the areas where contamination tends to accumulate, such as landing
gear, landing gear bays, tires, and areas with petroleum, oil, and lubricants.
 Interior decontamination/wait time. Check the interior areas with the proper detection and
monitoring equipment.
 If contamination is discovered or suspected, spot decontaminate these areas with rags or
sponges dipped in warm, soapy water or with another approved aircraft cleaner.
 Wring out the excess water to avoid contaminated runoff.
 Porous material such as cargo straps, seats, and seat belts cannot be effectively spot
decontaminated. These items and other porous items are removed and weathered or discarded.
 Personnel performing the interior decontamination ensure that they are not transferring
contamination inside of the aircraft. If necessary, decontaminate the footgear and gloves
before entering the aircraft.
 Rinse. Apply rinse water to the outside of the aircraft.
 Spray should be applied to the aircraft, working from upwind to downwind and top to bottom.
 Heated water aids in contamination removal.
(U) WARNING
(U) Overspray should be controlled to avoid transferring the
contaminated runoff to personnel or to areas outside of the
decontamination barrier.
(CUI) CAUTION
(CUI) Consult the appropriate aircraft maintenance publications for
areas that could be damaged by the application of water spray. Spray
streams should be angled from 15- to 30-degrees to avoid water being
introduced behind the hatch and cover seams that house the sensitive
aircraft components.
 Check. Check for contamination.

 Use the proper detection and monitoring equipment or handheld assay instrument to check
the exterior for contamination.
 If contamination is found, recycle the aircraft according to the command guidance or
segregate the aircraft from personnel and other aircraft for the weathering process to lower
contamination levels.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
(U) Five-Station Aircraft Decontamination

C-160. (U) The representative actions that are taken at each station are as follows:
 Station 1–primary wash. At this station, gross contamination is removed from the aircraft. The
aircraft is sprayed for 2 to 3 minutes with hot, soapy water.
(CUI) WARNING
(CUI) To prevent damage, avoid hitting the aircraft’s skin at a 90°
angle. Also, avoid the sensitive areas shown in figure C-9 and C-
10, page C-68.
 Station 2–decontaminant application. At this station, a decontamination solution is applied

using a decontamination apparatus that can be used on the craft without causing damage to
sensitive areas. After the solution is applied, a member of the scrubbing team scrubs the aircraft
skin. This allows the chemical agent to mix with the decontamination solution (especially when
thickened chemical agents are present). Chlorine-based decontaminants shall not be used because
of its corrosive nature.
 Station 3–contact time and interior decontamination. At this station, the decontamination
solution is allowed to completely neutralize the chemical agent; also, the interior of the aircraft is
decontaminated (if necessary). The aircraft remains in Station 3 at least 30 minutes. The
decontamination solution reacts with most chemical agents within five minutes. However,
allowing the decontamination solution to remain on the contaminated surface for 30 minutes
should ensure a complete neutralization. Station 3 includes the following:
 Inspect the interior of the aircraft for liquid contamination using the detection and
identification monitors, along with detector paper. If a liquid-chemical contamination is
identified, decontaminate the interior of the aircraft.
(U) CAUTION
(U) Personnel performing the interior decontamination ensure that they
are not transferring contamination inside of the aircraft. If necessary,
decontaminate the footgear and gloves before entering the aircraft.
CUI
CUI
Legend:
ENCU environmental control unit
PNVS pilot night vision system
TADS target acquisition and designation sights
Figure C-9. (CUI) Sensitive areas for the UH-60/E60, CH-47, and AH-64
 For CB, decontaminate the aircraft's interior with hot, soapy water if maintenance personnel
approve its use. Use M334 wipes or damp, soapy cloths to decontaminate optical and
electrical equipment and instruments.
Note. (U) Some equipment decontamination systems leave a charcoal residue on surfaces.
 For radiological, use an appropriate RADIAC meter to determine the extent and location of
the contamination inside the aircraft. If the contamination is greater than 10 times background,
decontaminate the interior of the aircraft. Use hot, soapy water to wash the contaminated areas
and a sponge to mop up the water and the contamination.
 Station 4–rinse. Remove the decontamination solution from the aircraft. Spray the aircraft with
water from top to bottom. Take care not to damage the aircraft skin. This station uses about 250
gallons of water.
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
Figure C-10. (CUI) Sensitive areas for the OH-58 and UH-1
(U) CAUTION
(U) Failure to remove all the decontamination solution from the aircraft
skin may cause corrosion.
 Station 5–check. At this station, the completeness of the decontamination is checked. Detection
procedures vary depending on the type of contamination. If significant contamination is found on
the aircraft, recycle it to Station 2 for chemical contamination or to Station 1 for radiological
contamination.
 For chemical contamination use the detection and identification monitors to check for the
presence of vapors.
 If the detection and identification monitors indicate the presence of vapors, use the detector
paper to check for liquid contamination.
 If it is suspected that these are producing a false positive, use an air sampling detector kit to
confirm or deny the presence of contamination.
 If the aircraft has significant contamination remaining, recycle it.
Note. (U) Desorption of chemical agents may occur after the decontamination. The desorption of
vapors on CARC-painted surfaces stops sooner than on alkyd-painted surfaces.
CUI
CUI
 For radiological contamination use the RADIAC meter to determine if any contamination
remains. If so, determine the intensity of the contamination.
 Recycle. The commander establishes the recycle criteria before starting a decontamination
operation. If contamination is detected at Station 5, the recycle criteria are used to determine which
aircraft are returned to Station 2 or, if radiologically contaminated, to Station 1. If the unit has
sufficient time and resources available, the aircraft still having detectable levels of contamination
are recycled. However, time and resources are usually limited and not all aircraft may not be
recycled.
(U) Post Decontamination Assembly Area Operations

C-161. (U) Decontamination element conducts the following:
 Moves aircraft to the post decontamination assembly area for preventive maintenance and aircrew
linkup.
 Contacts the aircrew that the DAD operations are complete.
 Releases the aircraft to the aircrew for preventive maintenance and aircraft departure according to
the mission requirements.
(U) DETAILED AIRCRAFT DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

C-162. (U) Site closure for the DAD will be executed methodically much like the DED. The
decontamination pad is cleaned with a standard or nonstandard decontamination solution to ensure that
contamination is neutralized. Additionally, planners should consider removing and replacing all concrete
joint- or crack-sealing materials. The steps for site closure include—
 Clean up. Bag and dispose of unserviceable items and decontamination materials at the
conclusion of decontamination actives to prevent the transfer and spread of contamination.
 Marking. Mark the contamination waste storage area.
 Unmasking. When site closure is complete, site management personnel either perform MOPP
procedures.
 Reporting. Submit a CBRN 5 report once DED activities are concluded.
(U) SHIPBOARD/MARITIME DECONTAMINATION

C-163. (U) Faced with the presence of contamination, the commander decides to what degree
decontamination is required. Shipboard decontamination materials consist of installed systems and shipboard
expedients. The best means of contamination prevention or control is achieved through the proper use of the
CMWDS. Additional decontamination systems include a fire main system, decontamination stations, and
ventilation control systems. Expedients consist of readily available shipboard items such as brushes, buckets,
bags, swabs, soap, calcium hypochlorite, and rags (see NSTM Chapter 470 and the Ship’s Decontamination
Station Allowance Equipage List).
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
C-164. (U) Following safety precautions in shipboard decontamination procedures are essential to the
overall operational readiness of aircraft, sensitive equipment, and surface areas of the ship. Follow the TMs
and advice of maintenance professionals for decontamination operations. Shipboard decontamination
considerations include—
 CMWDS. In the absence of an oxidizer, the contaminants are not chemically neutralized and
remain toxic. The possibility exists that the agent-contaminated water may drain or flow in such a
way that contamination remains on the ship. Decontamination operations should be planned and
conducted so that most of the runoff flows into the sea and that areas of heavy traffic and sensitive
areas are not contaminated again. Care should be taken to minimize spraying or splashing of the
contaminated liquid.
(U) WARNING
(U) Aircraft that are exposed to the saltwater spray of the CMWDS
is nonmission capable until emergency reclamation maintenance
is performed.
 Protective clothing. Full chemical protective clothing is worn, and those personnel who might be
exposed to contaminated spray should wear wet-weather gear over the IPE. However, wearing
wet-weather clothing dramatically increases heat stress. This factor should be taken into
consideration when planning the decontamination efforts.
 Surfaces. No decontaminated surface should be assumed completely free of CBR hazards until
suitable tests are negative. Traces of an agent often remain trapped in crevices or absorbed into
paint even after treatment with an oxidizer. Weathering reduces contamination over time.
 Sensitive equipment decontamination. Most shipboard surfaces can be safely treated with the
standard hypochlorite and detergent solution. The solution should not be used on aircraft, ordnance
material, or electronic instruments because of the risk of corrosion damage. If issued, shipboard
personnel may also use the M334 for sensitive equipment decontamination.
 Use of hypochlorite. Pure, undiluted calcium hypochlorite burns upon contact with many organic
compounds (including petroleum products and some chemical agents). Calcium hypochlorite
powder should be added to the water before being used in ship decontamination. The powder
should not be scattered onto shipboard surfaces. (See NSTM Chapter 470 and the Automated
Decontaminant Calculator for mixing instructions, and NSTM Chapter 670 for stowage, handling,
and disposal instructions.)
C 165. (U) CBR decontamination actions after attack are critical to vital areas and equipment that are needed
for basic operations. Actions after an attack include operational recovery, surveying, personnel protection,
personnel decontamination, surface, and equipment decontamination, as well as interior decontamination and
final recovery for chemical and radiological attacks. Information about CBR decontamination is as follows:
 Chemical. Ship and personnel decontamination procedures commence as soon as possible. In
practice, decontamination is any process that eliminates or substantially reduces the hazards of
contaminated surfaces or objects. It includes the physical removal of an agent by wash-down, the
chemical destruction or neutralization of an agent, or weathering.
 Personnel decontamination. Personnel CCA used aboard the ship are installed or expedient.
Installed stations are spaces that by functional design, location, and installed equipment are
designated for personnel decontamination. Expedient stations are designated spaces in which
the use of improvised procedures and equipment is necessary to meet the practical demands
of the situation. It may be necessary to operate several decontamination stations
simultaneously if risk to personnel is deemed greater than the current operational
requirements. It is desirable to have personnel decontamination facilities capable of
processing at least half of the exposed topside personnel at any given time. Refer to

202
CUI
CUI
NSTM 470 for a detailed description of the decontamination area setup and procedures. Refer
to NAVAIR 00-80T-123 for the modifications to standard shipboard contaminated doffing
procedures that apply to aircrews.
 Surface and equipment decontamination. Using the CMWDS and fire hoses are the
countermeasures available for general, overall decontamination of the ship’s exterior
surfaces. Agent depositions remaining after wash-down and fire hosing include absorbed and
surface depositions. CWA absorbed into the paint, deck coatings, and other areas, can usually
be left to evaporation and the weathering effects of the environment. Decontamination may
still be required after wash-down with fire hoses, and splash or spray of contaminant-bearing
water can be a hazard to the decontamination personnel or to anyone downwind of the hosing
operation.
 Interior decontamination. If interior decontamination is required, the standard
decontaminant available on USN ships is calcium hypochlorite mixed with detergent in an
aqueous solution. Steaming is an effective alternative means of decontaminating a ship’s
interior; however, it is recommended that this procedure be conducted at a shipyard.
Steaming, which displaces all air from the contaminated compartment, allows the
compartment surfaces to be heated to a maximum temperature of approximately 212°F. Agent
vapor may discharge from a steamed compartment unchanged, but mixed with the exhaust
steam. This could result in a hazard to personnel. Interior decontamination includes
ventilation blowers. Blower vanes and the surrounding housing can be expected to be heavily
contaminated and should be decontaminated to avoid evaporation or blow-off hazard to the
compartments served.
 Final recovery. Personnel should take precautions to prevent skin contact with
decontaminated surfaces because of the possibility of CWA desorbing from paint and other
coverings. Personnel engaged in decontamination should continue to maintain the maximum
levels of protection. Personnel in well-ventilated spaces do not require protection after gross
decontamination and purging of the residual vapors has removed vapor hazards. Personnel
should exercise caution when working in poorly ventilated spaces.
 Biological. The decontamination of vital areas should be accomplished as soon as possible. It is
important to identify the personnel who may have been exposed to the threat. The objective
following an attack is to ensure that the ship can continue its mission without an excessive risk to
the personnel following an attack. Damage control personnel may need to assist with the
following:
 Ship decontamination. Follow the standard decontamination procedures using an approved
method such as steaming, using decontamination solution, swabbing, and spraying. The DCA
establishes a priority list prior to beginning the ship decontamination and concentrates on vital
stations and crew living areas. Industrial facilities may be required for the final
decontamination process, depending upon the type and concentration of the agent. After the
decontamination is complete and the ship has exited the affected area, the greatest threat of
infection is from contact with exposed individuals. Once infected individuals have been
identified (a process that could take several days), they should be isolated from the rest of the
crew.
 Detection. The detection of BWAs is complicated by the fact that portable monitoring
equipment is extremely limited. Areas of suspected contamination will most likely be
identified only by the observation of BWA clouds or the detonation of munitions containing
BWAs until biological detection testing is done.
 Radiological.
 Personnel decontamination. The adequate decontamination of personnel can be
accomplished using decontamination stations, designated washrooms, or showers. Personnel
decontamination stations should be located within the ship to afford personnel the best
CUI
CUI
Appendix C
shielding from radiation. The detection of contaminated personnel with a RADIAC meter is
difficult when the intensity of penetrating radiation from other sources is high.
 Ship decontamination. The DCA should develop a decontamination prioritization list for the
vital watch stations. Hosing and manual scrubbing are the most effective decontamination
measures suitable for use at sea. Saltwater is the basic material for decontamination of a ship
at sea. The institution of decontamination procedures commences after fallout has ceased and
when the tactical and radiological situations permit. A monitoring team should make a rapid
survey of selected topside locations and report the results to aid in the decision to order
decontamination.
 Final recovery. The final recovery phase of a major radiological involvement starts after the
intensity of radiation has dropped to a level that no longer presents a radiological threat.
Minimizing the long-term hazard to the health of the crew is the objective of this phase.
Shipboard decontamination and contamination control are applicable measures. The time of
cessation can be determined from the plot of intensity versus the time readings plotted by the
damage control central. When the readings continue to decrease at a steady rate, the
assumption can be made that fallout has ceased. When the topside radiation levels are below
5 centigray per hour, the period of operationally significant radiological involvement is
concluded. Additional recovery and decontamination activities are in appendix F.
CUI
CUI
Appendix D
(U) Clearance Decontamination
(U) Appendix D provides clearance decontamination general guidelines and planning

considerations and provides specific guidance for CBR contamination, as directed by
the DODM 3145.03.

D-1. (U) Clearance decontamination is the final level of decontamination that provides the decontamination
of equipment and personnel to a level that allows unrestricted transportation, maintenance, employment, and
disposal (JP 3-11). Clearance decontamination is the most resource-intensive decontamination level. It
requires command involvement, guidance, and decisions about the disposition of possible mission-essential
equipment.
D-2. (U) Clearance decontamination allows operations to continue unrestricted. Decontamination at this
level is most likely conducted at or near a shipyard, advanced base, or other industrial facility. It involves
factors such as suspending normal activities, withdrawing personnel, and having materials and facilities not
normally present. During the conduct of clearance decontamination, resource expenditures are documented,
FHP measures are conducted, and after action reviews are prepared. Table D-1 provides a quick reference
directory of clearance decontamination procedures.
Table D-1. (U) Appendix D directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Planning Considerations D-6 D-2
Minimum Clearance Decontamination level – Chemical D-20 D-4
Minimum Clearance Decontamination level – Biological D-23 D-5
Minimum Clearance Decontamination level – Radiological D-25 D-6
UNCLASSIFIED
D-3. (U) Clearance decontamination is concerned with the decontamination of equipment and/or personnel
upon temporary or permanent removal from an operation to a standard sufficient to allow return to home
garrisons (whether from its territories, possessions, or overseas installations), unrestricted transportation,
maintenance, employment, and disposal. U.S. military assets may also be tasked to support clearance
decontamination to support defense support of civil authorities, homeland security, and homeland defense
requirements. This decontamination is accomplished to the extent that deployment maintenance, handling,
and disposal are possible without restrictions. This decontamination applies in case of temporary or
permanent disengagement from a mission.
D-4. (U) CBR hazard decontaminated platforms and materiel may be used to meet mission requirements
under restricted use per DLM 4000.25. When mission requirements allow, these assets should be
decontaminated to the clearance decontamination level and be made available for unrestricted use.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 D-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix D
D-5. (U) Clearance decontamination guidance is informative and not prescriptive; commanders should
evaluate the overall risk to personnel and mission objectives when implementing clearance decontamination
guidance. At present, there is no specific clearance decontamination site. Clearance decontamination is bound
by criteria and guidance which consist of two distinct categories—
 Clearance decontamination for unrestricted operations. Clearance criteria ensure that the risk
of acute health effects occurring is extremely low to exposed, unprotected members of the general
population for either short-term or long-term periods of exposure. The U.S government does not
yet have internationally accepted clearance criteria with foreign governments and thorough
decontamination criteria may not be acceptable to foreign governments in future contingencies.
 Thorough decontamination for restricted operations. Assets, which meet thorough
decontamination criteria should remain under U.S. government control and are restricted to
DOD-controlled facilities, unless cleared by partner nations for locations outside the United States.

D-6. (U) Commanders and staff personnel plan for the task of conducting clearance decontamination. Tasks
given to CBRN personnel or elements supporting clearance decontamination may involve maintaining the
status of a unit or the decontamination activity itself, or may involve fulfilling obligations under a treaty or
memorandum of understanding to the HN. These tasks may include the following:
 Record keeping.
 Postconflict joint intelligence preparation of the operational environment.
 Personnel protection and FHP.
 Decontamination.
 Containment of residual hazards.
 Recovery and control of threat CBRN capabilities.
 Coordination with multinational forces or nonmilitary entities.
 Contaminated material retrograde.
D-7. (U) Most of the specified and implied tasks supporting clearance decontamination will occur
simultaneously and interdependently. For example, post-conflict joint intelligence preparation of the
operational environment supports unit and personnel protection, residual hazards containment, and
retrograding contaminated material. Clearance decontamination may include supporting threat CBRN
hazards recovery and control. Record keeping supports virtually all other tasks. Recovery operations are
closely related to conflict termination.
D-8. (U) If equipment is retrograded under nonemergency conditions, then it is assumed that there is time
for clearance decontamination and weathering.
 Redeployment planning should specify consolidation points in the security area for equipment
suspected of residual contamination.
 Specialized detectors and monitors may be needed for clearance decontamination to confirm and
monitor for contamination.
 Suspected equipment is consolidated for monitoring, decontamination, and weathering. Security
and buffer zones around the site provide an additional contamination control measure.
 Personnel engaged in equipment monitoring, preparation, and clearance decontamination require
stringent personal protection and specialized detectors. This process may continue for weeks or
months.
D-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
D-9. (U) Decontamination status recommendations are provided by specialists who are qualified and
knowledgeable about the platforms and materials requiring decontamination. The following expertise may
also be required:
 FHP specialists or technical personnel who understand DOD requirements to prevent and mitigate
human health effects, conduct health surveillance, and perform technical detection and sufficient
diagnostic testing to safeguard the force.
 CBRN specialists or technical personnel to enable decontamination planning and execution due
to the technical aspects of managing the overall effort. Medical, public health, logistics,
intelligence, and other functional personnel may support the decontamination effort as needed.
 HSS specialists or technical personnel who can diagnose and treat personnel who are exposed to
CBR contamination or who develop signs and symptoms from CBR contamination.
 Individuals, teams, or subject matter experts, depending on the incident, to support or to assume
responsibility for part or the entire decontamination mission.
 The CCDRs may determine if these clearance levels are quantitatively demonstrated, or if other
qualitative procedures or equivalent clearance criteria is applied.
 Pending clearance certification, all personnel exposed or potentially exposed to CBR hazard-
contaminated platforms or materiel should be in the proper protective clothing and equipment
throughout the duration of potential exposure.
 In accordance with DODI 6490.03, CBR exposures must be documented in personnel medical
records and exposed personnel are to be tracked through a medical surveillance program.
Exposures can be documented with medical personnel in accordance with DODI 6055.05 and
doctrine ATP 3-11.37/MCRP 10.10E.7/NTTP 3-11.29/AFTTP 3-2.44. The CCDRs should
consider exposure when using OEG or similar risk determinations to assess mission capability and
performance within their respective area of responsibility. Additionally, external dose monitoring
and bioassays should be included in the medical surveillance program as appropriate. Include CBR
exposures documented in a work log for required retrieval.
D-10. (U) Transit or movement of CBR hazard-contaminated platforms and materiel outside a combatant
command area of responsibility or landing aircraft or porting naval vessels that have not received clearance
certification. Clearance certification must be approved by the initiating CCDR and authorized by the
receiving commander, in coordination with the CCDR with operational control of the platforms and materiel,
the Secretary of State, and the Secretary of Defense. When standards vary between applicable U.S., DOD,
HN, agency, or international standards for clearance criteria for CBR hazard-contaminated platforms and
materiel, the most restrictive standards should be used.
D-11. (U) Clearance decontamination may be required as part of a supported unit's restoration operations.
For example, a unit may have time to conduct clearance decontamination that was deferred during previous
operations. Decontamination elements may also be tasked to support the decontamination of civilian
personnel, equipment, facilities, or terrain in coordination with HN authorities.
D-12. (U) Clearance decontamination is likely to be expensive in time and resources because there is a need
to comply with national and international standards for cross-border movement. Once in the continental
United States (CONUS), an item with a contamination history requires precautionary measures throughout
its remaining life cycle. Guidance on the eventual disposition of previously contaminated equipment should
be provided from the strategic level.
D-13. (U) Actions taken to reduce exposure should balance the risks of any health effects, whether negligible,
moderate, or significant, with the requirements of completing military missions and providing clearance of
contaminated platforms and materiel for unrestricted return-to-use or inventory.
D-14. (U) The responsible CCDR should coordinate and manage all clearance decontamination operations
and the organizations that perform the decontamination operations. Decontamination to the clearance level
may require capabilities not generally fielded operationally. Supporting capabilities may need to be deployed
forward when not available on-site.
CUI
CUI
Appendix D
D-15. (U) Clearance decontamination operations are normally completed post-hostilities in a permissive
environment using theater or higher-level assets to enable redeployment of contaminated platforms and
materiel. Under certain conditions, clearance decontamination may also be required during hostilities to
facilitate movement of mission essential platforms and materiel. These activities and scenarios may require
that military planners consider additional time and logistical support.
D-16. (U) Decontamination procedures should consider that the platforms and materiel and decontamination
waste products are evaluated to ensure that they do not present an unacceptable increase in adverse health
risk to unprotected personnel as determined in the health risk assessment. Appropriately trained personnel
should perform this evaluation as required by the implementing DOD components and the CCDR.
D-17. (U) Clearance of CBR hazard-contaminated platforms and materiel requires evaluation to ensure the
clearance level required for the intended use is achieved. Achieving the required clearance level helps ensure
unprotected personnel are not exposed to an unacceptable health risk by unrestricted use or other intended
use.
D-18. (U) Verification that the required clearance level is achieved for decontaminated CBR hazard platforms
and materiel is referred to in this issuance as “clearance certification.” Qualified health risk assessment
personnel perform this evaluation, authorized by the responsible CCDR or DOD-designated authority to
verify that the required clearance level is attained.
D-19. (U) Until clearance certification is approved and a CBR hazard-contaminated platform or materiel is
determined not to pose increased health risk above pre-contaminated levels. The CCDR or DOD-designated
authority is responsible for ensuring CBR hazard-contaminated platforms or materiel are segregated from
non-CBR hazard-contaminated platforms and materiel (or have other protective measures performed) and
secured so that personnel not authorized access are not allowed access.
(U) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DECONTAMINATION LEVEL -

CHEMICAL
D-20. (U) This guidance identifies the minimum CWA level for the CCDRs or designated DOD authorities
when determining the clearance certification of chemical agent contaminated platforms and materials for
unrestricted use. Specifically:
 The levels are considered appropriate for unrestricted use scenarios and are listed in current Army
policy as levels below which release of contaminated materiel to the public is appropriate (see
DA PAM 385-61).
 In some circumstances, specific deviations from these clearance levels may be appropriate. In such
cases, a risk analysis should be approved by the CCDR or responsible authority. Qualified subject
matter experts may recommend other CBR hazard clearance criteria based on justification of
anticipated exposure levels for a specific scenario and complicating conditions, including but not
limited to storage, containment, or contamination of bulk chemical agents, such as the restoration
of equipment to unrestricted inventory following the chemical weapons agent destruction. More
stringent criteria and complex sampling may add to the time and resources required to attain
chemical agent clearance certification process for more complex chemical agent-contamination.
 Over the course of time, the continual decay of any residual chemical agent is expected to mitigate
potential health risks after completion of chemical agent decontamination. These qualitative
considerations may be used as part of a CCDR’s overall determination for approving a certification
clearance.
D-21. (U) Table D-2 provides health-based chemical hazard-specific vapor concentrations as maximum
levels that can be used to support quantitative verification and confirmation of CWA clearance levels.
CUI
CUI
Table D-2. (U) Chemical decontamination clearance levels for selected chemical warfare agent
vapor hazards
UNCLASSIFIED
Chemical Hazard Clearance levels (mg/m3)
Tabun (GA) 0.000001
Sarin (GB) 0.000001
Soman (GD) 0.000001
Cyclosarin (GF) 0.000001
V-agent (VX) 0.0000006
Sulfur Mustard (H or HD) 0.00002
Legend:
m3 cubic meter
mg milligram
VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl) methylphosphonothiolate (nerve agent)
UNCLASSIFIED
D-22. (U) Chemical hazard decontamination should consider the following characteristics as delineated in
table D-2:
 The vapor concentration levels in table D-2 are recommended as upper-bound (maximum) levels
for certifying chemical hazard clearance decontamination. They are intended to be used as
maximum allowable adsorption and desorption (off-gas) levels from residual chemical agent
contamination. These vapor concentration levels are the vapor criteria that must be achieved for
clearance certification. They are considered applicable and protective of human health for long-
term exposure to low doses of chemical hazard for the public and most closely represent the
unrestricted re-use criteria for chemical hazard clearance certification. No justification is required
to use these levels for clearance certification. These levels are—
 The clearance levels shown in table D-2 reflect the levels listed in DA PAM 385-61 for
decontamination of materiel used in chemical weapons training facilities that is intended to
be released to the public.
 Promulgated in the Federal Register by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for
use in fence-line monitoring of chemical weapon destruction facilities for protection of the
health of the public.
 The values for contact hazard clearance guidelines remain under review by the Army Public
Health Center. To obtain assistance assessing vapor and contact hazard clearance certification,
contact the Army Public Health Center CBRN Public Health Capabilities Office at
(410) 436-2953 or usarmy.apg.medcom-aphc.list.ehrad@mail.mil, and contact the Defense Threat
Reduction Agency Joint Operations Center at (703) 767-2003 (DSN (312) 427-2003) or submit a
Request for Information at https://opnscenter.dtra.smil.mil/auth/cfApp/rfi_test.
 The application of the criteria in table D-2 assumes that clearance decontamination is complete
and no further or additional contamination is possible. Agent degradation and off-gassing of
chemical agents detailed in table D-2 will continue to deplete the amount of residual chemical
agent as a function of time, although off-gassing may also serve to maintain a concentration of
chemical agent for long periods in enclosed spaces. When collecting samples to compare to table
D-2 criteria, care must be taken to sample under representative conditions similar to the long-term
disposition of the asset.
CUI
CUI
Appendix D

BIOLOGICAL
D-23. (U) The processes used to achieve biological hazard clearance levels is health protective for
unrestricted use. This clearance level is achieved when residual biological hazard is at or below a health-
based exposure level protective of public health following biological decontamination guidance. Although
this guidance does not set an upper bound limit, such as 10-6 log kill (reduction of viable organisms by a
factor of 10^6), they do establish a process for clearance certification decisions while identifying an
acceptable protection level.
D-24. (U) There are several planning factors for biological agent clearance decontamination.
 Health-based biological agent exposure guidelines informing clearance decontamination levels for
biologically contaminated platforms and materiel are still under development at the time of this
multi-Service TTP writing and are incorporated into updated versions.
 Clearance decontamination strategies require not only identifying the biological hazard and
verifying its presence, but also obtaining information about that hazard. Characteristics of a
biological hazard that are critical to the decontamination effort include the environmental
persistence, viability or biological activity, and concentration of the biological hazard and its
susceptibility to inactivation.
 Biological agent decontamination requires the use of decontamination products, technologies, and
methods that have demonstrated biocidal activity or similar destructive influence against a specific
biological hazard. The biological agent decontamination strategy should be relevant to the specific
biological hazard posed, the amount of biological agent-contamination, its physical form,
environmental conditions, and interfering materials (such as oil, grease, soil, and vegetation) that
could reduce decontamination effectiveness.
 Platforms and materiel in the process of attaining clearance certification of biological hazards
should be inspected and certified in accordance with applicable Armed Forces Pest Management
Board, and with similar guidelines referenced in this manual based upon the characteristics of the
biological hazard prior to their return-to-use.

RADIOLOGICAL
D-25. (U) Radiological clearance guidelines ensure that formerly contaminated platforms and material do not
cause adverse health effects to personnel or a cross-contamination risk. Formerly contaminated is described
as those platforms and material that have received clearance or thorough decontamination. These
guidelines—
 Provide relationships between clearance decontamination screening levels and thorough
decontamination screening levels that are in line with mission-specific radiation OEGs.
 Reference recent U.S. standards are consistent with international guidelines and are well within
the recommended U.S. interagency threshold for cargo clearance.
 Incorporate lessons learned from Operation Tomodachi (Fukushima Dai-ichi support).
 Are not prescriptive; commanders should evaluate the overall risk to personnel and to mission
objectives when implementing.
D-26. (U) To convert radiological clearance levels in table D-5, page D-8, to thorough levels consistent with
cumulative dose ranges associated with a given OEG stipulated in table D-3, multiply the screening levels
(in table D-5, page D-8) by the respective multiplication factor given in table D-4 and adjust for the length
of time. See figure D-1, page D-8, for an example for conversion of radiological clearance level to thorough
decontamination OEG levels.
CUI
CUI
Table D-3. (U) Recommended operational exposure guide levels
UNCLASSIFIED
Mission Importance
Acceptable Risk Level
CRITICAL PRIORITY ROUTINE
Extremely High 1251 752 25

High 752 25 53
Moderate 25 53 .05
Low 53 2.5 .05
1
Commanders can exceed 125 cGy if warranted by the importance of the mission.
2
50 to 75 cGy (rad) is the threshold for deterministic effects.
3
If deemed appropriate by military commanders, OEGs for military units that work side by side with nonmilitary
responders in noncombat, support roles may instead follow EPA/FDA/DHS PAGs noted in TM 3-11.91/
MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55 since doses exceeding 5 cGy are not expected.
Legend:
AFTTP Air Force tactics, techniques, and procedures
cGy centigray
DHS Department of Homeland Security
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FDA Food and Drug Administration
MCRP Marine Corps reference publication
NTRP Navy tactical reference publication
OEG operational exposure guide
PAG protective action guide
rad radiation absorbed dose
TM technical manual
UNCLASSIFIED
Table D-4. (U) Multiplication factors to convert clearance decontamination screening levels to
recommend thorough decontamination screening levels
UNCLASSIFIED
Mission Importance
Acceptable Risk
Level
CRITICAL PRIORITY ROUTINE
Extremely High 125,000 75,000 25,000

High 75,000 25,000 5,000
Moderate 25,000 5,000 500
Low 5,000 500 500
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix D
UNCLASSIFIED
• The operational commander determines Platform X must be used on a Routine
mission with Low risk.
• Platform X is contaminated with radium-226 to a level of 1,000,000 dpm/100
cm2.
• In table D-5 the surface clearance screening level for radium-226 is identified
as 600 dpm/100 cm2.
• Based on a Routine-Low determination, the multiplication factor identified in
table D-4, page D-7 is 500.
• 500 x 600 dpm/100 cm2 = 300,000 dpm/100 cm2; thus 300,000 dpm/100 cm2
or less is the level to which the platform must be decontaminated to execute
the mission.
• In this example, the 300,000 dpm/100 cm2 level is consistent with the 0.05 rem
Low risk, Routine mission cumulative dose OEG level found in table D-3, page
D-7.
Legend:
cm2 centimeters squared
dpm disintegration per minute
UNCLASSIFIED
Figure D-1. (U) Example of converting radiological clearances levels to OEG screening levels
Table D-5. (U) Radiological clearance screening levels for platforms and materiel
UNCLASSIFIED
Surface Volume
Screening
Screening Screening
Levels (S.I.
(Conventional (Conventional
Units)(b)
Radionuclide Groups (a) Units)(b) Units) (b)
(Disintegrations
(Bq/cm2 or
per minute/100 (pCi/g)
Bq/g)(c)
cm2)
Group 1 – High Energy gamma, radium, thorium,

and transuranics, and mobile beta-gamma emitters:
22Na, 46Sc, 54Mn, 56Co, 60Co, 65Zn, 94Nb, 106Ru,
110mAg, 125Sb, 129Ic, 134Cs, 137Cs, 152Eu, 154Eu, 182Ta,
207Bi, 210Po, 210Pb, 226Ra, 228Ra, 228Th, 229Th, 230Th, 0.1 600 3
232Th, 232U, 238Pu, 239Pu, 240Pu, 242Pu, 244Pu, 241Am,
243Am, 245Cm, 246Cm, 247Cm, 248Cm, 249Cf, 251Cf,
249Es, and associated decay chains(d) and others(a)
Group 2 - Uranium and selected beta-gamma

emitters: 14C, 36Cl, 59Fe, 57Co, 58Co, 75Se, 85Sr, 90Sr,
95Zr, 99Tc, 105Ag, 109Cd, 113Sn, 124Sb, 123mTe, 139Ce,
140Ba, 155Eu, 160Tb, 181Hf, 185Os, 190Ir, 192Ir, 204Tl, 1 6,000 30
206Bi, 233U, 234U, 235U, 238U, natural uranium(e), 237Np,
236Pu, 243Cm, 244Cm, 248Cf, 250Cf, 252Cf, 254Cf, and
associated decay chains(d) and others(a)
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Table D-5 (U) Radiological clearance screening levels for platforms and material (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Volume
Screening Surface Screening
Screening
Levels (S.I. (Conventional
(Conventional
Units)(b) Units)(b,g)
Radionuclide Groups (a) Units) (b)
(Disintegrations
(Bq/cm2 or
per minute/100 (pCi/g)
Bq/g)(c)
cm2)
Group 3 - General beta-gamma emitters 7Be, 74As,
93mNb, 93Mo, 93Zr, 97Tc, 103Ru, 114mIn, 125Sn, 127mTe,
129mTe, 131I, 131Ba, 144Ce, 153Gd, 181W, 203Hg, 202Tl,
10 60,000 300
225Ra, 230Pa, 233Pa, 236U, 241Pu, 242Cm, 191Os, 237Pu,
249Bk, 253Cf, and others(a)
Group 4(f) - Other beta-gamma emitters: 3H, 35S,

45Ca, 51Cr, 53Mn, 59Ni, 63Ni, 86Rb, 91Y, 97mTc, 115mCd,
100 600,000 3,000
115mIn, 125I, 135Cs, 141Ce, 147Nd, 170Tm, and others(a)
100
Group 5 - Low-energy beta emitters: 55Fe, 73As, (surface)(f)
89Sr, 125mTe, 147Pm, 151Sm, 171Tm, 185W, and 600,000 30,000
others(a) 1,000
(volume)
Notes.
(a) To determine the specific group for radionuclides not shown, a comparison of the effective dose factors, by exposure
pathway, listed in Table A.1 of National Council on Radiation Protection Report No. 123I for the radionuclides in
question and the radionuclides in the general groups above should be performed and a determination of the proper
group made, based on similarity of the factors. In instances where more than a single radionuclide is present, periodic
reconfirmation of radioactivity levels may be required.
(b) Rounded to one significant figure. Surface screening levels are total (fixed and removable) contamination.
(c) The screening levels shown are used for either surface activity concentration (in units of Bq/cm2), or volume activity
concentration (in units of Bq/g). These groupings were determined based on similarity of the scenario modeling results,
as described in Annex B of ANSI/HPS N13.12-2013.
(d) For decay chains, the screening levels represent the total activity present, such as activity of the parent plus the
activity of all progeny.
(e) Where the natural uranium activity equals 48.9 percent from 238U, plus 48.9 percent from 234U, plus 2.25 percent
from 235U.
(f) For radioactivity control considerations, surface radioactivity screening levels for Group 5 radionuclides are controlled
to the Group 4 surface radioactivity screening levels.
(g) The field probe efficiency and size need to be considered when converting corrected counts per minute into
disintegrations per minute (dpm). To determine dpm per 100 cm2 from ccpm, use the following equations:
• probe size factor = (probe size in cm2) / 100 cm2
# dpm/100 cm2 = (# ccpm)/(probe efficiency x probe size factor)
Legend:
ANSI American National Standards g gram
Institute HPS Health Physics Society
Bq Becquerel pCi picocuries
ccpm corrected counts per minute S.I. International System of Units
cm2 centimeters squared
dpm disintegration per minute
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix D
D-27. (U) Radiological clearance decontamination guidelines guide radiologically contaminated platforms
and materiel clearance verification to ensure platforms and materiel are free to transit from locations outside
the United States to locations within the United States. It is also intended to protect the public health and to
promote consistency with International Atomic Energy Agency guidance.
D-28. (U) Licensed radiological-related activities are covered by other requirements, such as nuclear reactor
activities that follow the Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s decommissioning regulatory guidance. Specific
assumptions underlying radiological clearance are that the identification equipment used is calibrated and
appropriate for the type of identified radiation.
D-29. (U) In regard to radiation hazard clearance criteria, CCDRs should promote consistency with
International Atomic Energy Agency guidance and ensure a radiological clearance level (see table D-5, page
D-8) is attained for non-licensed activities that ensure freedom of transit within the United States and across
international borders. These clearance levels are not intended as a substitute for radiological criteria for
decommissioning or for intervention criteria during cleanup projects. Criteria for decommissioning, disposal,
or intervention should be in accordance with applicable U.S. and HN law.
D-30. (U) Radiological clearance criteria considerations—
 The isotope and the general extent of radiological contamination are known. In instances where
more than a single radionuclide is present, periodic radioactivity levels reconfirmation may be
required.
 The clearance levels shown in table D-5, page D-8, are used to provide guidance that would result
in no individual receiving a radiation dose greater than of 1.0 millirem/year (10 microsieverts per
year). The screening levels are based on the consideration of conservative estimates of the
maximum dose to an individual and are thus more likely to overestimate, rather than
underestimate, potential radiation dose. Using the clearance levels in table D-3, page D-7 the
resulting exposure to any individual would be 1/100th of long-term effects, such as cancer, when
considering the public dose limit of 100 millirem/year. As a health safety measure, individuals
should minimize the additional radiation exposure above background levels.
 The radiological clearance levels in table D-3, page D-7, should result in less than 10 microsieverts
per year. This radiation dose rate is determined to be protective of public health and to promote
consistency with international guidance and is several orders of magnitude below any known
adverse health effects and below established public dose limits (for example 1 millisievert/year
[100 millirem/year]). Samples may require analysis by laboratory-grade instruments to achieve
appropriate detection levels.
 Table D-5, page D-8, provides screening levels, above background radiation, for use in the
clearance certification process for platforms or materiel that contain surface or volume
activity for radioactive materials. This table does not apply to the decommissioning of Nuclear
Regulatory Commission-licensed nuclear facilities. The screening levels should apply,
irrespective of future use or application of the platform or materiel after approval of the
radiological clearance certification, given the exclusions noted below. Generic consideration
of the ALARA policy was applied in the development of the derived screening levels.
However, it is permissible to derive less-restrictive screening levels on a case-by-case basis
using the 10 microsieverts per year.
 Depending on the reactivity of the chemical and physical characteristics of the radionuclide
contamination, radiological contamination may be removable, loose, or fixed. If removable,
then the dominant exposure pathway may be inhalation or ingestion, rather than external. As
a result, the assessment process should include the measurement of removable radiological
contamination and be fixed.
 Equipment capable of verifying conformance with the screening levels established in table D-5,
page D-8, with consideration of multiple radionuclides, should be used to measure residual
radiation on decontaminated platforms and materiel.
D-10 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 Publication Date
CUI
CUI
 Radiological measurements performed for the purpose of radiological clearance certification

should include direct field surveys of the platforms and materiel, laboratory analysis of
representative samples of the platforms or materiel, or a combination of the two.
 Supporting expertise and analytical capabilities will need to be requested and deployed.
Note. (U) It should be noted that field equipment must be capable of detecting at the levels in table
D-5; page D-8 if not, laboratory analysis is needed.
 When radiological measurements are performed for clearance certification purposes, where a
mixture of radionuclides is known or potentially present, a determination should be made of
whether the radionuclide mixture meets the screening levels provided in ANSI/HPS N13.12-2013.
As an alternative to the summation method, for a mix of undifferentiated radionuclides, such as
fission products, use the most conservative value from Group 1 of table
D-5, page D-8.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
(U) Medical Support Decontamination
(U) Appendix E provides medical support decontamination general guidelines and

provides specific guidance for CBR hazard considerations. Three sections provide
medical support decontamination procedures for casualty evacuation, patient
decontamination, and shipboard ground force personnel.

E-1. (U) Contaminated personnel that require medical attention may fall into one of the following
categories:
 Casualties. A casualty is any person who is lost to the organization by having been declared dead,
duty status – whereabouts unknown, missing, ill, or injured. (JP 4-02) Casualties consist of injured
personnel that do not necessarily need treatment or admittance to an MTF. A casualty remains
classified as a casualty until the person begins receiving treatment from medical person such as a
medic/corpsman, physician, or physician assistant. If the casualty performs individual first/self-
aid, receives buddy aid from a fellow Service Member, or combat lifesaver, the person remains
classified as a casualty.
 Patients. In the terms of CBRN decontamination, once a contaminated casualty person begins
receiving treatment from competent medical authority, such as a medic/corpsman, physician or
physician assistant or other trained medical personnel, the person is categorized as a patient. A
patient is a sick, injured, or wounded Soldier who receives medical care or treatment from
medically trained personnel (FM 4-02).
E-2. (U) Table E-1 provides a quick reference directory of medical support decontamination guidance.
Table E-1. (U) Appendix E directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Planning Considerations E-3 E-2
Section I: Casualty Evacuation E-6 E-2
Section II: Patient Decontamination E-9 E-4
Patient decontamination site preparation E-14 E-4
Patient decontamination execution E-18 E-5
Patient decontamination site closure E-53 E-10
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 E-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
Table E-1. (U) Appendix E directory (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Section III: Shipboard Ground Force Personnel Patient
Decontamination E-54 E-11
Ship ventilation considerations E-58 E-12
Oxygen generation station E-59 E-12
Control of doors E-60 E-12
Shipboard patient decontamination preparation E-64 E-13
Shipboard patient decontamination execution E-74 E-15
Shipboard patient decontamination site closure E-117 E-20
UNCLASSIFIED

E-3. (U) Contaminated casualties perform immediate, operational, and thorough decontamination along
with other personnel. Once a contaminated casualty needs and receives medical attention/treatment by
medical personnel, the person is classified as a patient and is processed through a patient decontamination
site (PDS).
E-4. (U) If personnel and material resources allow, it is ideal to collocate the PDS with troop
decontamination so that manpower assets can be shared. Patient and troop decontamination lanes can be near
or parallel to one another, but must not be in the same lanes. Troop decontamination must not interfere with
patient decontamination operations as timeliness of patient movement through decontamination once the
patient is stabilized, is critical. This collocated decontamination area must be close enough to the supported
MTF so that the decontaminated patients can be easily transported to the MTF by designated clean
ambulances or other vehicles.
Note. (U) In doctrine today, there is no defined casualty decontamination site–there is only a PDS,
managed and supervised by medical personnel, augmented by personnel from affected unit or
HHQ and supported by CBRN subject matter experts and others.
E-5. (U) Patient decontamination includes mitigating CBR hazards. Each hazard provides medical
personnel unique challenges to mitigate while caring for and decontaminating contaminated patients.
Priorities for triage, decontamination and evacuation of patients will vary depending on the hazard and
METT-T/METT-TC(I).
Note. (U) For more information on contaminated casualty care see GTA 03-08-002. For detailed
information on contamination removal and medical monitoring of patients during decontamination
see ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3.
(U) SECTION I—CASUALTY EVACUATION

E-6. (U) A CBRN environment forces the unit leaders to consider to what extent they will commit
evacuation assets to the contaminated area. If the unit or task force is operating in a contaminated area, most
of or the entire number of organic medical evacuation assets will operate there. However, efforts should be
E-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
made to keep some ambulances free of contamination. For conventional patient movement operations see
JP 4-02.
E-7. (U) Evacuation of patients must continue, even in a CBRN environment. Leaders acknowledge the
constraints CBRN places on evacuation operation, then plan and train to overcome these deficiencies.
E-8. (U) When evacuating casualties in a CBRN-contaminated environment, evacuation considerations
should include the following:
 Minimize the spread of contamination inside evacuation platforms by placing plastic sheeting
under the contaminated patient or litter to prevent cross contamination. Remove the plastic
sheeting with the patient, removing any contamination with it. When plastic sheeting is not
available, consider blankets or other material that will reduce the amount of contamination that
contacts the inside of the evacuation platform.
 Cumbersome IPE, climate, increased workloads, and fatigue will greatly reduce the effectiveness
of unit personnel. Using personnel to carry casualties incurs a great deal of inherent stress, and
should be minimized.
 Evacuation assets could become contaminated during battle. Optimize the use of contaminated
medical and nonmedical resources, before employing uncontaminated resources.
 Once a vehicle enters a contaminated area, it is highly unlikely that it can be spared long enough
to undergo decontamination. This will depend upon the contaminant, the operating tempo, and the
resources available for casualty evacuation. Normally, contaminated vehicles (air, water, and
ground) are confined to contaminated environments. However, immediate decontamination
(operator wipe down or spot decontamination and weathering) may be accomplished to reduce the
amount of contaminant in the casualty transport area.
 Use ground ambulances or other assets that are easier to decontaminate and more readily replaced
versus air ambulances. However, this does not preclude the use of aircraft in a contaminated
environment or in evacuation of contaminated casualties.
 OEG is adhered to; especially if evacuation personnel are sent into radiologically contaminated
areas. Radiation exposure records are maintained.
 The relative positions of the contaminated area, forward line of own troops, threat air defense
systems, and casualty’s medical condition will determine if and where air ambulances are used in
the evacuation process. One or more air ambulances may be restricted to contaminated areas. To
the greatest extent possible, use ground vehicles to cross the line separating contaminated and
clean areas.
 Casualties should receive immediate and casualty decontamination at the operational level as well
as first aid and buddy care before placed on evacuation vehicles.
 Even if operational level decontamination is conducted, all ambulance crewmembers will need to
wear MOPP while in their vehicles to protect them from possible cross contamination or vapor
hazards from agent on casualty’s MOPP equipment.
 The rotor wash of the helicopter must always be kept in mind when evacuating casualties,
especially in a contaminated environment. The intense winds may disturb contaminants,
increasing vapor hazards at the contaminated landing site. To reduce this, the helicopter should
not land too close to a decontamination site.
 Casualty protection during evacuation is critical. Casualties that have been thoroughly
decontaminated at a forward MTF, who have had their MOPP ensemble removed, must be placed
in a casualty protective wrap, or have their MOPP ensemble replaced if they are to be transported
on a contaminated aircraft, watercraft, or ground vehicle when moved across a contaminated or
potentially contaminated area.
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
 Medical evacuation by fixed-wing aircraft is severely limited as these assets are few, compared
with rotor wing and ground ambulance, and they require significant time to decontaminate.
 Operational decontamination of medical evacuation assets is accomplished to minimize crew
exposure, mission permitting.
Note. (U) See ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 for additional information
about evacuating casualties and patients in a CBRN environment.
(U) SECTION II—PATIENT DECONTAMINATION

E-9. (U) Patient decontamination is the removal and/or the neutralization of hazardous levels of chemical,
biological, radiological, and nuclear contamination from patients before admission into a MTF under the
supervision of medical personnel to prevent further injury to the patient during the decontamination process
(ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3).
E-10. (U) Patient decontamination is performed to ensure that patients are not admitted to the MTF until they
are contamination-free. It is conducted to protect the medical personnel and the MTF from contamination
and prevent further contamination injuries to the patients. Patient decontamination follows all the guidelines
of MCD, but it may be a smaller operation that handles the persons who did not go through the MCD site
and are presenting themselves to the MTF for medical treatment.
E-11. (U) Patients may require medical treatment, life or limb-saving care, or evacuation to the next role of
care. It is important these patients go through patient decontamination before they are admitted to a MTF.
However, in some CBRN incidents, little or no decontamination may be necessary to process a patient,
especially if lifesaving measures are time critical. If transport is deemed essential, all efforts must be made
to prevent the spread of contamination.
E-12. (U) Patient decontamination is performed separately from decontamination of shipboard personnel, as
with shore forces. A medical staging area or mass casualty area is placed near the decontamination area, but
far enough away so that personnel are not affected by contamination. Refer to ATP 4-02.7/
MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4.02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3, NSTM Chapter 470, and NTTP 3-20.31/CGTTP 3-20.31 and
for additional information.
E-13. (U) CBRN personnel may be tasked to assist medical personnel with patient decontamination and
should be familiar with the set-up and execution. Patient decontamination includes PDS preparation, patient
decontamination execution procedures, and PDS closure procedures.
(U) PATIENT DECONTAMINATION SITE PREPARATION

E-14. (U) Figure E-1 depicts a PDS layout. All Services and all roles of medical care use a similar patient
flow during patient decontamination operations. Each Service may use different types of equipment and
procedures. This section provides an overview of core components that are found in all PDSs, whether they
are set up using minimal resources, plumbed tentage with showers and roller systems, or on board ship.
E-15. (U) If personnel and material resources allow, it is ideal to collocate the PDS with troop
decontamination so that manpower assets can be shared. Patient and troop decontamination lanes can be near
to or parallel to one another but must not be in the same lanes or in the same site. Troop decontamination
must not interfere with patient decontamination operations, as timeliness of patient movement through
decontamination once the patient is stabilized, is critical.
E-16. (U) If a CWA is used, the contaminated unit and the medical unit are collocated for decontamination,
it is critical that there is ample room to establish a contaminated side triage area just forward of the patient
decontamination lanes as ongoing medical stabilization of patients throughout the decontamination process.
CUI
CUI
E-17. (U) There must be adequate medical staff to staff both the PDS areas (for example, conduct triage,
supervise patient decontamination, and provide emergency medical treatment (EMT) during
decontamination) and the supported MTF. An MTF will typically lack the medical personnel to staff both a
collocated DTD site and another separate PDS immediately adjacent to the MTF. ATP 4-02.7/
MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 lists equipment and supplies needed for a patient
decontamination lane and the staffing required for one work cycle.
Legend:
EMT emergency medical treatment
Figure E-1. (U) Patient decontamination site layout
(U) PATIENT DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

E-18. (U) All Services and all roles of medical care use a similar patient flow during patient decontamination
operations. Each Service may use different types of equipment and procedures. This section provides an
overview of core components that are found in all PDSs that CBRN forces and those tasked to provide support
at a patient decontamination should be aware of. See ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/
AFTTP 3-42.3 for more detailed information on patient decontamination.
(U) STATION 1–ENTRY CONTROL POINT

E-19. (U) Entry control point when on land, is located along an access road to the drop-off point. Security
must be provided to control access to the PDS. Security personnel must meet vehicles upon arrival, quickly
interview drivers/escorts, and get information from the drivers/escorts as to the number of patients, types of
injuries, and types of contamination. They relay this information by radio to the drop-off point and PDS
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
officer in charge/noncommissioned officer in charge. On watercraft, the entry control point might be located
at the transport air or watercraft loading area on land. They then direct the vehicle to the drop-off point.
(U) STATION 2–DROP-OFF POINT

E-20. (U) The drop-off point is where patients are off loaded from vehicles and brought to the triage area.
The drop-off point is staffed by augmentees who direct traffic flow, unload and move patients to the triage
area, remove patient weapons and equipment and perform quick pat down searches of patients.
E-21. (U) If adequate chemical and radiological monitoring devices and trained staff are available, a
monitoring station can be set up at the drop-off point to determine who are contaminated and require
decontamination. Personnel at the entry control point and drop-off point assume MOPP 4 or equivalent PPE
when contaminated casualties are expected.
(U) STATION 3–WARM ZONE (CONTAMINATED SIDE) TRIAGE AREA

E-22. (U) The triage area is located near the drop-off point in the PDS warm zone. Patients are moved to this
area from the drop-off point.
E-23. (U) Casualties are simultaneously triaged as to their need for medical care, their priority for patient
thorough decontamination, and their priority for evacuation to the next role of care. One patient may be
medically triaged as immediate, but not have priority for decontamination until they are medically stable.
Another may have priority for medical evacuation but requires decontamination. The purpose of triage is to
effectively allocate the medical resources available.
E-24. (U) This area should initially be large enough to allow for an influx of many patients. The triage area
is located adjacent to or can be collocated with the warm side (contaminated side) EMT area.
E-25. (U) Within the triage area, casualties are moved to either the immediate (warm side, dirty, EMT),
delayed, minimal, or expectant treatment areas. A patient is retriaged as his condition changes. Casualties are
retriaged as they progress through the EMT and decontamination process.
Note. (U) Prior to litter patient decontamination, any time gross contamination is noted, it needs
to be removed as soon as possible. Use any stiff material (such as stick, cardboard, plastic strip,
or metal banding strap) to physically remove gross chemical contamination from the patient’s
protective ensemble. Much of the CWA contamination can be removed through physical means.
E-26. (U) Personnel in the triage area wear MOPP 4 or equivalent Occupational Safety and Health
Administration Level C. One triage officer, but preferably two or more (if available), is assigned to this area.
The triage officer should be trained in triage. These are typically experienced medical personnel. A discussion
of medical triage and treatment protocols for CBRN casualties can be found in ATP 4-02.83/
MCRP 4-11.1B/NTRP 4-02.21/AFMAN 44-161(I), ATP 4-02.84/MCRP 3-40A.3/NTRP 4-02.23/
AFMAN 44-156_IP, and ATP 4-02.85/MCRP 3-40A.1/NTRP 4-02.22/AFTTP(I) 3-2.69.
(U) STATION 4–WARM SIDE (CONTAMINATED SIDE) EMERGENCY TREATMENT AREA

E-27. (U) Patients triaged as immediate for medical treatment are sent to the warm side contaminated EMT
until their condition is stabilized for patient thorough decontamination or stabilized for contaminated
evacuation to another MTF. It is suggested that this area be located between the patient triage and the entrance
to the litter decontamination lanes.
E-28. (U) Personnel in the warm side EMT area assume MOPP 4 or equivalent PPE. Two or more trained
medical personnel are assigned to this area to retriage patients and provide lifesaving medical care while
wearing protective ensemble.
CUI
CUI
(U) STATION 5–WARM SIDE DISPOSITION (CONTAMINATED EVACUATION)

E-29. (U) This is an area located in the vicinity of the warm side EMT area. Patients who require rapid
evacuation to another MTF and who have undergone operational decontamination are medically stabilized
and staged for pick up and transport by designated contaminated evacuation assets (ground, water, or rotary-
wing aircraft) are located here. Gross contamination is removed from their protective ensemble before being
loaded onto the designated contaminated evacuation vehicle.
(U) STATION 6–CONTAMINATED WASTE DUMP AREA

E-30. (U) This area is located away from the decontamination area and clean areas. On land, it is at least 75
meters downwind from the drop-off point. On ship, it is at the aft of a ship and away from air intake areas.
Bags of contaminated clothing and bandages are taken to this area.
E-31. (U) On land, contaminated waste is buried and marked with the appropriate hazard markers. The
locations are marked on maps and communicated to HHQ so that the waste can be picked up and properly
disposed of. These locations should be guarded to prevent looting of HW materials by locals who are not
aware of the hazards. This may not be possible on the fluid battlefield. On a water vessel, these items are
contained until they can be disposed of by proper removal or disposed of in the ships incinerators.
(U) STATION 7–LITTER PATIENT DECONTAMINATION LINE

E-32. (U) This is an area located between the warm side EMT and the hot line. Patients must be medically
stable enough to undergo decontamination before they are brought to the litter patient decontamination area.
Ideally, more than one litter patient decontamination lane should be established depending on the number of
patients expected.
E-33. (U) Personnel assigned to this area assume MOPP 4 or equivalent PPE. Those performing
decontamination also wear a toxicological agent protective (TAP) apron over their protective ensemble to
keep their protective ensemble dry and to allow them to decontaminate their aprons before conducting patient
transfers. Except for the USAF, and some USN units who have trained medical teams throughout the
decontamination process, this area is manned by augmentees who are closely supervised by medical
personnel.
(U) STATION 8–AMBULATORY PATIENT DECONTAMINATION LINE

E-34. (U) This area is usually located parallel to the litter patient decontamination line—
 Ambulatory patients who need to see the physicians at the MTF are processed through this area.
 Patients who can be treated in the warm side EMT area and then sent back to their unit should not
go through ambulatory patient decontamination.
 Ambulatory individuals who do not have medical complaints should be processed through troop
decontamination lanes and not through the medical ambulatory decontamination lane.
 Medical and decontamination team members can be processed to the clean side through this area
or processed through troop decontamination, if it is collocated.
 One or more litter stands, or chairs is needed in the ambulatory decontamination area to help the
patients steady themselves while having their clothing cut off (these are not used on deck during
shipboard patient decontamination as they can cause a safety hazard).
 Bandages, splints, and tourniquets are only removed by medical personnel (combat
medic/corpsmen/USAF medics, physician, nurse, and physician assistant).
 Personnel assigned to this area assume MOPP 4 or equivalent PPE. Those performing
decontamination also wear a TAP apron to keep their protective ensemble dry. This area is usually
manned by augmentees and at least one medical personnel if available to supervise ambulatory
patients as they process through the line and assist one another.
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
Note. (U) The forward deployed MTFs will not have replacement MOPP ensembles/duty uniforms
for the patients. Once the MOPP ensembles/duty uniforms are removed from these patients, they
are now considered litter patients. These patients must be placed in a patient protective wrap for
protection during evacuation.
(U) STATION 9–CLEAN AND WASTEWATER STORAGE BLADDERS

E-35. (U) These are only used for a PDS with plumbed tentage and shower systems. Locate the bladders in
proximity of the decontamination tent. Locate the PDS in areas where the bladders can easily be accessed by
vehicles to fill the clean bladder and pump out or pick up and transport the wastewater bladder. The clean
and wastewater bladders must not be located next to each other, but ideally should be on opposite sides of
the tent. The wastewater bladder must be located farther away from the tent if possible.
(U) STATION 10–CONTAMINATION CHECK AREA

E-36. (U) This area is located between the decontamination lines and the hot line. Here, thoroughness of
decontamination is checked for chemically and radiologically contaminated patients using the appropriate
monitoring devices. Self-sealing plastic bags containing the patient’s personal items can also be unzipped
and the monitors used to check for contamination of the items inside them. If the items are contaminated they
can be decontaminated and placed in a new bag once they are determined to be free of contamination or
contaminated items can be bagged and sent to a secure holding area for later disposition.
E-37. (U) The station can be set up between the litter patient and ambulatory patient decontamination lines
if detectors and those trained to use them are in limited supply. For shipboard decontamination, this often
takes place in the second decontamination compartment (vapor hazard area) of the ship before patients or
decontamination team members are allowed inside the ship.
E-38. (U) The decontamination check area may not be used in some instances such as with the USAF’s small
shelter patient decontamination system. This system supplies ample amounts of soap and water for patient
thorough decontamination rendering the need for a contamination check unnecessary due to the completeness
of the process. Locating this station inside a plumbed decontamination tent may pose challenges as the spray
inside these tents will often create some aerosolization of agent causing the detector alarm to activate.
(U) STATION 11–LITTER DECONTAMINATION STATION

E-39. (U) For the decontamination operation with minimal resources, this is located on the contaminated side
of the hot line. It is located where warm side litters are washed and readied for use by new patients. Buckets
and sponges with 5 percent chlorine solution are available, as well as water to rinse the litters. With a
shower/roller system litter decontamination may only entail sending the litter back through the
decontamination station for a wash.
(U) STATION 12–WEAPONS AND CONTAMINATED PERSONAL EFFECTS STORAGE AREA

E-40. (U) This is a guarded area where weapons and patient personal effects are secured and inventoried.
This is located on the warm side of the hot line. Items from this area are moved through the contamination
check area and decontaminated as needed before being moved across the hot line. If personnel are limited,
this area may need to be well-organized and under the observation of personnel serving as security
augmentees.
(U) STATION 13–WARM (CONTAMINATED) SIDE REST AREA

E-41. (U) This area is located on the warm side of the hot line. This should be a shaded area (for example,
trees, a building, or tentage). The PDS team members can rest and drink water in this area while remaining
CUI
CUI
in their protective ensemble. The warm side water point is located here. Water that is used for
decontamination can be stored here so that it is out of the way of the areas of greatest contamination (drop-
off point, dump, and decontamination lines) but still accessible to decontamination team members.
(U) STATION 14–HOT LINE AND SHUFFLE PIT

E-42. (U) This is the line that separates the PDS warm zone (contaminated side) from the cold zone (clean
side) where the MTF is located. No liquid or solid contamination crosses the hot line. The line must be
indicated in some way (such as by a barrier, tape line, or airlock) so that all personnel know not to cross the
line unless they are properly decontaminated. It is best to indicate this area with a specific barrier such as
concertina wire to protect the MTF. Litters used on warm side of the hot line will stay on the warm side and
those used on the cold side of the hot line stay on the cold side.
E-43. (U) A shuffle pit or boot rinse is located at the hot line to ensure that footwear worn by individuals
working in the shuffle pit area is decontaminated. A shuffle pit with a sand hypochlorite mixture is only used
for a PDS with minimal equipment and is only useful when chemical or biological contamination is evident.
A boot rinse can be used on a water vessel or with a plumbed decontamination tent with sprayers. The hot
line may also be referred to as the liquid control line.
E-44. (U) At the hot line, information on the patient’s DD Form 1380 (Tactical Combat Casualty Care Card)
is transferred to a clean card. Litter patients are transferred to a clean litter to ensure that contaminated tactical
combat casualty care card or litters do not cross the hot line.
E-45. (U) Team members on the warm side of the hot line are the decontamination team members who have
decontaminated the patient. They will bring the patient to the hot line from the warm side. They are still
wearing their protective ensemble with TAP aprons. The patient is received on the clean side of the hot line
by a team of at least one medical personnel and two augmentees. They take the patient from the
decontamination team while trying to avoid physical contact with the warm side decontamination team
members. Those assigned to the clean side of the hot line should be at MOPP 4 or PPE but do not require
TAP aprons.
(U) STATION 15–VAPOR CONTROL LINE

E-46. (U) This is a line that is located between the hot line and the clean side triage area and MTF. It is
typically just upwind of the hot line by 10 meters. Patients and PDS team members remain masked until they
cross this line. This line can be established using chemical vapor detectors. A vapor control line is not needed
for a radiological and biological agent hazard as there are no hazardous vapors from these agents.
(U) STATION 16–TRIAGE/EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT AREA (COLD ZONE)

E-47. (U) This is an area beyond the hot line and vapor control line, where patients are retriaged and treated
before entry or movement to the MTF. All patients entering this area are free of contamination. Personnel
assigned to this area do not need to wear protective equipment. The staff should protect themselves from
infectious patients by practicing standard precautions and wearing appropriate respiratory protection to
protect against infectious particles from coughing or sneezing patients.
(U) STATION 17–DISPOSITION (COLD ZONE/CLEAN EVACUATION)

E-48. (U) This is an area adjacent to the cold zone triage/EMT area. Patients who have been decontaminated
and stabilized can be staged for transport to another treatment facility. Personnel assigned to this area do not
need to wear protective equipment unless standard precautions are required to protect them from infectious
biological hazards however, periodic monitoring for hazards still need to occur.
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
(U) STATION 18–CLEAN SIDE SUPPLY POINT

E-49. (U) This is located on the clean side of the hot line, outside of the vapor control line. The PDS supplies
are kept here and are handed across the hot line to the warm side when needed. This provides protection to
PDS supplies and limits exposure to possible contamination. This area should be covered from the elements
and protected in the event of CBRN attack or a wind shift from the battle area. Clean side water storage can
also be located here for easy movement in water cans across the hot line.
(U) STATION 19–TEMPORARY MORGUE

E-50. (U) Station 19 is not depicted in figure E-1, page E-5. Decontamination of human remains while less
time critical than that of patients is still a real-time process that can be facilitated by proper assessment of the
potential residual hazard (contamination). More information about human remains decontamination can be
found in appendix F.
(U) PATIENT DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

E-51. (U) The PDS is closed by a methodical process much the same as other decontamination stations. Site
closure of the PDS consists of the following:
 Cleanup. Once all patients have been processed through the PDS, the officer in charge will direct
the team members to close the PDS or disestablish it if it needs to be moved to a new location. All
waste materials are placed in contaminated trash bags and sealed by double knotting the necks of
the bags. Any contaminated medical supplies that cannot be decontaminated are placed in the
contaminated trash bags and discarded in the contaminated dump. Supplies and equipment that
can be decontaminated is sent through the decontamination line either on a backboard or litter. If
the PDS is not going to be relocated, these items can be stored in the shade on the warm side of
the hot line after they have been decontaminated.
 All cutting devices are allowed to sit in a bucket of 5 percent chlorine solution (if chemical
or biological agents were encountered) for 30 minutes and then rinsed thoroughly if they are
to be reused. If radiological contamination was encountered, cutting tools only need to be
rinsed thoroughly. Blades are then replaced if they are to be reused.
 Any weapons or patient personal affects which have not been decontaminated by this time
are decontaminated, checked for contamination, and passed across the hot line. Personal
effects that cannot be decontaminated, such as paper items, are also placed in the
contaminated trash bags and disposed of in the contaminated dump.
 Once all supplies and equipment have been stored and washed then the inside walls of the
roller system decontamination tent should be sprayed down with soapy water and then rinsed.
 Unmasking. When site closure is complete, site management personnel either perform MOPP
procedures.
 Reporting. Submit a CBRN 5 report once patient decontamination activities are concluded. See
ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 for additional information about patient
decontamination.
CUI
CUI
(U) SECTION III—SHIPBOARD GROUND FORCE PERSONNEL PATIENT

DECONTAMINATION
E-52. (U) In general, the best approach to decontaminating contaminated ground force personnel is to provide
them with support and a suitable location to execute their standard decontamination and change out
procedures on land before transport to a ship. Ideally, all patients should be thoroughly decontaminated before
they are transported to a ship, but this may not always be possible due to their critical medical condition or
the operational situation ashore. Some casualties may need to be evacuated contaminated by watercraft or
rotary-wing aircraft after undergoing only operational decontamination. It is assumed that the steps of gross
decontamination to remove liquid or solid contamination (patient operational decontamination) have been
applied before casualties are transported to a ship.
(U) WARNING
(U) Immediate (gross) and operational decontamination
procedures for contaminated ground force personnel are not
adequate to allow them to enter inside a ship. Individuals must
have undergone thorough decontamination to avoid
contaminating the ship and others aboard.
E-53. (U) Prior to contaminated casualties’ shipboard arrival, the ship’s crew performs specific risk
mitigating measures to protect the crewmembers and equipment from liquid and vapor hazards.
Decontaminants are prepared and the means to dispose of HW is identified. Use of the ship’s COLPRO
systems is maximized and contaminated casualties are systematically decontaminated, are provided follow-
on shipboard care, and are evacuated to higher echelons of care or returned to operations, depending on the
severity of the patient’s wounds.
E-54. (U) The PDS designated in USN naval ships’ TMs as the contaminated triage area acts as a transition
area allowing contaminated clothing removal, skin decontamination, and chemical agent monitoring to take
place in a semi-protected area on deck without releasing contaminants into the ship’s ventilation system.
Both ambulatory and non-ambulatory contaminated injured personnel are processed in this designated area
for any further required gross decontamination.
E-55. (U) Commander and their staffs plan for maritime patient decontamination. Naval staffs plan to
receive, decontaminate, treat, and evacuate contaminated patients. Naval staffs should plan for the disposition
of CHR as well. Aviation units need to plan for the possibility of transporting contaminated casualties from
ground evacuation sites to shipboard decontamination sites. Ground forces needs to prepare for the possibility
that contaminated personnel will undergo shipboard patient decontamination and should be prepared to track
contaminated casualties from ground to shipboard patient decontamination points and to follow-on care.
(U) SHIP VENTILATION CONSIDERATIONS

E-56. (U) Prior to receiving contaminated patients, the ship is steered into the wind. This is necessary because
the main air intakes of the ships’ ventilation systems are generally not filtered and are typically located
forward of deck areas where decontamination operations are normally conducted. Steering the vehicle into
the wind keeps airborne contamination resulting from decontamination procedures from being drawn into
the ship’s ventilation system.
(U) OXYGEN GENERATION STATION

E-57. (U) If equipped, compressors in the oxygen generation station, located immediately aft of the flight
deck, must be turned off during the decontamination operation and remain off for a period of one-half hour
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
after the decontamination operations end. The flight deck decontamination station ventilation system
maintains the entry passageway at a negative pressure and provides a flow of clean air from the elevator
passageway, through the decontamination compartments, and out an exhaust fan in the entry passageway.
The vents are sized for proper flow velocity to prevent the release of airborne contaminants to the rest of the
ship.
(U) WARNING
(U) On vessels so equipped, the exhaust fan overhead in the
passageway must be operating for decontamination operations
and for using the shipboard contaminated triage area/PDS for
screening/holding patients who may have infectious diseases.
The airflow induced by this fan is critical to contamination
containment. This fan is not used during other operations.
(U) CONTROL OF DOORS

E-58. (U) At no time should two doors of the same compartment be opened simultaneously, nor should the
forward and aft doors of the airlock in an entry passageway be opened simultaneously when processing
contaminated patients. Failing to observe this precaution will result in an interruption of the airflow and
possible release of contaminants. On vessels so equipped, doors leading into elevator passageways are
controlled by the decontamination team in the compartments adjacent to the passageway and should be
opened only when the chemical agent detector/monitor indicates it is safe to do so.
(U) COMMUNICATION
E-59. (U) Doors should be opened only for movement of patients. Communication among the compartments
should be made with radios, an intercom system, or by writing notes (such as a grease pencil on writing
board) visible through the windows between compartments.
(U) MONITORING OF CONTAMINATION

E-60. (U) Chemical agent detectors/monitors are employed by shipboard monitoring station personnel to
ensure that the patient is free of chemical contaminants before being moved inside the ship. A secondary use
of the chemical agent detector/monitor is to monitor decontamination team personnel, equipment, and the
area of the flight deck used for decontamination after the processing is completed. A handheld ionizing
radiation survey equipment/detector with a pancake head is used to monitor patients potentially contaminated
with radioactive particles. There is currently no device available to readily monitor biological contaminants.
(U) HEAT STRESS

E-61. (U) The decontamination team members must recognize the potential for heat injury when wearing
their protective clothing for extended periods. Compartments may become warm during decontamination
operations and the team leader must ensure that members drink liquids before, during, and after the
operations. Canteens or camelbacks with drink tubes should be placed in the compartments to allow team
members to drink through the mask during the operations.
(U) SHIPBOARD PATIENT DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

E-62. (U) Shipboard patient decontamination preparation includes preparing monitors, decontaminants, the
decontamination team, and the flight deck. Recommended preparations of the decontamination facility prior
to arrival of contaminated casualties include—
CUI
CUI
 Under the guidance of the ship’s engineer, open or close as necessary room and passageway ducts
and dampers to provide maximum ventilation to all areas used during the decontamination
procedures so that any off gassed chemicals present on incoming casualties are expelled from
these working areas as quickly as possible.
 Check to ensure that supplies and equipment specified below are available in each compartment.
 Check that floor drains in the decontamination compartments are open and unclogged.
 Close all doors of the decontamination station.
(U) CHEMICAL AGENT MONITORS

E-63. (U) If so equipped, turn on chemical agent detectors/monitors in vapor hazard areas if the agent is
unknown or chemical agent contamination is suspected. Once the chemical agent detectors/monitors are
warmed up, perform confidence checks on each chemical agent detector/monitor per their TM.
(U) DECONTAMINANT
E-64. (U) Prepare pails/buckets of decontaminant. Each station will have pails/buckets filled with 5 percent
chlorine solution (for cutting tools and to wipe down equipment) or soap and water mixture (to use on
patient’s skin). The pails/buckets must be color coded (for example, orange or red for hypochlorite mixtures
and a suitable color for the soap and water mixture). This will help team members to distinguish the contents.
The pails/buckets of the two solutions should be allocated as follows:
 Flight deck-two pails/buckets per station/one 5percent chlorine solution and one soap and water
(maximum six pails).
 Skin decontamination compartment- two pails/buckets per compartment—one 5 percent chlorine
solution and one soap and water.
 Monitoring compartment, one pail/bucket per compartment—soap and water solution.
E-65. (U) Position the supplies and equipment inside the entry passageway. It will not be taken onto the flight
deck until the flight deck director so directs. There are two types of cutting instruments that should be used:
the medical strap cutter or similar long handled seat belt cutting tool is used for rapidly cutting most areas of
the garments. The blades of these knives should be checked for sharpness before the operation and be replaced
as necessary. The bandage scissors are used to cut shoelaces, hoods, and other areas not appropriate for the
medical strap cutter. The team leader will ensure that these supplies and those listed for each compartment
are in place.
(U) WET THE FLIGHT DECK

E-66. (U) Pre-wet the flight deck (from the entrance of the decontamination station to 4.57 meters (15 feet)
aft of the yellow line) to minimize the possibility of agent absorption into the surface of the flight deck. Pre-
wet with the fire hose five to 10 minutes before the contaminated patients arrive by helicopter.
(U) PREPARE THE DECONTAMINATION TEAM AND FLIGHT DECK PERSONNEL

E-67. (U) Overgarments and protective masks of the decontamination team should be stored in a readily
accessible area and should be marked with the name of each team member for rapid access. The flight deck
personnel will wear the protective mask and protective gloves when supporting the landing and takeoff of
the helicopter and when transporting the patient to the deck area forward of the yellow line.
E-68. (U) Decontamination team members should be fully dressed in their protective ensemble (MOPP 4)
by the time the helicopter lands on the deck or any watercraft carrying contaminated casualties docks with
the ship. Those who are to perform procedures on the flight deck will wait in the entry passageway. Mask
carriers will not be worn but are left inside the decontamination station. All personnel will wear voice
amplifiers on their protective masks. They will check that each amplifier has a working battery installed
before operations begin.
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
E-69. (U) The ship’s engineer, or his DCA if assigned, checks each team member to ensure that the mask
and protective clothing are donned and fitted properly. The medical officer assigned to oversee operations
within the designated contaminated triage area wears a white band with a red cross on the left arm. Each team
member will wear a strip of tape on the front of the uniform with his name marked on it. All other ship’s
personnel will remain inside enclosed areas of the ship during and for one half hour after the end of
E-70. (U) When not setting up the decontamination site, team members can receive additional training on
such topics as: basic medical signs and symptoms of chemical agents; safe patient litter transfer techniques;
roles and responsibilities; the use of detection devices; correct litter patient lift techniques; the importance of
work rest cycles; and prevention of heat injuries.
(U) PREPARE THE FLIGHT DECK FOR PATIENT DECONTAMINATION

E-71. (U) Equipment should be staged in the entry passageway. When the helicopter landing operation is
complete and the patients have been checked for ordnance, take the equipment onto the flight deck, and
position the pails/buckets of decontamination solution containing scissors and long handled seat belt cutters
at the yellow line near the entrance to the decontamination station. (Up to three stations are set up, one station
for each patient requiring decontamination so that three patients can be processed simultaneously.)
(U) SHIPBOARD PATIENT DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

E-72. (U) Shipboard patient decontamination includes litter patient decontamination and ambulatory patient
decontamination.
(U) SHIPBOARD LITTER PATIENT DECONTAMINATION

E-73. (U) Contaminated patients are initially processed in the open air of the flight deck where they are
triaged, and outer clothing is removed. The patients are then brought to the first compartment where inner
clothing is removed, and decontamination takes place. They are then taken to the second compartment where
contamination monitoring is performed, and the patient is brought inside the ship.
E-74. (U) The flight deck personnel carry the patient from the helicopter across the yellow line and secure
the litter on the deck. They return a folded clean litter (obtained from the ramp area) to the helicopter
immediately, leaving the contaminated litter to be decontaminated and retained on the ship.
E-75. (U) The master at arms removes all battle dress items, ordnance, and weapons. Weapons should be
secured outside the skin of the ship or within the entry passageway of the decontamination station until they
can be monitored to determine that they are free of contamination.
E-76. (U) The medical officer performs triage once ordnance is cleared. All procedures on the flight deck are
done with litters resting on the deck. Litter stands will not be used.
(U) REMOVE THE LITTER PATIENT’S PROTECTIVE ENSEMBLE

E-77. (U) Clothing removal procedures are based upon the assumption that patients arrive on ship wearing
protective mask, overgarment, gloves, and overboots.
Note. (U) If the patient does not have a complete protective ensemble, the processing is performed
in the same order specified; removal of outer layer of clothing followed by inner layer of clothing.
If the patient has no protective mask, he should be positioned with his head toward the bow of the
ship, into the wind, while his clothing is removed on the flight deck.
E-78. (U) Remove the patient’s personal articles from pockets. Place all items in a plastic bag for later
decontamination or destruction. Label the bags with the patient’s name and last four of Service member’s
CUI
CUI
social security number (information is written on a 3 x 5-inch card or piece of paper and then the card is
placed into the plastic bag). Seal the bags then wipe with 5 percent chlorine solution. These sealed bags are
then secured in an area outside the skin of the ship until the items can be decontaminated in a 5 percent
chlorine solution, rinsed, dried, and rechecked for contamination. Nondecontaminable items are inventoried
and destroyed. Decontaminated items that are determined to be contamination free are bagged and eventually
returned to the patient.
E-79. (U) Remove mask hood (if worn) and outer protective ensemble garments for litter. Then perform a
litter transfer to place the patient wearing their inner garments (for example, work/duty uniform) and
protective mask on a clean litter.
E-80. (U) Patient lifts are performed with the litters on deck, not on litter stands. To do this, the patient’s
outer protective garments are removed and are lying under the patient on the litter. The patient is log rolled
to the side. A clean litter is placed on top of the cut off clothing along the patient’s back. The patient is then
rolled back on to the clean litter. The litter containing the contaminated clothing is taken to the first
compartment to be washed and the contaminated garments are bagged on the deck.
E-81. (U) Procedures on the deck require four personnel with at least one nurse or medical corpsman per
lane. Up to three lanes can be established for the concurrent processing of patients. Personnel are at
MOPP 4 with decontamination TAP aprons and a voice amplifier on the mask.
E-82. (U) Decontamination aprons are worn so that team members can decontaminate themselves before
lifting the patient and to keep the knees of their protective overgarment dry if they must kneel on the deck.
Decontaminate TAP aprons and gloves between each patient.
Note. (U) All transfer techniques should be practiced by the decontamination team using personnel
or weighted mannequins. These transfer techniques will need to be modified based on the injuries
of the patient.
(U) CAUTION
(U) Bandages may have been applied to control severe bleeding and
are treated like tourniquets. Only medical personnel remove bandages,
tourniquets, and splints. Cut around bandages during clothing removal.
Bandages should remain on the patient until the skin decontamination
station.
E-83. (U) Decontamination team members on the flight deck gather contaminated equipment, clothing, and
other items placing them in a contaminated trash bag for removal. They decontaminate their rubber gloves
in preparation for the next patient.
E-84. (U) Once all patients have been taken inside the ship, all equipment and decontamination supplies are
moved to a secure yet quickly accessible location such as inside the first set of doors of the entrance
passageway. The handles of the doors leading into the decontamination station are also decontaminated.
Outer garments from the patients are gathered up, along with discarded bandages, and are placed in
designated contaminated trash bags. These bags are secured temporarily in the passageway so that helicopter
operations can resume. Cutting teams decontaminate their own gloves, aprons, hoods, and masks.
Decontamination team members must take frequent water breaks.
(U) FIRST COMPARTMENT PROCEDURES (LIQUID HAZARD AREA)

E-85. (U) Remove inner garments to the skin and decontaminate the skin. This requires four personnel with
at least one nurse per compartment. Up to three lanes may be established per compartment for the
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
simultaneous processing of patients. Personnel are at MOPP 4 with decontamination TAP aprons and a voice
amplifier on the mask.
(U) Prepare for Decontamination

E-86. (U) All cutters decontaminate their gloves, scissors, and stainless steel work tables (work stands) with
decontamination solution. All clothing from the previous patient is bagged and ready for return to the entry
passageway. Flight deck team leader passes patient’s treatment status and injuries to the leader of team in
first compartment.
E-87. (U) The patient remains on the clean decontaminable litter as it is placed on the stainless-steel table in
the first compartment. Doors to the compartment should remain closed.
(U) Remove Patient’s Uniform

E-88. (U) Decontamination personnel dip their gloves in the 5 percent chlorine solution. Remove the
patient’s personal effects from his uniform pockets. Place these in the plastic bag. Reseal the bag. If the
articles are not contaminated, return them to the patient. If the articles are contaminated, place them in the
contaminated holding area until they can be decontaminated and returned to the patient.
E-89. (U) Remove uniforms and undergarments. Removal of intravenous bags and tubing is at the discretion
of the medical director of decontamination. The intravenous lines should be protected during patient litter
transfer. Old tourniquets, bandages, and splints are bagged with contaminated clothing. Seal the bag.
(U) Decontaminate the Skin, Hair, and Litter

E-90. (U) Sponge soap and water over the patient’s body including hair, as the hair readily absorbs agent if
it is exposed to agent vapor. Exercise care not to get decontaminant in the patient’s eyes (if they are not
wearing their mask). Log roll the patient to one side to apply the decontaminant to the patient’s back. Apply
the decontaminant thoroughly to the litter while the patient is rolled to the side. Rinse the patient and litter
completely with the spray device.
(U) TRANSFER THE PATIENT TO THE SECOND DECONTAMINATION COMPARTMENT (VAPOR

HAZARD AREA)
E-91. (U) A complete purge of airborne contaminants in the first decontamination compartment must occur
before the door to the next decontamination compartment is opened. The decontamination team members
must also check to see that the second stage decontamination compartment is ready (outer door closed and
compartment not occupied by another patient) before opening the door and passing the patient into the next
compartment.
(U) CAUTION
(U) All decontamination team members must ensure that a complete
purge of the airborne contaminants in each decontamination
compartment has occurred before the door to the next decontamination
stage is opened. The ship’s engineer should be able to specify the
minimum time required for a complete purge cycle to occur in each
decontamination compartment on the individual ship.
E-92. (U) The bagged and sealed patient’s discarded clothing is passed back to the entrance passageway only
after the patient has been taken to the next compartment and the door has been closed. Once the door is
opened to the monitoring compartment, pass the patients on their litters to that compartment.
CUI
CUI
E-93. (U) Decontamination team members wipe down their TAP aprons starting from the top and working
down using the 0.5 chlorine solution or soap and water. They also wash their gloves with 5 percent chlorine
solution and ensure all cutting tools are placed in the bucket containing 5 percent chlorine solution. The steel
table is also washed off with the 5 percent chlorine solution before the next patient enters.
(U) SECOND (MONITORING) COMPARTMENT (VAPOR HAZARD AREA) PROCEDURES

E-94. (U) This requires two personnel per compartment. Personnel are in mask only (voice amplifier on
mask), with gloves (7-mil [0.007 inch] thickness) and apron. Monitor the patient and personal articles—
 Service member.
 Litter, particularly the handles.
 Bag of personal effects.
 DD Form 1380.
 Identification tags.
 Intravenous bag and tubing.
E-95. (U) Keep the chemical agent detector/monitor inlet about one half inch from the skin. The greater the
distance, the less likely it is to respond to the contamination.
E-96. (U) Move the chemical agent detector/monitor slowly over the surface; about one foot every two
seconds and follow a pattern that ensures the person is monitored thoroughly. Check first the areas that would
most likely be contaminated: near wounds where the garment was broken and at the neck, ankles, and waist.
Also monitor the areas that might adsorb agent vapor, such as the hair. If contamination is found, stop
monitoring, and note the general location. Use the decontaminant to spot decontaminate where the chemical
agent detector/monitor indicates there is contamination.
(U) Remove the Mask

E-97. (U) Once monitoring is complete and there is no contamination present, remove the patient’s mask.
Place the mask in a small trash bag and close it by knotting the neck. This mask does not proceed into the
ship’s MTF with the patient.
E-98. (U) After removing the mask, clean the face. Pass the bagged mask back to the previous compartment
when the door is opened for the next patient to enter.
E-99. (U) Once the patient has been completely decontaminated, transfer the patient out of the
decontamination station and into the clean regions of the ship via subsequent airlock chambers. Cover the
patient with a clean sheet and transport the patient to the clean staging area in the elevator passageway.
(U) CAUTION
(U) All decontamination team members must ensure that a complete
purge of the airborne contaminants in each decontamination
compartment has occurred before the door to the next decontamination
stage is opened. The ship’s engineer should be able to specify the
minimum time required for a complete purge cycle to occur in each
decontamination compartment on the individual ship.
(U) Ambulatory Patient Decontamination Station

E-100. (U) The ambulatory patient is escorted and assisted through the process by a member of the
decontamination team. As with litter patient decontamination, contaminated ambulatory patients are initially
processed in the open air of the flight deck where they are triaged and outer clothing is removed; they are
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
then brought to the first compartment (liquid hazard area) where inner clothing is removed and
decontamination takes place; after this, they are taken to the second compartment (vapor hazard area) where
contamination monitoring is performed and the patient is brought inside the ship.
E-101. (U) The flight deck personnel direct the patient from the helicopter across the yellow line to the on
deck triage area. The master at arms removes all battle dress items, ordnance, and weapons. Weapons should
be secured outside the skin of the ship or within the entry passageway of the decontamination station until
they can be monitored to determine that they are free of contamination. The medical officer performs triage
once ordnance is cleared.
(U) Remove the Ambulatory Patient’s Protective Ensemble

E-102. (U) Clothing removal procedures are based upon the assumption that patients arrive wearing
protective mask, overgarment, gloves and overboots. Remove and secure personal articles from the
overgarment pocket.
E-103. (U) Decontamination team members direct the ambulatory casualties to remove mask hood (if worn).
Patients can assist one another in this process if they are able. The patients are then directed toward the first
compartment. Ambulatory patients can accompany litter patients into the compartment or move to the
compartment in groups.
E-104. (U) Decontamination team members on the flight deck gather contaminated equipment, clothing,
and other items placing them in a contaminated trash bag. The team members decontaminate their rubber
gloves in preparation for the next patient.
E-105. (U) Once all patients have been taken into the passageway, all equipment and decontamination
supplies are placed inside the first set of doors of the passageway. Handles of the doors leading into the
decontamination station are also decontaminated. Outer garments from the patients are gathered up, along
with discarded bandages and are placed in contaminated trash bags. These bags are secured temporarily in
the passageway so that helicopter operations can resume. Cutting teams decontaminate their own gloves,
aprons, hoods, and masks.
(U) First Compartment Procedures (Liquid Hazard Area)

E-106. (U) Remove inner garments to the skin and decontaminate the skin. Decontamination personnel
assist ambulatory patients by cutting off undergarments. Old tourniquets, bandages, and splints are bagged
with contaminated clothing.
E-107. (U) Decontaminate the skin, hair and litter with soap and water. Sponge soap and water over the
patient’s body, including hair, working from head to toe. Patients should be directed to lower their heads
when washing the hair so that any agent in the hair does not get washed into the eyes and airway. Everyone
should shower from two to five minutes. Decontamination members can help supervise the patients to make
sure they wash every area of the body starting with the head and working toward the feet while standing.
(U) Second Decontamination Compartment Procedures (Vapor Hazard Area)

E-108. (U) The decontamination team members check to see that the second decontamination compartment
is ready (outer door closed and compartment not occupied by another patient) before opening door and taking
the patient into that compartment. More than one ambulatory patient can be brought into this compartment
at a time to speed up the process.
E-109. (U) Discarded clothing is bagged. It is passed back to the passageway only after the patient has been
taken to the next compartment and the door has been closed.
E-110. (U) Decontamination team members wash-down their TAP aprons starting from the top and working
down. They also wash their gloves with 5 percent chlorine solution and ensure all cutting tools are placed in
the bucket containing 5 percent chlorine solution.
CUI
CUI
E-111. (U) The now nude ambulatory patients stand with their legs spread at shoulder width and arms held
out to the sides. Monitoring for chemical contamination is performed with a chemical agent detector and
monitoring for radiological contamination is done with a handheld ionizing radiation survey meter. There is
no real-time monitoring capability for BWAs. The individual’s personal articles that are in plastic bags can
also be monitored for contamination. If contaminated, the items are decontaminated and returned to the
individual later. If uncontaminated they can remain with the ambulatory patient. The patient’s identification
tags are always worn by the patient.
E-112. (U) Remove the mask. Once monitoring is complete and there is no contamination present, remove
the patient’s mask. Place the mask in a small trash bag and close it by knotting the neck. This mask does not
proceed into the ship’s MTF with the patient. After removing mask, clean the face. Pass the bagged mask
back to the first compartment when the door is opened for the next group of patients to enter.
(U) SHIPBOARD PATIENT DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE

E-113. (U) Shipboard patient site closure includes decontaminating decontamination team members,
discarding HW, and decontaminating the ship’s contaminated facilities.
(U) DECONTAMINATE THE DECONTAMINATION TEAM

E-114. (U) Cleanup. Once all patients have been processed through the decontamination station, ship’s
engineer, or his DCA if assigned, will direct the team members in decontaminating themselves (technical
decontamination), the decontamination station, and the flight deck.
E-115. (U) Team members from the flight deck begins decontaminating first, as their portion of the process
ends first. The team members then apply 5 percent chlorine solution to areas of the flight deck upon which
litters were placed during the processing. The team members place all discarded material in bags, seal them
by double knotting the necks of the bags, and ensure all debris are removed from the flight deck. The team
members then decontaminate scissors, long-handle seat belt cutting device, rescue knives, and aprons and
place these reusable items in the entry passageway.
E-116. (U) As soon as the last patient has been transported out of the first decontamination compartment
(liquid hazard area), the team members in that compartment bag all discarded items, then decontaminate
(with 5 percent chlorine solution) the patient table, cutting devices, bulkheads, and deck. These items and the
room are then to be rinsed with water.
E-117. (U) Team members from the flight deck then decontaminate their gloves and overboots and proceed
into the entry passageway to remove overgarments. The team members will remove their overgarments in
the passageway as follows:
 Using the buddy-method, each member will cut the back of the overgarment smock with a long-
handle seat belt cutting device, or scissors. The overgarment jacket is cut upward from the waist
through the hood or in the reverse direction. The overgarment is removed from the front. The
overgarment arms are turned inside out as the smock is removed, roll the cut smock inside out,
and place it in a contaminated trash bag.
 Each member then removes the overgarment trousers by cutting each leg from the back, starting
at the ankle, and proceeding through the waist. The cut trousers are also to be sealed into
contaminated trash bags.
E-118. (U) The team members of the first compartment decontaminate the exposed areas of their masks,
aprons, overboots, and gloves in order. The team members then remove their TAP aprons and hang them up.
The team members empty the buckets of decontamination solution. Then remove their overgarments as
described above. The team members remove overboots last and leave them in the room to aerate. While still
wearing mask and gloves, the team members place the bagged overgarments near the entrance to the
compartment and proceed into the monitoring compartment to undergo a detector/monitor check.
CUI
CUI
Appendix E
E-119. (U) Once the chemical agent detector/monitor shows they are clean, the team members remove their
masks, then their gloves, leaving both in the compartment to aerate. Team members then proceed into the
clean staging area.
Note. (U) Scrubs may be pre-positioned here for team members to change into upon completion
of the decontamination process.
E-120. (U) Once the team members from the first decontamination station (liquid hazard area) have moved
into the second decontamination compartment (vapor hazard area), the flight deck team members move from
the entry passageway to the first decontamination station (liquid hazard area) wearing their masks, gloves,
and overboots. The team members first place the bagged garments left in the compartment into the entry
passageway and shut the door.
E-121. (U) The team members next remove their overboots and leave them in the compartment to aerate.
Wearing mask and gloves, they proceed into the second decontamination compartment (vapor hazard area)
once the preceding team members have vacated it.
E-122. (U) Once monitoring has established that each team member is cleaned, each team member removes
mask, then gloves, and leaves both items on the patient table to aerate. The team member exits into the clean
staging area.
(U) DECONTAMINATE THE SHIP’S FACILITIES

E-123. (U) Once the detector operators have monitored all personnel and cleared them to exit the
decontamination station, they move out and back through the decontamination station, making checks to
ensure the areas and equipment have been decontaminated. On the flight deck, they monitor areas of the deck
that have been decontaminated and the weapons that have been taken from the patients.
Note. (U) When monitoring with chemical agent detector/monitor on the flight deck, strong winds
can affect chemical agent detector’s ability to detect. The chemical agent detector/monitor nozzle
must be held the proper distance from the surface, about one half inch, and must be swept over the
surface at a slow rate (about one half foot per second) to monitor most effectively. The chemical
agent detector/monitor is also susceptible to false positive readings in the presence of aqueous
film-forming foam and jet propulsion fuel, type 5.
(U) UNMASKING
E-124. (U) Once all monitoring outside the decontamination station is completed, chemical agent
detector/monitor operators will unmask and secure the detectors. Contaminated garments, bandages, splints,
and other items removed from patients in the decontamination process are placed in double contaminated
trash bags and sealed by double knotting the necks of the bags. Once the decontamination operations are
completed and the flight deck has been cleared, these bags are taken aft, remaining outside the skin of the
ship. See ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 for additional information about
shipboard patient decontamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
(U) Special Decontamination
(U) Appendix F provides special decontamination considerations and TTP including

emergency, technical, MCD, and decontamination of human remains. Additionally,
TTP are provided for shipboard/maritime recovery decontamination, area
decontamination, subsistence and water decontamination, vulnerable and sensitive
equipment decontamination, cargo movement decontamination and CBRN munitions
disposal.
F-1. (U) Special decontamination is unique processes and procedures that are outside the processes
commonly associated with decontamination operations but are critical to ensure joint Services mission
accomplishment. Table F-1 provides a quick reference directory of special decontamination procedures.
Table F-1. (U) Appendix F directory
UNCLASSIFIED
Paragraph Appendix
Planning Considerations F-3 F-2
Emergency Decontamination F-8 F-3
Technical Decontamination F-14 F-6
Technical decontamination preparation F-19 F-7
Technical decontamination execution F-24 F-8
Technical decontamination site closure F-26 F-14
Mass Casualty Decontamination F-27 F-15
Mass casualty decontamination preparation F-32 F-15
Mass casualty decontamination execution F-39 F-17
Mass casualty decontamination site closure F-43 F-20
Contaminated Human Remains F-44 F-21
Site Selection F-47 F-21
Mortuary affairs contaminated remains mitigation site F-49 F-22
Operations
F-56 F-22
Shipboard/Maritime Recovery Decontamination
F-81 F-29
Civil Reserve Air Fleet and Contract Airlift Operations
F-82 F-29
Subsistence and Water Decontamination
F-87 F-30
Vulnerable/Sensitive Equipment Decontamination
F-98 F-33
Cargo Movement Decontamination
F-107 F-38
CBRN Munitions Decontamination
F-108 F-38
Area Decontamination
F-109 F-38
Terrain
F-121 F-42
Fixed-site
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 F-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
F-2. (U) Emergency, technical, and MCD are common techniques CBRN responders use in support of
Defense Support of Civil Authorities. CBRN responders are DOD military and civilian personnel who are
trained to respond to CBRN incidents and certified to operate safely at appropriate levels according to Section
120, Part 1910, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations (29 CFR 1910.120) and NFPA 472. The levels of CBRN
responder certification are awareness, operations, and technician. Responder certifications provide CBRN
responders reciprocity with state, tribal, and city first responders ensuring a common response framework
amongst diverse responders who may not regularly work together.

F-3. (U) Emergency decontamination, technical decontamination, and MCD processes are personnel
decontamination methods sometimes associated with CONUS-based CBRN response. These procedures
have relevance to combat operations and should not be considered only as domestic response activities.
Technical CBRN forces use technical decontamination procedures at the conclusion of sensitive site
assessments. Depending on the situation and magnitude of an incident, emergency decontamination and
MCD TTP may be needed.
F-4. (U) The decontamination process begins in the warm zone. A controlled-entry point marks the entrance
to the contamination reduction area, and a controlled-exit point marks the exit to the vapor control line (the
transition point between the warm and cold zones). More than one type of decontamination lane can be
operated within the contamination reduction area based on situational needs. The main decontamination
corridors used are emergency, personnel (technical), and equipment. A transload line may be used if samples
are taken on site. Figure F-1 depicts the general layout of these lanes.
Legend:
L/SCL liquid/solid control line
VCL vapor control line
Figure F-1. (U) Contamination reduction area lane layout
F-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
F-5. (U) Chronologically, the emergency decontamination is generally set up first to facilitate immediate
response and the decontamination of personnel injured in the hot zone. Once the personnel and/or MCD lanes
have been established, the emergency decontamination may no longer be required.
F-6. (U) The establishment of technical decontamination may follow emergency decontamination.
However, technical decontamination may also occur concurrently with emergency decontamination. In either
case, no personnel should be allowed to enter the hot zone until some form of decontamination is established
for the responders.
F-7. (U) Technical decontamination is set up for personnel who have specialized PPE that requires a higher
percentage of decontamination solution before removal. The technical decontamination is located where
other personnel would not confuse it with DTD, emergency decontamination or MCD. Entry into the
technical decontamination is limited to technical forces and responders only. All other personnel are directed
to the personnel decontamination lanes.
(U) EMERGENCY DECONTAMINATION

F-8. (U) Emergency decontamination is conducted to quickly remove contamination from injured personnel
so that they can receive essential medical treatment without spreading the contamination to other personnel
or equipment. It also facilitates the evacuation of contaminated wounded personnel to medical aid as quickly
as possible.
F-9. (U) Following a CBRN incident, the incident commander may direct that emergency decontamination
be the first decontamination measure taken. The rapid setup of emergency decontamination stations should
help to minimize the number of casualties.
F-10. (U) Emergency decontamination is conducted by using copious amounts of water to dilute the agent
to evacuate personnel to medical aid as quickly as possible. Decontaminants used are those that are safe for
use on skin and wounds. Emergency decontamination directs mobile victims away from the hazard. The
process involves removing outer layers of clothing, removing any liquid agent from the skin, showering,
checking victims visually, and (time permitting) conducting brief interviews.
F-11. (U) Figure F-2, page F-4, depicts an emergency decontamination layout for a domestic CBRN response
situation. Figure F-3, page F-5, depicts an emergency decontamination layout technical CBRN forces could
use in an emergency during site exploitation.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
Legend:
EOC emergency operations center
ICP incident command post
Figure F-2. (U) Emergency decontamination layout for domestic response
CUI
CUI
Legend:
decon decontaminate
LOC line of contamination
PDS personnel decontamination station
PPE personal protective equipment
Figure F-3. (U) Emergency decontamination layout for technical forces
(U) Emergency Decontamination Preparation

F-12. (U) The procedures outlined in execution apply when the type of hazard is unknown. Adjustments to
the steps may be made if the hazard is known (for example, the material reacts in a caustic manner when it
meets water. The rapidity of hazard effects on the skin dictates the contaminated clothing be removed before
people are sprayed down, or the biological and radiological decontamination requirements differ from
chemical and TIM situations). Additional modifications regarding the placement of the decontamination
corridor may be needed for incidents that occur during cold-weather operations.
(U) Emergency Decontamination Execution

F-13. (U) Emergency decontamination procedures are executed to rapidly clean personnel as thoroughly as
possible before cutting out. Figure F-4, page F-6, depicts the procedures described here:
 Self-decontamination procedures:
 Remove outer layer of clothing and personal items. (Wet clothing before removal if biological
or radiological contamination is suspected to reduce aerosolization of particles.)
 Bag or pile clothing and personal items for disposal as HW.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 Emergency decontamination procedures:

 Plot, scrape, absorb, or rinse any liquid agent from skin. Enter the shower area and wash
hands, flush eyes, and body thoroughly.
 Decontamination team personnel, preferably a competent medical authority checks
decontaminated personnel visually and interview them to determine if they are demonstrating
sign and symptoms of agent exposure. Conduct additional decontamination as necessary.
 Decontaminated personnel dry and redress. Personnel requiring treatment are directed to the
designated treatment area for follow-on care.
Legend:
CCP casualty collection point
Figure F-4. (U) Emergency decontamination operations
(U) TECHNICAL DECONTAMINATION

F-14. (U) Technical decontamination commonly refers to the deliberate decontamination of technical CBRN
forces or responders, response equipment, and evidence. The focus of technical decontamination is
neutralization of the agent.
CUI
CUI
F-15. (U) Technical decontamination is conducted by technical CBRN forces and CBRN responders during
operations to mitigate hazards. CBRN personnel may be required to use supplied air respirators, such as self-
contained breathing apparatus and fully encapsulated, splash resistant protective suits. The planning and
execution of technical decontamination operations uses different strategies than those used for military-
specific operations. Consider the following when planning for technical decontamination:
 Direct the decontamination process toward confinement of the contaminant within the hot zone
and the decontamination corridor. Consider the potential effects of the decontamination process
on personnel when developing the decontamination plan and establish countermeasures (such as
adequate work/rest cycles).
 Determine proper decontamination methods and procedures prior to an incident as part of the
overall preincident planning, hazard assessment, and risk evaluation process. Do not permit entry
into the hot zone until the appropriate decontamination methods and procedures are established.
 Use a systematic process to reduce contamination on personnel to ensure a safe level and to prevent
the transfer of contamination outside the containment area. The procedures used are based on field
analyses of the hazards and risks involved. Field analyses consist of checking detection results and
using technical reference sources to determine the general hazards, such as flammability and
toxicity, and then evaluating the relative risks associated with the contaminants (vapor versus
liquid, blister versus nerve agents, radiological versus CB hazards).
F-16. (U) Technical decontamination can be accomplished in several ways, depending on the hazard.
Typically, it consists of a wet decontamination in which the individual is flushed with water to remove or
dilute the contaminants. A dry decontamination, such as brushing and scraping, is an appropriate alternative
for other contamination removal (for example, physical radioactive-contaminated particles). Other
considerations, such as the hazard's reactivity with water and its solubility, are factors in determining the
appropriate decontamination method.
F-17. (U) Execution of technical decontamination may consist of one or more stations, depending on the
hazard. The decontamination team is available to supervise the operation and assist in the processing of
personnel. The team is trained to help personnel decontaminate their outer clothing from top to bottom
(always moving the contaminants toward the ground). Low-pressure water should be used and over spraying
or splashing should be kept to a minimum to control the spread of contaminants. The decontamination site is
established in an area where contaminated runoff is controlled.
F-18. (U) Low-pressure water should be used and over spraying or splashing should be kept to a minimum
to control the spread of contaminants. The decontamination site should be established in an area where
contaminated runoff can be controlled. Figure F-5, page F-8, shows a sample technical decontamination site
layout.
(U) TECHNICAL DECONTAMINATION SITE PREPARATION

F-19. (U) Technical decontamination site preparation is similar to previously mentioned personnel
decontamination sites. Specific technical decontamination site preparation procedures include setting up an
entry point and determining which lanes and stations are required. METT-T/METT-TC(I), as with all
circumstances, drives decontamination site location and size.
F-20. (U) Decontamination personnel wear splash protectant protective equipment or TAP aprons with Level
C or MOPP equipment to protect against splash hazards. Hazard water runoff mitigation plans are
implemented. Work/rest cycles are established. If feasible, a covered area is provided to allow
decontamination personnel to rest in the shade.
(U) Entry Point

F-21. (U) The entry point is clearly designated, and it identifies the beginning of the decontamination
corridor. Ensure personnel know the location of the technical decontamination corridor before entering the
hot zone. The purpose of the entry point is to ensure that personnel leaving the hot zone process through the
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
decontamination corridor, thereby controlling the spread of contamination. At the entry point, two separate
lanes are set up—the primary decontamination lane and an emergency decontamination lane. The
decontamination corridor has two main areas—the liquid control area and the vapor control area.
(U) Decontamination Lanes
F-22. (U) The primary decontamination lane requires only those stations necessary to accomplish the
effective decontamination of personnel. The basic goal is to eliminate the contaminant in a safe and
appropriate manner. Properly equipped individuals trained to direct and assist personnel in the
decontamination process should operate each station. A separate lane may be required for technical
equipment that must be decontaminated.
F-23. (U) An emergency decontamination lane is used when a person requires immediate evacuation or
medical attention. When the emergency lane requires activation, normal decontamination operations stop
until the situation is mitigated. Normal operations resume once the victim has been safely processed through
the emergency lane of the technical decontamination corridor.
(U) TECHNICAL DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION
F-24. (U) Two examples of technical decontamination lanes are provided. Figure F-5 and table F-2 is an
example of a technical decontamination lane used for domestic CBRN response. It consists of seven stations,
beginning with dropping equipment used in the hot zone and concludes with personnel being evaluated by
medical personnel. Figure F-6, page F-10, and table F-3, page F-11, is an example of a technical
decontamination used in tactical situations by technical CBRN forces.
Legend:
Figure F-5. (U) Technical decontamination site layout for domestic response
CUI
CUI
Table F-2. (U) Stations for example technical decontamination for domestic response
UNCLASSIFIED
Station Actions
Station 1 Equipment The equipment drop may consist of a tarp or table for the placement of
Drop equipment used in the hot zone. The equipment drop serves a dual purpose.
It ensures that potentially contaminated equipment stays within the
contaminated area, and it allows the equipment to be operationally
decontaminated and reused by those reentering the hot zone. This minimizes
the amount of equipment brought into the hot zone that requires later
decontamination or disposal.
Station 2 PPE Removing gross contamination from boots and gloves (the primary places
Decontamination generally contaminated) before starting the decontamination process helps
control the spread of contamination. Scrubbing boots and gloves with long-
handled brushes that are dipped in buckets or step pans filled with
decontaminant is one method used to accomplish gross removal of
contaminants.
Station 3 Monitoring Personnel should be monitored for any residual contamination once the
Point decontaminant application and rinsing are complete. Monitors (individual
chemical-agent monitors, RADIAC meters, commercial instruments) can be
used to perform this function if the hazard is known. When working with an
unknown substance or without monitoring devices, the visual observation of
obvious signs and symptoms of exposure provide an alternative monitoring
method. If the contamination is still present following decontamination
(visually observed or detected by monitoring devices), affected personnel
should be returned to the beginning of the decontamination lane to repeat the
procedure, with specific attention paid to the areas observed or noted by
detection devices.
Station 4 Protective Personnel should be assisted in removing their protective suits before
Clothing Removal crossing the liquid control line when monitoring indicates that contamination is
not present. During removal of the Level A protective suit, an attendant is
required to hold the SCBA while the protective suit is removed. The attendant
will maintain control of the respirator until it is removed at Station 5.
Decontamination team members ensure that they touch only the outside of
the suit. Personnel inside the suit assist with the removal, touching only the
inside of the suit. Decontamination personnel then contain the suit in a thick
plastic bag for further disposition after all personnel are decontaminated.
Note. (U) Personal clothing removal, shower, and redress may be
unnecessary if contamination did not penetrate the protective clothing.
Monitoring equipment should be used to verify if any contamination has
penetrated the protective suit.
Station 5 Personnel remove the clothing worn under their protective suit and place it in
Clothing/Respirator a thick plastic bag for further disposition by the decontamination team. The
Removal respirator is removed from their back, if necessary, and the attendant takes
control of the backpack. Before removing their face piece, personnel close
their eyes and hold their breath. They will remove and release their face piece
as they cross the contamination control line, and enter the cold zone. The
attendant will place the respirator in a thick plastic bag for further disposition.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
Table F-2. (U) Stations for example technical decontamination for domestic response
(continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Station Actions
Station 6 Shower and When required, personnel will shower and redress before receiving post entry
Redress medical evaluation.
Station 7 Medical After responders have entered the hot zone, they receive a medical
Evaluation evaluation to assist in identifying health issues that may have occurred during
entry operations. The decontamination and monitoring processes are unique
to each accident/incident. Decontamination techniques may be physical
and/or chemical. The decontamination methods selected should be tailored to
the hazard, on-scene responders, location, and equipment available. No
matter which method is used, the outcome should be the elimination or
reduction of contamination to a safe level, while confining the hazard to the
hot zone and decontamination corridor.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
Legend:
Commo communications equipment
CP command post
Decon decontamination
L/U link up
SDS sorbent decontamination system
Figure F-6. (U) Technical decontamination layout for tactical operations
CUI
CUI
Table F-3. (U) Stations for example technical decontamination lane in tactical situation
UNCLASSIFIED
Station Actions
Station 1 Equipment Monitor and prioritize personnel for decontamination: casualties, medical
Drop and Triage personnel, by order of gross contamination. Only decontaminate
contaminated individuals to conserve resources. Bags will be clearly
marked for everyone on the downrange team. SDS powder will be added to
each bag and vigorously shaken to remove gross contamination. Self
decontaminate with focus on hands, head, groin, elbows and knees.
Note. Personnel will flow through decontamination line in buddy teams
taking all instructions from decontamination team members.
Station 2 Apply decontamination powder. Personnel shuffle in pit to cover boots,
Decontamination station 2 operator applies SDS with mitt from head to toe. Brush as much
Application and Hood as possible away from the individual, patting down could cause gross
Removal contamination to break through JSLIST. Operator will roll the hood of
individual ensuring the inside is not touched.
Station 3 Remove Operator makes one single cut down back of JSLIST (or other suit) (ensure
JSLIST or other to cut retention straps of JSLIST). Personnel remove top by wiggling out
protective suit and place in dump bag. Personnel remove gloves and places in glove
dump bag. Personnel pull suspenders high and away while operator makes
cuts from top to bottom of pants legs. Operator cuts suspenders and
removes pants from personnel, placing pants in dump bag. Operator makes
single cut along outside of boot from top of ankle and up towards toes
(making a L cut). Personnel drop boot into dump bag and steps into shuffle
pit #3).
Station 4 Monitor and Operator monitors for residual contamination. If contamination is found
Mask Removal operator will use SDS/M295 to brush contamination off uniform. RSDL will
be used if on skin. Operator instructs personnel to hold breath and step
forward. Operator will remove mask and place in dump bag. Personnel will
proceed to medical monitoring beyond cold line and self monitor with
medical personnel on standby.
Legend:
SDS sorbent decontamination system
UNCLASSIFIED
F-25. (U) The technical decontamination lines may be modified once more information is known about the
contamination discovered onsite. Figures F-7 through F-9 (pages F-12 through F-14), depict modified lanes
for chemical contamination, biological contamination, or radiological contamination.
(U) TECHNICAL DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSURE
F-26. (U) The site closure phase includes cleanup, marking, unmasking, and reporting. METT-T/
METT-TC(I) will dictate the cleanup requirements. Contaminated waste is collected from the
decontamination lane and disposed of in accordance with local, HN, theater, environmental, and operational
requirements.
 Cleanup. Bag and dispose of unserviceable items and decontamination materials at the conclusion
of decontamination activities to prevent the transfer and spread of contamination. Decontaminate
firefighting equipment, technical equipment, vehicles, and other equipment used during the
decontamination operation. Decontaminated equipment is moved upwind and out of the
decontamination area to a designated post decontamination staging area, after it is checked and
found free of contamination.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 Unmasking. Once the entire site is marked, and the site closure is complete, site management
personnel move away from the contaminated area to a designated area and systematically removes
contaminated protective equipment and performs unmasking. Decontamination personnel, using
buddy aid, either remove their equipment using MOPP drop procedures (if they are wearing IPE
or Level C protective equipment) or decontaminate and systematically remove their protective
equipment following the technical decontamination procedures.
Note. (U) Perform selective unmasking with several individuals prior to removing respiratory
protective equipment. See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for
selective unmasking procedures.
 Reporting. Reporting requirements will vary, depending on where decontamination operations

are being conducted.
 CONUS. Site closure is reported in accordance with federal, state, and local policies and
procedures.
 Outside the continental United States. Submit a CBRN 5 report once decontamination
activities are concluded, in accordance with higher directives and HN agreements.
Legend:
decon decontaminate
trans transfer
Figure F-7. (U) Technical decontamination for chemical wet or dry
CUI
CUI
Legend:
decon decontaminate
trans transfer
Figure F-8. (U) Technical decontamination for biological contamination
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
Legend:
trans transfer
Figure F-9. (U) Technical decontamination for radiological contamination
(U) MASS CASUALTY DECONTAMINATION

F-27. (U) Mass casualty is any number of human casualties produced across a period that exceeds available
medical support capabilities (JP 4-02). The methods described for mass casualty decontamination are
intended for either incidents that occur domestically or in support of international CBRN response operations.
If the CBRN incident is large enough, MCD operations may be required. Personnel going through MCD are
not likely to have PPE, they require a fast, efficient, and effective decontamination process.
F-28. (U) With the employment of CBRN weapons/agents, a mass casualty situation can present itself at any
time and at any role of care. Treatment is often limited to life- or limb-saving care and triage must be
conducted within strict guidelines. It is important that all patients be decontaminated before they are admitted
into an uncontaminated area.
F-29. (U) A mass casualty situation in a CBRN environment will require preplanning and coordination
between medical, logistics, and CBRN personnel. It will necessitate that the conventional treatment priorities
be modified due to the magnitude of the casualty situation. This means a radical departure from the traditional
practice of providing early complete essential treatment to each casualty based on individual needs. For this
concept of treatment, using priorities designed to assist in providing the greatest benefit for the largest number
of patients without wasting specialist skill and medical resources.
CUI
CUI
F-30. (U) The MCD is normally set up by emergency responders tasked to provide MCD but may be required
in a tactical situation. This is a large-scale decontamination corridor designed to process large numbers of
personnel in a short amount of time. In some situations, an MCD corridor may not be required to conduct
CBRN response operations. For example, an incident that involved only first and emergency responders
would not necessarily require an MCD. A patient decontamination corridor is similar to the MCD corridor,
except that it would normally be established adjacent to an MTF.
F-31. (U) MCD may be required outside the continental United States. Coordination with HN support is
required and MCD procedures may change based on HN needs, available equipment, and operational
requirements. Refer to JP 3-41 for additional information about support to international CBRN response.
(U) MASS CASUALTY DECONTAMINATION PREPARATION

F-32. (U) Military personnel who are responsible for MCD may provide support to existing civilian-led
ambulatory and nonambulatory decontamination lanes. Alternately, military responders conducting MCD
may be responsible for establishing the MCD site. In either case, military unit C2 remains in place.
F-33. (U) Contingency planning for MCD should include site selection. A site survey is performed to select
a site that is upwind and uphill from the contamination sources. The site should have an ample water supply,
good drainage, and vehicle access.
F-34. (U) Planning determines where the stations are established to support ambulatory and litter
decontamination. The decontamination team leaders lay out the site and—
 Reviews the outline for hot, warm, and cold zones.
 Establishes entry and exit points.
 Establishes liquid and vapor control lines.
 Identifies runoff control procedures.
 Determines the need for protection, when required.
F-35. (U) The number of stations and personnel required for MCD will vary depending on factors such as
the number and type of injuries, agent used, and weather. Not all stations described in this section may be
required.
(U) Contaminated Casualty Collection Point

F-36. (U) A casualty collection point is established in the hot zone or adjacent to the hot zone. All casualties
are moved to the collection point. Medical personnel conduct initial triage at this location. Casualties that
require EMT are directed or moved to the contaminated EMT station for lifesaving procedures. All other
casualties are directed to the decontamination lane.
(U) Firefighting Equipment

F-37. (U) Firefighting equipment provides an expedient way to perform decontamination of a large amount
of contaminated personnel. Firefighting resources can dispense large amounts of water and significantly
increases the number of personnel that can be decontaminated. Very large volumes of water are needed for
these operations, and the control of runoff is limited. However, the level of contamination is reduced through
the dilution achieved during the process.
(U) Decontamination Corridor

F-38. (U) A decontamination corridor is established using fire hydrants, hoses, and nozzles; pumper trucks;
and fire trucks with ladder pipes. In each case, the nozzles should be adjusted to produce a low-pressure fan
spray. When possible, two or more systems should be used to increase the volume of the water and spray
area to increase the casualty flow rate through the lane.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
F-39. (U) If time permits and equipment is available, a screen should be positioned to create a lane for males
and a lane for females and small children. The screen should be of sufficient height and length to provide
privacy between the two lanes. Privacy covers may also be positioned to separate the shower areas from the
undress and redress areas.
 Fire hydrant, fire hoses, and nozzles. When setting up fire hydrants, hoses, and nozzles, platform
trucks are needed to elevate the hoses and nozzle assemblies above ground level. Adjust the nozzle
to a low-pressure spray pattern to allow the casualties to move under the water spray. The nozzle
pressure should be between 50 and 80 pounds per square inch (normal household shower
pressure). The hose should be positioned in a manner that will not create a tripping hazard for
casualties.
 Pumper trucks. When setting up pumper trucks, the pumper cannon and hoses can be used to
establish the water spray areas.
 Ladder pipe decontamination. When setting up trucks with ladder pipes, elevate the ladder pipes
above ground level to produce a low-pressure spray pattern. The nozzle pressure should be
between 50 and 80 pounds per square inch.
(U) MASS CASUALTY DECONTAMINATION EXECUTION

F-40. (U) Figure F-10 shows a sample MCD operation. Basic MCD operations occur as follows:
 The decontamination team establishes an MCD site. Resources are assigned to complete each task
(by station) for casualty decontamination operations.
 An established C2 element provides supervision at the MCD site.
 The C2 element maintains communications with personnel operating in the cold, warm, and
hot zones.
 The C2 element prioritizes and provides additional resources (when needed).
 The C2 element’s core personnel are provided by the decontamination team; however, civil
authorities, HN, or supported unit personnel may augment or provide liaisons to assist
facilitate C2.
 The procedures outlined below apply when the type of hazard is unknown. Adjustments to the
steps may be made if the hazard is known, for example, the material reacts in a caustic manner
when it comes in contact with water. The rapidity of hazard effects on the skin dictates that
contaminated clothing be removed before people are sprayed down with water. Biological and
radiological decontamination requirements differ from chemical and TIM situations.
 Additional modifications regarding the placement of the decontamination corridor may be needed
for incidents that occur during cold-weather operations. (See the 2020 Emergency Response
Guidebook for additional information on MCD procedures.)
CUI
CUI
Legend:
CCP casualty collection point
MCD mass casualty decontamination
Figure F-10. (U) Mass casualty decontamination operation
(U) Hot Zone Decontamination Operations

F-41. (U) The hot zones decontamination operations are subdivided into a series of procedures that generally
involve checking in, triaging contaminated casualties, managing contaminate waste and accounting for
personal property. The procedures include the following:
 Casualty collection point. Tasks at this point include casualty collection, log-in, and preparation
for triage. Crowd control may also be required to handle potentially hostile victims. At this station,
casualties are received, quickly assessed, and prioritized by medical personnel. Ambulatory
patients are segregated from non-ambulatory patients. Ambulatory patients are directed to the
triage station, and non-ambulatory patients are transported to the triage station by litter bearers. A
minimum of two augmentees should be used at this station.
Note. (U) When moving patients, ensure that an appropriate number of personnel are used to
prevent further injuries.
 Triage. Tasks at this station require performance by medical personnel. Casualties are triaged
and assigned treatment priorities by medical personnel assigned to the casualty collection
point.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 EMT area (such as hemorrhage control). At least one medical treatment provider is
required at this station.
 Casualty log-in (warm zone). An MCD attendant logs in patients and identifies valuables
and items that generally cannot be decontaminated. The attendant assigns each patient a
number, prepares a record for each patient processed, and identifies the patient’s personal
property and entry medical condition, as determined by the triage officer. Official
documentation of the care provided is maintained. One person is required for operations at
this station.
 Contaminated waste holding area. The HW site is established during setup and maintained by
logistics personnel for the receipt of contaminated waste. The station attendants deploy
contaminated-waste receptacles in the decontamination corridor, prepare and clearly mark the
waste collection point, protect the ground with tarps, secure contaminated material in heavy plastic
bags, and control contaminated drainage from decontaminated clothing.
 Personal property receipt. The login station properly receives and accounts for personal property
and determines its decontamination priority. The personal property and equipment
decontamination sites are established adjacent to the patient decontamination lanes. The
decontamination of these items may occur as items are received, or they may be held for later
processing. One station attendant supports this operation. Personal property is retrieved from
individual bags, and neutralizing solution is applied to the items. The station attendant allows
ample time for the decontamination solution to function and then forwards the items for a
contamination check. The station operator checks for the completeness of decontamination before
transfer back to the patient.
(U) Warm Zone Decontamination Operations

F-42. (U) The warm zone decontamination operations are subdivided into a series of procedures that
generally involve undressing and showering and should remove the contamination from patients. The
procedures include the following:
Note. (U) Wet down hair and clothing with water mist before undressing during biological and
radiological incidents.
 Emergency decontamination. Emergency decontamination procedures (open wounds, burns,

wet down) are conducted by medical personnel before patients process through the MCD corridor.
 Ambulatory decontamination.
 Clothing and personal items removal. The operator receives patients and directs them to
remove their clothing. Some patients may require assistance in clothing removal. The operator
should have cutting devices (scissors, safety knife) to aid in clothing removal. Pressure
bandages and splints are not removed—clothing is cut around them and any material under
the bandage or splint is left in place. One person should be used at the clothing removal
station.
 Contaminant removal and shower. The operator receives patients and leads them to the
shower. The operator instructs the patient on shower procedures for reassurance. The patient
is placed in the center of the shower with hands and arms raised to allow water flow to all
parts of the body, medical condition permitting. If sponges are available, have the patient
sponge the skin from head to toe. If patients cannot raise their arms and hands, the attendant
should make efforts to ensure that the water reaches areas covered by the arms. The attendant
turns the water on and directs upper nozzles to the head, directs side sprayers to the sheltered
portions of the body, and ensures that any bandage/splint is thoroughly soaked. The attendant
stops the water flow when the patient is thoroughly washed, and the attendant directs the
casualty to the next station. One person is required at each wash station.
CUI
CUI
 Monitoring point. Patients are monitored for the completeness of decontamination, and their
status is recorded on a decontamination card. One station attendant is required at this station.
 Nonambulatory decontamination.
 Clothing and personal items removal. The operator receives a litter patient. Using a cutting
device, the station operator cuts away the patient’s clothing. One person per patient is required
at each litter stand setup. The operator requests assistance; lifts the patient, using a four-person
lift technique; and transfers the patient to a clean litter. A litter transfer team carries the litter
patient to the clothing removal station. Patients are placed headfirst on the roller system and
rolled under the shower.
Note. (U) Medical personnel monitor patients at all stages of the decontamination process—
looking for indications of hypothermia, managing bandages and splints, and providing EMT, as
needed.
 Contaminant removal and shower. The supporting wash team showers the patient with
water from shower nozzles and side sprayers. The patient is rolled slowly through the shower
allowing ample time for complete gross contamination removal. Two station attendants
should support this operation.
 Monitoring point. At this station, patients are monitored for the completeness of
decontamination, and their status is recorded on a decontamination card. Three station
attendants should be used at this station.
(U) Cold Zone Decontamination Operations

F-43. (U) The cold zone decontamination operations are subdivided into a series of procedures that generally
involve redressing, medical evaluations, post decontamination triage, and transportation to follow-on care.
The procedures include the following:
 MCD redress area. The patient is provided a covering (such as a medical gown, sheet, poncho,
or disposable wrap) before proceeding to the medical evaluation and clean treatment area.
 MCD medical evaluation.
 Postdecontamination triage. At this station, patients are thoroughly assessed by a medical
augmentee, without the limitations imposed by operating in PPE.
 Postdecontamination EMT. Operations at this station allow for medical interventions
without PPE limitations.
 Transportation. Patients are consolidated at this point and medically evacuated or
transported to a supporting MTF. When medical staff is available, patients are monitored
during the transportation process to ensure that their health status remains stable.
(U) MASS CASUALTY DECONTAMINATION SITE CLOSEOUT

F-44. (U) Site closure of a mass decontamination site includes cleanup, marking, unmasking, and reporting.
If operational conditions allow, contaminated waste is collected and disposed of in accordance with HN
agreements, U.S. policy, and other policies and directives.
 Clean Up. Team members close down the decontamination site once all patients have processed
through. The closure is conducted using much the same procedures at specified in patient
decontamination site closure in appendix E.
 Marking. Mark the decontamination area.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 Unmasking. When site closure is complete, site management personnel move away from the
contaminated area to a designated area and systematically removes contaminated protective
equipment and performs unmasking.
Note. (U) Perform selective unmasking with several individuals prior to removing respiratory
protective equipment. See ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46 for
selective unmasking procedures.
 Reporting. Submit a site closure report in accordance with federal, state, or HN policies. Submit
a CBRN 5 report once close out activities are concluded.
(U) CONTAMINATED HUMAN REMAINS

(V) 45. (U) CBRN subject matter experts must be prepared to support MA to decontaminate CHR. CBRN and
medical specialists are augmentees attached to a task force supporting a MACRMS operation. Any Service
Member may be tasked to perform these tasks and can use the techniques in this section to understand
the process.
(W) AGENT VALIDATION

F-46. (U) For CWA, the CCDR must confirm theater validation identification of the chemical agent hazard
prior to processing of CHR at a MACRMS. This ensures that adequate logistical support is in place and
personnel processing CHR have the appropriate IPE/PPE, medical countermeasures, decontaminants, and
that the contaminated human remains transfer case has been approved for the agent hazard.
(X) AGENT CHARACTERIZATION

F-47. (U) Chemical monitoring to support agent characterization at a MACRMS must be capable of detecting
to 0.5 immediately dangerous to life and health value for the chemical agent involved. This
requirement supports transport packaging and CONUS transportation risk assessments for CHR.
(Y) SITE SELECTION

F-48. (U) CBRN staffs should assist in selecting a MACRMS location. A site selected should be in proximity
to the contaminated area in the supported sector and consider environmental and terrain considerations.
F-49. (U) MACRMS set-up requirements include:
 Setup and systemization of interim remains decontamination system equipment should be
completed within two days following deployment in theater.
 A single MACRMS requires a flat, level surface of 30 meters x 91 meters (100 feet x 100 yards),
to accommodate the interim remains decontamination system, associated equipment, personnel,
security, and vehicle movement patterns involved in the operation.
 Engineer support may be required for site layout.
 The ground surface must support numerous 1200-gallon water/wastewater storage bladders, large
vehicle/trailer staging/movement equipment, including 10K forklift and other material handling
equipment.
 Duration of the operation is dependent on the number of fatalities, hazard involved,
METT-T/METT-TC(I) conditions, supporting capabilities, environmental conditions, Armed
Forces Medical Examiner System requirements, and other operational considerations.
 The MACRMS will likely be co-located with other ongoing CBRN decontamination missions
which will have available site logistics, transportation, environmental and medical support.
CUI
CUI
(U) MORTUARY AFFAIRS CONTAMINATED REMAINS MITIGATION SITE OPERATIONS

F-50. (U) Remains are processed through the MACRMS by MA personnel supported by Armed Forces
Medical Examiner System. The process is designed to reduce contamination to safe levels for transport and
package remains and associated personnel effects for safe return to CONUS.
F-51. (U) The number of MACRMS stations will vary based on the type of CBRN contamination but the
overall concept is to conduct the following activities in support of return of CHR. Tasks include—
 Receive remains from the loosing unit.
 Removal of any unused munitions/unexploded ordnance from remains before processing of
remains.
 Positive identification of the remains by personnel from the Armed Forces Medical Examiner
System.
 Removal, inventory, and accountability of personal effects of the remains. Certain durable
personal effects may be returned to CONUS for decontamination to general population clearance
levels.
 Contamination mitigation of the CBRN hazard on the remains.
 Monitoring following contamination mitigation to support hazard characterization, if necessary,
for CONUS transport and final disposition.
 Packaging in an approved transport package (for example, contaminated human remains transfer
case for transport) via airlift/sealift as directed.
 Completion of MA case files and any associated HAZMAT shipping documents as required.
F-52. (U) In addition to processing of remains, the MACRMS operation includes additional stations for
technical decontamination (MOPP drop), medical monitoring and C2 to support site operations and personal
safety. CBRN personnel will assist to determine the appropriate detectors/monitors for a particular
contamination. If more than one type of contamination exists, first conduct chemical decontamination and
then any other required steps. All human remains are handled with dignity and respect.
F-53. (U) The MACRMS is the point of delivery for CHR. Human remains which are not contaminated are
not processed at a MACRMS. The 92M, MA NCO establishes a case file and ensures any unused munitions
(such as grenades or small arms) are removed to a munitions holding area. The remains are placed on a litter.
If the reception station is free of human remains, the first human remains are taken directly there, otherwise
they are placed in a holding area. The MACRMS supports a multi-faceted process to safely process CHR to
render them safe for transport and, in most cases, return to the CONUS for final disposition.
F-54. (U) Navy afloat units, to include hospital ships, are not configured to support multiple human remains
storage and transportation. Other afloat storage and transport capabilities can be coordinated with Military
Sealift Command and United States Transportation Command. Navy units are not authorized to handle, store,
or transport CBRN-contaminated human remains.
(U) SHIPBOARD/MARITIME RECOVERY DECONTAMINATION

F-55. (U) The following paragraphs address the decontamination procedures required to support retrograding
forces, to include their equipment, DOD-essential civilians and contractors, and civilians under the protection
of an expeditionary force. Shipboard CBR decontamination and recovery operations involve those operations
in which military or civilian personnel, equipment, and supplies move from sites off naval ships (for example,
ashore or on another vessel into amphibious shipping). For information concerning decontamination of USN
ships and their personnel, consult NSTM Chapter 470.
F-56. (U) Paramount to the discussions of recovery operations in a CBRN environment is an understanding
that these operations place extreme demands on a ship’s freshwater system to support the effort. Accordingly,
commanders at all levels should institute procedures to conserve water and order that excess water be stored
in advance of known or suspected CBRN operations. In completing the requirements for decontaminating
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
personnel and equipment, commanders are not authorized to alter a ship’s basic design to reconfigure a space
or create accesses; conversely, they may modify the use of a space (for example, establish an isolation ward).
F-57. (U) Faced with the presence of contamination, the commander decides to what degree decontamination
is required. The best means of contamination prevention or control is achieved through the proper use of the
CMWDS. However, aircraft that are exposed to the saltwater spray of the CMWDS are non-mission capable
until emergency reclamation maintenance is performed. Pockets of contaminants may require an operational
or thorough decontamination using fire hoses or other means. Thorough decontamination is extremely labor-
intensive. Clearance decontamination is not technically feasible with onboard assets.
F-58. (U) Effective preparations for CBR decontamination operations include the designation of those areas
for which decontamination is essential to ensure the mission's sustainability. The decontamination of other
areas should be deferred, and the crew will operate as required. When the mission permits, the ship should
be repositioned to an uncontaminated location. The need for additional decontamination measures should
then be evaluated (natural weathering may eliminate much of the hazard). All clear should be sounded as
soon as possible to allow a reduction in the MOPP level.
(U) EVACUATION OF HUMAN REMAINS

F-59. (U) USN afloat units, in include hospital ships, are not configured to support multiple CHR storage
and transportation and carry a limited supply of human remains pouches. Larger afloat units have a limited
refrigeration storage for human remains (for example, carrier vessel nuclear [two to four hours] and landing
helicopter dock [up to 12 hours]).
F-60. (U) Items will not be placed on top of human remains at any time and should be placed on either side.
USN ashore units with no evacuation capability will rely entirely on external support. USN units are not
authorized to handle, store, or transport CHR.
OTHER AFLOAT STORAGE

F-61. (U) Other afloat storage and transport capabilities can be coordinated with Military Sealift Command
and United States Transportation Command.
(U) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES

F-62. (U) Decontamination procedures are generally personnel- and labor-intensive operations. They are
largely dependent upon the use of chemical solutions to rid surfaces of contaminants and upon time to
complete weathering or decay. This is to achieve a state of cleanliness that enables the personnel to perform
their assigned duties without the added burden of wearing IPE. The amount of area available to complete the
procedures are generally determined by the class of ship. Commanders of cruisers, destroyers, frigates, and
smaller-sized ships should anticipate using their flight deck or fantail areas to support decontamination
procedures.
F-63. (U) A solution of calcium hypochlorite, detergent, or other soap is used in scrubbing and swabbing.
Normally, a 9 percent solution in seawater is used, but a three or 5 percent solution can be mixed if calcium
hypochlorite is in short supply. Directions for mixing solutions of various strengths are provided in table
470-7-2 of NSTM Chapter 470. If calcium hypochlorite is unavailable, laundry bleach can be used as a
substitute. The pattern of swabbing is top to bottom, front to back. The minimum amount of decontamination
solution that adequately cleanses the area should be used. Brisk rubbing and scrubbing should be used to mix
the agent thoroughly with the oxidizer so that chemical neutralization can proceed more quickly. After an
area is scrubbed and swabbed with the calcium hypochlorite solution or a detergent solution, the area is rinsed
with seawater or freshwater while continuing to scrub and swab as necessary to remove any residue.
CUI
CUI
(U) CAUTION
(U) Attention should be given when mixing the solution. A chlorine
solution above 9 percent becomes caustic and it can degrade or destroy
equipment and materials.
(U) The only authorized aircraft decontaminant is hot soapy water, using
an approved aircraft cleaning solution.
F-64. (U) If calcium hypochlorite is not available and detergent must be used alone, scrubbing, and swabbing
only results in the physical removal of the agent, not detoxification. The detergent assists in bringing the
agent into solution. The resulting solution contains toxic agents and should be washed overboard by fire
hosing. In areas where fire hosing is not possible, rinse the area with buckets of clean freshwater or seawater
and scrub and swab as necessary to remove the toxic solutions.
F-65. (U) Harsh detergents and oxidizers cannot be used to decontaminate electronic systems and aircraft
without risking damage to the equipment. Instead, only the materials normally used in maintenance and
corrosion control on such systems and aircraft should be used. Care should be exercised to avoid contact with
the runoff or other residue as the toxic properties of the agent are not changed by physical removal methods.
The residue or runoff is still toxic.
(U) DECONTAMINATION COORDINATION

F-66. (U) Forces who are retrograding to a ship or directing the movement of contaminated personnel and
equipment to a ship should attempt to reduce the extent of contamination to the lowest possible amount
(consistent with the threat and nature of the operation) before embarking the ship. They should also make
every effort to inform and update the receiving platform of the nature of any known or suspected
contamination and the degree of decontamination procedures performed.
F-67. (U) Commanding officers support and assist in the decontamination of ground forces by ensuring that
suitable locations, equipment, and properly trained decontamination teams are on station. Furthermore, they
are ultimately responsible for ensuring that recovered personnel have completed the required
decontamination procedures before allowing them access to interior areas. They have the authority to decide
what equipment should be discarded; however, they coordinate with the commander of troops and the
commanders of carrier air wings, Marine air-ground task force, and Marine air-ground task force aviation
combat elements to determine the final disposition of recovered landing force vehicles, aircraft, supplies, and
equipment.
F-68. (U) If the ship is basically clear of contaminants but only the flight deck or well deck are contaminated,
and operations must continue, the commanders work front to back in clearing the hazard and establish a pool
of decontaminated craft to assume transport duties for the unaffected personnel and equipment. In some
instances, it may be advisable to transfer the unaffected or decontaminated craft to a clean ship to maintain
the ability to move both unaffected and contaminated personnel and equipment. To minimize the need to
repeat decontamination procedures, if a need exists to move contaminated personnel, then contaminated or
previously contaminated craft should be used to move these individuals and their equipment.
(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL AREA

F-69. (U) The establishment of CCA is critical to the effectiveness of any decontamination effort. The CCA
serves as the focal and initial entry point for any effort to bring personnel into the interior of the ship. In well
decks, the CCA should be set up as far back as possible, to include on the stern gate if sea states permit and
the effort is to support personnel returning in combat rubber raiding craft or like craft. Similarly, CCA that
are established in hangar bays should be positioned as near an elevator as possible. Containment pits should
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
be set out to capture contaminated water, which helps reduce decontamination efforts that are required for
the deck. The collected water is drained through fire hoses rigged to discharge overboard.
Note. (U) Since the hoses are contaminated and require disposal, ships should maintain a pool of
dedicated fire hoses that can be expended under such circumstances.
(U) DECONTAMINATION SHOWERS

F-70. (U) Aside from the obvious advantage showers afford for removing contaminants from personnel,
showers provide two added benefits. They give cooling to individuals suffering from the effects of heat stress
and they offer a psychological boost from the feeling of removing the contamination. After showering,
personnel should be advised to keep previously exposed portions of their body uncovered as long as possible
since clothing blocks or reduces the weathering effect. Additionally, wearing clothing on previously exposed
skin can drive any residue further into the skin.
F-71. (U) Ships have the following five basic options for providing showers for personnel:
 Established decontamination showers. Showers offer the best facility to complete personal
decontamination. The ship’s decontamination teams can monitor personnel through view ports,
and contaminated personnel can be guided in completing the required procedures. However, their
location within the ship is not always conducive to providing returning forces an area close to their
entry point onto the ship or the CCA, which can lead to increased chances for spreading
contaminants or offer challenges for providing safety.
 Locally manufactured showers. Locally manufactured showers offer the flexibility to meet the
design variations within classes of ships, assist in overcoming shortfalls in decontamination station
locations and quantities, and complement locally developed plans to process individuals with
varying needs. They are dependent upon an undefined quantity of stock material that may or may
not be available on the ship to complete such a structure (for example, spare shower heads, various
sized piping and fittings, flexible hose, and fabric to cover the structure to create some semblance
of privacy and control the contaminated water residue or spray). Accordingly, locally
manufactured showers should be planned. Efforts should be made prior to deploying or entering
a CBRN-contaminated area to procure the needed supplies so that multiple units are manufactured
and contingency operations are properly supported.
 Portable shower tents. Portable shower tents offer flexibility for decontaminating a large force
or group of civilians. Easy to erect, these portable and self-contained units include all the piping
and wastewater containment capability required to complement a CCA. Ships would need to rig a
source of freshwater or saltwater and a drainage hose over the side. Consider if the water should
be heated and how to heat it if no access to hot, freshwater exists.
 Field showers from embarked units. Field showers, designed and used by forces ashore, offer
yet another option to meet the challenge of decontaminating many personnel. This equipment
would most likely be sent to the field in support of the landing force or naval support elements
and would be an essential part of the effort to complete their decontamination prior to retrograding
to the ship. The ship’s use of such equipment would require that an memorandum of understanding
be established in advance of such operations.
 Fire hoses. Rigging fire hoses to create a makeshift shower could serve as a minimal resource for
providing a shower to retrograding personnel. Like the field and portable showers, some
consideration would have to be made for heating the water. Likewise, personnel manning such
stations could be jeopardized by experiencing hypothermia or increased incidences of dehydration
and heat stress from wearing wet-weather gear to protect their CBRN suits.
CUI
CUI
(U) WASH AND GEAR REMOVAL STATIONS

F-72. (U) Ships may rig any number of CCA to enable personnel to ready themselves for being certified safe
for entering the interior of the ship. Stations range from areas where individuals can initially attempt to
decontaminate their personal gear and small arms, or to areas that serve as a collection point for these items,
to ultimately providing sites where they can doff their IPE before proceeding to the shower. If a ship
establishes a CCA in the well deck or the hangar bay and does not have a portable decontamination shower
or a locally manufactured shower in close proximity, a process should be adopted for moving personnel from
the CCA to the shower wherein the personnel are afforded some measure of privacy (for example, ships can
rig screening curtains along the route or provide individuals with disposable garments). The principal
decontamination solution for personal gear and equipment should be calcium hypochlorite. Calcium
hypochlorite solutions are prepared according to NSTM Chapter 470 by personnel wearing facial shielding,
aprons, rubber gloves, and CBR protective gear.
Note. (U) Do not use saltwater for the mask lens wash because it may scratch the mask lens.
(U) SHIPBOARD DECONTAMINATION OF PERSONNEL

F-73. (U) The decontamination of retrograding personnel should follow established procedures for
decontaminating shipboard personnel. Personnel should be routed to a CCA where the initial
decontamination procedures are conducted. Upon completion of the tasks directed at the CCA, personnel
should be routed to a decontamination shower facility. Contaminated personnel should be given step-by-step
procedures, read aloud to them where possible, by members of the ship’s decontamination station teams. For
situations in which escort ships within an expeditionary strike group or carrier strike group are tasked to
receive contaminated personnel, ships should follow the established procedures (see NSTM Chapter 470)
consistent with decontaminating scrubber or survey teams. However, to support the embarkation, it is
necessary to establish a CCA in the vicinity of the fantail, for personnel retrograding by small craft; or in the
vicinity of the flight deck, if the movement is by helicopter. Personnel will not retrograde to a submarine.
(U) DECONTAMINATION OF OTHER FORCES/SPECIAL DECONTAMINATION PERSONNEL

F-74. (U) Some modifications to the shipboard personnel decontamination process may be necessary to
accommodate the differences between shipboard protective clothing and equipment and the corresponding
items used by other organizations. Shipboard decontamination station personnel need to be aware of the
differences. The following items differ from the shipboard counterparts:
 Ground forces may use a mask version with a hood that extends downward over the shoulders.
The hood is not part of the overgarment.
 The Army has a contamination avoidance, liquid protective suit that may be worn over the
overgarment for up to one hour for protection from gross liquid decontamination. This suit is a
lightweight, disposable ensemble consisting of a jacket, trousers, and footwear covers.
 The chemical protective gloves used by these personnel are similar to the shipboard item. The
features that differentiate the protective equipment and aviation life support system used by USN
and USMC aircrews are specifically detailed in NAVAIR 00-80T-123 and include the following:
 Aircrew respirators are designed to be compatible with the standard aircrew helmet.
 Blown, filtered air is provided to the mask by a battery-powered pusher fan that is affixed to
a canister. The pusher fan or canister assembly resides in a pocket attached to the crewman’s
survival vest or CBR over vest. CBR respirators used by fixed-wing aviators have a second
filter canister that connects to the aircraft oxygen systems.
 The aircrew chemical protective undergarment consists of undershirt and trousers. The fabric
is composed of a nonwoven material with encapsulated carbon in a stretchable matrix. It is
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
worn under the flight suit. The set can be washed once and reused if it is not contaminated.
This undergarment cannot be decontaminated.
 A disposable plastic cape can be worn over the flight suit for protection from liquid agents.
 Chemical protective socks are worn under standard aircrew flight boots; disposable plastic
overboots may be worn over the flight boots.
 The chemical protective gloves worn by aircrew personnel are of three varieties, two of which
are similar to the shipboard item. The third is made of a GORETEX® material. Fire retardant
flyers’ gloves are worn over the chemical protective gloves.
(U) WARNING
(U) Operational decontamination procedures for contaminated
ground force personnel are not adequate to allow them entry into
the ship. Personnel should complete the thorough
decontamination procedures before being permitted to enter the
interior areas.
(U) VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES

F-75. (U) Ships generally lack sufficient equipment to conduct a thorough decontamination of vehicles;
specifically, they do not carry wash racks to facilitate easy access to the undercarriage of the vehicles. Any
effort to embark the contaminated vehicles and cargo into previously uncontaminated amphibious shipping
requires a thorough review of all the options available to complete the assigned mission (to include a review
of the follow-on mission responsibilities). If the expeditionary strike group has the option to consolidate the
clean cargo and vehicles before loading the contaminated items, such a COA should be pursued. If wash
ramps are not available, ships with a false beach offer the best option for receiving the contaminated vehicles
(for example, amphibious transport dock, amphibious assault ships [general purpose and multipurpose, and
cargo variant dock landing ships).
F-76. (U) In order to accomplish the cleaning, ships should ballast, create a steep wedge, and avoid
submerging the false beach. When sea state and wave action in the well deck permit, create a 3- to 5-foot
basin of water in the well deck, attach fording gear to the vehicles, and slowly drive them for 5- to 10- minutes
in the saltwater. Spray with fire hoses and use scrubbing teams (as necessary) to decontaminate the
unsubmerged areas. Once the vehicle is determined to be free of contaminants, it should be directed to move
further up on the false beach and receive a freshwater wash-down to minimize corrosion potential. Finally,
maintenance personnel should perform the post saltwater emersion maintenance tasks.
F-77. (U) Steam cleaning may be considered as an option for decontaminating vehicles and cargo, but such
evolutions are likely to be extremely dangerous and difficult to accomplish. Steam lancing can produce
injuries similar to surgical incisions and the risks may far outweigh the potential gains that might be made
over attempting to complete the decontamination procedure by creating a pool of water as described above.
(U) FORCE RECONSTITUTION

F-78. (U) Reconstitution is generally beyond the capabilities of an expeditionary strike group. However,
reconstituting and expeditiously returning the force to a full mission readiness standard is the goal of any
decontamination effort. In some instances, this will not be possible until a considerable period has elapsed
(for example, following a nuclear warfare attack). Should the force be unable to restore itself to a full
operational-readiness standard, assistance from outside commands or agencies should be sought, to include
replacing contaminated personnel and equipment with assets obtained from the security area commands.
Similarly, in situations where the forces are being maneuvered (that is, transported) from one landing force
CUI
CUI
objective to another, forces may only be capable of accomplishing a limited operational decontamination. If
the forces are unable to complete a thorough decontamination, the commanders make every effort to ensure
that personnel are afforded the maximum level of support in assuring their comfort. For example, landing
forces may be required to remain in the well deck or sequestered on the flight deck, but every effort should
be made to afford them with adequate shelter and meals. Commanders may likewise find it more practical to
take advantage of consolidating the forces along the lines of their levels of contamination and have one or
more of the ships serve as contaminated ships and the remainder as clean ships, thus modifying the landing
plan to align with the modified force disposition.
F-79. (U) The commanders may reduce the protective postures and allow the unprotected military personnel,
DOD-essential civilians, and contractors to operate in the proximity of the formerly contaminated material
or equipment. This reduction can be made after using the currently fielded and available technologies to
validate that the decontamination procedures or weathering have reduced the hazards from material and
equipment to undetectable levels. The commanders ensure that the equipment and personnel are periodically
monitored to determine if signs of a return of the contamination are detected. Should a hazard be identified,
commanders direct that appropriate action be taken to safeguard affected personnel.
(U) WARNING
(U) Risks to personnel safety increase as residually contaminated
equipment is consolidated and personnel work around this
equipment for prolonged periods, particularly in areas with
limited air circulation.
F-80. (U) Before initiating the action to recover potentially contaminated equipment to CONUS for repair,
commanders should coordinate with the security area operations center to determine if an emergency
condition exists and warrants the risks associated with such an action. Generally, the equipment will not be
returned to CONUS until it has been determined to be clear of contamination, even if such an action results
in the requirement for an extended period for weathering. If the equipment cannot be decontaminated,
destruction may be required.
(U) CAUTION
(U) Civil aircraft should not normally be used to transport the
contaminated equipment due to the safety and legal concerns.
(U) CIVIL RESERVE AIR FLEET AND CONTRACT AIRLIFT

OPERATIONS
F-81. (U) The civil reserve air fleet and contract airlift crews are provided ground crew CWA defense
ensembles for emergency use. Crews receive just-in-time training to quickly and properly don the suit to
proceed to a protective shelter. Civil crews are not expected to sustain operations in a CB environment.
Therefore, they have no decontamination capability. (See appendix G for additional information.) Military
Sealift Command operations follow USN CBRN defense procedures related to contamination mitigation. Air
fleet information is as follows:
 Civil aircraft are not usually modified for operations in a CBRN environment.
 Civil aircrews are not obligated or trained to fly into a contaminated environment. The civil reserve
air fleet will not intentionally operate in a known contaminated environment.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 If an aircraft becomes contaminated while on the ground, the crew should be evacuated by the first
available means and the aircraft grounded until it is decontaminated.
 There are no effective, operationally feasible methods for completely decontaminating canvas
storage covers, webbing, and other textile materials contaminated with liquid chemical agents.
These items should be weathered or removed and treated as contaminated waste.
(U) SUBSISTENCE AND WATER

F-82. (U) The decision to decontaminate subsistence and water designated for consumption should be
carefully conducted to ensure that the decontamination operation completely removes all contamination.
Food decontamination should only occur when there is no resupply available; therefore, protection of food
and water contamination sources should be integrated in the daily logistic operations.
F-83. (U) Decontamination removes the contaminant from food making it safe for consumption. Food
salvage operations require extensive efforts to assess, identify, and evaluate. Decontamination efforts require
even more elaborate procedures that affect labor, time, and supplies of operational forces. The use of
appropriate decontamination should be emphasized to fit the situation and meet the mission. That is,
decontaminate just enough to sustain operations and keep fighting, rather than creating a contamination-free
environment. Normally, decontamination efforts are limited to the scope and nature of the packaging and
packing materials.
F-84. (U) The first critical step is to take appropriate personal precautions before starting decontamination
procedures and dividing suspected exposed food items into groups. Listed below are the food groups by
priority, based on the ease of decontamination and the ability to monitor the items in question:
 Group I. Canned or packaged items exposed only to a CWA vapor.
 Group II. Canned or packaged items that are contaminated on the outside with a liquid CWA, a
BWA, or radioactive fallout.
 Group III. Unpacked or poorly packaged items that have been exposed to any CBRN agent.
 Group IV. Food contaminated through the food chain.
F-85. (U) There are three levels of decontamination for subsistence. These are individual, unit, and support
levels. See ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4.02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3 for more information on subsistence
decontamination.
 Individual decontamination. Individual decontamination of subsistence is performed by each
Service member on the subsistence items in their possession at the time of the attack.
Decontamination procedures are conducted as outlined in the unit tactical standard operating
procedures and in ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4.02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3. Other subsistence
decontamination considerations include—
 Unit decontamination. Unit personnel under the supervision of CBRN-trained personnel organic
to the unit perform this level of decontamination as soon as possible after a CBRN attack and in
conjunction with area decontamination procedures. Decontamination is attempted only on
subsistence items that are in original, intact containers that do not permit or have not allowed
CBRN penetration. Special decontamination requirements and advisability of decontamination
efforts are relayed to unit commanders through command or medical channels as required.
 Support decontamination. Specially trained and equipped decontamination units and teams
accomplish support levels of decontamination. This is accomplished at major subsistence storage
facilities and areas, such as the general support Class I activities in the theater. Medical and
veterinary personnel advise on technical matters pertaining to the decontamination operations
involving subsistence items, monitor the decontamination results, and recovery operations.
F-86. (U) Contaminated water should not be used until it has been treated by quartermaster water production
and distribution units or other equally capable water purification units, and approved for use by the medical
authority. The treatment of contaminated water requires chemicals and equipment that are only available to
CUI
CUI
specialized water purification units; individuals or units should not attempt to treat their water. The
decontamination of water is only undertaken when uncontaminated sources are not available, and then only
with the approval of the medical authority.
(U) VULNERABLE AND SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT

F-87. (U) Most military equipment has not been critically assessed for its ability to withstand
decontamination without adverse effects. As more materiel testing is done, specific decontamination
instructions should be included in the applicable TMs/TOs for all types of equipment. Some equipment is
extremely vulnerable to damage when subjected to decontamination. The decontamination of equipment
containing vulnerable components presents certain challenges. Electronics and optics are especially
vulnerable to damage if not carefully decontaminated. Some materials, such as canvas and rubber, tend to
absorb chemical agents. As a result, decontaminating absorbent surfaces is extremely difficult, if not
impossible. Many decontaminants are highly corrosive and cannot be used on certain materials.
Decontaminants may also corrode and render ammunition unserviceable.
Note. (U) See equipment TMs or TOs for information on specific decontamination considerations.
F-88. (U) Electronics are vulnerable to decontaminants, which may cause the equipment to become
inoperable if improperly decontaminated. Moisture, dust, and corrosive decontamination materials can
damage unsealed electronic equipment circuitry. Most field electronic equipment is watertight for
environmental protection. This also provides good protection against CBRN contamination. Contamination
will probably not penetrate gasket-equipped protective covers and sealed components on electronic
equipment; but if exposed, the contaminants may be present on the outside of cases containing the electronic
equipment.
F-89. (U) Wipe down the outside portions of the equipment case with a designated decontaminant. After
decontaminating the outside, wipe down the equipment with water or an approved solvent to remove traces
of decontaminant solutions. If equipment seals appear damaged or the penetration of CBRN contamination
into the inside of the equipment is suspected, then the unit should be treated as if it was unsealed. Under no
circumstances should electronic equipment be immersed in a decontaminant solution or subjected to high-
pressure application of decontaminant solutions.
(U) CHEMICAL CONTAMINATION

F-90. (U) For chemical contamination, use sorbent decontaminants on metal electronic cases. Chemical
agents penetrate alkyd-painted vehicles and desorb small quantities of agent for hours to days (depending on
certain factors, such as temperature). If contamination is not extensive, use an individual decontamination
kit. Some information about decontamination of electronic equipment is as follows:
 Corrosive decontaminants should never be used on unsealed electronic equipment. This type of
equipment is often found inside shelter assemblies and helicopters.
 Refer to the appropriate TMs/TOs for acceptable decontamination procedures for unsealed
electronic equipment.
F-91. (U) Optical systems are extremely vulnerable to decontamination materials that might scratch or
adversely affect the lenses. Wipe optical systems with a soft, nonabrasive material such as a lens-cleaning
tissue, cotton wadding, or a soft cloth dipped in hot, soapy water. Wipe the optical system with
decontaminants. Do not immerse optical systems in decontaminating solution. Hot, soapy water is the most
widely available decontaminant for CB contamination. A SDK may be used if hot, soapy water is not
available.
Note. (U) Do not use abrasive sorbent decontaminants, which may damage the optics.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
(U) BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION

F-92. (U) Hot, soapy water is the preferred decontaminant for CB contamination. Wipe the equipment
exterior with a cloth and hot, soapy water or use a miscellaneous decontaminant.
(U) RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION

F-93. (U) Radiological contamination should be blown off with a stream of air or wiped off with hot, soapy
water. Rinse the surface by wiping with a sponge dipped in clean water. Decontaminate small arms
ammunition with cool, soapy water. Apply with PDDE, brushes, mops, rags, or brooms. Cool, soapy water
is the preferred decontaminant for all types of contamination on small arms ammunition.
Note 1. (U) Do not use chlorine-based decontaminants on ammunition. It removes critical

markings from the ammunition. It may also corrode and render ammunition unserviceable. Do not
use nonstandard decontaminants that are corrosive. They also may remove critical markings from
the ammunition.
Note 2. (U) Artillery fuses are difficult to decontaminate due to their corners and crevices.
However, if they are in enclosed ammunition cans, they are protected and the cans can be
decontaminated.
F-94. (U) Radioactive contamination can be removed by brushing and then washing. It may also be
vacuumed. CBRN protective covers protect vulnerable items, but these covers should be buried or destroyed
after use.
F-95. (U) For radiological contamination, brush, wipe, or vacuum contamination from equipment. The
contamination is not destroyed; it is just moved from one location to another location. So, control the
relocated contamination and treat it as a hazardous substance. Special decontamination guidance is applicable
for select radionuclides, specifically—
 Hydrogen-3 (tritium). Tritium is a weak beta emitter. If it is released to an area as a gas, the best
method of decontamination is to flush the area with air. Since inhalation of tritium can present an
internal hazard, personnel entering an area containing tritium gas should wear appropriate self-
contained breathing apparatus. Objects in an area exposed to tritium may absorb the gas and should
be disposed of if possible. They may be degassed under a vacuum by flushing with helium or
hydrogen. A cleaned surface may be contaminated again in a matter of hours by percolation of
absorbed tritium to the surface. There is no practical way of removing tritium oxide from water
due to its similarity to natural water.
 Uranium. The most probable source of uranium contamination is a nuclear weapon or improvised
nuclear device accident in which the fissionable uranium is spread as metal or oxide dust. The
most common isotopes of uranium contamination are U-235 and U-238. This metal or oxide is
insoluble and is best removed from a contaminated surface by brushing or vacuuming, treating
with mineral acids or oxidizing acids, and then sealing. Large-area uranium contamination is best
decontaminated by removing the top layer of the surface or by sealing.
 Plutonium. The most common isotope in which plutonium may be present as a contaminant is
Pu-239, an alpha emitter. This isotope is present in the RADIAC AN/UDM-6 calibration source.
Plutonium contamination may be a result of a nuclear-weapon accident, in which case the
plutonium is scattered as metal or oxide in a dust form. Both forms of plutonium are insoluble.
The aging of Pu-239 contamination is impractical since it has a 24,000-year half-life. Plutonium
contamination that covers a small area is best decontaminated by vacuuming. If contamination
remains, the area should be washed with a detergent solution. Any contamination that remains can
be sealed in a protective coating of paint, varnish, or plastic. Plutonium oxide or metal dust spread
over a large area (for example, a field) is best decontaminated by removing the top layer of soil
CUI
CUI
and disposing of it as radioactive waste. Personnel should wear respiratory protection when
decontaminating or moving the soil.
Note. (CUI) As discussed in TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/

AFTTP 3-2.55, the other, less abundant isotope of plutonium is Pu-240.
F-96. (U) Decontamination of sensitive equipment should be completed, strictly following the guidance
contained in the manuals accompanying the device or equipment. Decontaminants are highly corrosive and
cannot be used on certain materials or devices.
F-97. (U) Decontaminants may be harmful to electronics and may render the equipment non-mission-
capable. Replacement of sensitive equipment may also be difficult in some operational areas and
replenishment of high-valued equipment should be considered. Under no circumstances should electronic
equipment be immersed in a decontaminant solution or subjected to high-pressure application of
decontaminant solutions. The following list of high-value electronic equipment includes examples of items
that would be damaged by corrosives:
 Joint, Helmet-Mounted Cueing System.
 Night vision goggles.
 Range finders.
 Tube launched, optically tracked, wire guided sight.
 Telescopes.
 Thermal imagery systems.
 Night vision sight.
 Radio sets.
 Radio-telephone set.
 Radio systems.
(U) CARGO MOVEMENT DECONTAMINATION

F-98. (U) Contamination can significantly disrupt the air and ground cargo movements if the commander’s,
their staffs, and cargo handlers do not plan and execute pre-incident and post-incident actions. The
commanders identify and coordinate the task priorities, obtaining additional support when needed.
F-99. (U) Cargo handlers should effectively employ pre-incident and post-incident measures to minimize
mission degradation and enable sustained operations. This includes the coordinated use of a system that
balances the mission criticality level (importance) of the cargo with the hazard category (residual danger)
associated with the materials to determine the appropriate action. It also includes employing a system that
categorizes and prioritizes the mission’s cargo criticality level (cargo importance) against the associated
hazard category (residual danger).
F-100. (U) The cargo handlers require assistance from their unit CBRN reconnaissance team and CBRN
specialists to determine the degree of contamination that is present on the cargo, cargo storage areas, and
cargo movement areas. Personnel controlling the cargo movement use table F-4, page F-32, to identify the
mission criticality of the material and conspicuously mark the relative code on the cargo. While many of the
practices are tailored for air movement cargo, they are best practices and are useful to guide cargo preparation
and movement for ground operations as well.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
Table F-4. (U) Cargo movement mission criticality level

UNCLASSIFIED
Mission
Definition
Criticality Level
C—Critical The cargo is sufficiently important that it should be transported within four hours,
regardless of the existence of contamination.
P—Priority The cargo is sufficiently important that it should be transported within 12 hours,
A—Accelerated The cargo is sufficiently important that it should be transported within 24 hours,
R—Routine The mission can be delayed until contamination levels, such as mission-oriented
protective posture (MOPP) 4 are not required, regardless of how long it takes the
contamination to dissipate.
N—Negligible The mission can be delayed until there is no measurable contamination. This type of
cargo should not be accepted inside the cargo movement area. Room should be
saved for higher priority cargo.
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
F-101. (U) Unit CBRN reconnaissance team and CBRN specialists advise cargo handlers about the degree
of contamination that is present on the cargo, cargo storage areas, and cargo movement areas. Table F-5 is
used to determine the hazard category associated with the cargo.
Table F-5. (U) Cargo movement hazard category
UNCLASSIFIED
Hazard
Definition
Category
1 Actual or suspected surface disposition of biological pathogens
2 HD, L, or GB vapor present without contact hazard
3 L contact hazard present without measurable vapor hazard
HD or GB contact hazard combined with a medium level of danger associated with vapor
4
concentrations
HD, L, GB, or VX contact hazard combined with a high level of danger associated with vapor
5 concentrations
Note. In the case of GB, high vapor hazard alone can drive this category designation.
Legend:
GB Sarin (a nerve agent)
HD distilled mustard (a blister agent)
L Lewisite
VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl) methylphosphonothiolate (a nerve agent)
UNCLASSIFIED
F-102. (U) METT-T/METT-TC(I) drives cargo handlers’ post-incident CBRN reconnaissance, self-aid, and
buddy care activities. Cargo handlers perform the following actions after the incident liquid deposition phase
has ended:
 Determine the contamination status of each individual cargo pallet. Annotate and report the results
to the commander.
 Remove and replace plastic covering within six hours of contamination (sooner is better).
Carefully remove the outer layer and replace it as time permits. If a double or triple sheet of plastic
CUI
CUI
or canvas is covering the cargo, carefully roll the material so that the contaminated side is rolled
to the inside and discard the material as contaminated waste.
 Mark items as contaminated according to the unit marking procedures if barrier material is not
protecting the contaminated cargo.
 Affix CBRN marking kit signs on all the cargo’s sides. If the cargo is contaminated with more
than one type of agent (for example, CB contamination) use various signs to depict the
different contamination types.
 Annotate the mission criticality and hazard category designator prioritizing the cargo’s
movement on the CBRN marking kit sign’s front side. The code for the mission criticality
designator should be the first letter of the appropriate word (that is, C represents critical and
N represents negligible). The code for the hazard category is the number designator itself (for
example, 3 represents a contact hazard without a measurable vapor hazard).
 Annotate the specific agent, date, time of marking, and temperature (Fahrenheit or Celsius)
at the time of the marking operation on the marking sign’s back side. If using the DOD
sampling kits (biological agent samplers), annotate whether the handheld assay tests are
positive or negative on the sign back side.
 Report the pallet’s contamination status to the unit operations center.
 Use table F-6 to determine the necessary decontamination actions based on the contaminated
cargo’s mission-criticality level and hazard category.
Table F-6. (U) Cargo decontamination actions (negligible)
UNCLASSIFIED
Mission Hazard
Recommended Action
Criticality Level Category
Critical 1 Spray the cargo with water if it will not damage the contents. Triple-wrap and
mark C1.
Critical 2 Aerate for 30 minutes if the surrounding environment is clean. Triple-wrap
and mark C2.
Critical 3 Decontaminate with an equipment decontamination system. Triple-wrap and
mark C3.
Critical 4 Decontaminate with an equipment decontamination system. Aerate for 30
minutes if GB is the agent and the surrounding area is clean. Triple-wrap
and mark C4.
Critical 5 Decontaminate with an equipment decontamination system. Aerate for 30
minutes if GB is the agent and the surrounding area is clean. Triple-wrap
and mark C5.
Priority 1 Same as Critical 1. Additionally, wipe down the cargo with a dust remover,
test the cargo with HHA, triple-wrap, and mark P1.
Priority 2 Aerate for 6 hours if the surrounding area is clean. Triple-wrap and mark P2.
Priority 3 Decontaminate with an equipment decontamination system, recheck with
the chemical agent detector paper, and use an equipment decontamination
system again if necessary. Triple-wrap and mark P3.
Priority 4 Aerate for 6 hours if the surrounding area is clean, decontaminate with an
equipment decontamination system, triple-wrap, and mark P4.
Priority 5 Aerate for 6 hours if the surrounding area is clean, decontaminate with an
equipment decontamination system, triple-wrap, and mark P5.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
Table F-6. (U) Cargo decontamination actions (negligible) (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Mission Hazard
Recommended Action
Criticality Level Category
Accelerated 1 Same as Priority 1. Additionally, expose the cargo to sunlight for 4 hours,
attempt a wash-down, and conduct the wipe-down procedures again if the
second HHA test was positive. Triple-wrap and mark A1.
Accelerated 2 Aerate for 12 hours if the surrounding environment is clean, triple-wrap, and
mark as A2.
Accelerated 3 Same as Priority 3. Additionally, aerate for 12 hours before the
decontamination process, recheck with the chemical agent detector paper,
and decontaminate with an equipment decontamination system as often as
necessary or until time no longer permits. Triple-wrap and mark A3.
Accelerated 4 Same as Priority 4. Additionally, aeration time should be extended to 12
hours. Recheck with the chemical agent detector paper following the initial
equipment decontamination system decontamination action. Repeat the
equipment decontamination system operation if the contact hazard still
exists. Triple-wrap and mark A4.
Accelerated 5 Same as Priority 4. Additionally, aeration time should be extended to 12
hours. Recheck with the chemical agent detector paper following the initial
equipment decontamination system decontamination action. Repeat the
equipment decontamination system operation if the contact hazard still
exists. Triple-wrap and mark A5.
Routine 1 Same as Accelerated 1. Additionally, continue the weathering and wash-
down or wipe-down process until the HHA tests are negative. Triple-wrap
and mark R1.
Routine 2 Same as Accelerated 2. Triple-wrap and mark R2.
Routine 3 Same as Accelerated 3. Additionally, aerate for 24 hours before starting the
decontamination process. Triple-wrap and mark R3.
Routine 4 Same as Accelerated 4. Additionally, the cargo is not loaded until the
contact hazard has completely dissipated. Triple-wrap and mark R4.
Routine 5 Same as Accelerated 5. Additionally, the cargo is not loaded until the
contact hazard has completely dissipated. Triple-wrap and mark R5.
Negligible 1 Same as Routine 1. Triple-wrap and mark N1.
Negligible 2 Do not process unless the contamination dissipates or the mission criticality
level is upgraded. Triple-wrap and mark N2.
Legend:
GB Sarin (a nerve agent)
HHA handheld assay
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
F-103. (U) Use the following detection guidelines when loading and transporting contaminated cargo:
 Determine the material handling equipment and the transport vehicles contamination status.
Determine if the items have measurable amounts of contamination. Attempt to locate pockets of
contamination. (This may require the use of a chemical detector to pinpoint pockets of dirt and
grease that may house liquid or dusty agents, which the detector paper does not identify.)
 Take the following precautions to keep an uncontaminated transport vehicle clean during the cargo
movement process:
 Immediately decontaminate material handling equipment exposed to contaminated cargo
pallets or transport vehicles. Decontaminate using the equipment decontamination system or
a 5 percent chlorine solution.
 Cover the transport vehicles’ bed with plastic or another barrier material.
 Replace the contaminated outer layer of barrier material on the cargo pallets (if necessary).
 Ensure that the transport vehicle operator is the only person in the transport vehicle and that
the operator is wearing the appropriate level of IPE.
 Ensure that the local cargo handlers perform the actual cargo loading. Cargo handlers should
not touch, stand on, or go inside vehicles unless necessary. If it is necessary, they should use
the decontamination troughs containing 5 percent chlorine solutions to decontaminate their
gloves and boots before contacting or entering the transport vehicles.
 Check the transport vehicle for evidence of cross contamination, and if contaminated, conduct
an immediate decontamination.
 Prior to loading, seal vehicle chocks or other transport vehicle accessories that may have been
contaminated inside a plastic bag.
 Mark the vehicle and cargo to clearly identify the contamination hazard.
F-104. (U) Determine the material handling equipment and the transport vehicles contamination status. To
prevent contaminated material handling equipment or transport vehicle cross contaminating the cargo pallet
during the cargo movement process use the following guidelines when loading and transporting clean cargo
after incidents with CB agents:
 Immediately decontaminate material handling equipment that contacts the cargo pallet.
 Cover the transport vehicle’s bed with at least two sheets of plastic or another layer of barrier
material to ensure covering the area that the cargo pallets sit on.
 Ensure that the pallets have at least a double wrap of barrier material.
 Ensure that the transport vehicle operator is the only person in the transport vehicle and that the
operator is wearing the appropriate level of IPE.
 Ensure that the local cargo handlers perform the actual cargo loading. Cargo handlers should not
touch, stand on, or go inside vehicles unless necessary. If it is necessary, they should use the
decontamination troughs containing 5 percent chlorine solutions to decontaminate their gloves and
boots before contacting or entering the transport vehicles.
 Check the transport vehicle for evidence of cross contamination, and if contaminated, conduct an
immediate decontamination.
 Prior to loading, seal vehicle chocks or other transport vehicle accessories that may have contacted
contaminated surfaces inside a plastic bag.
 Mark the vehicle and cargo to clearly identify the contamination hazard.
F-105. (U) The cargo movement personnel accomplish the following actions when receiving contaminated
cargo from another location:
 Acquire the available information concerning the cargo. This includes the following:
 The cargo’s description.
 The cargo’s suspected contamination’s description.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
 The cargos’ physical condition.

 The estimated time that the cargo became contaminated.
 The time the installation received the cargo.
 The vehicle operator’s status.
 The CBRN specialists’ and the unit expecting delivery’s contact information.
 If the cargo does not have a high mission priority (as stated by the receiving unit), attempt to
isolate the cargo. Isolate contaminated cargo with a cordon radius of at least 7.6 meters (25 feet)
(or as directed by CBRN personnel).
 If personnel must expediently use the contaminated cargo, the receiving unit or cargo handlers
take the following precautions:
 Ensure that the reception personnel are in the appropriate MOPP (normally MOPP 4).
 Remove barrier material layers (if present), cargo nets, or pallet banding and dispose of these
items as contaminated waste.
 Verify the type and level of the contamination (for example, O-ethyl
S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl) methylphosphonothiolate [VX] in liquid form on metal boxes
with no measurable vapor hazard).
 Remove the cargo from its packaging configuration (if feasible) and dispose of the packing
material as contaminated waste.
 Perform the appropriate decontamination activities based on the extent of the contamination,
agent present, cargo surface, and time available.
 Properly mark the contaminated cargo to alert other personnel of the potential residual hazard.
F-106. (U) Use the following decontamination guidelines for aircraft pallets:
 (U) Determine, report, and annotate the pallet’s contamination status. Remove and replace barrier
coverings (as appropriate) within six hours of being contaminated (sooner is better).
 Carefully roll the material so that the contaminated side rolls to the inside, and then dispose
of the material as contaminated waste.
 If a double or triple sheet of plastic or canvas protects the contaminated assets, remove the
outer layer, and replace it as time permits.
 (U) Dispose of any barrier materials as contaminated waste in the appropriate predetermined
location. If a barrier material did not protect the contaminated cargo, identify the cargo as
contaminated.
 (CUI) Pay special attention to pallet netting. It is most likely impossible to decontaminate cargo
netting. Dispose of it as contaminated waste. Ensure that contaminated wrapping materials are
disposed of in a temporary waste disposal area. Routinely transfer the contaminated waste to the
specified installation contaminated waste disposal site.
(U) CBRN MUNITIONS

F-107. (U) CBRN threat munitions or other improvised devices may be encountered. Captured threat CBRN
munitions or agents may have sustained damage or be leaking due to deterioration. Prior to moving any
leaking munitions, explosive ordnance disposal personnel must check the condition of the ordnance items,
perform render-safe procedures, if necessary, then leak seal, and package the ordnance items for transport to
a disposal area or transfer for further exploitation. All personnel should use the applicable IPE when there is
a possibility of exposure. Notify an explosive ordnance disposal unit for the disposal and decontamination of
CBRN munitions. This publication does not provide additional CBRN munitions disposal information.
CUI
CUI
(U) AREA DECONTAMINATION

F-108. (U) Area decontamination poses significant resource challenges and should be planned carefully to
ensure conservation of these resources. Although area decontamination can reduce the contact hazard, it will
probably not prevent hazardous vapors desorbing from chemically contaminated surfaces. Therefore,
appropriate protective measures should still be taken. The type of contamination present determines the
decontamination method used. See the following paragraphs for planning considerations of terrain and fixed
sites.
(U) TERRAIN DECONTAMINATION

F-109. (U) Contaminated terrain poses two problems: a hazardous obstacle to operations and a downwind
hazard. Units encountering contamination mark and report the area so other units can receive warning. While
the area will likely require post conflict environmental remediation, continue the mission if it is neither an
obstacle nor a downwind hazard.
 As with any obstacle, the commander can choose to breach or not use the area in the vicinity of
the CBRN hazard. Regardless, ensure personnel are protected to the maximum extent possible
while sustaining combat operations. Breaching operations are hasty or deliberate based on
mission, time available, and resources. In either case, personnel and equipment are checked
afterward for contamination and may require decontamination.
 Contaminated terrain may pose a hazard downwind. Avoiding the hazard by relocating may not
support mission requirements, and prolonged operations in increased protection (MOPP) may be
unacceptable. If so, the commander may have to cover, remove, or decontaminate the hazard to
reduce mission risks. As with breaching, work crews and equipment will likely require
decontamination.
 The manpower and resources expended to decontaminate a road or large areas of terrain can be
prohibitively expensive and time consuming. Conduct terrain decontamination only after a very
careful weighing of all alternatives.
F-110. (U) There are various methods for terrain decontamination. The type of contamination determines
the decontamination method used. Although terrain decontamination can reduce a contact hazard, it will
probably not prevent hazardous vapors desorbing from chemically contaminated surfaces. Therefore,
appropriate protective measures are still taken.
F-111. (U) Terrain decontamination provides more long-term than short-term benefit. Generally, terrain is
decontaminated well enough to allow a MOPP reduction right away. At best, the decontamination process
may help speed the weathering process. Terrain decontamination can be so expensive and so ineffective that
the commander may consider not doing it.
F-112. (U) If the commander decides to conduct terrain decontamination, it is performed in targeted and
smaller areas. Planning may result in building a causeway or breaching a path through the contamination for
entry or exit into a major facility. In these cases, movement restriction may apply to those personnel who are
working within the area. Personnel should also remain in the appropriate MOPP level. If possible, the
contaminated area is marked and evacuated until cleared.
F-113. (U) The most effective methods for conducting terrain decontamination are the natural methods of
weathering or aging. Using standard decontaminants should be a last resort. It quickly exhausts resources.
Usually, the most practical method is to scrape contaminated surfaces. Fire is an acceptable method; however,
consideration is given to the potential downwind vapor hazard. If possible, a contaminated area is evacuated
until time and weather remove the contaminant. Decontaminant slurry can be used for vital areas. The
following methods, weathering, burning, explosives, flushing, or fixing or encapsulating contamination are
provided for consideration.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
(U) Weathering
F-114. (U) Weathering is the simplest and easiest form of decontamination.
 CB contamination. Warm, windy weather can significantly reduce area contamination. In some
cases, this occurs in a few hours, but it may take a few days. Many variables affect the persistency
of CB hazards, so it is impossible to accurately predict how long it will take CB contamination to
weather. The ultraviolet light in sunlight is especially effective against most biological agents.
 Radiological contamination. Although the term weathering is used to describe the
decontamination process, weather has little effect on radiological hazards. Heavy rain and wind
may remove some contamination, but only time effectively reduces the radiation emanating from
the radioactively contaminated materials.
(U) Burning
F-115. (U) Burning works well against some CB-contaminated vegetation, but is of no value against
radiological contamination.
 CB contamination. Fuel may be used to burn grass or short undergrowth. Burning also works on
dirt surfaces. Soak the area with diesel fuel, kerosene, or fuel oil and ignite remotely. Do not use
gasoline; it burns too quickly.
(U) WARNING
(U) Burning causes vapor hazards downwind, and protective
measures should be used by downwind personnel. Area
commanders should warn personnel of the vapor hazards.
 Radiological contamination. Radiologically contaminated surfaces should not be burned.

Burning does not destroy radiological contamination or its hazards. It may spread contamination
if radioactive particles become suspended in smoke spread by the wind.
(U) Explosives
F-116. (U) Explosives can be used to blow up areas with CB contamination; however, they are of no value
against radiological contamination. Detonating cord, bangalore torpedoes, or mine-clearing charges may be
used with chlorine-based decontaminants in dry form to clear small paths through a contaminated area.
(U) WARNING
(U) These procedures are inherently dangerous and require
advanced knowledge in the use of explosive charges. Personnel
performing these tasks should be certified to conduct explosive
operations.
CUI
CUI
F-117. (U) Figure F-11 depicts area decontamination by exploding STB drums. The two methods are used
as follows:
 First method. Remove the holding band and loosen the lid of the bleach drum. Set the drum with
the lid in place upside down over about 0.91 meters (3 feet) of looped detonation cord. Remove
the drum, and leave the bleach piled on the lid. Lids may be fired in a series with a single strand
of detonation cord connecting the loops.
 Second method. Remove the holding band and loosen the lid of the bleach drum. Set the drum in
a shallow hole. Make sure the lid is loose. Use 1.52 meters (5 feet) of looped detonating cord (2.13
meters [7 feet] in soft ground) for each drum. The drums may be fired individually or in a series.
For gross contamination, additional firings may be necessary.
Note. (U) For either emplacement method, the suggested spacing for charges is 10.06 meters (33
feet) apart for a 30.48-meter (100-foot) front contaminated area. The charges should be placed
along the upwind edge of the contaminated area. Drums may be fired individually or in a series.
Legend:
STB super tropical bleach
Figure F-11. (U) Decontamination by exploding super tropical bleach drums
(U) Flushing
F-118. (U) Flushing with large quantities of water removes contamination. A pressurized stream of hot,
soapy water delivered by the PDDE lightweight decontamination system or fire trucks can remove significant
amounts of an agent. Information about flushing as it relates to CB and radiological contamination is as
follows:
 CB contamination. Flushing is not very effective against some kinds of agents, especially
thickened agents. However, flushing may speed up the weathering process.
 Radiological contamination. Flushing is very effective for removing loose radioactive
contamination such as fallout. Rainout, however, can coat surfaces with a film that resists flushing.
Such films should not be scrubbed. Any contamination removed by flushing and scrubbing
remains radioactive so control the runoff.
CUI
CUI
Appendix F
F-119. (U) To clear passageways by flushing with water, it is necessary to remove the contaminated layers
covering the terrain. Although the passageway is being cleared to limit the spread of contamination, the area
should be considered as contaminated because a vapor hazard may be present. Information about soil as it
relates to CB and radiological contamination is as follows:
 CB contamination. Most liquid chemical agents do not penetrate the soil more than 2 inches, and
biological agents penetrate even less. Earthmoving equipment or hand tools can be used to scrape
aside contamination. By scraping off 2 to 4 inches of earth, a passageway can be created that is
free of transfer hazards. However, contamination on either side of the passageway continues to
present a vapor hazard.
 Radiological contamination. Fallout does not penetrate the top layer of soil unless it is followed
by rain. It can be scraped aside. Move contaminated soil as far away as possible; the piles tend to
concentrate radiation. Immediately below a nuclear blast area, the soil may be radioactive to a
depth of 1.52 meters (5 feet). In most cases, the decontamination of this much earth is not practical.
(U) Fix or Encapsulate Contamination

F-120. (U) Moving or burying contamination does not destroy it, but it may reduce the likelihood of transfer
or spread of that contamination, and coverings may even reduce the desorption of the hazard temporarily.
When burying contamination, the area should be clearly marked to prevent the contamination’s transfer and
spread.
(U) FIXED-SITE DECONTAMINATION

F-121. (U) The commander should designate and train teams that can perform decontamination of fixed
sites. The following are fixed-site decontamination techniques that the teams could apply:
 Decontamination can be conducted at contaminated entry and exit points to sustain the mission.
This is more practical and efficient when employing limited decontamination assets. Transfer
hazards remain a problem until all parts of the area have weathered. Buildings entries and exits
should be decontaminated accordingly.
 To decontaminate helipads and similar sites, spray decontaminants on entry and exit approaches
or on paths if chemical contamination occurs. Airborne chlorine-based decontaminant particles
can damage sensitive aircraft components so the area should be washed with water prior to landing
helicopters.
 In pre-positioning of materiel configured to unit sets sites, decontaminate entry, and exit
approaches to limit contamination. If exposed vehicles in motor pools become contaminated, most
likely there will not be enough personnel to drive the vehicles to a decontamination station.
Decontaminate parked equipment by spraying them with hot, soapy water. Driving other vehicles
around the parked vehicles and equipment gets the outside air flowing and accelerates the
weathering process of the chemical agents.
F-122. (U) The following paragraphs address fixed-site decontamination capabilities. Decontamination is
necessary when protective items cannot be worn to perform the mission, or when long-term occupancy is
anticipated. Examples of fixed sites include the following—
 Command, control, communications, and intelligence facilities.
 Ports and airfields.
 Temporary key structures for reserve and large troop concentration.
 Supply installations, and depots.
 Storage locations, airfields, water terminals, and rail terminals for pre-positioning of materiel
configured to unit sets.
 MTFs.
CUI
CUI
 Ammunition supply points and petroleum, oil, and lubricants points.

 Maintenance sites.
F-123. (U) Fixed-site decontamination capabilities are adapted for each fixed site. Mobile decontamination
equipment capabilities are available at a fixed site to decontaminate equipment, roads, and buildings. Loading
docks, entries, exits, and building exteriors are decontaminated with more conventional methods, such as
using decontaminant soap and water. Equipment such as fire trucks are used. Commanders should identify
all systems that can contribute to the decontamination effort (for example, fire trucks, steam cleaners, water
pumps). Decontamination equipment can be retrofitted to accommodate the throughput of each work area.
For instance, rest-and-relief shelters need rapid personnel decontamination systems, and supply operations
need a decontamination system that can handle moderate size pieces of equipment at a high volume.
F-124. (U) Decontamination of fixed sites is resource intensive and should only be considered when MOPP
degradation is unacceptable and mission accomplishment is at risk. Facilities can be heated, flushed,
disinfected, and neutralized to remove or destroy the contamination. Regardless of the technique chosen,
decontamination should be limited to those facilities and portions of those facilities that are mission-essential,
without which mission objectives are endangered. All remaining facilities/portions of facilities (appropriately
marked) are decontaminated as necessary during postconflict operations. Commanders and staffs must be
ruthless in deciding what can and what can’t be replaced and, consequently, what must be decontaminated
and what must be removed.
F-125. (U) The proper implementation of contamination avoidance and contamination control measures
directly influence the amount and extent of decontamination operations required in the postattack
environment. In simple terms, preventive activities are much easier to accomplish than decontamination
activities. For example, create shuffle boxes or troughs containing decontamination mixtures for use at
facility entrance points.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
(U) Decontaminants
(U) Appendix G provides detailed information about natural, standard, and

nonstandard decontaminants.
(U) NATURAL
G-1. (U) Natural decontaminants refers to using natural forces of weathering versus application of products
to aid in the reduction of contamination. Natural weathering of chemical agent is the simplest method of
decontamination and, in some cases, may be the preferred method. If environmental conditions are suitable,
weathering is an effective way to decontaminate military materiel, including heavy equipment and vehicles.
Table G-1, page G-3, provides additional natural decontaminants information.
G-2. (U) Weathering gradually decomposes CB agents by aeration, hydrolysis, and evaporation. The time
necessary for decontamination by weathering depends on the persistency of the agent, its composition,
climatic conditions, and the surface type. Although weathering is the easiest method of decontamination,
persistency of an agent is difficult to predict. Therefore, mission deadlines, unfavorable weather conditions,
or hazards to unprotected personnel may require the use of a faster method of decontamination. Contaminated
surfaces should be posted with standard contamination markers and may be left to the natural
decontamination process.
G-3. (U) Increases in the temperature and relative wind speed are the two key factors that accelerate the
evaporation of an agent from a contaminated surface. In areas where warm, sunny, windy, and dry weather
conditions exist, a substantial amount of agent would evaporate under weathering conditions. On the other
hand, evaporation may not be practical for cold weather or nighttime decontamination if there is a time
constraint. Although, weathering is recommended for chemical agents with high volatilities, such as soman
or sarin, their evaporation timeframe would change when applied with a thickening agent. If time constraints
are of little consequence, evaporative decontamination by weathering is an option for many materials in warm
weather. The rate of weathering from surface types examined (bare metal, painted metal surfaces) at
approximately 77°Fahrenheit (25°Celsius) shows the following order of decrease as a function of time: this
order for the neat agents parallels what might be expected from examining their vapor pressure (soman [GD];
thickened soman [GV]; distilled mustard [HD]; thickened distilled mustard [TGD]; VX).
G-4. (U) Weathering includes air, heat, humidity and precipitation, sunlight, earth fire and water.
 Air. Winds rapidly disperse the vapors of the chemical agents. The higher the wind speed, the less
effective the agent becomes.
 Temperature. High temperatures speed up the change of state for liquid vapor (evaporation) and
hasten the dispersion of chemical agents in the air. The persistency of the liquid chemical agents
decreases as the temperature increases. Because the CWA agent evaporation rate approximately
doubles with each 50°Fahrenheit (10°Celsius) increase in temperature, and because evaporation
increases an average of approximately 25 percent with each 1 meter per second wind speed, the
blowing of hot winds over CWA-contaminated areas should hasten the weathering process.
 Humidity and precipitation. Moisture tends to hydrolyze the chemical agents. However, most
agents hydrolyze very slowly. Heavy rain aids the decontamination by mechanically removing the
agents. However, it may cause a concentration of agents in drainage areas, thus creating another
contamination hazard.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 G-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
 Sunlight. Sunlight serves as a decontaminant. Even in cold weather, the direct sun may warm
surfaces above the air temperature and hasten evaporation and decomposition of the agents.
Additionally, the sun's ultraviolet radiation should destroy most BWAs.
 Earth (covering). Earth can be used to seal in the contamination or as an absorbent for the
contamination. Covering an area with approximately 4 inches of earth gives protection as long as
the earth is not disturbed and the chemical agent exposed. Additional protection may be obtained
by mixing chlorine-based decontaminant with the earth. An area treated in this manner may be
subjected to light use; however, periodic monitoring is required.
 Fire. The ideal conditions for fire use are during periods of lapse temperature gradient with a
moderate wind speed away from friendly forces. Burning operations could cause a downwind
hazard and should be carried out with caution.
 Water. Some considerations for using water as a natural decontaminant include the following:
 Flowing water flushes agents from surfaces and hydrolyzes some agents, such as mustard and
Lewisite. Hydrolysis is a very slow process and should not be used as a primary means for
decontamination. Hot water is a much more effective decontaminant than cold water, and the
addition of soap produces a more effective decontaminant.
 Although water alone should hydrolyze mustards and Lewisites, a toxic and blistering residue
is formed. Scrubbing with hot, soapy water should physically remove the residue; an alkaline
solution should destroy the chemical agent properties. Therefore, water alone should not be
used to decontaminate objects when it is practical to use standard decontaminants.
 High-pressure application produces a better cleaning action than low pressure. Flushing
should remove the surface contamination but should not affect the agent that is absorbed.
 Water used in decontamination operations is contaminated and should not be disposed of in
areas where it might flow, be washed into streams or other bodies of water where it might
contaminate ground or surface water used as a water supply. One exception to this, concerns
ships at sea where water used for topside decontamination is designed to go overboard.
 Soaking contaminated items in boiling water is an excellent method of decontamination.
Soaking them in cold water is less effective. If hot water is not available or if it might cause
damage to the item, warm water may be used.
 Soil. Some considerations for using soil as a natural decontaminant include the following:
 Soil should be considered a field-expedient decontaminating medium if other decontaminants
are not available for use. However, the effectiveness of soil as a field-expedient
decontaminant remains to be quantified. In all tests using soils or clays as the decontaminating
medium, it was concluded that as much material as possible should be used for
decontamination and that decontamination should begin as soon as possible. Using ample soil
helps ensure the absorption of chemical agents and reduces the amount of vapor that is
released. Soil can be used to remove chemical agents from surfaces by scouring and by
sorption. Sorption occurs primarily in the clay and organic soil fractions. In the absence of
better absorbents, soil may be used in removing liquid contamination from material; however,
used soil becomes contaminated and should be treated as contaminated waste.
 Under various conditions, chemical agents that have been absorbed by clay minerals can
desorb, presenting a secondary hazard. Water tends to hinder the sorption process in soil.
Water also contributes to the movement and redistribution of chemicals entrapped in soils.
The role in sorption and the inactivation of chemical agents by the organic matter in soils is
not fully known. Nerve agents are decomposed by naturally occurring processes in the soil.
The degradation of mustard also occurs; however, the rates and data on the conditions are
very sparse. Studies indicate that mustard is very difficult to degrade by natural processes
occurring in soil.
G-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
 The way agent is held within various soil components is not completely understood. Tests
have shown that, following sorption, some agents can be released from the soil; thus, they can
contaminate individuals who contact contaminated soil. Work done with organophosphate
insecticides indicates that clays will probably not permanently adsorb nerve agents. Certain
insecticides, and presumably chemical agents, can remain in soil for long periods. Soil used
in decontamination should be marked, dated, and isolated.
 Testing has shown that soil can be effective when used simply as a scouring material.
However, coarse materials have the least effective surface area for sorption and are, thus, less
effective in this role. Clay is the most absorptive portion of the soil.
Table G-1. (U) Natural decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Decontaminant Agent Notes Cautions/Safety
Water (Physical Can be used to flush contamination from Is effective in physically removing
removal only) surfaces. Hot, soapy water is more effective in contamination but does not
Chemical removing agents. Boiling for 15 minutes (30 neutralize it. Do not use water on
Biological minutes at high altitude) destroys biological Lewisite.
agents.
Radiological
Seawater (Physical None. Is effective in physically removing
removal only) contamination but does not
neutralize it and can speed
corrosion.
Steam Chemical Steam can be used to destroy biological agents Is effective in physically removing
Biological if hot enough. contamination but does not
neutralize it.
Radiological
Absorbents (Physical Used to physically remove gross contamination The contamination is transferred
(earth, sawdust, removal only) from surfaces. from the surface to the absorbent.
ashes, rags, and Chemical The absorbent becomes
similar materials) Biological contaminated and should be
disposed of accordingly.
Radiological Sufficient contamination to
produce casualties may remain
on surfaces.
Sealants (Physical seal Sealants are used to physically seal in or shield A break in the surface of the
(concrete, only) contamination. sealant exposes the
asphalt, earth, Chemical Chemical: 4 inches of earth provides good contamination. Contaminated
paint, and similar protection. areas covered with sealants
materials Biological should be marked with
Radiological Biological: burying items is an effective means appropriate CBRN warning signs.
of sealing off contamination.
Radiological: 12 inches of earth provides good
protection from fallout
(3 inches reduces the dose rate about one-
half).
Radiological: 1 inch of asphalt or concrete
completely absorbs alpha and beta radiation.
Radiological: 1/4 inch of grout shields alpha
and beta radiation.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
Table G-1. (U) Natural decontaminants (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
Weather/Time Chemical UV light kills most biological agents. None.
Biological Wind, rain, and temperatures above
Radiological evaporation points tend to diffuse, dilute, and
accelerate phase changes for chemical agents.
Time allows radiological hazards to decay. Rain
can wash away radiological particulates but
does not reduce radioactivity.
Burning Chemical May be prohibited by local and HN policies. Creates downwind hazards.
Biological Requires that sentries be posted
to keep people out of the danger
area.
Soil Chemical Use any relatively dry soil as an absorbent. Note. If no better alternative
Under adverse conditions, wet soil is better than exists, soil previously used for
having no alternative at all. decontamination can be
Begin the decontamination procedure as soon cautiously used again.
as possible so that a high percentage of agents Processes in the soil slowly
are removed. deactivate agents, thus the
longer the time lapse since the
Smear soil or mud on equipment prior to a use of a soil, the safer it should
chemical attack as a precautionary measure. be. Additionally, the agent slowly
This should provide preemptive sorption of desorbs from the soil, which
liquid chemical agent. A soil or mud coating further reduces soil
also helps protect against agent aerosols or contamination.
vapor. A soil or mud patch could serve as a
temporary barrier to seal small breaks or tears
in protective coverings.
• Establish an order of priority when
decontaminating unprotected surfaces so
that items with porous surfaces are
decontaminated first. For porous
materials, the elapsed time between
contamination and decontamination
should be less than 15 minutes; for less
porous materials, the elapsed time
between contamination and
decontamination should not exceed 1
hour. If these times are exceeded,
decontamination with soil can still be
performed; however, the effectiveness of
the decontamination is diminished.
• Rub soil over contaminated surfaces to
hasten the agent absorption and facilitate
the abrasive removal of the agent from
equipment. Use caution when removing
the agent from porous surfaces to avoid
forcing the agent into the pores.
• Discard spent soil (after 30 seconds to 1
minute of use), and replace it with fresh
soil if additional decontamination is
required. The absorptive capacity of soil
used for decontamination is exhausted.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
Table G-1. (U) Natural decontaminants (continued)

UNCLASSIFIED
Soil (continued) • Use at least four times the minimum amount
of soil required to remove the visible agent
to complete decontamination.
• Identify or mark the used soil following
decontamination so that it can be properly
treated and avoided for as long as possible.
Vacate any area where the soil was used as a
decontaminant following decontamination
because agent can slowly desorb as vapor from
contaminated soil.
Legend:
HN host nation
UV ultraviolet
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) STANDARD
G-5. (U) Joint general-purpose decontaminant for hardened military equipment is a program of record
available within the supply system. High test bleach, HTH, calcium hypochlorite, and sodium hypochlorite
can also be used during decontamination operations that include a pre-rinse and post-rinse. Be aware that
corrosion of metals can occur. HTH, high test bleach, and calcium hypochlorite are a chlorine material in
granular or tablet form, containing either 65 or 70 percent of available chlorine. Sodium hypochlorite is a
chlorine material in liquid form containing between 5 to 10 percent of available chlorine. Table G-2 provides
a representative listing of available standard decontaminants.
Note. (U) Too much chlorine material can degrade equipment. Too little can be ineffective.
Chlorine material is more effective when used with an emulsifying detergent. Chlorine material
will adversely react with CWA.
Table G-2. (U) Standard decontaminants

UNCLASSIFIED
M333 Chemical Kit, Decontamination, Joint General-Purpose Decontaminant (JGPD)
6850-01-685-8603 (5 gallon)
6850-01-685-8602 (25 gallon)
Agent Chemical
Biological (including bacterial spores)
Use • The M333 is a field-adjustable decontaminant employed to conduct operational and thorough
decontamination of hardened military equipment on airfield, ground, and shipboard locations.
• Shipped in 5-gallon and 25-gallon kits.
• Completely soluble in water.
• Can be used with the M26 JSTDS-SS and the M12A1 PDDE.
• Usable with field expedient applicators such as mops, buckets, and brushes.
• Pot life is 6 hours.
• Acceptable waters sources include fresh, potable, brackish, and sea water.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
Table G-2. (U) Standard decontaminants (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
M333 Chemical Kit, Decontamination, Joint General-Purpose Decontaminant (JGPD)
6850-01-685-8603 (5 gallon)
6850-01-685-8602 (25 gallon)
(continued)
Cautions/Safety • Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents, reducing agents, strong acids. Store away from
hypochlorite solutions (for example bleach) and oxidizers.
• Conditions to avoid: Extreme temperature and humidity.
• Hazardous Decomposition: COx and NOx
• Chemicals used in the M333 can cause severe skin and eye irritation. Always wear protective
equipment when handling the M333. If exposed, initiate first aid, and seek immediate medical
attention.
• Chemicals used in the M333 may act as an oxidizer, increasing the risk of fire.
• Keep the M333 away from potential heat sources and fuel sources.
• Whenever possible store the M333 in a covered, dry, climate-controlled space at between
50° to 90°F (10° to 32.2) and 10%-60% relative humidity.
• Part B is ONLY added when decontaminating biological agents. Including Part B to the
mixture for Chemical Agent decontamination will degrade its performance.
Corrosive Effects
Preparation Chemical
• 5-gallon kit. Mix Part 1 and Part 2 with 5 gallons of water and stir for one minute.
• 25-gallon kit. Mix Part 1 and Part 2 kit with 25 gallons of water and stir for one minute.
• Do not fill the container over 70 percent of its maximum capacity. The M333 chemical agent
formulation generates 15 percent foam.
Biological
• 5-gallon kit. Mix Part 1, Part 2, and Part B with 5 gallons of water and stir for one minute.
• 25-gallon kit. Mix Part 1 and Part 2 with 25 gallons of water and stir for one minute.
• Do not fill the container over 70 percent of its maximum capacity. The M333 biological agent
formulation generates up to 30 percent foam. Ensure your container is large enough to
contain the additional volume of foam.
Calcium Hypochlorite (HTH or HTB)
NSN 6810-00255-0471 (6 ounces)
NSN 6810-01225-2682 (25 pounds)
NSN 6810-00225-0472 (100 pounds)
Agent Chemical
• G-agents.
• V-agents.
• Lewisite.
• Mustards.
Biological (including bacterial spores)
Use • Reacts rapidly (within 5 minutes) with mustards and Lewisite.
• Allow 15-minute contact time for biological agents.
• Use as a dry mix or slurry.
• Is the preferred decontaminant for shipboard use.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Calcium Hypochlorite (HTH or HTB)
NSN 6810-00255-0471 (6 ounces)
NSN 6810-01225-2682 (25 pounds)
NSN 6810-00225-0472 (100 pounds)
(continued)
Cautions/Safety • Burns on contact with VX and HD.
• Toxic vapor and burns skin.
• Protective mask and rubber gloves are the minimum protective equipment needed when
handling.
Corrosive Effects • Corrosive to metal parts.
• Destroys clothing.
• Do not use with the M26 Joint Service.
Preparation Chemical:
• Mix 5 pounds of calcium hypochlorite to 6 gallons of water (10% solution).
Biological:
• Mix 1 pound of calcium hypochlorite to 6 gallons of water (2% solution).
PDDE:
• Mix slurry of 1-part decontaminant to 2-parts water (any heavier slurry clogs the
decontamination equipment).
Mixing HTH Solutions. HTH is most effective in a solution with detergent. The detergent brings the
agent into solution and, thus, in contact with the hypochlorite, where the chemical reaction can
take place. In preparing the HTH decontamination solution, always add HTH to the water, mix to
dissolve, and then add the detergent and stir thoroughly.
WARNING
Calcium Hypochlorite and other chlorine
materials damages the M26 JSTDS-SS. Do
not run chlorine material through the M26
JSTDS-SS.
Sodium Hypochlorite
(Could be known as household bleach--percent of available chlorine may vary, usually between 5-10 percent.)
Agent Chemical
• V-agents
• G-agents
• Blister agents
Biological
Use • The reaction time for G-agents is slower than that for V- or H-agents.
• Reacts rapidly (within 5 minutes) with blister and V-agents.
• Allow a 10- to 15-minute contact time for biological agents.
• Should be applied undiluted with brooms, brushes, or swabs.
• A 5:1 concentration is recommended.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
UNCLASSIFIED
Sodium Hypochlorite
(Could be known as household bleach--percent of available chlorine may vary, usually between 5-10 percent.)
(continued)
Cautions/Safety • Is harmful to the skin and clothing if undiluted.
• Remove from the skin and clothing by flushing with water.
• Has a limited storage problem.
• Should be stored in a cool place.
Corrosive Effects Is corrosive to metals unless rinsed, dried, and lubricated after decontamination.
Preparation • For chemical decontamination: no mixing is required.
• For biological decontamination: prepare a 1.25 percent chlorine-based solution.
• For decontamination of cotton clothing and utensils: prepare a 0.4 percent solution.
Mask Sanitizing Solution
Agent Chemical
Biological
Use • Use on a previously cleaned mask with filter elements and canisters removed.
• Place the mask face up; attach the canteen to the mask at the drinking tube.
• Drain one canteen full of sanitizing solution through the mask.
• Rinse the mask with two canteens of clear water.
• Immerse the mask and outserts in the sanitizing solution.
Cautions/Safety Even though the solution concentration is low, take necessary safety precautions.
Corrosive Effects • Corrosive to metals and fabrics (rinse thoroughly and oil metal surfaces).
• Slight on nonmetals.
• Moderate on sealants.
Preparation For single use:
• Fill a standard plastic canteen to the shoulder with water.
• Add a 0.5-gram tube of calcium hypochlorite from the water purification kit.
• Cover the canteen and shake it vigorously for 30 seconds.
For bulk quantities:
• Prepare a 0.03 percent available chlorine-based solution (approximately 1/2 leveled
teaspoon of calcium hypochlorite to one gallon of water.
Soaps and Detergents, Bar and Powder
NSN 7930-00-282-9699
Agent All agents (physical removal only)
Use Scrub or wipe the contaminated surface with hot, soapy water, or immerse the item in the solution.
Cautions/Safety Casualty-producing levels of contamination may remain in the runoff water and considered
contaminated.
Corrosive Effects None.
Preparation • Mix 75 pounds of powdered soap in 350 gallons of water.
• If powdered soap is not available, use bar laundry soap (75 pounds of soap cut into 1-inch
pieces and dissolved in 350 gallons of hot water).
• Use a ratio of about 1 pound of soap per gallon of water for smaller amounts of soap
solution. Mix 2 pints of detergent to 450 gallons of water in the PDDE.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants

UNCLASSIFIED
Legend:
C Celsius JGPD joint general-purpose decontaminant
COx carbon oxides JSTDS-SS Joint Service Transportable Decontamination
F Fahrenheit System Small Scale
G G-nerve agent NOx nitrogen oxides
H mustard (a blister agent) PDDE power-driven decontamination equipment
HD distilled mustard (a blister V V-nerve agent
agent) VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl
HTB high test bleach methylphosphonothiolate (a nerve agent)
UNCLASSIFIED
G-6. (U) STB has historically been considered a standard decontaminant, but new decontaminants have
proven to be just as effective and less corrosive. There are still applications where super tropical bleach is
the more effective option, such as making the slurry in the M12A1 PDDE for terrain decontamination. Table
G-3 provides information on STB.
Table G-3. (U) Super tropical bleach
UNCLASSIFIED
Super Tropical Bleach Decontaminating Agent
NSN 6850-00-297-6653
Agent Mustard, lewisite, and nerve agents.
Use If STB retains its chlorine content, it serves to neutralize the vapors as they rise from the
contaminated surface. Due to the decomposition of STB, the covering should be renewed at least
every 24 hours. If the seal is broken by abrasion or traffic, the vapors will again become a hazard
and the STB covering must be renewed.
STB mixtures (dry mix and slurry) do not effectively decontaminate agents that have become
solidified because of low temperatures.
STB can be left on many surfaces after use. However, it must be rinsed thoroughly from metal
surfaces immediately following the 30-minute contact time. Metal surfaces must then be oiled or
greased to prevent corrosion. On wood or other porous surfaces, several applications of STB may
be necessary. When decontamination is complete, surfaces must be flushed with water to remove
slurry.
Cautions/Safety When manufactured, it contains 30 percent available chlorine. Because of this chlorine content, a
protective mask and gloves should be worn when handling STB. The vapor given off during the
reaction with chemical agents is likely to be toxic. Bleach will produce a strong exothermic reaction
with liquid mustard. This reaction may be severe enough to produce a flame. STB may be applied
directly to surfaces contaminated with liquid mustard when there is no objection to potentially toxic
vapors or if extreme heat would not damage the surface.
Corrosive Effects STB can be expected to cause serious degradation of electronic equipment, it is corrosive to most
metals, and it is injurious to most fabrics. It has a slight effect on nonmetals and a moderate effect
on sealants.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
Table G-3. (U) Super tropical bleach (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Super Tropical Bleach Decontaminating Agent
NSN 6850-00-297-6653 (continued)
Preparation STB may be mixed with water to form a wet mixture called “slurry”, or it may be mixed with dry
earth to form “dry mix.” Mixing STB with water or earth facilitates its distribution and diminishes the
temperature resulting from its reaction with liquid mustard. Dry surface and deposits of STB do not
react with liquid chemical agents that have been absorbed into the ground or other porous
materials, because they do not come into direct contact with the agent.
Slurry. There are two types of slurry: one for manual application and the other for application by a
PDDE. For manual application with swabs, brushes, or brooms, the most effective slurry consists
of approximately equal parts (by weight) of STB and water, prepared by mixing 50 pounds of STB
with 6 gallons of water. The recommended load for a 500-gallon PDDE is 1,300 pounds (or
approximately 26 fifty-pound cans) of STB and 225 gallons of water. Detailed information about the
preparation of slurry for use in the M12A1 PDDE is in applicable equipment TOs and TMs. To
prepare the slurry, mix 100 pounds of STB with 20 gallons of hot water.
Dry Mix. This mixture consists of STB thoroughly mixed with dry earth. The proportion by weight is
two parts (two shovelfuls) of STB to three parts (three shovels full) of earth or other dry material.
Personnel may shuffle their boots in dry mix before and after completing decontamination
operations in which their boots are likely exposed to agents. Dry mix may be placed under
equipment to decontaminate any agent flushed from it. For small-area decontamination, use
approximately 1 pound of STB per square yard for short, grassy areas and 3 to 5 pounds per
square yard for bushy or wooded areas for the decontamination of liquid chemical agents.
Legend:
TM technical manual
TO technical order
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) PREPARATION
G-7. (U) See table G-4 for information on the preparation of a decontamination solution using HTH in
6-ounce bottles. See table G-5, page G-12, and table G-6, page G-13, for quick references on making either
a 5 percent or 0.5 percent available chlorine solution. Note that the measurements are approximate as tools
for adequate measurement may not be available. A test kit should be used to verify that the initial solution is
at the desired concentration and tested after a significant amount of time.
G-8. (U) Determining proper concentration of decontaminant solution can be a constant challenge to the
Service Member. To help reduce the amount of human calculation errors, an automated tool has been created
by the USAF. The Automated Decontaminant Calculator is a user-friendly database that allows the
servicemember to make a predetermined percentage concentration of chlorine solution without dealing with
complicated chemical formulas. This tool can determine the volume of water needed for a set amount of
decontaminant and vice versa. In addition, the user can choose from the most standard chlorine-based
decontaminants; HTH, high test bleach, calcium hypochlorite (at two concentration variations), and sodium
hypochlorite (at three concentration variations). The automated decontaminant calculator is available on the
Joint Acquisition CBRN Knowledge System (https://jacks.jpeocbrnd.army.mil/). A representative screen
shot of the calculator is shown at figure G-1.
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
Table G-4. (U) Preparation of decontamination solution using HTH (6-ounce bottles)
UNCLASSIFIED
% HTH Solution Amount of Bottles Amount of Bottles Amount of Bottles
per 4 Gallons Water1 per 10 Gallons Water2 per 20 Gallons Water3
1% 1 2 4.5
2% 2 5 9.5
3% 3 7 14.0
5% 5 12 24.0
10% 9 22 44.0
1Add 3 ounces of detergent (soap)
Legend:
UNCLASSIFIED
Figure G-1. (U) Automated decontaminant calculator screen shot
Note. (U) Calculations within table G-4 are based on the percentage of activated HTH within the
solution per NSTM Chapter 470. All other data tables in this document and the calculations within
the Automated Decontaminant Calculator are based on the percentage of activated hypochlorite
ion.
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
Table G-5. (U) Preparation of a 5 percent available chlorine solution

UNCLASSIFIED
Amount of decontaminant needed Decontaminant
to make a 5 percent available Calcium Sodium
chlorine solution HTH HTB
Hypochlorite Hypochlorite
3,000 gal 1,922 lbs 1,785 lbs 1,837 lbs 2,170 gals
2,500 gal 1,600 lbs 1,485 lbs 1,530.86 lbs 1,810 gals
1,500 gal 960 lbs 892 lbs 918.52 lbs 1,085 gals
600 gal 385 lbs 357 lbs 367.41 lbs 435 gals
Volume of solution 55 gal 35 lbs 33 lbs 33.68 lbs 40 gals
desired (volume of
container) 40 gal 25 lbs 24 lbs 24.49 lbs 29 gals
5 gal 3.20 lbs 2.97 lbs 3.06 lbs 3.62 gals
1 gal 1. 5 cups 1.25 cups 0.61 lbs 11.5 cups
6.5 0.15 lbs or
1 qt 6 tablespoons 3 cups
tablespoons 70g
Notes.
1. Calculations are approximate with knowledge of measurement tools available in the field and with
no emphasis on significant figures.
2. HTH has approximately 65 percent available chlorine.
3. HTB has approximately 70 percent available chlorine.
4. Calcium hypochlorite has approximately 65-70 percent available chlorine. In this table,
68 percent is used.
5. Sodium hypochlorite is approximately 5-10 percent available chlorine. In this table, 5 percent is
used. Liquid bleach is a type of sodium hypochlorite.
6. A 5 percent of available chlorine solution equals 50,000 ppm.
7. Automated decontaminant calculator available <
https://pki.jacks.jpeocbrnd.army.mil/Jacks/Secure/Equipment/DeconCalculator.aspx>
Legend:
g grams
gal(s) gallon(s)
HTB high test bleach
lbs pounds
ppm parts per million
qt quart
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
Table G-6. (U) Preparation of 0.5 percent available chlorine solutions

UNCLASSIFIED
Amount of decontaminant needed Decontaminant
to make a 0.5 percent available Calcium Sodium
chlorine solution HTH HTB
Hypochlorite Hypochlorite
3,000 gal 192 lbs 178 lbs 183.70 lbs 217 gals
Volume of solution 600 gal 38 lbs 36 lbs 36.74 lbs 43 gals

desired (volume of 55 gal 3.5 lbs 3 lbs 3.37 lbs 4 gals
container) 40 gal 2.5 lbs 2 lbs 2.45 lbs 3 gals
5 gal 13 tsp 12 tsp 28.23 tsp 6 cups
1 gal 2.5 tbs 2 tbs 1.86 tbs 1.5 cup
1 qt 2 tsp 2 tsp 1.39 tsp 6 tbs
Notes.
1. Calculations are approximate with knowledge of measurement tools available in the field and with
no emphasis on significant figures.
2. HTH has approximately 65 percent available chlorine.
3. HTB has approximately 70 percent available chlorine.
4. Calcium hypochlorite has approximately 65-70 percent available chlorine. In this table, 68 percent
is used.
5. Sodium hypochlorite is approximately 5-10 percent available chlorine. For this table, 5 percent is
used. Liquid bleach is a type of sodium hypochlorite.
6. A 5 percent of available chlorine solution equals 50,000 ppm.
Legend:
gal(s) gallon(s) ppm parts per million
HTH high test hypochlorite qt quart
HTB high test bleach tbs tablespoon
lbs pounds tsp teaspoon
UNCLASSIFIED
G-9. (U) Reactive sorbent powder is a free-flowing, reactive, highly absorptive powder manufactured from
aluminum oxide and is used by military forces in a sorbent decontamination system. Sorbent decontamination
uses reactive sorbent powder to remove chemical agents from surfaces, decrease decontamination time, and
eliminate the need for water. No special preparation, other than appropriate IPE use is needed to use sorbent
decontamination systems.
G-10. (U) Calcium hypochlorite is an oxidizer and should be kept isolated from fuels, oils, greases, paints,
organic solvents, cellulose products, and any other material that is easily oxidized. These materials are
incompatible with calcium hypochlorite and may cause a violent reaction or fire. Calcium hypochlorite reacts
with rags, fabrics, detergent, antifreeze, and ammonia, in addition to the materials listed previously. When
heated, calcium hypochlorite decompose0s to chlorine gas and other toxic and corrosive fumes. Do not use
calcium hypochlorite near heat sources or open flames because toxic gases may be produced. Do not stow
oxidizers near heat sources, in areas adjacent to ammunition storage, or in areas where the maximum
temperature exceeds 100°Fahrenheit (37.8°Celsius) under normal operating conditions. Contact with
moisture causes formation of toxic chlorine gas. Accidental mixture with small amounts of water spray from
firefighting may cause toxic-gas formation. Drenching with excess water can control this reaction. Stowage
areas should be kept cool, dry, and well-ventilated. Containers used for holding oxidizers should have a
warning label indicating their reactivity and associated hazards.
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
G-11. (U) Several precautions should be followed when mixing chlorine-based decontaminants. Use tables
G-4 through G-6 (pages G-11–G-13), to mix the appropriate decontamination solutions. Information about
decontamination solution preparation is as follows:
 Mixing calcium hypochlorite solutions. Calcium hypochlorite is most effective in a solution with
detergent. The detergent brings the agent into solution and, thus, in contact with the hypochlorite,
where the chemical reaction can take place. In preparing the decontamination solution, always add
the chemical to the water, mix to dissolve, and then add the detergent and stir thoroughly.
(U) WARNING
(U) To conduct good chemical safety practices, acids such as
HTH are always added to a solution and not vice versa. In
addition, never add HTH to water with which another chemical
has already been mixed. A dangerous reaction may result.
 Use face shield or safety goggles with rubber gloves to prevent prolonged contact.
 Wear a protective mask or other respiratory protection device when preparing slurry.
 Take appropriate precautions when handling concentrated chlorine solutions. Ideally, wear gloves
and protective eyeglasses. In the event of splashes and especially splashes to the eyes, it is
important to immediately rinse thoroughly with water.
 Wear the protective mask, or other respiratory protective device, and rubber gloves, which are the
minimum protection equipment for handling HTH. Chlorine PPE requirements include a splash
apron, a face shield, safety goggles, rubber gloves, and a National Institute for Safety and
Occupational Health-approved respirator for protection against chlorine fumes and particles.
G-12. (U) Chlorine-based decontaminants can be left on many surfaces after use. However, they should be
rinsed thoroughly from metal surfaces immediately following the 30-minute contact time. Metal surfaces
should then be oiled or greased to prevent corrosion. On wood or other porous surfaces, several applications
of decontaminant may be necessary. When decontamination is complete, surfaces should be flushed with
water to remove slurry.
G-13. (U) Soap provides a good cleansing medium for removing surface contamination, dirt, or grease. By
this action, mustard is emulsified and carried off; it is not neutralized. Hot, soapy water is effective for
decontaminating (neutralizing) G-agents. V-agents are destroyed slowly by hot, soapy water. Although soapy
water remains effective as long as suds are maintained, a solution of 10 pounds of soap in 11 gallons of water
is recommended for the decontamination of G-agents. Hot, soapy water is also effective in removing
radioactive contamination; however, the water becomes radioactive waste as the contamination is only
moved, not neutralized. An important use of soap is in personnel decontamination and the removal of
contamination from aircraft. Soap solution may be used in PDDEs, and in bucket-and-broom procedures for
the decontamination of materials and surfaces. Soap is used in the decontamination of clothing by laundering.
G-14. (U) Household bleach is 5-10 percent sodium hypochlorite in water. For vehicle wash-down, chlorine
solution corrodes the metal parts of vehicles. When the lack of water is a concern and a 5 percent available
chlorine solution is needed, household bleach could be used for vehicle wash-down. Chlorine solutions are
useful to decontaminate all types of microorganisms and most chemical agents.
(U) SHELF LIFE

G-15. (U) The shelf life of calcium hypochlorite and its derivatives (HTH and high test bleach) is
approximately two years, and an expiration date should be printed on each bottle. The shelf life of STB is
approximately five years.
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
(U) NONSTANDARD OR MISCELLANEOUS DECONTAMINANTS

G-16. (U) The following paragraphs discuss several substances that are effective decontaminants. Granular
or powder decontaminants may be mixed with water to form a wet mixture called "slurry," or they may be
mixed with dry earth to form “dry mix.”
G-17. (U) There are two types of slurry: one for manual application and the other for application by PDDE.
For manual application with swabs, brushes, or brooms, the most effective slurry consists of approximately
equal parts (by weight) of decontaminant and water, prepared by mixing 50 pounds of decontaminant with 6
gallons of water. The recommended load for a 500-gallon PDDE is 1,300 pounds (or approximately twenty-
six 50-pound cans) of decontaminant and 225 gallons of water. Detailed information about the preparation
of slurry for use in the PDDE is in applicable equipment TOs and TM. To prepare the slurry, mix 100 pounds
of decontaminant with 20 gallons of hot water.
G-18. (U) A dry mix consists of decontaminant thoroughly mixed with dry earth. The proportion by weight
is two parts (two shovelfuls) of decontaminant to three parts (three shovelfuls) of earth or other dry material.
Personnel may shuffle their boots in dry mix before and after completing decontamination operations in
which their boots are likely exposed to agents. Dry mix may be placed under equipment to decontaminate
any agent flushed from it. For small-area decontamination of liquid chemical agents, use approximately 1
pound of decontaminant per square yard for short, grassy areas and 3- to 5-pounds per square yard for bushy
or wooded areas.
G-19. (U) Cold weather use of decontaminant mixtures (dry mix and slurry) is limited because they do not
effectively decontaminate agents that have become solidified because of low temperatures. Table G-7 lists
additional miscellaneous (nonstandard) decontaminants.
Table G-7. (U) Nonstandard decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
2-Propanone (Acetone)
Agent Chemical (physical removal only)
Use • Effective for dissolving and flushing agents.
• Good decontaminant for use in arctic regions.
• The freezing point is -203°F (-130°C); the boiling point is 133°F (56°C) (evaporates rapidly).
Cautions/Safety & • Is extremely flammable.
Corrosive Effects
• Does not neutralize agents.
Preparation None
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
Table G-7. (U) Nonstandard decontaminants (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Acids (Sulfuric Acid, Hydrochloric Acid, and Oxalic Acid)
Agent Radiological (physical removal only)
Use • Effective solvents for rust and mineral deposits holding radioactive material on metal
surfaces.
• Allow a 1-hour contact time.
• Should be flushed with water, scrubbed with a water-detergent solution, and flushed again
with water.
Cautions/Safety • Requires the use of respiratory protection when used in closed areas.
and Corrosive
• Can produce boiling and splattering of the solution when mixed.
Effects
• Difficult to handle and is harmful to the body, especially the eyes.
• Flush the area immediately with water.
Preparation Use a 5 percent solution of water and baking soda (sodium bicarbonate).
Ammonia or Ammonium Hydroxide (Household Ammonia)
Agent Chemical
• G-agents.
Use • Slower acting than sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide.
• Ammonium hydroxide is a water solution of ammonia.
Cautions/Safety
and Corrosive May require the use of an SCBA or special-purpose mask.
Effects
Preparation None
Carbon Dioxide and Ethylene Oxide Mixture (>87% Ethylene Oxide)

Agent Biological
Use • Recommended for interior use.
• Use in an airtight enclosure.
• Allow a 12-hour contact time (doubled for each 20°F [-7°C] drop in temperature below 75°F
[24°C]).
• Aerate items next to the skin for 18 to 24 hours.
Cautions/Safety • Nonflammable.
and Corrosive
Effects • Blisters the skin.
Preparation Apply 30 pounds for every 1,000 cubic feet.
Complexing Agents (Versene, Citric Acid, Sequesterene, Sodium Citrate, Tartanic Acid, Sodium Oxalate,
Sodium Tartrategoxalic Acid, Othophosphoric Acid, and Similar Agent)
Agent Radiological (physical removal only)
Use • Allow a 30-minute contact time, and then flush with water.
• Apply as a film over the surface using a PDDE, firefighting apparatus, or a tree or garden
sprayer.
Cautions/Safety • Does not neutralize contamination.
and Corrosive
Effects • Runoff should be contaminated.
Preparation Mix 3 percent to 5 percent of the agent (by weight) in water.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Detrochlorite
Agent Biological
Use • Thickened chlorine solution useful on vertical surfaces.
• Allow 30-minute contact time, rinse with water.
• Apply by means of the PDDE.
• Coverage is 1 gallon per 8 square yards.
Cautions/Safety • Mixing the wetting agent and calcium hypochlorite in a dry and undiluted state may cause an
and Corrosive explosion.
Effects
• Agent is very corrosive.
Preparation • Mix by weight 19.3 percent diatomaceous earth, 0.5 percent anionic wetting agent, 2.9 percent
calcium hypochlorite (70 percent available chlorine), and 77.3 percent water.
• Mix the wetting agent and diatomaceous earth with water before adding the calcium
hypochlorite.
Dichlorimine B and Dichoramine T
Agent Chemical
• Mustard
Use None
Cautions/Safety &
Keep away from clothing and other combustible materials.
Corrosive Effects
Preparation • Is not soluble in water, but is soluble in certain organic solvents (for example, dichlorethane).
• Is normally mixed as a 10 percent solution in dichloroethane.
Diethyl Ether
Agent Chemical
Use • Good decontaminant for use in arctic regions.
• The freezing point is -241°F (-152°C); the boiling point is 93°F (34°C).
Cautions/Safety &
Is extremely flammable. Does not neutralize agents.
Corrosive Effects
Preparation None
Disinfectant Chlorine
Agent Biological
Use • Use to decontaminate utensils, mess gear, exteriors of sealed containers, and food products
that can withstand soaking.
• Allow a 30-minute contact time (stir occasionally).
• Rinse thoroughly in potable water.
• Make fresh solutions for rinsing and disinfecting utensils for each 100 persons.
Cautions/Safety • Dispose of any damaged food or vegetables and any outer leaves that are bruised or torn.
and Corrosive
• Do not cut or peel fruits and vegetables before disinfecting.
Effects
• Use the solution only once.
Preparation • Dissolve one package of disinfectant in 20 gallons of warm, potable water (100°F [38°C]).
• Prepare an emergency 0.03 percent available chlorine-based solution by mixing one leveled
MRE spoonful of calcium hypochlorite to each 10 gallons of water. If liquid chlorine solution is
available, use about 1/3-canteen cup of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite to each 6 gallons of
water.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G

UNCLASSIFIED
Ethylene Glycol
Use Scrub on contaminated surfaces, and rinse thoroughly.
Cautions/Safety • Removes contamination only; does not neutralize it.
and Corrosive
• Runoff residue is considered contaminated.
Effects
Preparation Mix equal amounts of solution and water.
Ethylene Oxide
Agent Biological (including bacterial spores)
Use • Should be applied in the strength of 30 pounds for every 1,000 cubic feet.
• Allow a 6-hour contact time (contact time should be doubled for each 20°F [-7°C] drop in
temperature below 75°F [24°C]).
• Should be used in an airtight enclosure.
Cautions/Safety • Flammable and explosive.
and Corrosive
Effects • Not recommended for interior use.
Preparation None
Formalin (Formaldehyde)
Use • Used for interior decontamination of relatively close areas.
• Allow vapors to remain 16 hours in a closed structure; aerate until the odor is no longer
objectionable.
• Optimum conditions for spraying formalin are 70°F to 80°F (21 °F to 27°C) with an 85 percent
relative humidity.
• The minimum effective relative humidity is 70 percent.
• Increase exposure time to 24 hours at 60°F (16°C).
• Agent is applied as a vapor from standard insecticide sprayers or is vaporized by heat or a
bubbling steam from a pan.
Cautions/Safety • Vapors are very toxic.
and Corrosive
• Vapors are not flammable; open flame should not be used for vaporizing when methanol has
Effects
been added to the agent.
• When steam is used, the source of the steam should be outside the area being
decontaminated.
• Corrosive.
• Formalin curls and discolors paper.
• Leaves a white residue.
Personnel entering an area containing formalin vapors should—
• Wear a protective mask.
• Wear washable outer clothing, fastened to prevent vapors from entering at wrists, ankles, or
neck.
• Remove outer clothing after emerging from vapors.
• Shower and put on clean clothing as soon as possible.
Preparation • No mixing is required.
• However, less residue remains and less aeration is required if the mixture of five parts
formalin and three parts methanol is used.
• Use this mixture at a rate of 4 to 5 quarts per 1,000 cubic feet of space.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Hexachloramelamine
Agent Chemical
• Mustard.
Use Not soluble in water, but is soluble in organic solvents such as gasoline, kerosene, and paint
thinner.
Cautions/Safety
and Corrosive Is corrosive to metal.
Effects
Preparation Is not soluble in water, but is soluble in organic solvents such as gasoline, kerosene, and paint
thinner.
Hyamine (Benzethonium Chloride)
Agent Biological
Use • Allow a 5- to 30-minute contact time.
• Use a 0.1 percent to 1 percent solution (1 pound of hyamine for every 12 gallons of water
yields a 1 percent solution).
Cautions/Safety • Very toxic; the estimated fatal dose to man is 1–3 grams.
and Corrosive
• Care should be taken when mixing to avoid the inhalation of powder.
Effects
• Agent is not to be used on aircraft or ships.
Preparation Mix 1 pound of hyamine to every 12 gallons of water (yields a 1 percent solution).
Iodine Water Purification Tablets
Agent Biological
Use Use when it is impractical to boil drinking water.
Cautions/Safety
and Corrosive None
Effects
Preparation Two iodine tablets per canteen are effective against most biological agents.
Oxidizing Agents (Nitric Acid, Aqua Regia, Sodium Dichromate, and Potassium Permanganate)
Agent Radiological
Use • Effective in dissolving surfaces containing absorbed radioactive contamination.
• Apply to the surface, or dip the item.
• Rinse the surface thoroughly with water and detergent and then with clear water.
Cautions/Safety • Use only under the supervision of a trained individual.
and Corrosive
• Requires the use of a neoprene or rubber protective apron, gloves, boots, and safety glasses
Effects
when handling. (Rubber offers only limited protection.)
• Extremely corrosive.
• Exposure should be limited due to the corrosive nature of the solution.
Preparation • Aqua regia is prepared by mixing three parts of concentrated hydrochloric acid and one part
of concentrated nitric acid.
• Other oxidizing agents do not require mixing.
Peracetic Acid (PAA)
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
UNCLASSIFIED
Peracetic Acid (PAA) [continued]
Use • Allow a 10-minute contact time.
• Wipe with a rag or swab (immerse small items).
• Remove excess acid and aerate for 10 to 15 minutes or until no objectionable odor remains.
Cautions/Safety • Protective mask and clothing are required.
and Corrosive
• Fumes are highly irritating.
Effects
• Burns and blisters occur on the skin.
• An explosion may result if heavy metal ions come in contact with the agent.
• A 40 percent solution has a low flash point (105°F [41°C]); a 3 percent solution is
nonflammable.
• Store in original containers under refrigeration to prevent decomposition.
• Corrosive.
• Prolonged exposure damages most material.
• Prolonged exposure corrodes iron and deteriorates rubber, plastic, and leather.
Preparation • Available as a 40 percent solution.
• Mix 1 quart of PAA to 3 1/2 gallons of water (add PAA to the water).
Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene)
Use • Is good for use in arctic climates.
• The freezing point is -8°F (-13°C); the boiling point is 250°F (121°C).
• Dissolves H- and V-agents, but not G-agents.
• Requires no mixing (practically insoluble in water).
Cautions/Safety & • Removes contamination only; does not neutralize it.
Corrosive Effects
• Runoff residue is considered contaminated.
• Nonflammable.
• Low toxicity.
Preparation None
Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash)
Agent Chemical
• G-agents.
• Lewisite.
Biological
Use • Neutralizes G-agents on contact.
• Allow 15-minute contact time.
• Flush with large amounts of clear potable water.
• Add lye to the water to prevent boiling and splattering due to heat being emitted.
• Use while hot.
• Causes a red color change upon contact with chemical agent detector paper.
• Effectiveness is directly proportional to the strength of the solution.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) [continued]
Cautions/Safety • Damages the skin, eyes, and clothes; can cause upper respiratory or lung damage if inhaled.
and Corrosive
• Wash the affected area immediately with large amounts of water and flush with diluted acetic
Effects
acid or vinegar.
• Remove affected clothing.
• If eyes are involved, flush them at once with large amounts of warm water and seek medical
attention.
• Full rubber protective clothing, gloves, boots, and a mask are required when using.
• Runoff is highly corrosive and toxic.
• Drain runoff into a sump, and bury it.
• Is not recommended for ship use. Store it on the top deck only.
• Is not recommended if less toxic caustic decontaminants are available.
• Can substitute with calcium hydroxide potassium hydroxide, or trisodium phosphate. Is
corrosive to most metals.
Preparation Small amount:
• Mix 10 pounds of lye with 12 gallons of water (10 percent solution).
• Mix it in an iron or steel container (never aluminum, zinc, or tin).
• Do not handle the mixing container with bare hands.
Large amount (PDDE use):
• Mix 227 grams (½ pound) of lye with each gallon of water.
• Pump 350 gallons of water into the tank unit.
• Connect the tank unit, pump unit, and heater together.
• Heat the water to 122°F (50°C).
• Disconnect the heater unit, and add 175 pounds of lye to the heated water.
• Circulate the solution with the pump unit until all the lye is dissolved.
• The temperature increases noticeably.
• Use while hot.
Simultaneous mixing and applying:
• Sprinkle dry lye on the contaminated area and then dissolve it with a spray of steam or hot
water.
• Do not wash the lye off the surface while applying the steam or hot water.
Preparation Paint removal:
• One pound of lye per 2 1/2 gallons of water can remove an average coat of paint from about
11 square yards of surface.
This solution is effective in removing paint on which chemical contamination has absorbed.
Sodium Carbonate (Washing Soda, Soda Ash, or Laundry Soda)
Agent Chemical
• G-agents.
• CN.
Use • Reacts rapidly with G-agents, normally within 5 minutes.
• Is the preferred decontaminant for ship use.
• Should be used with a hot solution to decontaminate CN effectively.
• Five percent by weight is the recommended concentration.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix G

UNCLASSIFIED
Sodium Carbonate (Washing Soda, Soda Ash, or Laundry Soda) (continued)
Cautions/Safety & • Not to be used against VX. It cannot detoxify VX and creates extremely toxic by-products.
Corrosive Effects
• Does not dissolve or detoxify mustard agents.
• There are no storage limitations.
Preparation Mix 43.8 pounds of washing soda with 100 gallons of water (5 percent solution).
Sodium Hydroxide
Agent Chemical
• G-agents.
• Lewisite.
• Biological (including bacterial spores)
Use • Neutralizes G-agents on contact.
• Allow 15-minute contact time.
• Flush with large amounts of clear potable water.
• Causes a red color change upon contact with chemical agent detector paper.
• Effectiveness is directly proportional to the strength of the solution.
Cautions/Safety • Damages the skin, eyes, and clothes; can cause upper respiratory or lung damage if inhaled.
and Corrosive
• Wash the affected area immediately with large amounts of water and flushed with diluted
Effects
acetic acid or vinegar.
• Remove affected clothing.
• If eyes are involved, flush them at once with large amounts of warm water and seek medical
attention.
• Full rubber protective clothing, gloves, boots, and a mask are required when using.
• Drain runoff into a sump and bury it.
• Is not recommended for ship use; store it on the top deck only.
• Is not recommended if less toxic caustic decontaminants are available.
• Can substitute with calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or trisodium phosphate.
• Is corrosive to most metals.
• Runoff is highly corrosive and toxic.
Preparation For small amounts:
• Mix 10 pounds of lye with 12 gallons of water (10 percent solution).
• Mix it in an iron or steel container (never aluminum, zinc, or tin).
• Do not handle the mixing container with bare hands.
• Use while hot.
Simultaneous mixing and applying:
• Sprinkle dry lye on the contaminated area and then dissolve it with a spray of steam or hot
water.
• Do not wash the lye off the surface while applying the steam or hot water.
Paint removal:
• One pound of lye per 2 1/2 gallons of water can remove an average coat of paint from about
11 square yards of surface.
• This solution is effective in removing paint on which chemical contamination has absorbed.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
UNCLASSIFIED
Solvents (Gasoline, JP8, Diesel Fuel, Kerosene, and Similar Solvents)
Use Scrub on contaminated surfaces, and rinse thoroughly.
Cautions/Safety • Removes contamination only; does not neutralize it.
and Corrosive
Effects • Runoff residue is considered contaminated.
Preparation None
Legend:
C Celsius MRE meal, ready to eat
CN chloroacetophenone PAA peracetic acid
JP8 jet propulsion fuel, type 8 PDDE power-driven decontamination
F Fahrenheit equipment
G G-nerve agent SCBA self-contained breathing apparatus
H mustard (a blister agent) V family of nerve agents
VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl)
methylphosphonothiolate (a nerve agent)
UNCLASSIFIED
G-20. (U) Caustic soda (sodium hydroxide or lye) is a white solid that dissolves easily in water or alcohol.
The chemical name for caustic soda is sodium hydroxide; it is commonly known as lye. Considerable
amounts of heat are generated when caustic soda is dissolved; therefore, containers should not be handled
with bare hands. A water solution of caustic soda destroys G-agents on contact. Caustic soda hastens the
hydrolysis of Lewisite. However, mustard is destroyed only after prolonged contact with caustic soda. An
alcoholic solution of caustic soda decontaminates quinuclidinyl benzilate and nerve agent VX.
G-21. (U) Information on caustic soda preparation, use, and safety precautions is as follows:
 Preparation and use. Water solutions of caustic soda are effective in most concentrations, but
normally the more concentrated the solution, the faster the decontamination. Hot solutions
decontaminate faster than cold solutions. A 5 percent solution prepared by dissolving 5 pounds of
caustic soda in 12 gallons of water is recommended. Alcoholic solutions of caustic soda may be
prepared by dissolving 5 pounds of caustic soda in a mixture consisting of 6 gallons of water and
6 gallons of alcohol. However, both woolen and cotton clothing are greatly deteriorated by even
a 5 percent solution. Solutions should not be prepared in aluminum, magnesium, tin, or zinc
containers. Contact with these metals causes the formation of flammable hydrogen gas. Iron or
steel containers are suitable. Glass or earthenware containers can be used in an emergency if the
solution is stirred constantly to keep the temperature down.
 Safety precautions. Skin areas that contact either the solid or solution form of caustic soda should
be washed immediately with a copious amount of water. Affected clothing should be removed
immediately. If the eyes are involved, they should be flushed at once with a copious amount of
warm water and the individual should seek medical treatment. Personnel handling caustic
solutions should wear rubber gloves and protective masks or other respiratory and eye protective
devices. Caustic soda burns human tissue and eats away clothing on contact. Ingestion causes
damage to the digestive tract. Inhalation or ingestion of its dust or concentrated mist causes
damage to the respiratory system and digestive tract. Seek medical attention immediately. The use
of a mask and gloves is mandatory when handling caustic soda.
G-22. (U) Washing soda (sodium carbonate) is a white powder having alkaline properties. Commercial
grades may contain large amounts of sodium carbonate. Common names include soda ash and laundry soda.
It does not destroy blister agents as readily as caustic soda or sodium hypochlorite. In addition, it does not
destroy V-agents as readily as sodium hypochlorite. A hot solution of washing soda is an effective means of
decontaminating tear gas or mace (chloroacetophenone [CN]). The solution, hot or cold, is very effective for
the decontamination of G-agents and is recommended.
CUI
CUI
Appendix G
G-23. (U) Ammonia (NH3) or ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) is a water solution of ammonia. Ammonia or
its water solution is an effective decontaminant (as a weak hydroxide) for several chemical agents. Ammonia
may be used to decontaminate the G-agents; however, it is slower acting than caustic soda or caustic potash.
G-24. (U) Common solvents or common organic liquids such as deicing fluids, kerosene, and alcohol may
be used as solvents for many chemical agents. Most organic solvents are fire hazards, and some are toxic.
Use suitable safety precautions. Solvents decontaminate by removing agents from contaminated surfaces;
they do not destroy the agent. The solvent action of the liquid varies with the nature of the contaminated
surface and the contaminant. Information on solvent preparation, use, and safety precautions is as follows:
 Use. Solvents should be used carefully to avoid spreading the contamination. Swabs saturated with
solvent are used on small areas. A contaminated area is swabbed several times; swabs are changed
as necessary. The number of times an area is swabbed is determined by the amount of
contamination, the amount of grease on the surface, and whether the area is treated with another
decontaminant.
 Safety precautions. After being used on a contaminated surface, the cloth end of the swab should
not touch bare skin or clothing. The solvent used to wash off the agent becomes contaminated and
should be disposed of as contaminated waste. If ground contaminated with waste solvent is to be
used, it should be decontaminated.
G-25. (U) Degreasing solvents are noncorrosive, water-dispersible liquids that are commonly used to clean
aircraft and automotive engines by absorbing grease and oily dirt. The solvent may be used in
decontaminating procedures. It may be diluted with water or kerosene and is effective in removing chemical
agents by solvent action through the removal of grease and oil holding the agent. After being applied to
contaminated equipment, the solvent is allowed to remain 15 minutes or more, depending on the degree of
contamination. Water, preferably under pressure, is used to remove the solvent and to flush the dirt, grease,
oil, and chemical agents from the equipment. Contaminated waste should be disposed of properly.
G-26. (U) Absorbents are various materials used to remove, but not destroy, agents. Earth, charcoal, coal
dust, clay, and sawdust may be used as absorbents. The absorbents are contaminated after use and handled
as contaminated waste.
G-27. (U) Adsorbent is a material used to adhere or become attached mechanically or chemically to a
chemical agent but does not destroy the agent. The adsorbent is contaminated after use and handled as
contaminated waste.
(U) CHEMICAL AGENT REACTION TO DECONTAMINATION PROCESS, DECONTAMINANTS,

AND DECONTAMINATION OF SPECIFIC SURFACES AND MATERIALS
G-28. (U) When the decontamination process includes scrubbing, decontamination effectiveness is greatly
improved. This appears to be true whether the mode of action of the decontaminant is principally chemical
or physical because the mechanical action of scrubbing allows a greater amount of agent to react at any given
time. For example, testing has shown that scrubbing is indispensable while using soapy water in the
decontamination of mustard. In general, dissolving the agent in the decontaminant facilitates the rapid
destruction of an agent. Additionally, with a longer weathering time before decontamination, there is an
increase in the decontamination effectiveness because of the evaporation of the CWA resulting in less CWA
requiring decontamination.
G-29. (U) The overall subjective rating of the decontamination effectiveness of hot, cold, or hot soapy water
and steam for all surfaces and agents is as follows: steam>hot water>hot soapy water>cold soapy water>cold
water. However, G- and V-agents are more soluble in cold water than in hot and distilled mustard (HD) is
more soluble in higher water temperatures.
G-30. (U) Chlorine solution is effective in removing agents from surfaces; however, it is not able to remove
agents that have already penetrated the paint. Thus, while a chlorine solution wash removes all the
contamination from a painted surface, none is destroyed inside the paint layer. To remove mustard agent (H)
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontaminants
from the paint, an organic solvent in the decontaminant is usually required. Nonsorptive paints, such as
chemical agent resistant coating, inhibit the penetration of agent into the paint layer, thus allowing the
chlorine solution to react with the agent.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix H
(U) Decontamination Equipment
(U) Table H-1 lists the decontamination kits, apparatuses, and equipment. Various
materials and equipment are used in decontamination operations. Some are simple to
use and are readily available to personnel. Others are very complex to use and are
available only to specially trained teams.
(U) DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

H-1. (U) Table H-1 lists common decontamination kits, apparatuses, and equipment. Refer to equipment
TM for specific equipment information.
Table H-1. (CUI) Decontamination equipment and materials
CUI
Item and Description Use Limitations
Individual
Reactive Skin To decontaminate RSDL has a 60-month shelf life in controlled storage
Decontamination Lotion the skin after conditions (59°F - 86°F).
(RSDL) exposure to Once issued, RSDL has an operational life of 24
NSN 6505-01-507- Chemical warfare months when not exposed to temperatures exceeding
5074 agents 120°F (not to exceed expiration date on packet).
RSDL is a Food and Above 120°F, RSDL rapidly loses potency and should
Drug Administration either be used or disposed of 24 weeks after exposure
(FDA) approved to temperatures above 120°F.
medical device that is RSDL is for external use only.
an individually carried
skin decontamination
kit. Do not expose RSDL to solid or powdered STB or
HTH. RSDL will react and spontaneously combust if it
contacts powdered STB or HTH. Do not
discard/dispose of RSDL packaging or used RSDL
sponges in the same container as STB or HTH
decontaminants. Do not allow equipment that has been
decontaminated with RSDL to be exposed to
equipment that has been decontaminated with STB or
HTH mix.
Note. Keep out of wounds, eyes, and mouth.

CUI
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 H-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix H
Table H-1. (CUI) Decontamination equipment and materials (continued)

CUI
Individual (continued)
Decontaminating Kit, To decontaminate your Do not use on sensitive items.
Individual equipment, chemical protective The operating temperature is -25°F to 120°F.
M295, IEDK gloves, mask, hood,
NSN 6850-01-357-8456 overboots, LCE and
weapon. Note. Do not use for skin decontamination. Keep off
M295 is a hand-held kit the skin and out of wounds, eyes, and mouth
used to apply
decontaminant to the
individual’s personal
equipment.
Contamination Indicator Enables The pot life of the indicator solution is 6 hours after
Decontamination servicemembers to initial mixing, if kept at or below 113°F (45°C) 3
Assurance System visually disclose the hours operational once prepared between 113°F
(CIDAS), exact location of (45°C) and 129°F (54°C). Battlefield interferents
M339. Chemical agent nerve-V and nerve-G such as insecticide, dirt, some soaps and residual
indicator: small scale agents as well as decontaminates will give a false indication.
applicator-nerve select nontraditional Due to limited coverage, the indicator solution should
agents, on equipment be applied to primary areas of concern that are
NSN 4230-01-670- surfaces. The indicator
3193. essential for equipment operation or where
solution differentiates suspicious substances are observed.
OR “hotspots” from “clean
M342, Chemical agent spots” on surfaces,
indicator: large scale allowing users to focus
applicator-tactical on decontamination
efforts on localized
NSN 4230-01-670-3034
threats
The two-part, enzyme-
based indicator solution
changes color from
yellow to red in the
presence of nerve
agents and select NTA.
Decontamination Kit, To perform The M334 is for individual equipment use only.
Individual Equipment immediate/operational The M334 is a physical removal technology
(DKIE), M334, (also decontamination of decontaminant, not neutralization. Used M334 wipes
called JSEW) sensitive and non- must be treated as contaminated waste.
NSN 4230-01-643-8267 sensitive equipment
surfaces.
The DKIE provides an Note. DO NOT use for skin decontamination.
immediate and
operational
decontamination
capability for sensitive
and non-sensitive
equipment that have
been exposed to or
contaminated by
chemical or biological
agents.
CUI
H-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontamination Equipment

CUI
Battalion Level and Chemical Company Decontamination Equipment
M100 Sorbent To perform immediate Do not use on sensitive items.
Decontamination decontamination of The operating temperature is -25°F to 120°F.
Solution (SDS). equipment, vehicles,
and crew-served Do not use for skin decontamination. Keep of the
The M100 SDS skin and out of wounds, eyes, and mouth.
removes gross liquid weapons.
contamination, limits Each M100 consists of
the spread of chemical two 0.7-lb packs of
agent, preserves the reactive sorbent
integrity of mission powder, two
oriented protective applicators, a carrying
posture (MOPP) gear, case, and two straps.
and minimizes
casualties.
Decontaminating To spray Do not use with defoliants, herbicides, or
apparatus, power- decontaminating insecticides.
driven, skid-mounted, agents, STB slurries
multipurpose, integral, and solutions, and hot,
500-gallon, M12A1 soapy water rinses
PDDE. during field
The apparatus includes decontamination
a pump unit, tank unit, operations.
and M2 water heater To pump water or
(all mounted on skids). foam to fight fires,
deice items, wash
vehicles, and pump
various fluids.
Decontaminating To perform operational
system, lightweight, and thorough
M17 LDS, decontamination of
NSN 4230-01-251- vehicles and
8702. equipment.
The M17 is a portable To provide troop
pump and water- showers, as
heating unit for necessary.
producing hot water
and steam. The system
incorporates a 1,580- to
3,000-gallon collapsible
water tank, two wand
assemblies, and
connecting hoses.
CUI
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 H-3
CUI
CUI
Appendix H

CUI
Battalion Level and Chemical Company Decontamination Equipment
Joint Service To perform operational Use with the M333, JGPD only. Do not use with
Transportable and thorough HTB, HTH, or calcium hypochlorite. Chlorine
Decontamination decontamination of material will damage the decontamination system.
System – Small Scale, vehicles and
M26, NSN 4230-01- equipment.
555-0686. The M-26 To provide troop
consists of an showers, as
applicator module that necessary.
has an advance
electronic controlled
safety system and
produces high-pressure
cleaning and
decontamination with
ambient, warm water,
(120ºF) and hot water
(175ºF)
Legend:
C Celsius JSEW joint service equipment wipe
CIDAS Contamination Indicator LCE load-carrying equipment
Decontamination Assurance LDS lightweight decontamination system
System MOPP mission-oriented protective posture
DKIE decontamination kit, individual NSN National Stock Number
equipment NTA nontraditional agent
IEDK individual equipment PDDE power-driven decontamination
decontamination kit equipment
F Fahrenheit RSDL reactive skin decontamination lotion
FDA Food and Drug Administration SDS sorbent decontamination solution
G nerve agent STB super tropical bleach
HTB high test bleach V nerve agent
JGPD joint general-purpose
decontaminant
CUI
H-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Appendix I
(U) Decontamination Procedures for Specific Surfaces and
Materials
(U) Decontamination procedures for specific surfaces and material, table I-1, provides
general techniques and procedures to decontaminate and neutralize common materials
and surfaces. The table provides basic procedures for many but not all surfaces.
Table I-1. (U) Decontamination procedures for specific surfaces and materials
UNCLASSIFIED
Surface or Types of Contamination and How to Decontaminate
Material Chemical Biological Radiological
Weather. Flush with water. Weather (remain masked). Brush or sweep. Flush
Spray with a decontaminant Wet with water (helps prevent with water (this may drive
slurry from the PDDE. Cover secondary aerosols but does some of the contamination
with decontaminant (pure not decontaminate). Pour, into the surface; waste
form). When liquid spray, or spread oil on the should be controlled).
contamination is visible and surface (suppresses dust and Clean with a vacuum.
Asphalt roads personnel are nearby, use a associated reaerosolization).
decontaminant dry mix. For critical, but limited,
Cover small areas or paths areas—
across roads with 4 inches Spray with a decontaminant
of earth. slurry from the PDDE.
Apply 2 percent chlorine-
based solution.
Weather. Flush with water. Weather (remain masked). Brush or sweep. Flush
Spray with a decontaminant Wet with water (helps prevent with water (this may drive
slurry from the PDDE. Cover secondary aerosols but does some of the contamination
with decontaminant (pure not decontaminate). Pour, into the surface; waste
form). When liquid spray, or spread oil on the should be controlled).
contamination is visible and surface (suppresses dust and Clean with a vacuum.
personnel are nearby, use a associated reaerosolization).
Roofs decontaminant dry mix. For critical, but limited areas—
Cover small areas or paths Spray with a decontaminant
with 4 inches of earth. slurry from the PDDE.
Apply 2 percent chlorine-
based solution.
Apply detrochlorite. Leave it on
at least 30 minutes, and then
flush it with water.
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 I-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix I
Table I-1. (U) Decontamination procedures for specific surfaces and materials (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Weather. Wash with soapy Weather (remain masked). Wet Brush or sweep. Flush with
water, preferably hot. Spray with water (helps prevent water (this may drive some
with a decontaminant slurry secondary aerosols but does not of the contamination into
from the PDDE or apply with decontaminate). Pour, spray, or the surface; waste should
brushes and brooms. Leave spread oil on the surface be controlled). Clean with a
the slurry on for 24 hours, and (suppresses dust and vacuum. Use abrasion
Brick and stone
then flush it with water. Cover associated reaerosolization). For (sand blasting). This
roads
small areas or paths across critical, but limited areas— provides direct and
roads with 4 inches of earth. • Spray with a decontaminant complete removal of
slurry from the PDDE. contaminated dust;
however, sand and
• Apply 2 percent chlorine- equipment being used
based solution. becomes contaminated.
Weather. Wash with soapy Weather (remain masked). Wet Brush or sweep. Flush with
water, preferably hot. Spray with water (helps prevent water (this may drive some
with a decontaminant slurry secondary aerosols but does not of the contamination into
from the PDDE or apply with decontaminate). Pour, spray, or the surface; waste should
brushes and brooms. Leave spread oil on the surface be controlled). Clean with a
Brick and stone the slurry on for 24 hours, and (suppresses dust and vacuum. Use abrasion
buildings, then flush it with water. Use associated reaerosolization). (sand blasting). This
bunkers, gun decontaminant (pure form or For critical, but limited areas— provides direct and
emplacements, dry mix) around buildings complete removal of
where wastewater runs. • Spray with a decontaminant contaminated dust;
and tank
slurry from the PDDE. however, sand and
obstacles
• Apply detrochlorite. Leave it
on at least 30 minutes, and
then flush it with water.
Weather. Spray with a Weather (remain masked). Wet Brush or sweep. Flush with
decontaminant slurry from the with water (helps prevent water (this may drive some
PDDE. Cover with a secondary aerosols but does not of the contamination into
decontaminant slurry or dry decontaminate). Pour, spray, or the surface; waste should
mix. Cover small areas or spread oil on the surface be controlled). Clean with a
paths across roads with 4 (suppresses dust and vacuum. Use abrasion
Concrete roads inches of earth. Scrape the associated reaerosolization). For (sand blasting). This
layer of contaminated earth to critical, but limited areas— provides direct and
the side of the road. • Spray with a decontaminant complete removal of
slurry from the PDDE. contaminated dust;
however, sand and
UNCLASSIFIED
I-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Decontamination Procedures for Specific Surfaces and Materials
UNCLASSIFIED
Weather. Spray with a slurry Weather (remain masked). Wet Earthmoving (removal).
from the PDDE. Cover with with water (helps prevent Try to control
decontaminant (pure form). secondary aerosols but does contaminated dust, as
When liquid contamination is not decontaminate). Pour, equipment may become
Earth: roads, visible and personnel are spray, or spread oil on the contaminated. Consider
gun nearby, use decontaminant surface (suppresses dust and waste disposal. Sealing
emplacements, dry mix. Cover small areas associated reaerosolization). (with earth): equipment
bivouac areas, or paths across roads with 4 For critical, but limited areas— may become
pathways, and inches of earth. Scrape the Spray with a decontaminant contaminated.
bomb craters layer of contaminated earth slurry from the PDDE.
to the side of the road.
Apply 2 percent chlorine-based
solution.
Burn.
Grass: fields, Weather. Burn. Spray with a Weather (remain masked). Earthmoving (removal).
low vegetation, decontaminant slurry from Burn. Wet with water (helps Try to control
and open the PDDE. Cover with prevent secondary aerosols contaminated dust, as
terrain decontaminant (pure form or but does not decontaminate). equipment may become
dry mix). Explode drums of Pour, spray, or spread oil on contaminated. Consider
decontaminant. Clear paths the surface (suppresses dust waste disposal. Sealing
through the area using and associated (with earth): equipment
detonating cord or other reaerosolization). For critical, may become
detonating devices. but limited areas— contaminated.
Spray with a decontaminant
slurry from the PDDE.
solution.
Undergrowth: Weather. Burn (may cause a Weather (remain masked). Wet Earthmoving (removal).
tall grass, downwind vapor hazard). with water (helps prevent Try to control
meadows, Spray decontaminant slurry secondary aerosols but does contaminated dust, as
jungles, and with a PDDE. Explode drums not decontaminate). Pour, equipment may become
forests of decontaminant. Clear a spray, or spread oil on the contaminated. Consider
path with detonating cord, surface (suppresses dust and waste disposal. Sealing
bangalore torpedoes, or associated reaerosolization). (with earth): equipment
demolition snakes. For critical, but limited areas— may become
Spray with a decontaminant contaminated.
slurry from the PDDE.
solution.
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12 /NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 I-3
CUI
CUI
Appendix I
UNCLASSIFIED
Material
Chemical Biological Radiological
Sand: beaches Weather. Flush with water. Weather (remain masked). Earthmoving (removal). Try
and deserts Spread decontaminant (pure Wet with water (helps to control contaminated
form) or spray decontaminant prevent secondary aerosols dust, as equipment may
slurry over the surface. Cover but does not become contaminated.
paths with roofing paper. decontaminate). Pour, Consider waste disposal.
Scrape off 2 to 4 inches of the spray, or spread oil on the Sealing (with earth):
contaminated top layer. surface (suppresses dust equipment may become
and associated contaminated.
reaerosolization). For
critical, but limited areas—
• Spray with a
decontaminant slurry
from the PDDE.
• Apply 2 percent
chlorine-based solution.
Fabrics: canvas, Cotton. Cotton. Boil in water for 15 Brushing removes
covers, Note. Do not use for MOPP minutes. Immerse in a 2 contamination dust, but it
tarpaulins, gear. percent chlorine-based presents a dust hazard to
tentage, mask solution for 30 minutes and personnel. Laundering is
carriers, web Immerse in boiling, soapy rinse immediately. Launder the most practical
gear, and water for 1 hour (1 pound of (destroys or inactivates all procedure; however, the
soap to 10 gallons of water) but highly resistant spores). fabric may shrink. Try to
clothing
and stir. Use a 5% sodium Woolen: launder (fabric control waste.
carbonate solution for G- may shrink).
agents. Immerse in boiling
water for 1 hour. Launder by
standard methods. Use
decontaminant slurry.
Weather, except for V-
agents. Woolen: immerse in
warm, soapy water (100ºF)
for 1 hour or longer with light
agitation. Dry items slowly,
the fabric may shrink.
Leather: boots, Scrub with hot, soapy water Immerse in a 2 percent Brush. Flush with water or
gloves, belts, and rinse. Immerse in warm, chlorine-based solution for soapy water.
and other soapy water at 120°F for 4 30 minutes, followed by a
nonsensitive hours and rinse. Use a 5 water rinse and aeration.
items percent sodium carbonate Equipment that should not
solution for G-agents. Aerate. be immersed can be wiped
with chlorine solution or
peracetic acid.
Use an IEDK. Wash with hot, Use an IEDK. Clean with Use an IEDK. Wash with a
Glass windows soapy water. Rinse with clear chlorine or peracetic acid detergent. Flush with water.
and other glass water or an organic solvent. solutions. Wipe with solvents.
surfaces Blot off the surface. Air.
(except lenses) Weather.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
Material
Chemical Biological Radiological
Glass lenses Wash with hot, soapy water. Wipe with alcohol or chlorine Brush or wipe (be
Rinse with clear water or an solution, then remove it careful not to scratch
organic solvent. Blot off the quickly with soap and water. the lens). Use
surface. Air. Weather. compressed air to blow
the contamination from
the surface.
Metal Wipe with soapy water. Wipe Wipe with a 2 percent Brush or wipe.
(unpainted) with organic solvent and dry. chlorine-based solution.
ammunition Aerate. Aerate.
Metal Wipe with soapy water. Wipe Weather. Clean with soapy Brush or wipe. Wash
(unpainted) with organic solvent and dry. water. with a detergent. Flush
machinery Aerate. with water.
Metal (painted) Use IEDK to decontaminate Weather. Wash with a Brush or wipe. Wash.
vehicles, individual gear. Weather. detergent. Steam clean using Use organic solvents,
weapons, and Wash with hot, soapy water a detergent. Apply caustic agents (not on
equipment and rinse. Spray with decontaminant slurry. aluminum or
decontaminant slurry from the magnesium surfaces),
PDDE, remove it in 1 hour, complexing agents (of
and oil the surface. small value on
weathered surfaces), or
abrasives.
Wood: buildings, Apply decontaminant slurry Weather. Apply Wash the interior with
vehicle bodies, with the PDDE, brooms, or decontaminant slurry. Apply large amounts of water
boxes, crates, swabs. Let the slurry remain detrochlorite to vertical (some contamination
and similar 12 to 24 hours then flush the surfaces; leave it on at least may soak into surfaces
items surface with water. Repeat the 30 minutes, and then flush it of unpainted wood).
application and flush it again. with water. Wipe the contamination
Scrub with hot, soapy water from the surface.
and rinse. Weather.
Plastics Aerate. Wash with hot, soapy Wipe with chlorine solution or Wipe or brush. Wash
(opaque): water and rinse. Weather. peracetic acid. with a detergent. Flush
insulation, with water.
telephones, and
panel boards
Plastics Aerate. Wash with hot, soapy Wipe with alcohol or chlorine Wipe or brush. Wash
(transparent): water and rinse. Weather. solution, and remove it with a detergent. Flush
eyepieces and quickly with soap and water. with water.
airplane
canopies
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
Appendix I
UNCLASSIFIED
Unsealed Use a mild, evaporative Use a mild, evaporative Wipe or brush. Use hot-air
electronic solvent such as alcohol. solvent such as alcohol. Use blowers.
equipment Use a mild detergent and a mild detergent and water.
water. Rinse with distilled Rinse with distilled water.
water. Keep the solution Keep the solution out of
out of adjustable switches, adjustable switches,
connectors, and relays. connectors, and relays. Use
Use hot-air blowers. hot-air blowers.
Rubber Immerse in soapy water Immerse in a 2 percent Brush. Scrub or flush with
(impermeable): (just below the boiling chlorine-based solution for water or soapy water.
aprons, suits, point) for 1 hour. Do not 30 minutes, followed by a
and other items agitate. Rinse with clear water rinse and aeration.
water and hang to dry. Use Equipment that should not
a 10% sodium carbonate be immersed can be wiped
solution for G-agents, rinse, with chlorine solution or
and air. Apply hot, soapy peracetic acid.
water with brushes and
rinse. Spray with a
decontaminant slurry from
the PDDE. Wash off with
clear water after a few
minutes.
Rubber (natural Aerate. Spray with a 5 Immerse in a 2 percent Brush. Scrub or flush with
and synthetic): percent mixture of an chlorine-based solution for water or soapy water.
gloves and appropriate decontaminant 30 minutes, followed by a
boots solution and rinse. Immerse water rinse and aeration.
in decontaminant slurry for Equipment that should not
4 hours, rinse and dry. Use be immersed can be wiped
an IEDK in emergencies. with chlorine solution or
peracetic acid.
Rubber: mask Use an IEDK in Use an alcohol or peracetic Brush. Scrub or flush with
face pieces and emergencies. Wash with acid wipe followed by water or soapy water.
other rubber warm, soapy water. aeration for 10 minutes.
articles coming
in direct contact
with the skin
Rubber: tires, Aerate. Spray with a 10% Immerse in a 2 percent Brush. Scrub or flush with
hoses, mats, mixture of an appropriate chlorine-based solution for water or soapy water.
and insulation decontaminant solution and 30 minutes, followed by a
rinse. Apply a water rinse and aeration.
decontaminant slurry. Allow Equipment that should not
the slurry to remain on the be immersed can be wiped
surface at least 30 minutes, with chlorine solution or
and then flush with clear peracetic acid.
water (may be left on tires).
Apply hot, soapy water.
Weather.
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
UNCLASSIFIED
Water Use trained water Boil small amounts for 15 Flocculation (requires
purification personnel to minutes. (Boiling does not special chemicals to remove
decontaminate. inactivate some toxins.) suspended matter). Ion
Treat with chlorine or iodine exchange (removes radians
tablets. Pass water through from solution).
a reverse osmosis system.
Mess gear, Immerse in boiling, soapy Wash in hot, soapy water, Wash with soap and water,
canned rations, water for 30 minutes and and rinse in chlorine and then rinse. Brush, and
and food rinse. Immerse in boiling solution. Boil in water for 15 then wipe contamination
(canned, bottled, water for 30 minutes. Wash minutes (does not kill toxins from surfaces and
or protected by in hot, soapy water. Rinse or anthrax spores). Immerse containers.
impermeable and air. in peracetic acid solution,
container) rinse and aerate.
Food (not Do not consume food that Boil in water for 15 minutes. Wash or trim contamination
canned or is suspected of being Cook food thoroughly. from unpackaged food.
protected by contaminated with chemical Immerse in or spray with a 2 Decontamination of food
impermeable agents until approved by percent chlorine-based with fuzzy or irregular
container) veterinary personnel. solution. (Food that is surfaces, such as peaches
peeled or pared can be or broccoli, or very small
immersed in the solution for food items, such as berries,
30 minutes, rinsed then peel should not be attempted and
or pared and rinsed.) food should not be
Contaminated vegetables consumed.
such as lettuce, broccoli,
and cauliflower, and
unwrapped meat should not
be consumed.
Paper currency Destroy by burning. Do not Destroy by burning. Do not Destroy by burning. Do not
decontaminate. decontaminate. decontaminate.
Coins Wipe with soapy water. Aerate. Expose to UV rays. Brush or wipe. Wash with a
Wipe with an organic Wash with soapy water. detergent. Flush with water.
solvent. Wipe with a 2 percent
chlorine-based solution.
Legend:
F Fahrenheit
G nerve agent
UV ultraviolet
V nerve agent
UNCLASSIFIED
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
Appendix J
(U) Weights and Measurements
(U) This appendix provides a quick reference guide. This appendix supports leaders at
all levels to set up and execute contamination mitigation, with checklists and key tables
as a guide to effectively process through all levels of decontamination to mitigate
further contamination.
WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS

J-1. (U) Table J-1 contains the measurements and weights of decontaminant containers that are the
replacements for used containers.
Table J-1. (U) Measurements and weights of decontaminant containers
UNCLASSIFIED
Containers Measurements Weights
Drum, 55-gallon, 16-gauge Volume = 12 cubic feet Empty–70 pounds
Length = 35 inches Filled with water–529 pounds
Width = 27.5 inches Filled with decontaminant (slurry)–620 pounds
Drum, 55-gallon, 18-gauge Volume = 12 cubic feet Empty–50 pounds
Length = 35 inches Filled with water–509 pounds
Ash and garbage can, 32- Volume = 7 cubic feet Empty–33 pounds
gallon Length = 26.5 inches Filled with water–300 pounds
Width = 20 inches Filled with decontaminant (slurry)–353 pounds
Gasoline can, 5-gallon Volume = 1 cubic feet Empty–10.5 pounds
Length = 18.5 inches Filled with water–52 pounds
Drum, 8-gallon, Volume = 1.4 cubic feet Empty–11 pounds
decontaminant, 16-gauge Length = 14 inches Filled with water–78 pounds
Width = 14 inches Filled with decontaminant (slurry)–91 pounds
UNCLASSIFIED
(U) NUMERIC CONVERSION TABLES

J-2. (U) Numeric conversion tables comply with AR 25-30 which states that weights, distance, quantities,
and measurements contained in Army publications is expressed in both U.S. standard and metric units.
J-3. (U) Table J-2, page J-2, is a metric conversion table for the measurements used in this manual. For a
complete listing of preferred metric units for general use, see Federal Standard 376B. Table J-3, page J-3,
lists commonly used prefixes. Table J-4, page J-3, lists radiation and radioactivity measurements.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 J-1
CUI
CUI
Appendix J
Table J-2. (U) Conversion factors
UNCLASSIFIED
To Convert Into Multiply By To Convert Into Multiply By
Inches 0.3937 Ounces (fluid) 33.814
Centimeters Feet 0.0328 Quarts 1.057
Liters
Meters 0.01 Gallons (U.S.) 0.2642
Cubic Meters 0.0283 Cubic Feet 0.0353
Cubic Feet
Liters 28.32 Inches 39.37
Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.31 Feet 3.281
Drams Ounces 0.0625 Meters Yards 1.094
Miles 5,280 Miles 0.0006
Centimeters 30.48 Kilometers 0.001
Feet
Meters 0.3048 Meters 1,609
Miles
Kilometers 0.0003 Kilometers 1.609
Gallon (U.S.) Gallon (UK) 0.8327 Ounces (fluid) 0.0338
Milliliters
Gallon (UK) Gallon (U.S.) 1.201 Quarts 0.0011
Grains Ounces 0.0023 Millimeters Inches 0.0394
Ounces (weight) 0.0353 Milliliters 29.5735
Grams Ounces (fluid)
Pounds 0.0022 Liters 0.0296
Millimeters 25.4 Grains 437.5
Centimeters 2.54 Drams 16
Inches
Meters 0.0254 Ounces (weight) Pounds 0.0625
Kilometers 0.00003 Grams 28.34951
Ounces (weight) 35.274 Kilograms 0.0283
Kilograms
Pounds 2.205 Grams 453.5924
Pounds
Meters 1,000 Kilograms 0.4536
Kilometers Feet 3,281 Milliliters 946.4
Quarts
Miles 0.6214 Liters 0.9464
Square Meters Square Yards 1.196
Square Yards Square Meters 0.836
Yards Meters 0.9144
Notes.
The avoirdupois system of weights is used for pounds, ounces, and drams except when specified. The avoirdupois system
is the everyday system of weights commonly used in the United States where 16 ounces = 1 pound and 16 drams = 1
ounce. It is considered more modern and standardized than the alternative troy or apothecary system.
The U.S. gallon is a different size than the United Kingdom (UK) gallon, so no liquid measures of the same name are the
same size in the U.S. and UK systems.
Legend:
UK United Kingdom
U.S. United States
UNCLASSIFIED
J-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Weights and Measurements
Table J-3. (U) Commonly used prefixes
UNCLASSIFIED
Prefix Symbol Factor
mega M 106 = 1,000,000
kilo k 103 = 1,000
hecto h 102 = 100
deca da 101 = 10
deci d 10-1 = 0.1
centi c 10-2 = 0.01
milli m 10-3 = 0.001
micro µ 10-6 = 0.000001
nano n 10-9 = 0.000000001
pico p 10-12 = 0.000000000001
UNCLASSIFIED
Table J-4. (U) Units of radiation and radioactivity measurement
UNCLASSIFIED
Common International
Measurement Description Conversions Remarks
Unit Unit
1 Ci equals 3.7 × 1010
atoms releasing
The number of 1 Ci = 3.7 × 1010 radiation
radioactive Bq (disintegrations) per
Radioactivity curie (Ci) bequerel (Bq) second.
decay events per 1 Bq = 2.7 × 10-11
unit time. Ci 1 Bq equals one
disintegration per
second.
Amount of
1 R = 2.58 × 10-4 Many radiation
gamma and coulomb/
roentgen C/kg instruments measure in
Exposure x-ray radiation kilogram
(R) milliroentgen (mR) per
traveling through (C/kg) 1 C/kg = 3,880 R hour.
air
For practical purposes,
Amount of 1 roentgen = 1 rad in
energy absorbed rad most body tissues.
per unit mass (radiation 1 rad = 0.01 Gy Medical impact of
Absorbed dose gray (Gy)
from ionizing absorbed 1 Gy = 100 rads radiation is sometimes
radiation by dose) described in absorbed
objects or people doses for beta and
gamma radiation.
UNCLASSIFIED
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 J-3
CUI
CUI
Appendix J
Table J-4. (U) Units of radiation and radioactivity measurement (continued)
UNCLASSIFIED
Common International
Measurement Description Conversions Remarks
Unit Unit
1 rad = 1 rem for beta
Medical impact rem and gamma radiation
Dose of absorbed dose (roentgen 1 rem = 0.01 Sv
sievert (Sv) Dose limits are
equivalent based on the equivalent 1 Sv = 100 rems
type of radiation man) typically stated in dose
equivalent.
Legend:
Bq bequerel
C coulomb
Ci curie
Gy gray
kg kilogram
mR milliroentgen
Sv sievert
R roentgen
rad radiation absorbed dose
rem roentgen equivalent man
UNCLASSIFIED
J-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
(U) Glossary
(U) The glossary lists acronyms and terms with Army or joint definitions. Where Army
and joint definitions differ, (Army) precedes the definitions.
SECTION I—ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AA assembly area
ADP Army Dcotrine Publication
AF Air Force
AFI Air Force instruction
AFMAN Air Force manual
AFTTP Air Force tactics, techniques, and procedures
AFTTP(I) Air Force tactics, techniques, and procedures (instruction)
ALARA as low as reasonably achievable
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AR Army regulation
ATP Army techniques publication
Allied Tactical Publication (NATO)
ATTN attention
BWA biological warfare agent
C2 command and control
CARC chemical agent resistant coating
CBR chemical, biological, or radiological
CBRNWRS Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Warning and Reporting
System
CCDR combatant commander
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CHR contaminated human remains
CMWDS Countermeasure Wash-down System
COA course of action
COLPRO collective protection
COMM commercial
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 Glossary-1
CUI
CUI
Glossary
CONUS continental United States

CUI controlled unclassified information
CWA chemical warfare agent
DA Department of the Army
DC District of Columbia
DD Department of Defense
DCA damage control assistant
DHHS Department of Health and Human Services
DLM Defense logistics manual
DOD Department of Defense
DODD Department of Defense directive
DODI Department of Defense instruction
DODM Department of Defense manual
DSN Defense Switched Network
EMT emergency medical treatment
FGA fourth-generation agent (nerve agent)
FHP force health protection
FL Florida
FM (Army) field manual
GTA graphic training aid
HAZMAT hazardous material
HN host nation
HHQ higher headquarters
HPS Health Physics Society
HSS health service support
HW hazardous waste
JP joint publication
MA mortuary affairs
MACRMS mortuary affairs contaminated remains mitigation site
MCD mass casualty decontamination
MCDP Marine Corps Doctrinal Publication
Glossary-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Glossary
MCRP Marine Corps reference publication

MCTP Marine Corps tactical publication
MEG military exposure guideline
METT-T mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time
available
METT-TC(I) (Army) mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-
time available, civil considerations and informational considerations
MO Missouri
MSCoE Maneuver Support Center of Excellence
MTF medical treatment facility
NAVAIR Naval Air Systems Command
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NIPRNET Non-Secure Internet Protocol Router Network
NCO noncommissioned officer
No. number
NSTM Naval ships technical manual
NTRP Navy tactical reference publication
NTTP Navy tactics, techniques, and procedures
OE operational environment
OPORD operations order
OPSEC operational security
PAM pamphlet
PDS patient decontamination site
POC point of contact
RD reference document
RES radiation exposure status
ROM restriction of movement
SDK skin decontamination kit
SIPRNET Secret Internet Protocol Router Network
SR site remediation
STANAG standardization agreement (NATO)
CUI
CUI
Glossary
TC training circular
TFA toxic-free area
TIM toxic industrial material
TL team leader
TM technical manual
TO technical order
U Unclassified
U.S. United States
USA United States Army
USAF United States Air Force
USAPHC United States Army Public Health Command
USMC United States Marine Corps
USN United States Navy
VA Virginia
VX O-ethyl S-(2-diisopropylaminoethyl) methylphosphonothiolate (nerve agent)
WMD weapons of mass destruction
SECTION II—TERMS
(U) casualty
(U) Any person who is lost to the organization by having been declared dead, duty status—
whereabouts unknown, missing, ill, or injured (JP 4-02).
(U) clearance decontamination
(U) The final level of decontamination that provides the decontamination of equipment and personnel
to a level that allows unrestricted transportation, maintenance, employment, and disposal (JP 3-11).
(U) *contamination containment
(U) Individual and/or unit actions taken to prevent transfer and spread of chemical biological,
radiological, and nuclear hazards.
(U) contamination control
(U) A combination of preparatory and responsive measures designed to limit the vulnerability of forces
to chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and toxic industrial hazards and to avoid, contain, control
exposure to, and, where possible, neutralize them (JP 3-11).
(U) contamination mitigation
(U) The planning and actions taken to prepare for, respond to, and recover from contamination
associated with all chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threats and hazards to continue
military operations (JP 3-11).
(U) decontamination
(U) The process of making any person, object, or area safe by destroying, neutralizing, making
harmless, or absorbing and removing chemical or biological agents, or by removing radioactive
material clinging to or around it (JP 3-11).
Glossary-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
Glossary
(U) *exposure control

(U) All individual and/or unit actions taken to minimize vulnerability to chemical, biological,
radiological, and nuclear hazards.
(U) immediate decontamination
(U) Decontamination carried out by individuals immediately upon becoming contaminated to save
lives, minimize casualties, and limit the spread of contamination. (JP 3-11)
(U) mass casualty
(U) Any number of human casualties produced across a period of time that exceeds available medical
support capabilities (JP 4-02).
(U) operational decontamination
(U) Decontamination carried out by an individual and/or a unit, restricted to specific parts of
operationally essential equipment, materiel, and/or working areas, to minimize contact and transfer
hazards and to sustain operations (JP 3-11).
(U) patient
(U) A sick, injured or wounded individual who receives medical care or treatment from medically
trained personnel (FM 4-02).
(U) patient decontamination
(U) The removal and/or the neutralization of hazardous levels of chemical, biological, radiological, and
nuclear contamination from patients before admission into a medical treatment facility under the
supervision of medical personnel to prevent further injury to the patient during the decontamination
process (ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4-02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3).
(U) protection
(U) The preservation of the effectiveness and survivability of mission-related military and nonmilitary
personnel, equipment, facilities, information, and infrastructure deployed or located within or outside
the boundaries of a given operational area (JP 3-0).
(U) reconstitution
(U) 1. Actions taken to rapidly restore functionality to an acceptable level for a particular mission,
operation, or contingency after severe degradation (JP 3-14).
(U) 2. Those actions, including regeneration and reorganization, commanders plan and implement to
restore units to a desired level of combat effectiveness commensurate with mission requirements and
available resources (JP 3-02).
(U) 3. In maritime pre-positioning force operations, the methodical approach to restore the maritime
pre-positioned equipment and supplies aboard the maritime pre-positioning ships squadron to full
mission-capable status (JP 3-02).
(U) thorough decontamination
(U) Decontamination carried out by a unit to reduce contamination on personnel, equipment, materiel,
and/or working areas equal to natural background or to the lowest possible levels, to permit the partial
or total removal of individual protective equipment and to maintain operations with minimum
degradation (JP 3-11).
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
(U) References
(U) All URLs accessed on 27 June 2023.
(U) REQUIRED PUBLICATIONS

(U) These documents must be available to the intended users of this publication.
(U) DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms. September 2023.
(U) FM 1-02.1. Operational Terms. 9 March 2021.
(U) FM 1-02.2. Military Symbols. 18 May 2022.
(U) MCRP 1-10.02. Marine Corps Supplement to the DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated
Terms. 10 September 2020.
(U) NTRP 1-02. Navy Supplement to the DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms.
February 2023.
(U) RELATED PUBLICATIONS

(U) These documents contain relevant supplemental information.
(U) JOINT AND DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PUBLICATIONS

(U) Most joint publications are available online at http://www.jcs.mil/doctrine/. Most Department of
Defense publications are available online at https://www.esd.whs.mil/DD/.
(U) DODI 5200.08. Security of DOD Installations and Resources and the DOD Physical Security
Review Board (PSRB). 10 December 2005.
(U) DODI 6490.03. Deployment Health. 19 June 2019.
(U) DODM 3145.03. DOD Chemical, Biological, and Radiological (CBR) Clearance Guidance for
Platforms and Materiel. 8 May 2019.
(U) DODM 3150.08. Nuclear Weapon Accident Response Procedures (NARP). 22 August 2013.
(U) JP 3-0. Joint Campaigns and Operations. 18 June 2022.
(U) JP 3-02. Amphibious Operations. 4 January 2019.
(U) JP 3-11. Operations in Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Environments.
29 October 2018.
(U) JP 3-14. Joint Space Operations. 23 August 2023.
(U) JP 3-28. Defense Support of Civil Authorities. 29 October 2018.
(U) JP 3-41. Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Response. 4 December 2023.
(U) JP 4-02. Joint Health Services. 29 August 2023.
(U) ARMY PUBLICATIONS

(U) Most Army doctrinal publications are available online: https://armypubs.army.mil/.
(U) AR 25-30. Army Publishing Program. 14 June 2021.
(U) DA PAM 385-61. Chemical Agent Safety Standards. 24 July 2023.
(U) FM 4-02. Army Health System. 17 November 2020.
(U) GTA 03-06-008. CBRN Warning and Reporting System. 23 June 2017.
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 References-1
CUI
CUI
References
(U) GTA 03-08-002. Contaminated Casualty Care. 20 January 2017.

(U) TM 3-4230-238-10. Operator Maintenance Manual for Decontaminating Apparatus: Joint Service
Transportable Small Scale, M26. 31 July 2009.
MULTI-SERVICE PUBLICATIONS
(U) ATP 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.11/NTTP 3-11.27/AFTTP 3-2.46. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques,
and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Protection. XX XXXX
XXXX.
(U) ATP 3-11.36/MCRP 10-10E.1/NTTP 3-11.34/AFTTP 3-2.70. Multi-Service Tactics Techniques,
and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Planning.
24 September 2018.
(U) ATP 3-11.37/MCRP 10-10E.7/NTTP 3-11.29/AFTTP 3-22.44. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques,
and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Reconnaissance and
Surveillance. 31 March 2021.
(U) ATP 4-02.7/MCRP 4-11.1F/NTTP 4.02.7/AFTTP 3-42.3. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and
Procedures for Health Service Support in a Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear
Environment. 15 March 2016.
(U) ATP 4-02.83/MCRP 4-11.1B/NTRP 4-02.21/AFMAN 44-161(I). Multiservice Tactics,
Techniques, and Procedures for Treatment of Nuclear and Radiological Casualties.
5 May 2014.
(U) ATP 4-02.84/MCRP 3-40A.3/NTRP 4-02.23/AFMAN 44-156_IP. Multi-Service Tactics,
Techniques, and Procedures for Treatment of Biological Warfare Agent Casualties.
21 November 2019.
(U) ATP 4-02.85/MCRP 3-40A.1/NTRP 4-02.22/AFTTP(I) 3-2.69. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques,
and Procedures for Treatment of Chemical Warfare Agent Casualties and Conventional
Military Chemical Injuries. 2 August 2016.
(U) FM 6-27/MCTP 11-10C. The Commander’s Handbook on the Law of Land Warfare.
7 August 2019.
(U) TM 3-11.91/MCRP 10-10E.4/NTRP 3-11.32/AFTTP 3-2.55. Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
and Nuclear Threats and Hazards (including Change 3, dated 14 May 2021). 13 December
2017.
(U) TM 3-34.56/MCRP 3-40B.7. Waste Management for Deployed Forces. 29 March 2019.
(U) NAVY
(U) Most Navy doctrinal publications are available online at https://doctrine.navy.mil. (Requires DOD-
approved certificate login) and https://doctrine.navy.smil.mil.
(U) NAVAIR 00-80T-123. Aircrew Systems NATOPS Manual. 15 September 2018. Website
https://airworthiness.navair.navy.mil/index.cfm/home/index.
(U) NAVAIR 01-1A-509-1/TM 1-1500-344-23-1/TO 1-1-689-1. Cleaning and Corrosion Control,
Volume I, Corrosion Program and Corrosion Theory. 1 August 2016.
(U) NSTM Chapter 470. Shipboard BW/CW Defense and Countermeasures. 30 August 2018.
(U) NSTM Chapter 670. Stowage, Handling, and Disposal of Hazardous General Use Consumables.
30 April 2014.
(U) NTTP 3-20.31/CGTTP 3-20.31. Surface Ship Survivability. June 2012.
(U) AIR FORCE

(U) Most Air Force doctrinal publications are available online: https://www.e-publishing.af.mil.
References-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
References
(U) AFMAN 10-2503. Operations in a Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear, (CBRN)
Environment. 14 May 2019.
(U) AFI 11-301V1. Aircrew Flight Equipment (AFE) Program. 10 October 2017.
(U) AFI 33-322. Communication and Information Records Management and Information Governance
Program. 23 March 2020.
(U) NATO
(U) Most NATO doctrinal publications are available online: https://nso.nato.int (validated user account
required).
(U) NATO Terms. The official NATO terminology database is available at the following web address:
https://nso.nato.int/natoterm/Web.mvc.
(U) STANAG 2103, Allied Tactical Publication-45, Edition F. Warning and Reporting and Hazard
Prediction of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Incidents (Operators Manual).
28 February 2019.
(U) STANAG 2471, Allied Tactical Publication-88, Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear
(CBRN) Hazard Management for Airlift Operations. 2 December 2014.
(U) STANAG 2521, Allied Tactical Publication-3.8.1., Volume I, CBRN Defense on Operations.
15 March 2022.
(U) OTHER PUBLICATIONS

(U) Defense Logistics Agency. DLM 4000.25. Volume 1: Concepts and Procedures. 19 May 2014.
Website https://www.dla.mil/Defense-Data-Standards/Publications/#dlm-400025-dlms.
(U) Department of Transportation. 2020 Emergency Response Guidebook. Website
https://www.phmsa.dot.gov/sites/phmsa.dot.gov/files/2021-01/ERG2020-WEB.pdf.
(U) Environmental Protection Agency. Multi-Agency Radiation Survey and Site Investigation
(MARSSIM). August 2000. Website https://www.epa.gov/radiation/multi-agency-radiation-
survey-and-site-investigation-manual-marssim.
(U) Federal Standard 376B. Preferred Metric Units for General Use by the Federal Government.
27 January 1993. Website https://www.nist.gov/document/fs376-bpdf.
(U) Health Physics Society. ANSI/HPS N13.12-2013. Surface and Volume Radioactivity Standards for
Clearance. 1 January 2013. Website https://www.osti.gov/biblio/965734.
(U) National Fire Protection Association. NFPA 472. Standard for Competence of Responders to
Hazardous Materials/Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents. 2018. Website
https://www.nfpa.org/codes-and-standards/all-codes-and-standards/list-of-codes-and-
standards/detail?code=472.
(U) Operation Tomodachi AAR. Center for Army Lessons Learned. March 2012.
(U) Title 29, CFR 1910.120. Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response. Website
https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-29/subtitle-B/chapter-XVII/part-1910/subpart-H/section-
1910.120.
(U) Title 49, CFR 172. Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials
Communications, Emergency Response Information, Training Requirements, and Security
Plans. Website https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-49/subtitle-B/chapter-I/subchapter-C/part-
172.
(U) Title 49, CFR 173. Shippers-General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging. Website
https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-49/subtitle-B/chapter-I/subchapter-C/part-173.
(U) USAPHC. RD 230, Methodology for Determining Chemical Exposure Guidelines for Deployed
Military Personnel. June 2010. Website
CUI
CUI
References
https://phc.amedd.army.mil/PHC%20Resource%20Library/RD230%20June%202010%20Rev
ision.pdf.
(U) WEBSITES
(U) Joint Acquisition CBRN Knowledge System website https://jacks.jpeocbd.osd.mil/.
(U) PRESCRIBED FORMS

(U) This section contains no entries.
(U) REFERENCED FORMS

(U) Unless otherwise indicated, DA forms are available on the Army Publishing Directorate website
https://armypubs.army.mil/. DD Forms are available on the Executive Services Directorate
(ESD) website: https://www.esd.whs.mil/dd. Most Air Force doctrinal publications are
available online at https://www.e-publishing.af.mil/.
(U) AF Form 1800. Operator’s Inspection Guide and Trouble Report.
(U) DA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms.
(U) DD Form 1380. Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card.
(U) RECOMMENDED READINGS

(U) ADP 6-0. Mission Command: Command and Control of Army Forces. 31 July 2019.
(U) Borden Institute. Medical Management of Chemical Casualties Handbook, Fifth Edition. 2014.
Website https://medcoe.army.mil/borden-tb-med-mgmt-chemical-casualties.
(U) Borden Institute. Textbook of Military Medicine: Medical Aspects of Biological Warfare. 2018.
Website https://medcoe.army.mil/borden-tb-medical-aspects-bio-war.
(U) Borden Institute. Textbook of Military Medicine: Medical Aspects of Chemical Warfare.
18 June 2008. Website https://medcoe.army.mil/borden-tb-med-aspects-chem-warfare.
(U) Concept of Operations for Joint CBRN Contamination Mitigation. 26 February 2009.
(U) Defense Technical Information Center website https://discover.dtic.mil/.
(U) Department of Energy. DOE/HS-0001/ANL/EVS/TM/09-1. Preliminary Report on Operational
Guidelines Developed for Use in Emergency Preparedness and Response to a Radiological
Dispersal Device Incident. February 2009. Website
https://resrad.evs.anl.gov/docs/ogt_manual_doe_hs_0001_2_24_2009c.pdf.
(U) Department of Health and Human Services. NIOSH 2005-149. NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical
Hazards. September 2007. Website https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/.
(U) DHHS. NIOSH 2010-168C. Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. September 2010. Website
https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/docs/2010-168c/.
(U) DOD Security Classification Guide for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear
Survivability. February 2017.
(U) DODD 5205.02E. DOD Operations Security (OPSEC) Program. 20 June 2012.
(U) DODI 3020.41. Operational Contract Support (OCS). 20 December 2011.
(U) DODI 6055.06. DOD Fire and Emergency Services (F&ES) Program. 3 October 2019.
(U) FM 3-11. Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Operations. 23 May 2019.
(U) Homeland Security. National Response Framework. Fourth Edition. 28 October 2019. Website
https://www.fema.gov/sites/default/files/2020-04/NRF_FINALApproved_2011028.pdf.
(U) JP 3-31. Joint Land Operations. 3 October 2019.
(U) JP 3-33. Joint Task Force Headquarters. 9 June 2022.
References-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024
CUI
CUI
References
(U) JP 3-40. Joint Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction. 27 November 2019.

(U) JP 3-84. Legal Support. 2 August 2016.
(U) JP 4-0. Joint Logistics. 20 July 2023.
(U) Management of Multidrug-Resistant Organisms in Healthcare Settings, 2006. Website
https://www.cdc.gov/infectioncontrol/pdf/guidelines/mdro-guidelines.pdf.
(U) MCDP 1-0. Marine Corps Operations. 9 August 2011.
(U) NATO website https://nso.nato.int/nso/.
(U) NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3/TM 1-1500-344-23-3/TO 1-1-689-3. Cleaning and Corrosion Control,
Volume III, Avionics and Electronics. 15 January 2021.
(U) NSTM Chapter 070. Nuclear Defense at Sea and Radiological Recovery of Ships after Nuclear
Weapons Explosion. 1 September 2016.
(U) TC 4-02.3. Field Hygiene and Sanitation. 6 May 2015.
(U) Title 29, CFR 1960.2. Definitions. Website https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-29/subtitle-
B/chapter-XVII/part-1960/subpart-A/section-1960.2.
(U) TM 3-11.42/MCTP 10-10G/NTTP 3-11.36/AFTTP 3-2.83. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and
Procedures for Emergency Management. 28 July 2021.
(U) TM 3-11.32/MCRP 10-10E.5/NTRP 3-11.25/AFTTP 3-2.56. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques
and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Warning and Reporting
and Hazard Prediction Procedures. 15 May 2017.
(U) Uniformed Services University. Medical Management of Radiological Casualties Handbook,
Fourth Edition. July 2013. Website https://afrri.usuhs.edu/publications.
(U) United States Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases. Medical Management of
Biological Casualties Handbook, Seventh Edition. September 2011. Website
https://usamriid.health.mil/assets/docs/training/USAMRIIDs_Blue_Book_9th_edition_PDF_f
ormat.pdf.
(U) United States Army Public Health Command. TG 230. Environmental Health Risk Assessment and
Chemical Exposure Guidelines for Deployed Military Personnel. 2013. Website TG230
Environmental HRA and Chemical Military Exposure Guidelines (MEGs) - Defense Centers
for Public Health - Aberdeen.
(U) United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission. RG 1.86. Termination of Operating Licenses for
Nuclear Reactors. June 1974. Website
https://www.nrc.gov/docs/ML0037/ML003740243.pdf.
(U) U.S. Marine Corps’ Doctrine website,
https://www.marines.mil/News/Publications/MCPEL/Tag/95321/doctrine
(U) U.S. Navy Doctrine website https://doctrine.navy.mil/pubs.
CUI
CUI
CUI
CUI
(U) Index
Entries are by paragraph number.
fixed-site. F-123
C food and water. F-84 O
CBRN defense annex. 1-25 planning factors. 3-26 operational decontamination
clearance decontamination principles. 3-3 aircraft wash down. B-79
biological. D-23 shipboard recovery. F-57 CCS. B-68
chemical. D-20 terrain. F-111 MOPP drop. B-32
radiological. D-25 MOPP gear exchange. B-26
E tactical decontamination. B-48
contaminated waste. 2-70 emergency decontamination. F-8
contamination avoidance. 2-12 P
exposure control. 2-26
contamination containment. 2-62 protection. 1-4
I
contamination control T
definition. immediate decontamination
aircraft munitions. A-13 technical decontamination. F-14
planning. 2-6
operator wipe down. A-12 thorough decontamination
contamination mitigation
personal wipe down. A-5 CCA. C-77
definition. 1-13
skin decontamination. A-4 CCS. C-96
planning. 1-19
spot decontamination. A-18 DAD. C-146
D DED. C-105
M DTD. C-33
decontamination
mass casualty decontamination. planning. C-2
cargo. F-100
F-27 shipboard. C-163
definition. 1-16
FGAs. 3-33
24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 Index-1
CUI
CUI
CUI
ATP 3-11.33
MCRP 10-10E.12
NTTP 3-11.26
AFTTP 3-2.60
24 January 2024
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
RANDY A. GEORGE
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
MARK F. AVERILL
Administrative Assistant
to the Secretary of the Army
2402201
DISTRIBUTION:
Active Army, Army National Guard, and United States Army Reserve. Distributed in
electronic media only (EMO).
CUI
This page intentionally left blank.
CUI
CUI
PIN: 216923-000
PCN: 144 000316 00
CUI

Atp 3-11.33 Decon

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atp 3-11.33 Decon

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CUI

(U) Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and

Controlled by: USACBRNS

Headquarters, Department of the Army

SEAN CROCKETT SCOTTIE S. REDDEN

MICHAEL R. DURKIN DAVID H. DENTINO

(U) This publication is available through the following websites: Army

Army Techniques Publication Headquarters

(U) Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and

Controlled by: USACBRNS

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 i

(U) Overview ............................................................................................................. 1-1

ii ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) Vulnerable/Sensitive Equipment ....................................................................... 3-21

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 iii

Figure C-3. (U) Station 4 layout ................................................................................................... C-20

iv ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

Table B-6. (U) Estimated personnel required to support MOPP drop..........................................B-19

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 v

Table C-30. (U) Detailed equipment decontamination procedures ............................................. C-50

vi ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 vii

viii ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 ix

x ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) This chapter provides an overview of contamination mitigation concepts and

(U) OPERATIONS PROCESS

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 1-1

Figure 1-1. (U) The operations process

1-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) CONTAMINATION MITIGATION

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 1-3

(U) CONTAMINATION MITIGATION PLANNING

1-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

Figure 1-2. (U) Contamination mitigation

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 1-5

(U) PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

(U) CBRN DEFENSE ANNEX

 Assessment of unit resource and operational readiness.

1-6 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

 Identify and prepare all operational support packages.

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 1-7

This page is intentionally left blank.

(U) This chapter provides an overview of contamination control planning

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 2-1

Figure 2-1. (U) Contamination control

2-2 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) CONTAMINATION CONTROL PLANNING

(U) SECTION I—CONTAMINATION AVOIDANCE

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 2-3

(U) PRINCIPLES OF AVOIDANCE

(U) OTHER CONSIDERATIONS FOR FOURTH GENERATION AGENTS

2-4 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) WARNING AND REPORTING

(U) MARKING CBRN HAZARDS

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 2-5

(U) RELOCATING AND REROUTING

(U) AVOIDANCE MEASURES

2-6 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 24 January 2024

(U) SECTION II—EXPOSURE CONTROL

(U) EXPOSURE GUIDANCE

24 January 2024 ATP 3-11.33/MCRP 10-10E.12/NTTP 3-11.26/AFTTP 3-2.60 2-7

(U) NEGLIGIBLE LEVELS